diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2012-07-11 00:23:38 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2012-07-11 00:23:38 +0000 |
| commit | 098bf061faf05059dd90a3b9ee89bb5d85abebda (patch) | |
| tree | 376bc695a21802678e76ef4afafd299929681376 | |
| parent | c353e13397245a2ace91c7d3ce5eed2e590447d0 (diff) | |
pst-optexp (10jul12)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@26992 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
17 files changed, 23301 insertions, 5115 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/Changes b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/Changes deleted file mode 100644 index 45c229ab47e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/Changes +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -2.1 2009-11-05 * Bugfix: removed the buggy check for an appropriate version of - pstricks-add. - - * Bugfix: 'thicklens' now also works with plain* lenses - - * Different minor bugfixes - - * Minor enhancements - - * New psstyle 'OptComp' which sets general parameters for all optical - components. Appropriate parameters 'addtoOptComp' and 'newOptComp' - were also introduced. - - * New parameters: - - 'label' allows a more condensed change of several label parameters - - 'innerlabel' - - 'compshift' - - 'bsstyle' - - 'connjoin' - - 'newBeam' and 'addtoBeam' to allow for local changes - of the internal beam style. - - * New component: 'optfiberpolarizer' - - * Changed 'fibercollimator' so that it uses two, three or four nodes. - - * Changed documentation to use 'pst-doc' class. - - -2.0 2008-07-27 * Added fiber-optical components - - * Added support for components with internal refraction (e.g. prisms) - - * Added support for arbitrary connection types (fiber and beam mixed). - Components can be connected directly at definition time or later. - - * Added new free-ray objects - - \optdiode - - \pentaprism - - \rightangleprism - - \doveprism - - \optprism - - * Added support for supplementary nodes for electric connections - (parameter extnode) - - * Bugfix: renamed macro \detector to \optdetector to avoid conflicts - with pst-circ which also define a macro \detector. - If pst-circ is loaded before pst-optexp the macro is not overwritten. - -1.2 2008-06-17 * Great emprovement of the TeX and Postscript code. - - * New macros \newOptexpDipole, \newOptexpDipoleNolabel and - \newOptexpTripole which allow very convenient definition - of new components. - - * Enhancement of the lens design. Now much more types of lenses - with two different curvatures and thick lenses are possible. - The new parameters lensradiusleft, lensradiusright and lens - are introduced. - Unfortunately complete backward compatibility for the case - where the lens is defined using only lenswidth and lensheight - was not possible. Using the old behaviour is possible only - by setting lenstype explicitly which in turn does not allow you - to use the new features. - - * Added curved mirrors (new parameter mirrorradius). - - * Added binary gratings (new parameter optgridtype). - - -1.1 2007-09-06 * Considerably enhanced labeling of the components. - Added new parameter 'labelref' which specifies the - reference coordinate system for the label positioning - and the rotation of the label. Default is labelref=relgrav, - the label point is rotated together with the component, but - the label text itself is not rotated. - - * parameter labelrelative is now obsolete, and replaced by - labelref=relative. It will be removed in future versions. - - * parameter polwidth, bswidth, iwidth and owidth are now obsolete, - and replaced by polsize, bssize, innerheight and outerheight for - consistency reasons. They will be removed in future versions. - - * macro \polarisation was changed to \polarization for consistency. - The old notation is obsolete and will be removed in future versions. - - * fixed bug: filling of all components with 'fillstyle' - is now possible. - - * added some liftpen=1 in the code to fix the look of - the lenses and the optgrid. - -1.0 2007-07-18 first CTAN version diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/README deleted file mode 100644 index 0c6c2f39a25..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -The package pst-optexp is a collection of optical components -that facilitate easy sketching of optical experimental -setups. Mechanisms for proper alignment of different components are -provided internally. This way the user does not have to care for proper -orientation of the elements. - -This is version 2.1 -For a changelog see file Changes - -Save the files - -pst-optexp.sty -pst-optexp.tex -pst-optexp.pro - -in any place, where latex or any other TeX program will find it. -The pro file should go into $TEXMF$/dvips/pstricks/. - -pst-optexp uses the extended version of the keyval package. So -be sure that you -- have installed xkeyval with the special pst-xkey - (CTAN: tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval/) -- do not load another package after pst-optexp, which loads - the old keyval.sty or pst-key.tex - - -This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. -See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html -for the details of that license. - --- -Christoph Bersch 2009/11/05 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/parque-nacional.eps b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/parque-nacional.eps deleted file mode 100644 index 9576fcfe18a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/parque-nacional.eps +++ /dev/null @@ -1,286 +0,0 @@ -%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0 -%%Creator: jpeg2ps V1.9 by Thomas Merz -%%Title: parque-nacional.jpg -%%CreationDate: Thu Jun 16 20:16:59 2005 -%%BoundingBox: 20 20 173 176 -%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit -%%LanguageLevel: 2 -%%EndComments -%%BeginProlog -%%EndProlog -%%Page: 1 1 -/languagelevel where {pop languagelevel 2 lt}{true} ifelse { - (JPEG file 'parque-nacional.jpg' needs PostScript Level 2!\n) dup print flush - /Helvetica findfont 20 scalefont setfont 100 100 moveto show showpage stop -} if -save -/RawData currentfile /ASCII85Decode filter def -/Data RawData << >> /DCTDecode filter def -20 20 translate -152.64 155.52 scale -/DeviceRGB setcolorspace -{ << /ImageType 1 - /Width 212 - /Height 216 - /ImageMatrix [ 212 0 0 -216 0 216 ] - /DataSource Data - /BitsPerComponent 8 - /Decode [0 1 0 1 0 1] - >> image - Data closefile - RawData flushfile - showpage - restore -} exec -s4IA0!"_al8O`[\!<E12!+Z'0s5<qn7<iNY!!#_f!%IsK!!iQ)zs8E!76ZQaHFCe -u*GA2/4+B3#c+@f!t;#f8M6N@8l"9\i0"U"r2"U,&6#7LkC#6tJE$O[7L&J#Ke&J -#Hc',DQ(',2?"&J5j'(`FD8+!2R<(Et+K*[D^H+!1I:!(-bj"U,,8#7_"F%NZ;r' -HS;:*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*Zc@D*ZcC& -^]4rP!8%;$!s'SG!YGG8&HVpM!#tt=!!`N*zzz!<NB-"pY59s24n2&-)_4"9\f1" -9f#8$j-J0!!*-'!!EH;"qi(6#89BI;.4Hq#S]%V'dKEW_)"DU@Zn(e(*k1aEm`h^ --8e.h@s*BtUU'E$PLKQM!#bk<!WrH(zz!!!!"!WW<+":"nE!%ec_!WiE)!<WH*!s -J]*z!<Ni8+VHL41-nb@'-^j!6@k7D;K9P#nGh2B$j-M1!YGMH!'^J'SXa]ne?gg? -kYZ,od_eG!>[LbIS[utmW+pLKbgIj#Umkd]=W=Y>Q6Op+D/T;\oX5dX<,'8Uf9U^ -O$OnX=eS$OM,T@1O+HIQ&?S\r.:\IU<A+p8Hacl\#`Z,ApG!^cid[Qh_r?Jjs,Ip -oCgdhF33Ir[M!.+*YD_BMAZKm<5Ejr'\5UtV\;s=qIG7W;@o,NWF13.e7:^\j3H" -f1H8sX:X+70p.icV]1DMlZVPjJ=j-=0"ab!Lh\Yi,[gBG:JE46sAu,3J)H"XR2`V -.EfkPUn0@q>s4SMeVHdCR!c&5'akOl*BmF\&.Lk1CmHJ,FeTPa3>[E$p6eZ/^:R+ -rCR[N(hH@8Q;7U0AfusH-Zu8kj73i$,9ok+SE7!(5X,1!-#i5UArOp$-=phe>deN -k3>+k.M^qd:I!-GuX8YZ[pdP2_P>2j"@5fe<!:(W[i?g\p6\c%3<g$&TS!Q-1fDM -JKDQtS`>,ihmJNYcCo@)!t[[07WV$aMmisJFn;MM""J9MbUf0/Y2Y">lrSpAJT8m -[gf#$+ke\R6?X<2"+'IuJ,"DAVg\aYt)Q%SlU8"XQ]bU-Kr-&A*1*]qPQqg&D&/F --C;C&"+3aDPq)Z==LtqOHleGgJ#2,OE"a%^4a`j7o:b!fN+;kV=rc6SL:jt[=Wp' -m@Y6(9i$EkWa"gPkIVo"=siOYDO$]BPUBmhi!n^B<rm*HH,e;f:nF.uV(9_]Q;`d -<[;;[3:8YgUBSB0"o+]Cl_'q[N\:cE-bEa`[f%aoB;">0/%$;/9`@X4j11l,D1DL -Ia*,W_KL4bBMP*.[&PC$WSn(o4`NB3b0k.<,u/DC>09AIs@H>?nAY-tgo)OpXT>j -U*#8gS>@PH&3E/@C&:aTsfVT[kG<S1DPll9r<@K^=Yt8-s<NYB3EcDifq8,aaR%p --_Oa/[I70dR8]Y3AU6M[O1<2#t[;%f%o*!IP@./+Y:gGR7?/S!WbjW2nX!+>S"i; -% -B[Q)9W/[SW;F6jegX"76o]iFH5M43E4Z]2.rK\@cOuB>WM8MOok9_TK[[IUa"27j -7F?p<`60V6U]i;m7kLO%Oe;kG%D3lW8tf+%V)\#I&qSdhXH\q)HYIQ[T^ds,f*g1 -](A#%2[</@W)!+FMbU99r+8^_h$e8@,YNY8)Pbk[_9M=RUr?YY1d)/IWdOC1ufiH -"U#NmG(8nT%KDT-FV"YT[T.aZi:g.=@#?7`%@Fi9QAS?8\hW$#[rh,JO$r*Z=>gq ->;g1sI/M[aUX^ne>)AU@u..naV:A.pJEa1G2O3D(Ou+=Ak6i'5bB8I?!6`SXg@?' -m:a@N4:[Rg(rWA6]'$OpC[eanaM@VW^TftD8dgc7>I*"O#W%=K.&th_bTaf(07AV -Eg4'_ZPr7^fd]QW!#tc&Up^rUDN81Fm;5RUO7[LaX(XB6ICl2Ja`L*&[Bho]_U?O -X]iM/G$<<Q?/d*>'Fj(0b"DnVr,UlX7cC%__o0<p`j:-]8]J$2C((1!EH&8=8S<Z -F*iEhMg18`R+iGl<8q07^0/PBhaZu`*2>se-@Z_FcJ/\q9,b"pfp7_L4R9iWX-&m -0TR^=/"H8d`]s%fL]U`.X[2>!d38DFhFu=F;DQ;H-,sX*o)u_bQ;mG2JZY>Dg^4< -bE,TH#*!GX:D['`MB;uDI'!\W,79?\Hi1_JCC\#0WnF&dDk:V-;J0a)cBq)VosUn -ar<us[s@L)Qk:M0cQE@bEJ+;sA@RU_d/k,I+7-9<3)\>e(ho`0m\Ddh[lu0<l`;L -mND_;5"#o+NDH)at+IcOqZ9jilD0gWfKN?[LSL$h;E5)ObNU^3cYFq:D7$jcX!#7 -DMJ.Rq@8idI?'REqG@7l]IV,Q$Edj<b5P[QRUBq](5IO+B2Uu!ngB'ME&0F=_C!< -#Z(`TFV&[a\MHo"%l*q93R0>=WUk&''khr1':R860m4R_E`$MuNcj8$!C>]#Rjs@ -9gj&g99ZG00dk%!'qHfa[f%$Ai_rUOH)r&Rigqso14S+b]?V/-*ZSicd%!Cm(bIb -U&%![#U!Jf8q;c@?Ql3neE8W8.(An[U+.r%&>Z)p@AueJ"A<:$81(#"k`:j[M:[e -VI#LRnGj:G9Edo3G%t3R"E`/+c"t!E";ObR#6ms'"EaYTfQriLK&)J!r_O,-LYd" -Dc..3Feq?ceJV=8S)D%4=6^%?s!Js"c-<`XNHa_A1%R?r#,>>ChC$6@&*$t0!Di> -eU*bHG?o$"@02AgDG08cTYX5WpsS-Z-lSNRa;YRiS3!8n4'6\f5!dIZWuqVM9bo* -fh#KR19G=9pFAbb-X2NTDICYL>5tL/?s2C1aH:M\8bu4MFK%_<24re*s(&*V)AVe -h'^<GoX%L;<:b"!F)'ec3L52YiiT2b$0g^1)0p2kPqu0!8)g%?B/;oAI$[m%Q'Dt -JkGWOm4njL1g?)D'.[tT]-rESUkG39Jlo'D0nVB2"N"omY>S<60GE.XE2H>K0F;O -cOn-C:H5lm\PW?;fYIn3JucXcOION.fLdSjp2R)>iHBF@%>N*1>P+F%i2iRSkOEC -Z8las)5QQ6fBt7,>t=#6b/K:uNmV3_)'-!<Q4C^f%RnPsblfn3k&=&kkR;?B@ZJ" -GfW4@LtWe$;$8%K*EJ/ku;arNX.Ae$A\eo0VDp9BJ?A5#B4(f[>lD6_LeKnl$0CA -H-^Vpk)4h`[O8o(<;<S;iCBCWVU5+gaT>`bcOqUoT1_e!`$@17g-%+`lYfnM<g>X -?d5;0jK?MI[QgG#CfCO^-KD7lq].l)r,qp2[%s%ZO>C]#Si*rf@gZSubC2);L5T* -,o#ds:q8->jBf8b>E.no9u>Eiiq_oZbn</%T"?Krn):W`eub:lL=9fdrj8I?nIUu -1cp5*.!EN?P'Q[I(3MBI8aNUi#"b'%BO(YShA#h[<s9?oJn9O^fe;dHrP-rr>kLf -`(s2AUe`VRj'"p#PAT;rrBp4Ir^pGN?!D3A]q<b)u[I"O''U\#97\G#8'o`<DTID -RZMeg\tLI9TW!!.<K]jXY8V[ElYe2nG]Q3FehP2Y"_*<`WT:u($2:uBh9(o'F;]Y -6^!FtUMb.,>9(,616ES\@"X/c:(3unD(Vq]7h8S_s7>M'XF=AEoX>:]NP3+0>$mp -,'=CtN-/lsNR%$D5>HW]QV]u@gq[>a:$o'BeF/9(anduITn-<d5kc=0\fFgQ3$S* -W4M*_6m2@`nXIS&a;M`+B]'ULD<HXX^%H[H'=#@DfRk$VFF&I)Q[Wl//]bg.@m19 -$53W;GDkV`"\Lp_:,Q\R7pnAh0EVRBf.50amR?@p[IZ,0.ug:U#t-'La4P[8[qk` -Je)i>a.7Hl_L*MbQ]5SBNDDE.VID!B,X!Y4Q^5u)apK[tHX+Ie\Jeci29!!\S%lo -6P(J:kW"=<3Zm;91h>D^6QZ*#&<L-*"^_PPQ:/9b>d4WY[NR[=$RJD:mA2_/p&3< -0CBUiF9VlGl20SrtKeb*M!e!XHXU8!a6X7JrJ'm4Uj%t#3aPGb(ar\eNm`mlhU;W -8,#h4UuQ4N&-*lQ1A=p1.l854Ldph+_:?igj[S1IuKXbZ#@QqUYlB&NRaf<JrP[1 -hVQU7srPfOd:o+\QF&[,m?e=,lAkbUmiXdiWJ37!EA-n8D7lN^9@WsZ],X)Pals8 -MM/Xtb;-8%4jn>Yh,%t,WQ"q`ODLQkQaecK?[.`*=6qBjUSq-F220,1_hs_j`=j? -_prV#t=Jf&t7S8,8#O:0i[Si9^Dtf.D\fnTRLiLrm(#`>6$`b.HX!r'l/M4CFLE6 -gu?co&'r1N<ZONSZUrE(+5=%:UR0>F#*0%&j[-9\9'gMho/-Bo-[@8/pi=uVj^<4 -3`LOJFI""\DbZ2Uk&OY*6*0=6r'XKa#A!p=/E@#2IFQX[U4r&:,EEcPWa'>?i+&! -U4j"9(e!FIZJ`k'+O_Ar1WYlOqpZPk*a!+48jk]d0XX06$42qU3^Z%EtG*rMC[a% -N5\(%l[Rs/.f+b\lM>SN6>fPl8fk2[/eOR<5#<IXe"Sn=T$=p[iTgdW80mML@>\$ -I8.+&k8s0J6/84!9p5T>P>SBD!5tmRdp6--M`'+C8_))-drrAeT^N>j2Nr4?jE6G -JHI!NDJ4tBQVXi(omlAHrgPuUfo:'mTN@D^i^':I?a?qId+!5HqhfZ%470#nfRXN -=#B^/NkBo\"3_+)G,O6&?n.88#c/.u<]emNfiC6@GV4Ws#s0D65;sYgQ."3I<\-, -ZkZZ6:LaiA(g^D9>m>I`+HVC.$lZ"8o<7S\'^`Q.7sZ!9!<?=.p*hSrF5`m%p9T1 -% -H9sLl:[<RroDpCM"=/(XlGMEqF(aRm)amX-rLQ+-gT%,gm)SPLh5]VBm?9cKS?^, -:of.gHN=c-NR-F:e%1BNhuukr@g'DulHU&E_XhYBk(-OTP1d/l^MuN^IBJ39c6de -,/&KR`nIA$7M)/"@UJkoE^.ZRdQDHI+hVd9FF[%)d]G#uE\4afpDBG"3RspWZl)q -DJP<!\%Q5!AaS;Bea,sZ1J1_"7F;M*A6qb1Kk-W#R;WF=I=eCq]9(7+c5&4+Zp(. -Y?V(8@VgRqXCM7Jf*O=fk[Y<t]8RJk`mGqdNF-n<VcY"\Cau7D]'M>bp*.SC;.ug -@AI=AVjYM>aJ'o&i(.#!*c%j_Q]M$iJ/57K#(B1<to88U8;Vkb"[NC?sfY:rJn@< -`b/;)\=\@tNjPb6RSrAb<MXAags)*srrB=AXgLFL_X6p/F<6VD)YZo$hD7rA/3\s -;$`@X,+hE@B8Y;2o%b"r;+aHjNA"1^LN@?/(86]sXBMq0[[%,69:8'rI*rb17*]) -$L.Di/Y[na+tY#Vj`<BB@*U^mD)MZ,l4OYJN2,0Z=gfpd!(Y\Ulb_0FnHH&8/VSo -B.1PfhLjqi-Z$DQX\Q`=sfd-KE:F@J+q,HeAHlM5JeeQBGj!TGq/`@$.X9="iYRe -dJE#Xb,bZA18uAPhC9*LZ^+nQ$eSM?IJi46#ZZ=ca<9oCC8FhBi%=I29$sYU8qET -;N6`cgIV!gm3$i&DZeThVS[&WM$E6FXq[Za_oslXm^\0-Bo+W+_0XNuO"&'h*[dD -@IEOi7JE-+j^U'`,=<P,\[83C*M:Xgt,j7JLli%K<<Oi%q!e8`idMd4kOU?&>YYo -TJh9_(Z,U@snhCYOKk*>;p+RM?fHC^$BfFnnb\sq03HR_9\Y*W)6LthDF#%iLA.C -;V."S7dMnr1A#UR2'?3Cu-Wh-u-fUpuI,:$iT#,ko>kRSoom')&bIFPCuk7-np*E -p'Mo@eS6O5;_(aBV=\U()GZ=nI:Kd;RgI]j1&eg?bXSY,037-(/IGd-UpUr8aeUN -<n=&u=&ucY;;i1PDK?e;_JOX`'tk5Z<Flee0jiFYNh<3K!)R3k)l:CVOSiKV23FA -*In10;CJbl%a[jeIW/%\)MkoJ<P7VT17eR0L7crl05*7!<g<,!6?ZEKK[S]LTPJ& -$u^k;R)_uB`+\R4-h-4E9"EL-gT7s-RkpIU3_(W4[!q[$T@lP8,C(6YKQgAWCaR[ -R4+F>,&2ECh`-Z@[`D!0B['hW4N>/.+,X@r\42&77guAP7m4.BIYfVGj@l/!H3]W -$6N<6NP"ZPRnCD7T!_;HpR!4ntMrq*iAFXp2:-Z&u_aK@gUIjWb!X51u,I/ArT`( -UEoa4Z3#sH6Ae&e,2G9cCqME"*,][62J!Os>mSndBKDmOF.8[21>&M1OaGs`,5$@ -Mmb>SkZ#QR0CgJN_EMj&PN%e29[.X"U<;.%h8p`a%+nTL_S#0RPgA+=e6g!Y$@k7 -[qGhS+U3LRlI1\.C'.jM#XP\k([,>]/>H]-O9$sK5*-X]Gag(;U\f>Dj&fB@*$]0 -,HY:Pue"P#XNq$#EOnjjk?5RW/ZSKW'Ec'dVpW\>;J_#2)bE6ZrtO39*u'DJb--3 -(@':9YW+c>:L_Z6Y\PXgp&9AJ802U+%SB?:F1&M[bHeQP(bgP\lLkD4/3[pn:)-\ -C;]`4&QarRS9$bbIG5o7gBAuS.ilIA/Su6N)k0FMMJ%pHCMVk[-RfboRM5<0V8pu -db*aP2RfF?Tacq&rBR4A0<ZT0pNXS%O'oaY`PmT$ZX`US-TERc\&jQIc,s[Vb:10 -leNCBUg__P5;H7Z?PPN$na;ACtQD'cQ$5F@,%5a:-Zl_I(d:R@Q;<4(_u1CPqsC$ -*:ZUZ.K2Ko=J*fdir,cSBK)M'n.#/RV6[8Y:.ZMl89gq@]'PU_Jce;$fipALU%HD -51"gDB;3D!NS&!=\Zt7>&>`aRPDu.Ms^=%`fWfd;CMoU.9*8RG[JH:AWYJ]4J6"B -e>^l].0o,/o'OZD9H^e8/rQQ?4+]Pfe>2/p<0shH3d988E79^>#$V4,C"5mHR9G9 -G4c*m-QRMk6@7WXL!C6l:DMC"g-XEG*=XPRF'c&1YR<+PON.kCBb*?Ns!8bjigLC -fD*#[_*_7Q((;**V"Soq;fq,AQYK(+dB_:7YIfQ'8UEj%Z=(>4,VI^#Xt-L4Mj+X -5OHOM#^-&h[t*<OR4G3:)C?F=_.!&0fCK%:L1V'TOlkEc?]I([VT!f^0Q[*bGe)? -oA</Q2&=cfAqJY4R"g#(Ga_?FGLYGTPJ*h`5M$=MC"cV(5N];#/^-#UiH?!m3BC1 -X7:#cTXC_sC-"V1TWH/P:a7gF+b[]ND(W'?7Vc:E80jf+m_<:UQ[.2Q-.`p?D0s3 -/3p%a*!$hC"m$Y29l_)M])@e6UCH^L)rrB#t+8BBUmZS:%`'+DRq%#b<hrqUdPL/ -l!]M'jg\1,2W$Up3MQ$\<6&9igVqEc<Y"uh/G5jJar`$8\482Q7AOtY5t&oXR2#V -CXNg(TSl<_0SY916fV0"u4m6tATWO@WGMZuo#,F9Xe&2@uN=L.I;o_>r4l(5.(/< -eCrs((a3O6.ueQrF++i^`X*E!GD^OPs>T1"COM/!$I5Ug(n0M5$ab;<,8;L+70L0 -k+u5d;6?S:5+k^"@[2XXQI,&n^<m?)Otq^GpY$mt!j]upBr\A9Ld7cu.3$9NS[kP -2GRC]Yh.]2U@T3k8D4jBF.3cQZFFbE::AkpYJPo+(CMHV>9gh-PM^J0Jcu%c,^)8 -@+"KN^tUL]><Ihmg&j<[Ca!2)fZ95D#k)D>dBZe]jArrC-14A!*[/lq,lmZSL>#; -Mt;]P,;e-D7c@6DIkY>qp-0/JBOT7;RR!b^u)_NJROHfe>RL#G>1'qC5S.b!]^ef -Knk0:#^P[3G)U09?-GNBbLfW;f_u:L`*c-K]VDN@WmYPrrCLrT;`d`dToFY$;qSF -P_B9U/i5dPU@8f+;T,(SUfFH/C7D.]WJ!J+P*D4G9K8:#O9`W82X(j%-,qLrHmp: -BY\JFk9YF2-`?gA:J]pQD9AGTtMT<%VeaV:%:?VGDDL%4f=hmQ,:g^"IglqOqn[F ->"E;A9E[Sk9&St@?T.m[&,7e1UUl7B-?";@Ye1r':e<QB@:pr4,1YgZiPj(3EF]S -*FgKnYdEhJmY3H=G'7?@dR94<m2N'kPTV_H];c0N;Z;A)*qJc.!_E7AH?jKS:N86 -Vb"MZ#-r&+iG@=5erV+e8)6@1RAaFb^cTu,1jsD!!1T4#E3<*BA,QV<,)`*WD_pD -XY!RIaBDq9*U=%!!TK3>m=K#Wge$L[+ia2pP;u41:+DT#Q#j=TMcM<LV!*"0(V%' -&k_j3NRgi4L/N$MmjYgFk?JV.9ZC=#@<p1d@&7OYL?POLrns8Y&=N-YVMa`f2:=K -?Ee#kO_[)3?PjLSV5ClEn-'K$*Gf6]p]<JIBuP49HW0.?8rn0F]3NNlQOFgC+dQI -Lgo+S<BP'BK`ac\Q@Se>\s&_Fs"BCC)UT0GID2-%R44,\ih%>)d?]#-&5D]"Mk2> -`4R70Z%iF"]OTh71rX<.a"V0T4nc;[>IS[Ih&_AKa"8$$47!U&8j':beLKu&eqNn -S#TLqS5O]48Tb:>7rji*,;4YT*I!M`(R_D`I!\)p]):!RV+W;-U<F06;e&^Y"+(* ->a!`i;Bjbg%,q/cn8ouZ,3b[9O@D:ReTbr9dSi!BS*(PWnUaKcD9.mh43A/LT5aZ -@>Toh]RAfST=3o<SE[)l#s4!_c*X3#XDL=5B_-Y8u<i/]Q[1mLrV4)H#2]Ek:m9L -2[Bia)u0[-=AC`DL\lSk3WG,n2`&,33#g+[Y0@i1>_I83K!>I]un2/d()8(p=lfM -A$FS-0XZ/1@HN"Wab((E1W@&5d;8^#eXr&%AHENg*173'mN=CMV\ES<6T&OS=cU` -2UbQfC6Wer;O!?OTaE)+<,S0W2EF9epXU(ZD%)#W5On:1pkblape`"+2?`eFS9WQ -IG8@9(-8!-kM3F\]`4NIKD.7[EAcUs.gU))M-*\@\VGNh67o0Zfkn2$(!_u`@)dH -NMH,a3YmiemnlNBVBLaL4k`5%"B9j%!lm9e-AEnT!;[aN<Q:bS9lT3F\FEr3p+"J -I2?E%X9L>[O9sV'T.G+Z;C9X?2YD;oq<.!(M`:rr=.s)GOnb8%c&Job.i$J*<k=g -nH6&,<:".`AqA$P?qhV^J1K,fb[C(p@s&jPQpc:6`3_Z9LRfD.93-_#9DCY"LsVs -bt>YsOj(s1[a^T)()_6=g7.C4/tk^S?]ll5O_9D2?^AZF.W5^Sf2F,!(F9]X]:nd -R!F":R\5'p3Ia9UC>*4c2G_Xt=`\f#I6i`II[rZu"f(!tD()3(RpaW7uAhkajfdU -XPSAD[(Xfp,;+"P>UKdEeP9A,o?9jKBF04(e]*KlbTH%dEsn)\5HE!YeV6n`D:c, -#;q8M[bi?_S&3EFO,%iXA\@>enm)N2@eu)9/Z_/g2ZT"JrQGg*p'!USq5fmYh)FZ -F1mBXNb6u,j!gJPVn"jAYkJ]8XTqPBr7DlOf`$V',YKld\meUm8N+NQO:.,PbuDi -`CAq`R&NqcpE+'b7bV`DP+YB@'@<'$Fg%G3_/aS)P+Zf/XdhPA)G56%6$g>W0WCD -/=&gZm3N;PVLSSXP8#0Vnc^9lf5`r!af!dc[Ptm$0QtBSeY`F$>\6!bbFZG\]D=W -o.dmbj\0+c=cq0JRDh+?P4E[B8[/Kl>":1_.*YSX^iKs.R:(Ucaa,,&5S;qa!Z,b -d;@=p3)9-b79f%$CEJ_d4(eoZn8^K8Nu,.V<r?H"'S1d_]hY*X%-Hccj:e*YD<12 -\<#8Q+&<D3b5hDpj$_T\t@`^L0P"S7(t/1-6%2o9sog).LA_,MOJeO8KIg2Op%B< -VnOGMTD&9bdP#*4"+(L;,iYjRQfDumW[sqPQX6.iC::-3<2SN'f0="-Z?=SMj\Lh -Jm2I7;"XVl7&X.K8\rh*&LI#aRrrDWuGd>'i2>G;-W%EnHFEq+oa,f<K5c&L7_,E -:u!@VsNdb,k`%&t>d!\JI(I@KN.CVfUE8uP'kQssoSkEC7UcmP-Qgmo43i7N`lDs -)Ss(trH7RXHeX<"[J:SnFt=p-`bAr6+eiV:JHFFNe/E,USOe,Y]D3g9'4-/L/#tZ -O8:$^*nn7a]HW"*n(bC-Sd,q@8:ViQX"bG4]&3U7,Jl%3Pp/+WDqSTK^4HgGr28K -bKIC!4lmnDXno:)_r?OP3,ok3EjX#H#ptpUL<V69T@uhnV\Lq8*LPl@#*4RTNQKR -% -q=i!oVUVEEDabfiOABNSc0]?f"RQsn?:O5E0E1tO+EC(!IM?50nGA2eqAe84;mfj -]QQH66JN'2Vd[pLWEo$pgpH::".4L+o4r,&@MXj:`rR$C1r*>%ipp\.up)U;7C+F -1EaXOU$nl2tBgoVeVDfgmuiOSjG<T7Q0]("Sib\,"#UeMPqf&\:j>JT8P\@HeV8@ -?Fa8G6&L;`lHqlb7)4pY8X7.C3R_gPoU))?0]Ce@Cn'jT,VXd.=#=MjSKolqiZA` -HQ?drNaN/+U^GeGo6-+'qGiol&ZCphe[UIo4D$N%!cWE9$`CX<VkIhpj-C\H73pE -dd6*mY0[7$hBH36b.,-9Yn8EbEmp$_!%^WTh@UeDEcW6[,C%9"?0,\5NnVL5Bh;2 -lALgIT\Ub+kguT=gda01ir_.j4@B"B]EL0$c3k1=*5U,5G^^9>ih]8M]EP`_<>ao -K/kQc+4dMq.j]#Ghl9WFdUS<]oW(K3;K;@6A<faC.56Bi0\TUaT[pBYb3XWh4P=\ -gm8TQPXX]S;Rg>/G_'>s4m&dpA0fgIk=38lArdmbru:%PYJRM)9K6rr?I>A4f*+> -KSF#*h.%gL"Ku!b#B$JAWrHsc(m7He<m_$l,U.U%`>eBjW+I8Ka=u;!"dB&WM[%< -?K0#RAm=("ej7M2k0;)akiUIPnF?fdC.qNZ`(h!)9Q<m'7\Z<].I_kAbt0mZ/_#c -CTVSP6h$pQ)050[hSekgO$S^Yt*N>Cg>\LFBWM`(Lb9SL3"GEToP_*_@RgYUrqNr -qI"3-`X?-ua4p(UgKDRLUb-@OUU?2C#@(bGlW!db^,X4o9$oFXRPh[a]fnUjsD!/ -Hb#MW.i5F%cb6-=?j^6!n#_OHc!59-kj,L:[]k?GHg^*RJT+8h$,@P?uU<Xe2<EV -9%Wh(\M^lTV8-!cI\HCYA_bibQAcE%.HD="6'7[ULZuhR!!euWO8VHQu^rDd3**9 -F)Ie:8[d_$crj;GYd=b%WCc<9MN:5>_]\<l'Y'3&;,Wlggmk]C\KgBD>#&;sSU=" -hhU%X0=GMVg""]`7oe;8^R[a*![]WVsXn$)3]&i@>&M:GV.7e:^;U*]VYu1&[Jm& -e[;RD-'JeSL#,K:'b99U6o<+5\*YDHR*is^9=8pRVj?^uV3#ReeuA0j2'>*K8Z&? -Zdfb(GT@J].?GOI>sIEbW[Q=#n:DD62Oo,mkZV@^4jrg`l>O_b;iZ#]g0l$0l@Jf -D4hY<b.J\AdYeAR>tOf)g&<lJ;])]%80>O0.trsBqtkTZjR#4$NN;>Zm3$r+.'b= -,)=;'Si:V@$t3re22X)X[+qJTMp/\q.VWdnK&T^J(NXPl-!.iK)CHD</5>U`Vcf9 -^1@rplmPKDjk8ONi=Gq&UU]1<B0SNtl1*q"i:9`I(n=d^_O[hdEXEH[A@lM@d1Dd -gmo.,D*`4YJD>W".@bKPKj1=LoO.bk=-e@#hRXo"gMTc(h$;5EFmDA"WL\6"A%$* -b1Y6D/g!ZBDDuR'ao(UbNCe/f(@i,5)UXH<sa=1tXQM@"b<U!;C[B5U07dp*dlsV -N3qrMK&Bc:!69%>@g_#Ybe6A<*,@0D08r_SYEM?-0ddTmo3P,$Hjj^rDOb<`et5C -Z\JJ[l[D^r9#@m_SNj,ab'8oom;d2Yf.NW,%!:M$Z#]P;-^:6KF[oXakmSVXY<gh -_$&-VPQ^gs1pl47D[]ftl%COu@N+1o(fs-I`Kd@KQPn,SN&.<gI,5jSjBG"Mj"f9 -canj4&ObA#+p'W$*qef/]lDrP9"Q;_I`Bali_&=g;$!0dk0CN]+h_blt"2WA=T8c -f>e6J3&E#5X889uXSs&oNHRi5oB4<(K/J;r\Ti8,T-3p2QTh0OqIT;ADrqE1sKfO -ggQ[:RKF5*eH7;S&^mU=c(ED`,*Z/iEW/!jNOGL^!]Z/Gbj!f>]l*#8BikJ.br7S -aF/hBRC<`F'Ka6IGgj1M_jVQU4:ks7SO=lE*D:$,%Km>qlO3t;(9i3pD%&\&m0*h -96m)U<0!K:c&VQNKKU>mG#sUBN!J7s,5XqtY#H(3[-38o["Eu6-$GbNfE*m]]&r> -=4XH]X/lBCp3PNn/3e0Z.XfXR^MR.U+bB,d&P;_C&l9;$fRD/C=qRrF$?]\<K`aM -mYu),<oJ,-(Nk8m8P/B$_U'g`]E'NC-RPVN=H!-sc0F^7B-$#*n?u`o--.7OCo02 -Ic<WkhN5=:LU&u,>Ci;:j'\V/Dq;j"/VYW>:eFh;K]CQVNTpOTlkCt(DkTcHhEEC -<#!f4D^sJ2V+8%WDEkib1NTm#1Wr*rhG]CK\<Y^FW"Pb&PGkt0VqKnFgdnEOPWn^ -+O?T`Y#[$Z^[bl`QNQYrIaQmEn1TL2X>!1:W"VnON)*EWG^7rPi/&!V1@i8A3V^3 -ssr3H`2CB>9(k(SCNaNEb4[hRNs;A<=nEA&O[;K$?J_d7u-Z?s!*j]U/=;HdIoe= -oprS-X'Q+,@%q1fU.8&`nr<)jNXKFkLKY;s+lbR=4HKd.9n=f1h+2A<8]-m-AR,\ -Pp#hV-$OP3LemE;KH]b4EOn*]Z655B117m;\$mjAo0h-\MVKT_$9U*Xd_rs\CN4T -il.auM3=*7=2m"GX7Wgo\Jf_5:\$7oCFVsn\a"Kj)),%,JgMS3OBo7-&o/`SJ>!_ -sG!3[,"b]KWH;^&)_Prcn?a?^Lnqq%)P,Wn189INBOpE;ZmRQf[/Q4<j3M1DZDL$ -Z)dTfRZ<nIN7jEKo!r5?4'?]LaPp1"UiqdIKL6\mec8\"T5mPk#Q`70XSY^lQrAg -m7#=4T4OJJPN?K%dXpqXf[k[PPqOaN7/qo8L8Cfe^c'Z[RG\-!'9,p\A):.hhA<5 -8n6>4_bBGj2U])ds10ee-)%SSP>YWn0oh]a9ieSg3&<c&GE>jX%\@QX=$,;b#N.S -T#jO7Na!-4/q"8#FXV92ROEL0l->B#BZFhYd9J`%63Hhc1+OiZ'+J%Q$+7T.0lNr -Z7fcQhpM<]&f3mmeJ,'*IKY@^sM=H8:8Lg8pGp-(,o$\_>N_??Yh0=*#KPC=:,7+ -onr\.\=6'*4^5sQ7l_@fRuhZe7[N*0GL_j!0=XRh9@)GaolFfV6,S2*gP!U.[SUF -Ul,/OF0p'TQtE*P7*e(kk]4RWIP-7?T755!\l@nKj$-1DQq6bt;h@]_dCN'Cb`Da -@0F@iI<(D=L&[UQNl8/$sB2HKP<W-i>to@da9Qk[3T)!+hd9oh),*n+"7P3`97F( -D&jI2kse=F-J'P)Rs@<6VLi'uieK&t&:o1BZsu\uG%nqc)Ca7$DI\PLMs*P7;HRd -1UR+^`!,Anah+%.Qr]ap!;U;kn)#jRMYk3`\8L\BG3fq_2Pm&9YJjBXUrG<EVZ`H --q&>YDQl$U)^FTYR@)W.?.Z8d&`e$AS.k[gE"M?6Eo-nSRE=fW%Y_G8,3q8ERSi7 -U^k8)79Go>jc88QZ8\"+01=p?Hbq_t`[?2+8B^SNA<cq3=UG9dRiO3jRI=!D:/[= -I\PjBs^Q)0P8ZYA`hiYE8=)X*4f-\V+00R7r%l4?p!?7+,@k62(mXcboFl(>]HPB -W@5l^!.Z\$/[i]5d\rOK#?0^?Q1m,;DBu((ER(eM2$!%K]6D/*cNrbA*%rY_^1G6 -oi(WGIZ^?t#>r,\RC-0'<dE.[l;i[2BLG\?1Kf5^!(DbIpK6(pm\P,mMEt'EiUpT -+^;+9rBgB4X<=62.H*L1p(F-9G&XXbNJ[K+U"am437?:0,arrA*dk%RDf<$Ygff% -/$-@9fJ2iOt!3\ZdOIe=M7F.B'jC9Q^Vfgn/)^Y$q`g<R-pMhS]IPdpEU%RmEO4; -NQ_jaqPVgd,&6,\A,6%"]<(7;\))=3*,%eKdL*@C_R0).rf!G4CPtr>Ge>,*29S` -1J#J5AlQNGQ?tBn+/i)![_X=[TT7A%D@!c'-)O;%R[,@0E`@(]b5m_`^&H8IqmML -$<EcOFQZc\KLLkM*?mKoa)@__e`'q+u;N\lud5Ka\]VCn'o3!4\_m4[2*fqbkD=g -tk8uTOMm%jX].caJ7PXRIAP&>3`GCLQ8.5[Ka6CB[cm4s-.7VT2N5:lAoE<j<O+H -N%-r,]`s?78C2R,tH]HZh`1@%p]b>MfA[i>J'$F^X)_h:$`'ThZj]CY%W*r+X4=X -dOW-GXj9B@l^!Rr5I+^gTH'E!nKoWHutRN9K'>sDn:Lgl3UT8FE!VEc`i*Pq+$MN -V-+:*Vg,nK]0mH6@rP07mZ+GOd#)h+Zs)Oq<GG($a]b4`8fE9sD]2sl35:Hkj3lB -nL9BhJC?S;dU_K?`)Wh/7WThtg(KO8BL?'2bE+*PY?D3M.fb2(>Mi/<ge9't:#cB -jh6Q:2OM-SIl5psV=+j0dRBAVb<7VUP!amcU*$+RHHR[<'"G$3<R5=1I#f<r_)N? -:k1,8C->%CAPuijN"2Rt(Qrdc:H6eeT/5m2TgN<<8S(I'T)k`$OJ)R4^BT*L"uij -/%]I8'8sAcI[q<#GG^WTlA^d'3(`+AGal1[]g:BPP/<6P'gcTZOLsj5;t3QHqqdD -Qch-M&`tFg5*&WF5X<jCHL(*'M\1EL?`YGCU<C[$qp.koXR=6F9%(BV_!7,1*pXZ -NH#)7\rJu\Z6G:D:*@!2OUX_5#J+F6+70t?\9"3F]@CZ%PeZj6aT0DO:_?o;-h>( -_+M76Ctl&#XnWDHHVH&5*JDB*Z@'@t_QSss*9Gcp%o8tI,oAYm_rbqu\m/-D./b' -MtB`&dKk:fJ[VqdfY+H,^]4"cD^LX=Q3Wf=E.>15=3#EEV^OdmN+'7&$[%]1[G=O -:%5;UG)[s3hN\lbfmE72OJ>Ap=@h"ej"kkGD[BN.Ue4o9g)?rb;.FJ8@QLAnZ^j` -/Fs/7fW4VHU3="g\%G/*+=&6?:/c4Q"cku'!VPP7"dF^C-kW0M@9bsXH@I4)QifU -Z/Z"3+,!J`nWJo!M=#[@7(%<g<&h!LFRM_QVE>%Xgjdo/c@#YAj#?tH43Y4/0`9a -WZST_+^b:P3:&>_/"SA22OX/UQB_lf<<#SD0O\@:sJ>I9=07;bF\M4$C\W0D/6X: -D`SlU`$+f"Zl=CK"6g6N7$@M_9]W.7e/H-.7P]"gp9,CeaQ33^A66d@RM$L749+G -"XgS8nTF9Mnl^Sb?KLj+Jg;\#uLr26#.F,>`KarQ+qacPUVj?.`ra:Q^Vs[Yfnb> -Df'UhJH?1J91(\nfjU(_"@u*1\Je[G4d[Xo-mch)\[K8Beff#J7HRc2MCY]l#[UN ->i%#-;r)n`(#55:3^N9_mYt7R,PBB;+Et`>+WL%A+V<#4n3EEGgXS+)%bQ0W4"1p -jpBQUm[7AWP0WAN%[S:sT]K&P3k5$'e-!X*[<o1P3>IhcY!j#X3@Q'"2kiIiH7bH -TRrHJ?jkEWXdI)hDdHJH@n&H;?'RahK#oS/0a+,:F[mCT+_/UdF'tG$:Q!>7CS!' -:-n'c*+C[qNqg=VELZD&q&)#GNM$a7[_%@RNiJ'UfJDXj,Gg^AR<>:Y;%)B+!Ugi -:FTTsRHUot_H)Wt9h\=-[k0"5C$4$A:OieS^0;Z0O^aNK90.UUT0`lN.MfaiVo.t -S!\mm7)E?m5[P42:S7Ybf8sq,);gFm&FbBqen>Pa=&CTiIcT5f4fgTJ`RrEtd=Gr -*5ocS)Q">"*(DeE'%Znd<2oHd-NTG!nrD*BSLkA0I5TqH:?RZ!Ah:5=Hr/M43u+] -fp7!YsCmdbF%d:Il$@g<^M?5um,%<@TDe;f_](5XN],ej@J&mbH[m\C_2TY0cTHL -(r5J\'^S??f)hQk:+D;'(++=8h>>/K3R60TKn0UAt:8>_+V)FR<;AANA3>eM$K9P -$&='`W2/'rD5+4B@!]c(Un9AYX53T2]T^MF;G]p9:ep(RklM!0[eSL?=rFohNB!^ -LeSn&(]>=[V&BX,mO8ml~> -%%EOF diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-doc.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 5455f6d9b38..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-doc.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-doc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-doc.tex deleted file mode 100644 index bbab17d1c81..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-doc.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2057 +0,0 @@ -%\documentclass[headinclude,DIV12]{scrartcl} -\documentclass[11pt,english,BCOR10mm,DIV12,bibliography=totoc,parskip=false,smallheadings, - headexclude,footexclude,oneside]{pst-doc} - -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -% -\usepackage{pst-func} -\usepackage{pst-optexp} -\let\verPstOptExp\fileversion -\let\datePstOptExp\filedate -\usepackage{pst-circ} -\usepackage{nicefrac} -\usepackage{longtable} -\usepackage{multicol} -\usepackage{multirow} -\usepackage{float} -% -\newfloat{LTXexampleFloat}{H}{expl} -\floatname{LTXexampleFloat}{Listing} -% -% New commands -% -\DeclareRobustCommand\cs[1]{\texttt{\char`\\#1}} -\newcommand{\OptExpPackage}{\textsf{`pst-optexp'}} -\newcommand{\parameter}[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\nodename}[1]{\emph{#1}} -\newcommand{\param}[1]{\normalfont\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\paramvalue}[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\newcommand{\defaultparam}[1]{\emph{default:} \paramvalue{#1}} -\newcommand{\paramitem}[3]{\item[\param{#1}:] \paramvalue{#2} (\defaultparam{#3})} -\newcommand{\styleitem}[2]{\item[\param{#1}:] \paramvalue{#2}} -\newcommand{\styleshape}[1]{\texttt{#1}} -\newcolumntype{T}{>{\ttfamily}l} -\newcolumntype{B}{>{\bfseries}l} -\newcommand{\refstringexplanation}[0]{% - A \paramvalue{<ref string>} is any combination of \paramvalue{c} - (center), \paramvalue{t} (top), \paramvalue{b} (bottom), \paramvalue{l} - (left), \paramvalue{r} (right)} -% -% Settings -%\setkomafont{sectioning}{\normalfont\normalcolor\bfseries} -% -\makeatletter -\renewenvironment{description} - {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-0.5\leftmargin - \itemsep0pt \parsep0pt - \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}} - {\endlist} -\makeatother -% -%\clearscrheadfoot -%\setheadsepline{0.4pt} -%\ihead{\OptExpPackage}\ohead{A PSTricks package to draw optical experimental setups} -%\ofoot{\pagemark} -%\pagestyle{scrheadings} - -\psset{usefiberstyle=true} -\addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=red,linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth} -\addtopsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\begin{document}\title{\texttt{pstricks-add}\\additionals Macros for \texttt{pstricks}% -%\thanks{% -% This document was written with \texttt{Kile: 1.7 (Qt: 3.1.1; KDE: 3.3;} -% \url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/kile/}) and the PDF output -% was build with VTeX/Free (\url{http://www.micropress-inc.com/linux})} -\\ - \small v.\verPstOptExp} - \title{\texttt{pst-optexp}\\ A PSTricks package to draw optical experimental setups} - \author{Christoph Bersch} - \date{\datePstOptExp} -\maketitle - -\clearpage -\tableofcontents -\clearpage - -\section{Introduction} -The package \nxLPack{pst-optexp} is a collection of optical components -that facilitate easy sketching of optical experimental -setups. Mechanisms for proper alignment of different components are -provided internally. This way the user does not have to care for proper -orientation of the elements. Macros for convenient definition of new -user-defined components are also provided. - -\section{Concept and General Behavior}\label{sec:general} - -This section introduces into the basic concepts of the package design and -explains the parameters and commands which are supported by most optical -objects. - -\subsection{Concept} - -The objects provided by \nxLPack{pst-optexp} can be differentiated into -two different categories: free-ray and fiber-optical objects. - -The free-ray units are subdivided in two different kinds: dipoles which -require two reference points for alignment and do not alter the -direction of passing light beams (e.g. lenses and retardation plates) -and tripoles which work in reflection and require three reference points -(mirrors, gratings, beamsplitters etc.). - -For free-ray setups one usually has a few straight light paths in which -several different objects are to be arranged. In this case it is very -convenient to define only two nodes for each light path. The objects are -placed on this light path using the different positioning parameters -(see Sec.~\ref{sec:positioning}) of the package. After having arranged -everything, the beams themselves are drawn. If objects with multiple -internal reflections (e.g. prisms, see Sections \ref{sec:doveprism}, -\ref{sec:prism} -- \ref{sec:ppprism}) or objects without internal beams -(e.g. optical diodes, see Sec.~\ref{sec:optdiode}) are involved. The -different possibilities are explained in Sec.~\ref{sec:connecting}. - -The fiber-optical objects can be classified as dipoles, tripoles and -quadrupoles which have a corresponding number of fiber -connections. Their handling differs in some aspects from the free-ray -objects. The fiber optics are directly connected to the reference -nodes. Every input and output fiber can be flexibly customized for each -object (see Sec.~\ref{sec:styles}). Positioning of the fiber dipoles is -handled equivalently to the free-ray dipoles. Tripoles and quadrupoles -can be found only as different coupler types. Their positioning -mechanisms are a bit more involved and explained in -Sec.~\ref{sec:coupler}. - -Some hybrid dipoles (optbox, detector etc.) can be used both as -fiber-optical or free-ray elements. The way they are treated regarding -the connections to the reference points can be controlled by the -parameters explained in Sec.~\ref{sec:connecting}. - -\subsection{General Settings} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{angle}{<degree>}{0} -\paramitem{compshift}{<num>}{0} -\paramitem{optional}{<boolean>}{false} -\paramitem{showoptdots}{<boolean>}{false} - -\end{description} - -\parameter{optional} can be used with every object and marks it as -optional. The style of an optional element can be configured by changing -the psstyle \styleshape{OptionalStyle}. - -\parameter{showoptdots} draws some internal nodes which are used to -place the object and the label. The black points are used for -positioning, the red points mark the label references. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=0.8cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](8,2) -\psset{beam} -\lens[optional](0,1)(3,1){L} -\mirror[showoptdots](4,1)(7,1)(7,0){mirror} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Using PSStyles}\label{sec:styles} - -\begin{description} -\styleitem{OptionalStyle}{<psstyle>} -\paramitem{addtoOptComp}{<psstyle>}{} -\paramitem{newOptComp}{<psstyle>}{} -\styleitem{OptComp}{<psstyle>} -\end{description} - -\styleshape{OptComp} affects only the appearence of the optical -components. This was introduced, because using only the standard -graphics parameters changes also the connections that are drawn within -the component. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=0.8cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](8,2) - \psset{beam} - \addtopsstyle{OptComp}{linestyle=dashed, dash=2pt 2pt} - % wrong, also beam width is changed - \mirror[linewidth=3\pslinewidth](0,1)(3,1)(3,0){mirror} - % correct result - \mirror[addtoOptComp={linewidth=3\pslinewidth}](5,1)(7,1)(7,0){mirror} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Positioning}\label{sec:positioning} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{position}{<num>}{\{\}} -\paramitem{abspos}{<num>}{\{\}} -\end{description} - -\noindent\parameter{position} is equivalent to the \parameter{npos} -parameter of \cs{ncput} (can be any number from 0 to 1) and controls the -relative position of object between the two reference points. It is only -not available for the free-ray tripoles. - -The parameter \parameter{abspos} allows absolute positioning between the -two reference nodes. Its value is given in psunits. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \lens[beam, position=0.8](0,1.2)(3,1.2){L} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \lens[beam, abspos=1](0,1.2)(3,1.2){L} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Labels}\label{sec:labels} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{labeloffset}{<num>}{0.8} -\paramitem{labelangle}{<num>}{0} -\paramitem{labelstyle}{<macro>}{\cs{small}} -\paramitem{labelalign}{<ref string>\footnote{\refstringexplanation}}{c} -\paramitem{labelref}{relative|relgrav|global}{relgrav} -\paramitem{label}{<offset> <angle> <ref string> <labelref>}{} -\end{description} - -\noindent\parameter{labeloffset} specifies the offset from the label -reference node of the object which is mostly the center. -\parameter{labelstyle} defines the textstyle that is used to typeset -the label and \parameter{labelalign} corresponds to the refpoint of -\cs{rput}. The parameter \parameter{labelref} sets the reference -coordinate system for the \parameter{labelangle} and the orientation of -the label text. The detailed behaviour is best illustrated looking at -the following three examples. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=5cm] -\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(2.5,2) - \multido{\i=0+45}{8}{% - \optbox[endbox, - labelref=relative, - labeloffset=0, - optboxwidth=1, - optboxheight=0.6](0,0)(1;\i){\i} - } -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=5cm] -\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(2.5,2) - \multido{\i=0+72}{5}{% - \optbox[endbox, - labelref=relgrav, - optboxwidth=1, - optboxheight=0.6](0,0)(1;\i){\i} - } -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=5cm] -\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(2.5,2) - \multido{\i=0+72}{5}{% - \optbox[endbox, - labelref=global, - optboxwidth=1, - optboxheight=0.6](0,0)(1;\i){\i} - } -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\parameter{label} simplifies the simultaneous change of more than one label-related parameter. It takes up to four space-separated arguments. Unchanged arguments may be specified with a dot. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=5cm] - \begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](0,0)(3,3) - \psset{endbox, beam} - \optbox[label=1 -45](1,0)(2,1){label} - \optbox[label=0 . . relative](0.6,0.6)(0.6,1.6){label} - \end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Named Objects}\label{sec:namedobj} - -\begin{description} - \paramitem{compname}{<string>}{\{\}} -\end{description} - -\noindent Every \nxLPack{pst-optexp} object of an experimental setup can -be assigned a name that is unique within one pspicture environment. The -name is defined with the parameter \parameter{compname} which is -defineable only directly within a \nxLPack{pst-optexp} object: \medskip - -\begin{lstlisting} -\optbox[compname=MyBox](A)(B){Box} % valid use of 'compname' -\psset{compname=MyName} % not valid, gives an error -\end{lstlisting} - -\medskip - -\noindent With this naming mechanisms one can access some special nodes of the -component at any time after its definition: - -\begin{table}[H] - \centering - \addtolength{\extrarowheight}{1.5mm} - \begin{tabularx}{.8\linewidth}{TX} - \toprule - \multicolumn{1}{l}{node name} & description\\ - \midrule - <compname>ExtNode & Node for external connections (\emph{external node})\\ - <compname>Intern1 & Node which should be connected to the first reference node. - In the text we refer to this node as \emph{left outer node} \\ - <compname>Intern2 & First internal node. As the nodes with higher numbers it - is only available for objects with multiple internal beams (e.g. dove prism, - see Sec.~\ref{sec:doveprism}). They are called \emph{internal nodes}.\\ - \multicolumn{1}{c}{\vdots} & \\ - <compname>InternN & Node which should be connected to the second reference node. - In the text this node is referred to as \emph{right outer node}\\ - \bottomrule - \end{tabularx} - \caption{Naming conventions for special nodes which are created by named objects and can be - accessed by the user after definition of the object.} -\end{table} - -If \parameter{compname} is empty, the external node has the name -\nodename{ExtNode} and will be overwritten by any following object. The -outer nodes are not accessible to the user and will also be overwritten -by following object. The internal nodes are deleted after the object's -definition. - -These named objects are used to create permanent external nodes (see -Sec.~\ref{sec:extnode}) and to connect objects after their definition -(see Sec.~\ref{sec:connecting}). - - -\subsection{Nodes For External Usage}\label{sec:extnode} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{extnode}{<ref string>\footnote{\refstringexplanation}}{\{\}} -\end{description} - -\noindent Some of the objects can provide a supplementary node for additional -connections. A laser diode may be connected for example to a frequency synthesizer -(use package \nxLPack{pst-circ}) or a detector to a computer. - -\parameter{extnode} controls the position of the additional node and -takes a \paramvalue{<ref string>} as its argument. By default this -parameter is empty (\paramvalue{\{\}}) and no node is created. - -The name of the new node depends on the \parameter{compname} parameter -(see Sec.~\ref{sec:namedobj} for naming conventions). If \parameter{compname} is empty -the new node is named \nodename{ExtNode} by default and overwritten by -following objects. - -Table.~\ref{tab:nodes} shows all objects which provide an external -node. Some allow any possible \paramvalue{<ref string>} for \parameter{extnode}, others have -only one reasonable possibility (e.g. piezo mirror, see -Sec.~\ref{sec:mirror}) which does not depend on the actual value of \parameter{extnode}. - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](11,3) - \psset{conn=o-o, labelangle=-90, labeloffset=0.3} - \optbox[extnode=tl](0,2.5)(3,2.5){\texttt{tl}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=l](0,1.5)(3,1.5){\texttt{l}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=bl](0,0.5)(3,0.5){\texttt{bl}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=t](4,2.5)(7,2.5){\texttt{t}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=c](4,1.5)(7,1.5){\texttt{c}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=b](4,0.5)(7,0.5){\texttt{b}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=tr](8,2.5)(11,2.5){\texttt{tr}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=r](8,1.5)(11,1.5){\texttt{r}}\psdot(ExtNode) - \optbox[extnode=br](8,0.5)(11,0.5){\texttt{br}}\psdot(ExtNode) -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\begin{table}[H] -\centering - \begin{tabular}{llc} - \toprule - Object & possible extnode positions &\\ - \midrule - % - \cs{optbox} & - all (any combination of \paramvalue{t}, \paramvalue{r}, \paramvalue{l} and \paramvalue{b}) & - \begin{pspicture}[shift=-0.3](0,-0.4)(1,0.4) - \psframe(0,-0.25)(1,0.25) - \psdot(0,-0.25)\psdot(0.5,-0.25)\psdot(1,-0.25) - \psdot(0,0)\psdot(0.5,0)\psdot(1,0) - \psdot(0,0.25)\psdot(0.5,0.25)\psdot(1,0.25) - \end{pspicture}\\ - % - \cs{mirror} & - one fixed position (only for \parameter{mirrortype=piezo}) & - \begin{pspicture}[shift=-0.3](1,0.8) - \mirror[mirrortype=piezo,extnode=t](0,0.4)(0.5,0.4)(0.5,0){}\psdot(ExtNode) - \end{pspicture}\\ - % - \cs{optdetector} & - one (for \parameter{dettype=round}) & - \begin{pspicture}[shift=-0.3](1,0.8) - \optdetector[detsize=0.6, extnode=r](0,0.4)(0.5,0.4){} - \psdot(ExtNode) - \end{pspicture}\\ - % - & all (for \parameter{dettype=diode})& see \cs{optbox}\\ - \cs{optmzm} & all& see \cs{optbox}\\ - \cs{optfilter} & all & see \cs{optbox}\\ - \cs{optswitch} & all & see \cs{optbox}\\ - \cs{fiberdelayline} & all & see \cs{optbox}\\ - \bottomrule - \end{tabular} - \caption{The objects which may provide an external node when parameter - \parameter{extnode} is not empty. Some allow different positions of the - node and for some only a fixed node makes sense.}\label{tab:nodes} -\end{table} - -\subsection{Connecting Objects}\label{sec:connecting} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{conn}{<conn definition>}{-} -\item[\param{fiber}:] alias for \parameter{conn=f-f} -\item[\param{beam}:] alias for \parameter{conn=o-i} -\paramitem{connjoin}{<int>}{1} -\end{description} - -\noindent Simple experimental setups with a few objects can usually be -realized by defining some nodes, arranging the object in between and -drawing the beams at the end. If, however, objects with changed internal -optical path (all the prisms) or without visible internal beam (optical -diode) are involved, this simple method is not applicable anymore. - -For this case several different possibilities of connecting objects are -available: \parameter{conn} specifies the kind of connections in front of and -behind the object. Its syntax is analogous to the PSTricks -\parameter{arrows} parameter. By default it is set to \paramvalue{-} and no -connections are drawn. Tab.~\ref{tab:conn} lists all possible values and -their scope for the \paramvalue{<conn definition>}. - -\begin{table}\centering -\addtolength{\extrarowheight}{1.5mm} -\begin{tabularx}{0.9\textwidth}{TXl} - \toprule - \multicolumn{1}{l}{conn style} & description & scope\\ - \midrule - i & Draw beam from the first reference node to its assigned outer node - and then through all internal nodes and end at the other - outer node. & \multirow{3}{*}{optexp objects}\\ - o & Draw beam from the first reference node to its assigned outer node. & \\ - f & Draw fiber from the first reference node to its assigned outer node. & \\ - \midrule - a & Left outer node & \multirow{4}{*}{\cs{drawbeam} macro}\\ - A & Connect left outer node to all internal nodes and then to the right outer node & \\ - b & Right outer node & \\ - B & Connect right outer node to all internal nodes and then to the left outer node & \\ - \bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption{All possible values for the \paramvalue{<conn definition>}, their detailed description and scope.}\label{tab:conn} -\end{table} - -The first letter (before the dash) in the \paramvalue{<conn definition>} -refers to which object node the first reference node should be connected -to, the second letter (after the dash) affects the connection from the -object to the second reference node. Tab.~\ref{tab:conn} lists all -possibilities for \parameter{conn} within an object: \paramvalue{f} draws -a fiber connection and \paramvalue{o} a beam connection to the -appropriate outer node. \paramvalue{i} draws a beam connection to the -appropriate outer node and then through all internal nodes and end at -the other outer node. The boolean parameter \parameter{beam} is an alias -for \parameter{conn=o-i}. The beam style is controlled by the -psstyle \styleshape{Beam} which can be changed -using \cs{newpsstyle} and \cs{addtopsstyle}. - -All fiber-optical units define \parameter{conn=f-f} which means that -input and output connections are \paramvalue{f}ibers. The boolean -parameter \parameter{fiber} is an alias for \parameter{conn=f-f}. The -fiber connection style can be changed by adapting the \styleshape{Fiber*} -styles (see Sec.~\ref{sec:fiberstyles}). - -The way how to really use this kind of connections should become more -clear after looking at the following examples in this section. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=4.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4,5) - \addtopsstyle{Beam}{arrows=->, arrowscale=1.5} - \psset{labeloffset=0} - \doveprism[conn=o-](0,4.5)(4,4.5){\texttt{o-}} - \doveprism[conn=i-](0,3.5)(4,3.5){\texttt{i-}} - \doveprism[conn=-o](0,2.5)(4,2.5){\texttt{-o}} - \doveprism[conn=-i](0,1.5)(4,1.5){\texttt{-i}} - \optbox[conn=-f](0,0.5)(4,0.5){\texttt{-f}} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -The following example shows how this \parameter{conn} parameter can be used in some kinds -of experimental setups using objects with changed internal optical path (here a -penta prism). Instead of drawing the beam at the end with a \cs{psline}, -the beams are created at definition time of the respective object. - -\begin{LTXexampleFloat} -\begin{LTXexample}[width=4.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4,5) - \pnode(1,1){A}\pnode(1,4){G}\pnode(3,4){B} - \optbox[endbox, labelref=relative, labeloffset=0, optboxwidth=1](G)(A){Laser} - \lens[lens=0.5 0.5 0.5, abspos=0.3](A)(G){} - \pinhole[abspos=0.5](A)(G){} - \lens[lens=2, abspos=0.8](A)(G){} - \lens[abspos=2, labelangle=180](A)(G){L} - \optplate[abspos=1.5, labeloffset=1](A)(G){SLM} - \lens[abspos=1](G)(B){L} - \optbox[endbox, labeloffset=0, optboxwidth=1](G)(B){CCD} - \pentaprism[beam, labeloffset=1](A)(G)(B){PP} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} -\caption{Code example on how to use the \parameter{conn} parameter in experimental setups.}\label{lst:conn} -\end{LTXexampleFloat} - -This method works unless objects without internal beams (e.g. an optical -diode, Sec.~\ref{sec:optdiode}) or with internal reflections (e.g. a -Dove prism, Sec.~\ref{sec:doveprism}) are used in the straight light -paths of the setup. One possibility would be to create additional nodes, -but this may be not very comfortable. Therefore, \nxLPack{pst-optexp} -provides a macro \cs{drawbeam} which connects a named object -(Sec.~\ref{sec:namedobj}) to another named object or a node. - -\medskip - -\begin{lstlisting} -\drawbeam[conn=...]{<from>}{<to>} -\end{lstlisting} - -\medskip - -\noindent If \paramvalue{<from>} or \paramvalue{<to>} is a node, it must be written -including the round braces. The call - -\medskip - -\begin{lstlisting} -\drawbeam{Obj}{(1;45)} -\end{lstlisting} - -\medskip\noindent connects the named object \nodename{Obj} to the node. - -The type of beam connection which \cs{drawbeam} draws is again -controlled by the parameter \parameter{conn}. Almost every optical -object does not have distinguished inputs and outputs and can be used in -either directions. Therefore, it does not make sense to speak about -`input` and `output` when referring to the object nodes, but rather -about node A (\nodename{left outer node}) and node B (\nodename{right outer - node}). Consequently, the two letters of parameter \parameter{conn} -can take the values \paramvalue{a}, \paramvalue{A}, \paramvalue{b} -or \paramvalue{B} when used together with \cs{drawbeam}. The detailed -descriptions of the individual possibilities are listed in -Tab.~\ref{tab:conn}. The letter before the dash in \parameter{conn} -refers to the \paramvalue{<from>} object, the other one to -the \paramvalue{<to>} object. Again, the next examples should clearify -how to apply the \cs{drawbeam} macro together with the -different \parameter{conn} settings. - -\begin{LTXexampleFloat} - \begin{LTXexample}[width=4.5cm] - \begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4,6) \psset{labeloffset=0.6} - \addtopsstyle{Beam}{arrows=->, arrowscale=1.5} - \doveprism[compname=Dove1](0,0.8)(3,0.8){Dove1} - \drawbeam[conn=b-]{Dove1}{(3,0.8)} - \doveprism[compname=Dove2](0,2.3)(3,2.3){Dove2} - \drawbeam[conn=B-]{Dove2}{(3,2.3)} - \doveprism[compname=Dove3](0,3.8)(3,3.8){Dove3} - \drawbeam[conn=-a]{(0,3.8)}{Dove3} - \doveprism[compname=Dove4](0,5.3)(3,5.3){Dove4} - \drawbeam[conn=-A]{(0,5.3)}{Dove4} - \end{pspicture} - \end{LTXexample} -\end{LTXexampleFloat} - -With the help of the \cs{drawbeam} macro we can adapt -Listing~\ref{lst:conn} to use an optical diode before the beam clearing -and connect it to the other components. In order to illustrate the beams -that are drawn by the different mechanisms, they are colorcoded in the -resulting Listing~\ref{lst:conn2}: \emph{green} is the direct connecting -of the optical diode, \emph{red} is the \cs{drawbeam} connection and -\emph{blue} the direct connecting of the penta prism. - -\begin{LTXexampleFloat} -\begin{LTXexample}[width=4.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4,6) - \pnode(1,1){A}\pnode(1,5){G}\pnode(3,5){B} - \optbox[endbox, labelref=relative, labeloffset=0, optboxwidth=1](G)(A){Laser} - \lens[lens=0.5 0.5 0.5, abspos=1.5](A)(G){} - \pinhole[abspos=1.7](A)(G){} - \lens[lens=2, abspos=2](A)(G){} - \lens[abspos=3, labelangle=180](A)(G){L} - \optplate[abspos=2.5, labeloffset=1](A)(G){SLM} - \lens[abspos=1](G)(B){L} - \optbox[endbox, labeloffset=0, optboxwidth=1](G)(B){CCD} - \optdiode[abspos=0.8, conn=o-, compname=OD](A)(G){OD} - \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=blue} - \pentaprism[conn=-i, labeloffset=1, compname=PP](A)(G)(B){PP} - \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=red} - \drawbeam[conn=b-a]{OD}{PP} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} -\caption{More soffisticated code example which employs both connecting - methods. The beam connections are colorcoded: \emph{green} is the - direct connecting of the optical diode, \emph{red} is the - \cs{drawbeam} connection and \emph{blue} the direct connecting of the - penta prism.}\label{lst:conn2} -\end{LTXexampleFloat} - -\newpage - -\section{Free-Ray Objects} - -The general appearance of all objects can be customized using the -standard PSTricks parameter like \parameter{linewidth} -or \parameter{fillstyle}. Some components allow changing a special part -(e.g. for a piezo mirror) for which they use certain psstyles. For the -automatic beam connections the \styleshape{Beam} style is used. - -\subsection{Lens}\label{sec:lens} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{lensheight}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{lenswidth}{<num>}{0.2} -\paramitem{lensradius}{<num> [<num>]}{\{\}} -\paramitem{lensradiusleft}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{lensradiusright}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{lens}{<num> [<num> [<num> [<num>]]]}{\{\}} -\paramitem{thicklens}{<boolean>}{false} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=5.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](5,6) - % concave lenses - \pnode(0,5){A}\pnode(5,5){B} - \psline[style=Beam](A)(B) - \lens[position=0.2](A)(B){L} - \lens[lensradius=-1,position=0.5](A)(B){L} - \lens[lens=-1.5 1,position=0.7](A)(B){L} - % convex lenses - \pnode(0,3){A}\pnode(5,3){B} - \psline[style=Beam](A)(B) - \lens[position=0.2,lens=1 -1](A)(B){L} - \lens[lens=0 -1](A)(B){L} - \lens[lens=1 0,position=0.7](A)(B){L} - % thick lenses - \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(5,1){B} - \psline[style=Beam](A)(B) - \lens[position=0.3, lens=-1.5 1 1 0.5, thicklens](A)(B){thicklens} - \lens[lens=0 -1, position=0.7, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=blue!30!white](A)(B){lens} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -The shape of a lens is defined by its two surface radii. A negative -radius gives a concave, a positive radius a convex and a radius of -\texttt{0} a plain surface. The parameters \parameter{lensradiusleft} -and \parameter{lensradiusright} allow to define independent values for -both surfaces. \parameter{lensradius} sets both curvatures to the same -value. Usually only \parameter{lensheight} and the two radii are used to -construct the lens. The thickness (or width) is determined -automatically. Manually controlling the thickness of the lens can be -achived by setting \parameter{thicklens} -to \paramvalue{true}. Then \parameter{lenswidth} is used as width of the -lens at its waist. Finally, the parameter \parameter{lens} allows the -definition of all relevant lens parameters at once. It consists of one -up to four space-separated numbers. The first one gives the left -radius. If no further value is set, the right radius will be set to the -same value and all other parameters are left unchanged. Using two -numbers defines two different radii. The third optional value defines -the \parameter{lensheight} and the fourth one the \parameter{lenswidth} -which is use only if \parameter{thicklens} is set to \parameter{true}. - -\textbf{Compatibility:} The whole implementation of the lens was -changed in version 1.2. It allows a much more flexible definition of different lens -types. However, I could not get full compatibility with the older way to -define lens using only \parameter{lensheight} and \parameter{lenswidth}. To use -this old behaviour, you have to set the \parameter{lenstype} explicitly, but -then you have no access to the new features! All users are encouraged to -adapt their code to use the new parameters, as the old code will be -removed in future versions. - -\medskip -\subsection{Optical Plate} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{plateheight}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{platelinewidth}{<num>}{2\cs{pslinewidth}} -\paramitem{angle}{<degree>}{0} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optplate[beam](0,1.2)(3,1.2){filter} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optplate[angle=10, beam](0,1.2)(3,1.2){glass plate} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Retardation Plate} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{plateheight}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{platewidth}{<num>}{0.1} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,1.2){A} - \pnode(3,1.2){B} - \optretplate[beam](A)(B){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Pinhole} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{outerheight}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{innerheight}{<num>}{0.1} -\paramitem{phlinewidth}{<num>}{2\cs{pslinewidth}} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,1.2){A} - \pnode(3,1.2){B} - \pinhole[beam](A)(B){PH} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Crystal}\label{sec:crystal} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{crystalwidth}{<num>}{1.4} -\paramitem{crystalheight}{<num>}{0.6} -\paramitem{caxislength}{<num>}{0.6} -\paramitem{caxisinv}{<boolean>}{false} -\paramitem{voltage}{<boolean>}{false} -\paramitem{lamp}{<boolean>}{false} -\paramitem{lampscale}{<num>}{0.3} -\paramitem{angle}{<degree>}{0} -\paramitem{rotateref}{<ref string>}{c} -\end{description} - -\noindent For a discussion of the \parameter{angle} and \parameter{rotateref} -parameters see Sec.~\ref{sec:box} about boxes. \medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,1.2){A} - \pnode(3,1.2){B} - \crystal[fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=yellow!90!black, labelangle=-45, labeloffset=1.2, voltage, lamp, beam](A)(B){SBN:Ce} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Box}\label{sec:box} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{optboxheight}{<num>}{0.8} -\paramitem{optboxwidth}{<num>}{1.4} -\paramitem{endbox}{<boolean>}{false} -\paramitem{angle}{<degree>}{0} -\paramitem{rotateref}{<ref string>\footnote{\refstringexplanation}}{c} -\paramitem{refractiveindex}{<num>}{\{\}} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optbox[beam](0,0)(3,2){box} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optbox[beam, endbox](0,0)(1.7,1){box} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.7,1){B} - \optbox[beam, endbox, labelref=relative, labeloffset=0](A)(B){box} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\noindent The parameter \parameter{angle} describes the tilt of the box -relative to the reference line defined by the two reference nodes. The -reference point for the rotation can be defined -with \parameter{rotateref} which can take any combination -of \paramvalue{c}, \paramvalue{t}, \paramvalue{b}, \paramvalue{l} -and \paramvalue{r} (compare with \parameter{extnode} in -Sec.~\ref{sec:extnode}). Note, that all connection-related nodes are -also rotate, while the label is not affected. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optbox[angle=20, beam, rotateref=l, labeloffset=0.5](0,1)(3,1){box} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\noindent Together with the parameter \parameter{refractiveindex} this -can be exploited to sketch the refraction through a tilted homogeneous -medium (e.g. a glass plate). Then, however, the reference nodes for the -beam connection must be corrected which is rather easy using the outer -nodes of the object as coordinate references and the \texttt{|} node -operator. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,1){A} - \pnode(3,1){B} - \optbox[labeloffset=0.7, optboxwidth=0.5, optboxheight=1, angle=20, refractiveindex=2.3, compname=Box](A)(B){glass plate} - \drawbeam[conn=-a]{(A|BoxIntern1)}{Box} - \drawbeam[conn=B-]{Box}{(B|BoxInternN)} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Detector} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{detsize}{<num>}{0.8} -\paramitem{dettype}{round|diode}{round} -\end{description} - -With \nxLPack{pst-optexp} version 2.0 the name for the detector was -changed to \cs{optdetector} as the package \nxLPack{pst-circ} also -provides a \cs{detector} macro. For compatibility reasons the old -\cs{detector} macro is available when \nxLPack{pst-circ} is not loaded -before \nxLPack{pst-optexp}. - - - \medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.7,1){B} - \optdetector[beam](A)(B){detector} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.7,1){B} - \optdetector[beam, dettype=diode](A)(B){detector} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Optical Diode}\label{sec:optdiode} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{optdiodesize}{<num>}{0.8} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optdiode[conn=o-o](0,1)(3,1){Diode} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Dove Prism}\label{sec:doveprism} -\begin{description} - \paramitem{doveprismsize}{<num>}{0.6} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \doveprism[beam](0,1)(3,1){Dove} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Polarization} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{poltype}{parallel|perp|misc|lcirc|rcirc}{parallel} -\paramitem{polsize}{<num>}{0.6} -\paramitem{pollinewidth}{<num>}{0.7\cs{pslinewidth}} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.4cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,5) - \pnode(0,0.5){A1}\pnode(3,0.5){B1}\pnode(0,1.5){A2} - \pnode(3,1.5){B2}\pnode(0,2.5){A3}\pnode(3,2.5){B3} - \pnode(0,3.5){A4}\pnode(3,3.5){B4}\pnode(0,4.5){A5} - \pnode(3,4.5){B5}\psset{style=Beam} - \multido{\i=1+1}{5}{\psline(A\i)(B\i)} - \psset{linecolor=black} - \polarization[poltype=misc,position=0.2](A5)(B5) - \polarization[poltype=perp,position=0.35](A4)(B4) - \polarization[poltype=parallel,position=0.5](A3)(B3) - \polarization[poltype=rcirc,position=0.65](A2)(B2) - \polarization[poltype=lcirc,position=0.8](A1)(B1) -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Mirror}\label{sec:mirror} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{mirrorwidth}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{mirrorradius}{<num>}{0} -\paramitem{mirrorlinewidth}{<num>}{2\cs{pslinewidth}} -\paramitem{mirrortype}{normal|piezo|extended}{normal} -\paramitem{mirrordepth}{<num>}{0.1} -\paramitem{variable}{<num>}{false} -\styleitem{ExtendedMirror}{<psstyle>} -\styleitem{PiezoMirror}{<psstyle>} -\end{description} - -\noindent The parameter \parameter{mirrorradius} defines the curvature -of the mirror. A value of \paramvalue{0} is for a plain mirror, a -negative radius is for a concave mirror and a positive radius gives you -a convex mirror. The style of the extended mirror is defined as a -psstyle \styleshape{ExtendedMirror} and can be changed using -\cs{newpsstyle} or \cs{addtopsstyle}. The appearence of the piezo mirror -likewise can be changed by adapting the psstyle -\styleshape{PiezoMirror}. Note, when using \parameter{extnode} with a -piezo mirror, the default piece of wire is omitted. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,3){B} - \mirror[beam](A)(G)(B){mirror} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,3){B} - \mirror[beam, variable](A)(G)(B){M$_\mathrm{var}$} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,3){B} - \mirror[beam, mirrortype=piezo,labelangle=-90](A)(G)(B){piezo} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,3){B} - \mirror[beam, mirrortype=extended](A)(G)(B){M$_\mathrm{ext}$} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,0){A}\pnode(1,2){G1} - \pnode(1.8,1){G2}\pnode(2.5,3){B} - \psset{labeloffset=0.5} - \psline[style=Beam](A)(G1)(G2)(B) - \mirror[mirrortype=extended, mirrorradius=1](A)(G1)(G2){M$_{\mathrm{concave}}$} - \mirror[mirrorradius=-1](G1)(G2)(B){M$_{\mathrm{convex}}$} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Beamsplitter} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{bssize}{<num>}{0.8} -\paramitem{bsstyle}{cube|plate}{cube} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,2){A} - \pnode(2,2){G} - \pnode(3,0){B} - \beamsplitter[beam](A)(G)(B){BS} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,2){A} - \pnode(2,2){G} - \pnode(3,0){B} - \beamsplitter[bsstyle=plate, beam](A)(G)(B){BS} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - - -\subsection{Optical Grid} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{optgridcount}{<integer>}{10} -\paramitem{optgridwidth}{<num>}{1} -\paramitem{optgridheight}{<num>}{0.1} -\paramitem{optgriddepth}{<num>}{0.05} -\paramitem{optgridtype}{blazed|binary}{blazed} -\paramitem{optgridlinewidth}{<num>}{0.7\cs{pslinewidth}} -\paramitem{reverse}{<boolean>}{false} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,3){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,0){B} - \optgrid[beam](A)(G)(B){grid} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,3){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,0){B} - \optgrid[beam, reverse](A)(G)(B){grid} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,3){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,0){B} - \optgrid[beam,% - optgridcount=6,% - optgriddepth=0.2,% - optgridheight=0.3](A)(G)(B){grid} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,3){A} - \pnode(1.8,2.2){G} - \pnode(0,0){B} - \optgrid[beam, optgridtype=binary](A)(G)(B){grid} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Prism}\label{sec:prism} -\begin{description} - \paramitem{prismsize}{<num>}{1} - \paramitem{prismangle}{<num>}{60} -\end{description} - -The prism has always a symmetric refraction independent of the beams and -the \parameter{prismangle}. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,2.5){A} - \pnode(2,2){G} - \pnode(3,0){B} - \optprism[beam](A)(G)(B){Prism} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Right-Angle Prism}\label{sec:raprism} -\begin{description} - \paramitem{raprismsize}{<num>}{1.5} -\end{description} - -The right-angle prisms is constructed such that the two incoming beams -are parallel and the middle reference node is vertically centered in the -prism. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pnode(0,1.5){A} - \pnode(1.8,0.8){G} - \pnode(0,0.5){B} - \rightangleprism[beam, showoptdots](A)(G)(B){RA} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Penta Prism}\label{sec:ppprism} -\begin{description} - \paramitem{pentaprismsize}{<num>}{0.7} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,2){A} - \pnode(2,2){G} - \pnode(2,0){B} - \pentaprism[beam](A)(G)(B){PP} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Custom Components}\label{sec:custom} -The macros \cs{optdipole} and \cs{opttripole} allow using everything as -optical component. If you want to use a certain component several times, -you should define it as a new component. For details on how to define -your own components see Sec.~\ref{sec:newobj}. - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,2){A} - \pnode(3,1){B} - \optdipole[labeloffset=1, beam](A)(B){% - \rput(0,0){% - \includegraphics[scale=0.25]{parque-nacional} - } - }{label} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \pnode(0,0){A} - \pnode(1.5,2){G} - \pnode(3,1.5){B} - \opttripole[beam](B)(G)(A){\rput[b](0,0){text}}{label} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\section{Fiber-Optical Objects} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{usefiberstyle}{<boolean>}{false} -\end{description} - -Fiber-optical objects are automatically connected to the reference -nodes. The style of all fiber connections can be configured -independently (see Sec.~\ref{sec:fiberstyles}). - -For some components it might me nice to highlight some -internals. If \parameter{usefiberstyle} is enabled, for examples the -passing parts of the optical filter are drawn with the \styleshape{Fiber} -style. In the documentation this parameter is enabled to show the parts -which would be highlighted. - -\subsection{Fiber} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{fiberloops}{<integer>}{3} -\paramitem{fiberloopradius}{<num>}{0.4} -\paramitem{fiberloopsep}{<num>}{0.3} -\end{description} -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optfiber[labeloffset=0.4](0,1)(3,1){SSMF} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Amplifier} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{optampsize}{<num>}{0.8} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optamp(0,1)(3,1){EDFA} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Mach-Zehnder Modulator} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{optmzmsize}{<num>}{0.8} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optmzm(0,1)(3,1){MZM} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Filter} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{filtersize}{<num>}{0.8} -\paramitem{filtertype}{bandpass|bandstop}{bandpass} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optfilter(0,1)(3,1){bandpass} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optfilter[filtertype=bandstop](0,1)(3,1){bandstop} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Polarization Controller} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{polcontrolsize}{<num>}{0.15} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \polcontrol(0,1)(3,1){PC} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Isolator} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{isolatorsize}{<num>}{0.6} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optisolator(0,1)(3,1){} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Optical Switch} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{switchsize}{<num>}{0.8} -\paramitem{switchstyle}{opened|closed}{opened} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optswitch(0,1)(3,1){Opened switch} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optswitch[switchstyle=closed](0,1)(3,1){Closed switch} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Fiber Delay Line} - -\begin{description} - \paramitem{fdlsize}{<num>}{0.6} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \fiberdelayline(0,1)(3,1){Delay line} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - - -\subsection{Fiber Polarizer} - -\begin{description} - \paramitem{fiberpolsize}{<num>}{0.6} -\end{description} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optfiberpolarizer(0,1)(3,1){polarizer} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Fiber Collimator} - -\begin{description} -\paramitem{fibercolsize}{<num>}{0.3} -\end{description} - -The connection type for the fiber collimator is fixed -to \parameter{conn=o-f}. The component can be use with two, three or -four nodes. With more than two points, the fiber is drawn as a -\cs{psbezier} curve. In the case of three nodes, the middle one is used -twice. Positioning parameters can still be used to shift the component -between the first two nodes. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \fibercollimator(0.5,1)(2.5,1){FC} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \fibercollimator(0,1)(2,1)(3,2){FC} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \fibercollimator(0.5,1)(2.5,1)(2.5,2){FC} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \fibercollimator[position=0.2](0.5,1)(2.5,1)(2.5,2)(0.5,2){FC} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Coupler}\label{sec:coupler} -\begin{description} -\paramitem{couplersize}{<num>}{0.2} -\paramitem{couplersep}{<num>}{0.1} -\paramitem{couplertype}{none|elliptic}{elliptic} -\paramitem{align}{top|bottom|center}{center} -\end{description} - -\subsubsection{\texorpdfstring{$2\times 2$}{2x2} Coupler} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optcoupler(0.5,2)(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(2.5,0){Coupler} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optcoupler[align=top](0.5,2)(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(2.5,0){Coupler} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\bigskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \optcoupler[align=bottom, couplertype=none](0.5,2)(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(2.5,0){Coupler} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsubsection{WDM Coupler} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \wdmcoupler[labeloffset=0.5](0,1.5)(0,0.5)(3,1){WDM} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsubsection{WDM Splitter} -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{style=Fiber, arrows=->} - \wdmsplitter[align=top, labeloffset=0.5](0,1.5)(3,1.5)(3,0.5){} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\subsection{Fiber Styles}\label{sec:fiberstyles} - -\begin{description} -\styleitem{Fiber}{<psstyle>}%{linecolor=red} -\styleitem{FiberIn}{<psstyle>}%{style=Fiber} -\styleitem{FiberIn1}{<psstyle>}%{style=FiberIn} -\styleitem{FiberIn2}{<psstyle>}%{style=FiberIn} -\styleitem{FiberOut}{<psstyle>}%{style=Fiber} -\styleitem{FiberOut1}{<psstyle>}%{style=FiberOut} -\styleitem{FiberOut2}{<psstyle>}%{style=FiberOut} -\end{description} - -All these psstyles control the appearence of the fiber parts before and -after each object. The styles can be redefined with \cs{newpsstyle} or -changed with \cs{addtopsstyle}. For optical systems it is not possible -to define a unique input and a unique output as most components can be -used bidirectionally. Therefore, I refer to the input as the connections -on the left of the object and to the output the ones on the right side. - -The basic style is \styleshape{Fiber} which is the parent of all other -styles. \styleshape{FiberIn} inherits from \styleshape{Fiber} and defines -the style of the input fiber. Analogously \styleshape{FiberOut} controls -the style of the output fiber. If you want to change the input and -output fiber styles you should use \cs{addtopsstyle} as then the -inheritance from the parent style \styleshape{Fiber} remains. - -The other psstyles are used only by the various fiber couplers -(\cs{optcoupler}, \cs{wdmcoupler} and -\cs{wdmsplitter}). \styleshape{FiberIn1} affects the upper input fiber, -\styleshape{FiberIn2} the lower input fiber, \styleshape{FiberOut1} the -upper output fiber and \styleshape{FiberOut2} the lower output fiber. If -the object has only one input (e.g. \cs{wdmsplitter}), -\styleshape{FiberIn} is used. All fiber connections are drawn as -\cs{pccurve} which means that also the curvature and the input and -output angles of each connection can be changed as you will see in a -following code example. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,3) - \addtopsstyle{FiberIn}{ArrowInside=->, arrowscale=1.2} - \addtopsstyle{FiberOut2}{linecolor=blue} - \optcoupler(0,2.5)(0,0.5)(3,2.5)(3,0.5){50~\%} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -In addition to the psstyles there exist -corresponding \parameter{newFiber\ldots} and \parameter{addtoFiber\ldots} -parameter keys for each of them. - -\medskip - -\begin{lstlisting} -\psset{addtoFiberIn={arrows=->, arrowscale=1.3}} -\end{lstlisting} - -\medskip - -\noindent is equivalent to - -\medskip - -\begin{lstlisting} -\addtopsstyle{FiberIn}{arrows=->, arrowscale=1.3} -\end{lstlisting} - -\medskip - -\noindent Accordingly \parameter{newFiberIn} corresponds to \cs{newpsstyle\{FiberIn\}\{\ldots\}}. - -At first glance these keys make no sense. The reason why I -introduced them was to be able to define special couplers with -\cs{newpsobject}. This is only possible if all modifications can be -expressed as parameter keys. Consider for example a WDM splitter which -only couples out a certain spectral range of the input and you want to -mark the output with an arrow: - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \newpsobject{mywdmsplitter}{wdmsplitter}{addtoFiberOut1={arrows=->, arrowscale=1.3, linecolor=blue}, labelangle=180, align=bottom} - \mywdmsplitter(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(3,0.5){blue band} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -Or if you need a coupler with a particular input angle you can do it be extending the appropriate fiber style: - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \newpsobject{mycoupler}{optcoupler}{addtoFiberIn2={angleA=90}, align=top} - \mycoupler(0.5,1.5)(0.5,0.5)(2.5,1.5)(2.5,0.5){} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\section{Defining New Objects} - -\subsection{Customized Versions of Existing Macros} - -The easiest way to define your own components is to use the -\cs{newpsobject} macro. With this you can define a new component using -predefined objects with a set of options. These options serve only as -default values and can be overridden when calling the macro. The -following examples defines a new object \cs{sbn} for the special crystal -used in Sec.~\ref{sec:crystal}. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\newpsobject{sbn}{crystal}{voltage, lamp, labelangle=45, labeloffset=1.2, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=yellow!90!black} -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \sbn(0,1)(3,1){SBN:Ce} - \psline[style=Beam](0,1)(3,1) -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=3.5cm] -\newpsobject{pumpcoupler}{wdmcoupler}{align=top, labelangle=180, labeloffset=0.5,addtoFiberIn2={ArrowInside=->, arrowscale=2}} -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](3,2) - \pumpcoupler(0,1)(0,0)(3,1){Pumpcoupler} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\medskip - -Or if you need more than one type of lenses several times in your setup -it is very cumbersome to specify all parameters every time. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=5.5cm] -\newpsobject{MOLensIn}{lens}{lens=0.5 0.5 0.5} -\newpsobject{MOLensOut}{lens}{lens=1.5 1.5 1.5} -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](5,2) - \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(5,1){B} - \MOLensIn[abspos=0.5](A)(B){} - \MOLensOut[abspos=1](A)(B){} - \MOLensOut[abspos=4](A)(B){} - \MOLensIn[abspos=4.5](A)(B){} - \psline[style=Beam](A)(B) -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} -\medskip - -\subsection{Defining New Objects}\label{sec:newobj} - -Since version 1.2 \nxLPack{pst-optexp} provides some high-level macros to -allow very convenient definition of completely new components. The macro -\cs{newOptexpDipole} generates all organizing code for a new free-ray -component. All you have to do is to define a new `drawing' macro -\cs{mycomponent@iii} which contains all drawing code. Analogously -\cs{newOptexpDipoleNolabel} defines a new free-ray object without label -(like \cs{polarization}) and \cs{newOptexpTripole} defines a new -reflective component. - -New fiber-optical components can be defined using -\cs{newOptexpFiberDipole}. This macro differs from its free-ray -analogous only in that it presets \parameter{fiber} and hence directly -connects the component with its reference nodes. The first node in the -parameter list gets connected with a node \nodename{tempNode@A@}, the -second node with a node \nodename{tempNode@B@}. These two internal -nodes are preset to \paramvalue{(0,0)} and can be overwritten within the -drawing macro. - -The syntax of the macros is -\begin{lstlisting} -\newOptexpDipole[fixed options]{name}{default options} -\newOptexpDipoleNolabel[fixed options]{name}{default options} -\newOptexpTripole[fixed options]{name}{default options} -\newOptexpFiberDipole[fixed options]{name}{default options} -\end{lstlisting} -The \texttt{default options} are simply a list of PSTricks parameters -which are taken as defaults for the new component. The optional argument -allows setting of parameters which cannot be overridden later. - -This is illustrate a bit more in the next code snippet, which also shows -how the coordinate system is handled within the \cs{mycomponent@iii} -macro. - -\medskip - -\begin{LTXexample}[width=4.5cm] -\newOptexpTripole{mygrid}{subgriddiv=5, griddots=0, subgridwidth=\pslinewidth, gridwidth=2\pslinewidth} -\makeatletter -\def\mygrid@iii{% put here all PSTricks drawing code - \psgrid(-1,0)(1,1) -}% -\makeatother -\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4,4) - \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2,2){G}\pnode(3,0){B} - \mygrid[gridcolor=red,labeloffset=1.5](A)(G)(B){myGrid} - \psline[style=Beam](A)(G)(B) -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} -\medskip - -The default position of the label reference point is (0,0). If you want -to change this, you have to define a new pnode named -\nodename{tempNode@Label} in the \cs{mycomponent@iii} macro. - -If you create a new component, please send it to me then I can -incorporate this in a new released version. - -\newpage - -\section{Examples} -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t,vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}(10,2) -\psset{optboxwidth=1}\addtopsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth} -\pnode(1,1){Start}\pnode(9,1){CCD}\optbox[endbox, labeloffset=0](CCD)(Start){Laser} -\optbox[endbox,labeloffset=0,beam](Start)(CCD){CCD} -\polarization[poltype=perp,abspos=0.5](Start)(CCD) -\optretplate[abspos=1](Start)(CCD){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} -\lens[lens=0.4 0.4 0.5,abspos=2](Start)(CCD){$L_1$}\lens[abspos=4](Start)(CCD){$L_2$} -\optplate[abspos=6,platelinewidth=3\pslinewidth](Start)(CCD){SLM} -\optplate[abspos=6.5,labelangle=180](Start)(CCD){PF} -\polarization[abspos=6.7](Start)(CCD)\lens[abspos=7](Start)(CCD){$L_3$} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\vspace{\fill} - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t,vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}(-4,-1)(3,3) -\addtopsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth, linecolor=red!90!black} -\psset{labeloffset=0.5} -\pnode(-2,0){LaserOut}\pnode(0,0){Grat} -\pnode(4;45){Out}\pnode(2.5;67.5){Mvar} -\optbox[optboxwidth=2,labeloffset=0, endbox](Grat)(LaserOut){diode laser} -\mirror[variable,conn=o-](Grid)(Mvar)(Grid){M$_\mathrm{var}$} -\optgrid[beam](LaserOut)(Grat)(Out){grating} -\optretplate[position=0.3,labeloffset=0.8]% - (LaserOut)(Grat){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{4}$} -\rput[l](-3,2){Littman setup} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}(8.5,1.6) - \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=green!90!black} - \pnode(1.6,1){Laser}\pnode(7.6,1){Diode} - \optbox[endbox,labeloffset=0](Diode)(Laser){Laser}% - \optbox[abspos=4, optboxwidth=1, optboxheight=0.6, labeloffset=1, compname=PC, conn=o-, angle=-10, rotateref=l, refractiveindex=2.3](Laser)(Diode){Photonic Crystal} - \optdetector[dettype=diode, conn=o-](PCInternN)(Diode|PCInternN){PD} - \defShiftedNode(PCIntern1)(2;170){Angle1} - \psline[linestyle=dashed](PCIntern1)(Angle1) - \psarc{<->}(PCIntern1){1.3}{330}{30} - \psarc[arcsep=1pt]{<->}(PCIntern1){2}{170}{180} - \uput{2.1}[175](PCIntern1){\small $\varphi$} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}(6.4,3.2) -\addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=red} -\pnode(2.3,2.3){Lin}\pnode([Xnodesep=0.5]Lin){Lout} -\pnode([Xnodesep=1.5]Lout){EAMout} -\pnode([Xnodesep=1.5]EAMout){Det} -\optbox[fiber, labeloffset=-0.2, endbox, compname=L, extnode=b](Lout)(Lin){% - \psGauss[yunit=0.03,sigma=0.03]{-0.5}{0.5}} -\optbox[fiber, labeloffset=0, optboxwidth=1, compname=EAM, extnode=b](Lout)(EAMout){EAM} -\optfiber[labeloffset=0.3](EAMout)(Det){fibre} -\optdetector(EAMout)(Det){OSA} -\pnode([Xnodesep=-1,offset=-1]LExtNode){Osc} -\pnode(LExtNode|Osc){PSin}\pnode(EAMExtNode|Osc){PSout} -\oscillator[output=right](Osc){10\,GHz}{} -\phaseshifter[labeloffset=-0.7](PSin)(PSout){$\tau$} -\wire(LExtNode)(PSin)\wire(EAMExtNode)(PSout) -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}(0.9,0.9)(10.4,5.9) - \psset{arrowscale=1.5, arrowinset=0} - \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth} - \pnode(2,5){PC1in}\pnode(4,5){PC1out}\pnode(6,5){PC2in} - \pnode(8,5){PC2out}\pnode(2,2){CplSig}\pnode(5,2){CplIn} - \pnode(2,1){CplOut}\pnode(10,4.5){Pump}\pnode(8,2){PumpSig} - \optisolator[compshift=0.8, addtoFiberIn={angleA=180}, addtoFiberOut={angleB=180}, labelref=relative, labeloffset=0.6](CplSig)(PC1in){isolator} - \polcontrol[addtoFiberIn={arrows=|-}](PC1in)(PC1out){} - \optfiberpolarizer[labeloffset=0.6](PC1out)(PC2in){polarizer} - \polcontrol[addtoFiberOut={arrows=-|}](PC2in)(PC2out){} - \wdmsplitter[labeloffset=0.3, align=bottom, addtoFiberIn={arrows=|-}, addtoFiberOut1={arrows=->}, addtoFiberOut2={arrows=-|}](CplIn)(CplOut)(CplSig){95/5} - \wdmcoupler[addtoFiberIn1={ArrowInside=->}, addtoFiberIn2={angleA=0}, addtoFiberOut={angleB=0,arrows=-|}, ncurv=0.9, align=bottom, compshift=0.8](Pump)(PC2out)(PumpSig){Pump} - \optbox[endbox,labeloffset=0,labelref=relative]([offset=-0.1]Pump)(Pump){980~nm} - \optfiber[fiberloops=2, labeloffset=0.4](CplIn)(PumpSig){Er$^+$-doped} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, vsep=8mm] -\makeatletter -\def\LCLV@iii{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black,dimen=outer](-0.12,-0.5)(0,0.5) - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!50,dimen=outer](0,-0.5)(0.15,0.5) - \pnode(-0.12,0){\optexp@nodeA}\pnode(0.15,0){\optexp@nodeB}} -\makeatother -\begin{pspicture}(9,5) -\newOptexpDipole{LCLV}{}\psset{lens=1.2 0 1} -\pnode(2.4,1){BS1}\pnode([offset=3]BS1){M1}\pnode([Xnodesep=5.5]M1){PP}\pnode(PP|BS1){BS2} -\LCLV[position=0.2, compname=LCLV](BS1)(BS2){LCLV}\beamsplitter[compname=BS](BS2)(BS1)(M1){BS} -\optretplate(BS1)(M1){P}\mirror[conn=i-](BS1)(M1)(PP){M}\lens[position=0.2](M1)(PP){L} -\pinhole(M1)(PP){}\lens[position=0.2](PP)(M1){L}\pentaprism[beam](M1)(PP)(BS2){PP} -\beamsplitter(PP)(BS2)(BS1){BS}\lens(BS2)(BS1){L} -\doveprism[compname=Dove,conn=i-,position=0.27](BS2)(BS1){D} -\drawbeam[conn=b-b]{Dove}{LCLV}\drawbeam[conn=b-a]{BS}{LCLV} -\psline[arrowscale=1.3, style=Beam]{->}(BS2)([offset=-1]BS2) -\addtopsstyle{Beam}{arrowscale=1.3, ArrowInside=-<} -\optbox[labeloffset=0, endbox, conn=o-](BS1)([Xnodesep=-1]BS1){Nd:YAG} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t,vsep=8mm] -\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.4)(9,6) - \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth} - \pnode(1.5,5){Laser}\pnode(4,5){PBS}\pnode(6.5,5){PBS2} - \pnode(6.5,5.7){piezo}\pnode(4,2){BSFwd}\pnode(6.5,2){BSBwd} - \pnode(2,2){BS4f}\pnode(2,0.5){M4f3}\pnode(8,2){M4f1} - \pnode(8,0.5){M4f2}\pnode(1,2){CCD} - \psline[style=Beam](Laser)(PBS2)(piezo)(BSBwd)(M4f1)(M4f2)(M4f3)(BS4f)(CCD) - \psline[style=Beam](PBS)(BSFwd)(BS4f) - \psset{mirrorwidth=0.6, plateheight=0.7, outerheight=0.7, labeloffset=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize, lens=1.2 1.2 0.8, bssize=0.5} - \optbox[endbox,optboxwidth=1.5, optboxheight=0.7,labeloffset=0]% - (PBS)(Laser){\parbox{1.5cm}{\centering Nd:YAG\\ 532\,nm}} - \lens[lensheight=0.5, position=0.2](Laser)(PBS){MO} - \pinhole[position=0.3,labelangle=180](Laser)(PBS){PH} - \lens[position=0.5](Laser)(PBS){L} - \optretplate[position=0.8](Laser)(PBS){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} - \beamsplitter(Laser)(PBS)(BSFwd){PBS} - \optretplate[position=0.4](PBS)(BSFwd){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} - \polarization(PBS)(BSFwd)\polarization(PBS2)(BSBwd) - \lens[position=0.8](PBS)(BSFwd){L} - \optretplate(PBS)(PBS2){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} - \beamsplitter(PBS)(PBS2)(piezo){PBS} - \optretplate[abspos=0.5](PBS2)(piezo){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{4}$} - \mirror[mirrortype=piezo,labelangle=90](PBS2)(piezo)(PBS2){PZ} - \lens[position=0.8,labelangle=180](PBS2)(BSBwd){L} - \crystal[crystalwidth=1, crystalheight=0.5, voltage, lamp, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=yellow!90!black, labeloffset=0.8, beam](BSFwd)(BSBwd){SBN:Ce} - \beamsplitter(PBS)(BSFwd)(BSBwd){BS} - \beamsplitter[labelangle=-90](PBS2)(BSBwd)(BSFwd){BS} - \mirror(BSBwd)(M4f1)(M4f2){M}\mirror(M4f1)(M4f2)(M4f3){M} - \lens[labelangle=180](M4f2)(M4f3){L}\mirror(M4f2)(M4f3)(BS4f){M} - \beamsplitter(M4f3)(BS4f)(CCD){BS}\optbox[endbox,labeloffset=0, optboxwidth=1](BS4f)(CCD){CCD} - \lens[abspos=0.7](BS4f)(BSFwd){L}\lens[abspos=0.7](BSBwd)(M4f1){L} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\psset{unit=0.8cm,labelstyle=\footnotesize} -\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t] -\begin{pspicture}(0.5,4)(13.2,10.5) - \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=red!90!black}\psset{usefiberstyle, optboxwidth=1} - \pnode(2,10){LD}\pnode([Xnodesep=5.5]LD){CPLin1} - \pnode([offset=-2]CPLin1){CPLin2}\pnode([Xnodesep=1.5]CPLin1){CPLout1} - \pnode([Xnodesep=1.5]CPLin2){CPLout2} - \optbox[endbox, labeloffset=0, fiber]([Xnodesep=0.1]LD)(LD){LD} - \optmzm([Xnodesep=0.1]LD)([Xnodesep=1.5]LD){MZM} - \optamp([Xnodesep=1.5]LD)([Xnodesep=2.5]LD){EDFA} - \optfilter([Xnodesep=2.5]LD)([Xnodesep=3.5]LD){BPF} - \optswitch([Xnodesep=3.5]LD)([Xnodesep=4.5]LD){SW} - \polcontrol([Xnodesep=4.5]LD)(CPLin1){} - \optcoupler[couplertype=none](CPLin1)(CPLin2)(CPLout1)(CPLout2){} - \optamp(CPLout1)([Xnodesep=1.5]CPLout1){EDFA} - \optfilter([Xnodesep=1.5]CPLout1)([Xnodesep=3]CPLout1){BPF} - \optbox[endbox, labeloffset=0, conn=f-f]([Xnodesep=3]CPLout1)([Xnodesep=3.1]CPLout1){RX} - \pnode([Xnodesep=2]CPLout2){LoopRU}\pnode([offset=-3.5]LoopRU){LoopRL} - \pnode([Xnodesep=-5]CPLin2){LoopLU}\pnode([offset=-3.5]LoopLU){LoopLL} - \optamp(CPLout2)(LoopRU){EDFA} - \psline[linearc=1,style=Fiber](LoopRU)([Xnodesep=1]LoopRU)([Xnodesep=1,offset=-2]LoopRU) - \psline[linearc=1,style=Fiber]([Xnodesep=1,offset=1.5]LoopRL)% - ([Xnodesep=1]LoopRL)(LoopRL) - \optfiber[labelalign=b, labeloffset=-1, position=0.8]([Xnodesep=-2]LoopRL)(LoopRL){\begin{tabular}{c}conventional\\fibre 89.8~km\end{tabular}} - \optamp([Xnodesep=-2]LoopRL)([Xnodesep=-3]LoopRL){EDFA} - \optfilter([Xnodesep=-3]LoopRL)([Xnodesep=-4.5]LoopRL){BPF} - \optfiber[fiberloops=1, labeloffset=-1, labelalign=b]([Xnodesep=-7]LoopRL)([Xnodesep=-4.5]LoopRL){DCF 16.2~km} - \optamp([Xnodesep=1.5]LoopLL)(LoopLL){EDFA} - \psline[style=Fiber,linearc=1](LoopLL)([Xnodesep=-1]LoopLL)% - ([Xnodesep=-1,offset=3.5]LoopLL)(LoopLU) - \optfilter(LoopLU)([Xnodesep=1.5]LoopLU){BPF} - \optswitch([Xnodesep=1.5]LoopLU)([Xnodesep=3.5]LoopLU){SW} - \polcontrol([Xnodesep=3.5]LoopLU)(CPLin2){} -\end{pspicture} -\end{LTXexample} - -\section{Complete List of Parameters} -\begin{longtable}{TTT} -\toprule \multicolumn{1}{l}{parameter} & \multicolumn{1}{l}{allowed values} & \multicolumn{1}{l}{default}\\\midrule\endhead -\bottomrule\endfoot -abspos & <num> & \{\}\\ -addtoBeam & <psstyle> & \\ -addtoFiber* & <psstyle> & \\ -addtoOptComp & <psstyle> & \\ -align & top|bottom|center & center\\ -angle & <degree> & 0\\ -beam & \multicolumn{2}{l}{alias for \parameter{conn=o-i}}\\ -bssize & <num> & 0.8\\ -bsstyle & cube|plate & cube\\ -caxisinv & <boolean> & false\\ -caxislength & <num> & 0.6\\ -compname & <string> & \{\}\\ -compshift & <num> & 0\\ -conn & <conn definition> & -\\ -connjoin & <int> & 1\\ -couplersep & <num> & 0.1\\ -couplersize & <num> & 0.2\\ -couplertype & none|elliptic & elliptic\\ -crystalheight & <num> & 0.6\\ -crystalwidth & <num> & 1.4\\ -detsize & <num> & 0.8\\ -dettype & round|diode & round\\ -doveprismsize & <num> & 0.6\\ -endbox & <boolean> & false\\ -extnode & <ref string> & \{\}\\ -fdlsize & <num> & 0.6\\ -fiber & \multicolumn{2}{l}{alias for \parameter{conn=f-f}}\\ -fibercolsize & <num> & 0.3\\ -fiberloopradius & <num> & 0.4\\ -fiberloops & <integer> & 3\\ -fiberloopsep & <num> & 0.3\\ -fiberpolsize & <num> & 0.6\\ -filtersize & <num> & 0.8\\ -filtertype & bandpass|bandstop & bandpass\\ -innerheight & <num> & 0.1\\ -isolatorsize & <num> & 0.6\\ -label & <offset> <angle> <ref> <labelref> & \\ -labelalign & <ref string> & c\\ -labelangle & <num> & 0\\ -labeloffset & <num> & 0.8\\ -labelref & relative|relgrav|global & relgrav\\ -labelstyle & <macro> & \cs{small}\\ -lamp & <boolean> & false\\ -lampscale & <num> & 0.3\\ -lens & <num> [<num> [<num> [<num>]]] & \{\}\\ -lensheight & <num> & 1\\ -lensradius & <num> [<num>] & \{\}\\ -lensradiusleft & <num> & 1\\ -lensradiusright & <num> & 1\\ -lenswidth & <num> & 0.2\\ -mirrordepth & <num> & 0.1\\ -mirrorlinewidth & <num> & 2\cs{pslinewidth}\\ -mirrorradius & <num> & 0\\ -mirrortype & normal|piezo|extended & normal\\ -mirrorwidth & <num> & 1\\ -newBeam & <psstyle> & \\ -newFiber* & <psstyle> & \\ -newOptComp & <psstyle> & \\ -optampsize & <num> & 0.8\\ -optboxheight & <num> & 0.8\\ -optboxwidth & <num> & 1.4\\ -optdiodesize & <num> & 0.8\\ -optgridcount & <integer> & 10\\ -optgriddepth & <num> & 0.05\\ -optgridheight & <num> & 0.1\\ -optgridlinewidth & <num> & 0.7\cs{pslinewidth}\\ -optgridtype & blazed|binary & blazed\\ -optgridwidth & <num> & 1\\ -optional & <boolean> & false\\ -optmzmsize & <num> & 0.8\\ -outerheight & <num> & 1\\ -pentaprismsize & <num> & 0.7\\ -phlinewidth & <num> & 2\cs{pslinewidth}\\ -plateheight & <num> & 1\\ -platelinewidth & <num> & 2\cs{pslinewidth}\\ -platewidth & <num> & 0.1\\ -polcontrolsize & <num> & 0.15\\ -pollinewidth & <num> & 0.7\cs{pslinewidth}\\ -polsize & <num> & 0.6\\ -poltype & parallel|perp|misc|lcirc|rcirc & parallel\\ -position & <num> & \{\}\\ -prismangle & <num> & 60\\ -prismsize & <num> & 1\\ -raprismsize & <num> & 1.5\\ -refractiveindex & <num> & \{\}\\ -reverse & <boolean> & false\\ -rotateref & <ref string> & c\\ -showoptdots & <boolean> & false\\ -switchsize & <num> & 0.8\\ -switchstyle & opened|closed & opened\\ -thicklens & <boolean> & false\\ -usefiberstyle & <boolean> & false\\ -variable & <num> & false\\ -voltage & <boolean> & false\\ -\end{longtable} - -\section{Complete List of Styles} - -\begin{table}[H] -\addtolength{\extrarowheight}{1.5mm} -\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{BX} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{l}{style} & \multicolumn{1}{l}{description}\\ -\midrule -Beam & All automatic free-ray connections are drawn using this style\\ -ExtendedMirror & Affects the additional part for \parameter{mirrortype=extended}\\ -Fiber & Parent style for all fiber connections. For a detailed discussion see Sec.~\ref{sec:fiberstyles}\\ -FiberIn & Left fiber style if only one connection to be drawn (inherits from \styleshape{Fiber})\\ -FiberIn1 & Upper left connection (used for couplers only, inherits from \styleshape{FiberIn})\\ -FiberIn2 & Lower left connection (used for couplers only, inherits from \styleshape{FiberIn})\\ -FiberOut & Right fiber style if only one connection to be drawn (inherits from \styleshape{Fiber})\\ -FiberOut1 & Upper right connection (used for couplers only, inherits from \styleshape{FiberOut})\\ -FiberOut2 & Lower right connection (used for couplers only, inherits from \styleshape{FiberOut})\\ -OptComp & Affects only the appearance of optical components without changing connections that may be drawn inside the component \\ -OptionalStyle & Used for objects with parameter \parameter{optional} set to \paramvalue{true}\\ -PiezoMirror & Affects the additional part for \parameter{mirrortype=piezo}\\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\end{table} - -\section{Requirements} - -\nxLPack{pst-optexp} version 2.1 requires at least version 2.87 of -\nxLPack{pstricks-add} and \LaTeX. It does not work with plain \TeX. - -\section{Todo} - -\begin{itemize} -\item Automatic sizing of optboxes (like a \cs{psframebox} -\item Even more soffisticated beam drawing (draw beam before object contours) -\item Drawing of extended beams with focusing and so on could be integrated to -some extent in future versions. But as the topic is rather difficult if -you want to do it properly (components should be placed above the beam, -but the new nodes are available only when the component is drawn) it -could take very long until this feature will be implemented. -\end{itemize} -\section{Acknowledgements} - -I thank all the people of the PSTricks mailinglist for the continuous help, especially Herbert Voß. - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/Changes b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/Changes new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f2258cdc26d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/Changes @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +3.0 2012-07-09 + * Modified beam connections with \drawbeam to support raytracing + * Added wide beams with \drawwidebeam + * Added \drawfiber for fiber connections + * Added optexp environment for layering of components and + connections + * Added german documentation + * Modified naming of component nodes + * Modified extnode to work with more components + * Modified angle and rotateref to affect all components + * Modified endbox to affect all components + * Extended position by values start and end + * Extended abspos by values start and end + * Removed deprecated lens code which used lenswidth and lensheight + for construction + * Added option platesize + * Added option phwidth + * Modified option caxislength + * Deprecated option lampscale + * Added style CrystalCaxis + * Added style CrystalLamp + * Added option optboxsize + * Extended option detsize + * Added style DetectorStyle + * Removed deprecated \detector, use \optdetector + * Extended option doveprismsize + * Added style Polarization + * Deprecated option pollinewidth + * Removed option polwidth + * Removed option pol + * Added style VariableStyle + * Added mirror type semitrans + * Renamed \optgrid to \optgrating + * Renamed optgridwidth to gratingwidth + * Renamed optgridheight to gratingheight + * Renamed optgriddepth to gratingdepth + * Renamed optgridcount to gratingcount + * Renamed optgridtype to gratingtype + * Renamed optgridlinewidth to gratinglinewidth + * Added option prismalign + * Modified faulty alignment of \rightangleprism + * Extended option optampsize + * Extended option optmzmsize + * Added option polcontroltype + * Extended option isolatorsize + * Added style IsolatorArrow + * Extended option fdlsize + * Added style FdlArrow + * Extended option fiberpolsize + * Added component \optcirculator + * Extended option couplersize + * Extended option couplertype + * Renamed option align to coupleralign + * Added style VariableCoupler + * Added style FilterStyle + * Extended option fibercolsize + * Removed deprecated option labelrelative + * Removed deprecated option iwidth + * Removed deprecated option owidth + * Removed deprecated option bswidth + * Deprecated \newOptexpDipoleNolabel, use \newOptexpDipole + * Deprecated option refractiveindex + * Deprecated option conn + * Extended option fiber + +2.1 2009-11-05 + * Added component \optfiberpolarizer + * Added option compshift + * Added option label + * Added option connjoin + * Added options addtoBeam and newBeam + * Added style OptComp and related options addtoOptComp and + newOptComp + * Added option bsstyle + * Extended \fibercollimator to use up to four reference nodes + * Improved thicklens to work also with plain lenses + * Use pst-doc class for the documentation + +2.0 2008-07-27 + * Added fiber-optical components + * Added component \optdiode + * Added component \pentaprism + * Added component \rightangleprism + * Added component \doveprism + * Added component \optprism + * Added \drawbeam + * Added component connections (options fiber, conn and beam) + * Added option compname + * Added option extnode + * Renamed \detector to \optdetector + +1.2 2008-06-17 + * Modified lens design to use interface curvatures + * Added options lensradiusleft and lensradiusright + * Added option thicklens + * Added option lenstype + * Added option mirrorradius (curved mirrors) + * Added option optgridtype (binary gratings) + * Added \newOptexpDipole + * Added \newOptexpDipoleNolabel + * Added \newOptexpTripole + * Added \newOptexpFiberDipole + * General improvements of \TeX{} and Postscript code + +1.1 2007-09-06 + * Improved labeling features + * Added parameter labelref + * Replaced labelrelative by labelref=relative + * Renamed \polarisation to \polarization + * Renamed polwidth to polsize + * Renamed pol to poltype + * Renamed bswidth to bssize + * Renamed iwidth to innerheight + * Renamed owidth to outerheight + * Added support for fillstyle for all components + +1.0 2007-07-18 + * First CTAN version + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a86c6a5c420 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/README @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +The pst-optexp package --- Sketching optical experimental setups +Maintained by Christoph Bersch +E-mail: usenet@bersch.net +Released under the LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later +See http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +The package pst-optexp is a collection of optical components that +facilitate easy sketching of optical experimental setups. A lot of +different free-ray and fiber components are provided, which alignment, +positioning and labelling can be achieved in very simple and flexible +ways. The components can be connected with fibers or beams, realistic +raytraced beam paths are also possible. + +Installation +------------ + +The package is supplied in dtx format and as a pre-extracted zip file, +pst-optexp.tds.zip. The later is most convenient for most users: simply +unzip this in your local texmf directory and run texhash to update the +database of file locations. The pst-optexp package is also contained in +MiKTeX and TeX Live distributions. If you want to unpack the dtx +yourself you must run "tex pst-optexp.ins", to typeset the documentation +run "latex pst-optexp.dtx". + +The package requires recent version of pst-node, multido, pstricks-add, +pst-eucl, and environ. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-DE.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-DE.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1bdfdde3dab --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-DE.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-quickref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-quickref.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..813d8abbcbc --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-quickref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f717e802d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/dvips/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pro b/Master/texmf-dist/dvips/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pro index 2aff67a4521..991a54f9652 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/dvips/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pro +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/dvips/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pro @@ -1,12 +1,79 @@ -% -% PostScript prologue for pst-optexp.tex. -% version 0.3 2009-11-05 (cb) -% For distribution, see pstricks.tex. -% -/tx@OptexpDict 20 dict def +%% +%% This is file `pst-optexp.pro', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% pst-optexp.dtx (with options: `prolog') +%% +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% Project: pst-optexp +%% Version: 3.0 (2012/07/09) +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2007-2012 by Christoph Bersch <usenet@bersch.net> +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2008/05/04 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% +%% The current maintainer of this work is Christoph Bersch. +%% +%% This work consists of the files pst-optexp.dtx and pst-optexp.ins +%% and the derived files +%% pst-optexp.sty, pst-optexp.pro. +%% +/tx@OptexpDict 200 dict def tx@OptexpDict begin -% -% str1 str2 append str1str2 +/DebugOE false def +/DebugDepth 0 def +/DebugBegin { + DebugOE { + /DebugProcName ED + DebugDepth 2 mul string + 0 1 DebugDepth 2 mul 1 sub { + dup 2 mod 0 eq { (|) }{( )} ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 2 roll + putinterval + } for + DebugProcName strcat == + /DebugDepth DebugDepth 1 add def + }{ + pop + } ifelse +} bind def +/DebugEnd { + DebugOE { + /DebugDepth DebugDepth 1 sub def + DebugDepth 2 mul 2 add string + 0 1 DebugDepth 2 mul 1 sub { + dup 2 mod 0 eq { (|) }{ ( ) } ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 2 roll + putinterval + } for + dup DebugDepth 2 mul (+-) putinterval + ( done) strcat == + } if +} bind def +/DebugMsg { + DebugOE { + DebugDepth 1 add 2 mul string + 0 1 DebugDepth 2 mul 1 add { + dup 2 mod 0 eq { (|) }{( )} ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 2 roll + putinterval + } for + exch strcat == + }{ + pop + } ifelse +} bind def /strcat { exch 2 copy length exch length add @@ -14,184 +81,1373 @@ tx@OptexpDict begin copy length exch putinterval } bind def -% -% expects: XB YB XA YA XG YG -/calcNodes {% def - /YG exch def /XG exch def - /ay YG 3 -1 roll sub def - /ax XG 3 -1 roll sub def - /by exch YG sub def - /bx exch XG sub def - /a ax ay Pyth def - /modA a def % for external use - /b bx by Pyth def - /cx ax a div bx b div add def - /cy ay a div by b div add def - /c@tmp cx cy Pyth def - /c ax bx add ay by add Pyth def - /OEangle c dup mul a dup mul sub b dup mul sub -2 a b mul mul div Acos def - % - % if c=0, then set the coordinates of the vector manually - % depending on the dotproduct (and thus, if 'a' and 'b' - % are parallel or antiparallel - c 0 eq - {ax bx mul ay by mul add 0 gt - % if dotprod > 0 then a and b are parallel - {/cx ax def - /cy ay def} - % else a and b are antiparallel - {/cx ay def - /cy ax neg def} ifelse - /c@tmp a def - } if - /X@A XG cx c@tmp div add def - /Y@A YG cy c@tmp div add def - /X@B XG cx c@tmp div sub def - /Y@B YG cy c@tmp div sub def - % - % chirality: - % test the order of the input points as a input angle > 90° - % doesn't really make sens. - % So if 'chir' <= 0 exchange the calculated coordinates of - % A and B and otherwise leave it as is - /chirality ax by mul ay bx mul sub def - chirality 0 le - {Y@A X@A - /X@A X@B def - /Y@A Y@B def - /X@B exch def - /Y@B exch def}if -} bind def -% -% called with: R1 height -% leaves on stack: a1 -/segLen {% def +/nametostr { + dup length string cvs +} bind def +/PrintWarning { + (Warning: ) exch strcat == +} bind def +/inttostr { + dup type /integertype eq { + dup log 1 add floor cvi string cvs + } if +} bind def +/IfcCopy { + 2 copy IfcName exch IfcName load dup + length dict copy def + name exch NodeName name 3 -1 roll NodeName + tx@NodeDict begin + load dup length dict copy def + end +} bind def +/calcNodes { + (calcNode) DebugBegin + /YG exch def /XG exch def + /ay YG 3 -1 roll sub def + /ax XG 3 -1 roll sub def + /by exch YG sub def + /bx exch XG sub def + /a ax ay Pyth def + /modA a def + /b bx by Pyth def + /modB b def + /cx ax a div bx b div add def + /cy ay a div by b div add def + /c@tmp cx cy Pyth def + /c ax bx add ay by add Pyth def + /OEangle c dup mul a dup mul sub b dup mul sub + -2 a b mul mul div Acos def + c 0 eq { + ax ay bx by DotProd 0 gt { + /cx ax def + /cy ay def + }{ + /cx ay def + /cy ax neg def + } ifelse + /c@tmp a def + } if + /X@A XG cx c@tmp div add def + /Y@A YG cy c@tmp div add def + /X@B XG cx c@tmp div sub def + /Y@B YG cy c@tmp div sub def + ax by mul ay bx mul sub 0 le { + Y@A X@A + /X@A X@B def + /Y@A Y@B def + /X@B exch def + /Y@B exch def + modA modB /modA exch def /modB exch def + } if + DebugEnd +} bind def +/capHeight { dup mul neg exch abs dup 3 1 roll dup mul add sqrt sub } bind def -% -% called with: height R1 -% leaves on stack: y |R1| alpha_bottom alpha_top R1 -/leftConvex {% def - /R1 exch def /h exch def - /a1 R1 h segLen def - 0 R1 abs - R1 a1 sub neg dup - h exch atan exch - h neg exch atan - /ArcL /arc load def - R1 -} bind def -% -% called with: height R1 -% leaves on stack: y |R1| alpha_bottom alpha_top R1 -/leftConcave {% def - /R1 exch def /h exch def - /a1 R1 h segLen def - 0 R1 abs - R1 neg a1 sub dup - h exch atan exch - h neg exch atan - /ArcL /arcn load def - /a1 0.5 a1 mul def - R1 -} bind def -% -% called with: height R2 -% leaves on stack: y |R2| alpha_bottom alpha_top R2 -/rightConvex {%def - /R2 exch def /h exch def - /a2 R2 h segLen def - 0 R2 abs - R2 a2 sub dup - h neg exch atan exch - h exch atan - R2 - /ArcR /arc load def -} bind def -% -% called with: height R2 -% leaves on stack: y |R2| alpha_bottom alpha_top R2 -/rightConcave {%def - /R2 exch def /h exch def - /a2 R2 h segLen def - 0 R2 abs - R2 a2 add dup - h neg exch atan exch - h exch atan - /ArcR /arcn load def - /a2 0.5 a2 mul def - R2 -} bind def -% -/mwNode {%def - exch 3 1 roll add 2 div 3 1 roll add 2 div exch -} bind def -% -/FiberAngleB {% - N@tempNode@A GetCenter N@tempNode@B GetCenter exch 3 1 roll sub 3 1 roll sub atan -} bind def -% -/FiberAngleA {% - FiberAngleB 180 add -} bind def -% -/ExtNode {% - @@x0 @xref @@x mul add - @@y0 @yref @@y mul add -} bind def -% basicnodename reverse GetInternalNodeNames -/GetInternalNodeNames {% def - /reverse exch def - (N@) exch strcat - 1 % counter - {% counter and name on stack - 2 copy dup 3 string cvs 3 -1 roll exch strcat dup - tx@NodeDict exch known {% - reverse { 4 1 roll pop } { exch 2 add 1 roll } ifelse - } { - reverse { pop pop pop (N) strcat } { pop pop exch (N) strcat exch 1 roll } ifelse - exit - } ifelse - 1 add - } loop -} bind def -% -% basicnodename reverse GetInternalBeamNodes x_n y_n ... x_1 y_1 (if reverse = false) -/GetInternalBeamNodes {% def - [ 3 1 roll GetInternalNodeNames ] - { cvn tx@NodeDict begin load GetCenter end } forall -} bind def -% -% +/leftCurvedIfc { + /R1 exch def /h exch def + 0 R1 abs dup R1 h capHeight exch sub R1 sign mul dup + h exch atan exch + h neg exch atan + R1 0 lt { + /ArcL /arcn load def + } { + /ArcL /arc load def + } ifelse + R1 +} bind def +/rightCurvedIfc { + /R2 exch def /h exch def + 0 R2 abs dup R2 h capHeight sub R2 sign mul dup + h neg exch atan exch + h exch atan + R2 0 lt { + /ArcR /arcn load def + } { + /ArcR /arc load def + } ifelse + R2 +} bind def +/SlopeAngle { + (SlopeAngle) DebugBegin + @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter @ABVect exch atan + DebugEnd +} bind def +/DefineExtNode {% + (DefineExtNode) DebugBegin + @@y mul RefFac mul @@y0 add + exch @@x mul RefFac mul @@x0 add exch + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetInternalNodeNames { + (GetInternalNodeNames) DebugBegin + /reverse ED + dup cvn load /N get dup + reverse { -1 1 } { 1 1 3 -1 roll } ifelse + { 2 copy eq { pop (N) } { inttostr } ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll exch NodeName 3 1 roll + } for + pop pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetInternalBeamNodes { + (GetInternalBeamNodes) DebugBegin + [ 3 1 roll GetInternalNodeNames ] + { @GetCenter } forall + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetInternalBeamNodesCompat { + exch dup 3 1 roll (C) NodeName dup tx@NodeDict exch known { + @GetCenter ToVec + 3 1 roll pop pop + } { + pop GetInternalBeamNodes + } ifelse +} bind def +/GetInternalBeamNodeCompat { + exch dup 3 1 roll (C) NodeName dup tx@NodeDict exch known { + @GetCenter ToVec + 3 1 roll pop pop + } { + pop NodeName @GetCenter ToVec + } ifelse +} bind def /InitOptexpComp {% - tx@Dict begin - /@@x 0 def - /@@y 0 def - /@@x0 0 def - /@@y0 0 def - /@xref 0 def - /@yref 0 def + /@@x 0 def + /@@y 0 def + /@@x0 0 def + /@@y0 0 def + /@xref 0 def + /@yref 0 def + /RefFac 1 def +} bind def +/NewTempNodeComp { + (NewTempNodeComp) DebugBegin + /sc ED + dup cvn + 6 dict dup 3 1 roll def begin + /ambiguous false def + /allowbeaminside false def + /name ED + /correct false def + {0 0} exch 3 -1 roll exec + gsave + translate + /CompMtrx CM def + grestore + /N 1 def + /n bgRefIndex def + 5 dict dup dup /P@1 ED /P@N ED + begin + /mode trans def + {} 0 0 PlainIfc + end + /adjustRel true def + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +/CurvedIfc { + 5 2 roll + 2 copy 5 3 roll exec 3 -1 roll exec VecAdd + 5 -1 roll exec /Y ED /X ED + exch exec 3 -1 roll 3 copy exec /RY ED /RX ED + 3 1 roll NormalizeVec 3 -1 roll exec + tx@Dict begin Pyth end dup + 3 1 roll mul 1.00001 mul /NAup ED + mul 1.00001 mul /NAlow ED +} bind def +/PlainIfc { + 5 2 roll + dup 3 -1 roll exec NormalizeVec 3 -1 roll exec 2 copy /DY ED /DX ED + tx@Dict begin Pyth end dup 4 2 roll + exch exec 3 -1 roll exec /Y ED /X ED + 3 1 roll mul 1.00001 mul /NAup ED + mul 1.00001 mul /NAlow ED +} bind def +/NewCompIfc { + /scl ED + /next ED + dup (P@) exch strcat cvn + 6 dict dup + 3 1 roll def + begin + 3 -1 roll + /mode ED + 6 -1 roll dup 7 -1 roll + {scl} 8 -2 roll next + end + exec scl ToVec 3 1 roll NodeName @NewNode +} bind def +/relative 0 def /absolute 1 def /center 2 def +/refl 0 def /trans 1 def /absorb 2 def +/desc 0 def /asc 1 def /amb 2 def +/ok 0 def /tir 1 def /missed 2 def +/bgRefIndex 0 def +/NewOptexpComp { + (NewOptexpComp) DebugBegin + /sc ED dup cvn + gsave + 12 dict dup 3 1 roll def begin + /name ED + /allowbeaminside ED + /ambiguous ED + dup type /booleantype eq not { false } if /correct ED + tx@Dict begin + STV {CP T} stopped pop + end + /CompMtrx CM def + grestore + counttomark dup 6 idiv dup /N ED 6 mul eq { 1 } if + cvx 1 EvalRefIndex /n ED + ambiguous { + /ambIfc ED + }{ + /ambIfc 0 def + } ifelse + 1 N eq { + name (1) 3 -1 roll {sc} NewCompIfc + (1) (N) IfcCopy + }{ + N -1 1 { % + dup N eq { pop (N) }{inttostr} ifelse + exch name 3 1 roll {sc} NewCompIfc + } for + } ifelse + ambiguous ambIfc 0 gt and { + ambIfc N eq { (N) }{ ambIfc inttostr } ifelse (C) IfcCopy + } if + end + pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +/NewOptexpFiberComp { + (NewOptexpFiberComp) DebugBegin + /sc ED dup cvn + gsave + 12 dict dup 3 1 roll def begin + /name ED + tx@Dict begin + STV {CP T} stopped pop + end + /CompMtrx CM def + grestore + counttomark /N ED + 1 N eq { + {0 1} 0 0 trans name (1) {PlainIfc} {sc} NewCompIfc + (1) (N) IfcCopy + }{ + N -1 1 { + dup N eq { pop (N) }{inttostr} ifelse + {0 1} 0 0 absorb name 6 -1 roll {PlainIfc} {sc} NewCompIfc + } for + } ifelse + end + pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +/IfcAlias { + 2 copy IfcName exch IfcName load def + tx@NodeDict begin + name exch NodeName name 3 -1 roll NodeName load def + end +} bind def +/GetPlaneVec { + (GetPlaneVec) DebugBegin + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /RX known { + RX RY CompMtrx dtransform CM idtransform + neg exch + } { + DX DY CompMtrx dtransform CM idtransform + } ifelse + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetIfcCenter { + (GetIfcCenter) DebugBegin + dup type /stringtype eq not { + dup xcheck not { + 0 get (C) exch + } { + exec pop pop pop + } ifelse + } if + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /RX known { + X RX sub Y RY sub + } { + X Y + } ifelse + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetIfcCenter { + (GetIfcCenter) DebugBegin + dup type /stringtype eq not { + dup xcheck not { + 0 get (C) exch + } { + exec pop pop pop + } ifelse + } if + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /RX known { + X RX sub Y RY sub + } { + X Y + } ifelse + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetIfcCenterCorr { + (GetIfcCenterCorr) DebugBegin + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /XCorr known { + XCorr YCorr + }{ + X Y + } ifelse + currentdict /RX known { + RX neg RY neg VecAdd + } if + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +/TransformInVec { + (TransformInVec) DebugBegin + 3 1 roll + GetIfcCenter 4 2 roll + GetIfcCenter 5 -2 roll + @ABVect + 3 -1 roll exec 2 copy 6 2 roll + 0 eq exch 0 eq and not { + exch atan matrix rotate dtransform + } { + 4 2 roll pop pop + } ifelse + ToVec + DebugEnd +} bind def +/TransformStartPos { + (TransformStartPos) DebugBegin + exec 2 copy 6 2 roll 0 eq exch 0 eq and not + 3 1 roll GetIfcCenter 4 2 roll + GetIfcCenter 5 2 roll { + 2 copy 8 2 roll + @ABVect exch atan matrix rotate dtransform + VecAdd + } { + 6 2 roll pop pop pop pop + } ifelse + ToVec + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetNearestPlane { + (GetNearestPlane) DebugBegin + 3 copy 1 exch GetIfcCenter @ABDist /dist ED /nearestPlane 1 def + dup cvn load /N get 2 1 3 -1 roll { + 4 copy exch GetIfcCenter @ABDist dup dist lt { + /dist ED /nearestPlane ED + } { + pop pop + } ifelse + } for + pop pop pop nearestPlane + DebugEnd +} bind def +/PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack { + (PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack) DebugBegin + currentdict /outToPlane undef + PN IfcCnt eq not { + exch dup 3 1 roll % nextifc ambcomp nextifc + dup xcheck not { + 0 get (C) exch + } { + exec pop pop pop + } ifelse + [ 3 1 roll ] cvx /outToPlane ED + } if + /IfcCntTmp IfcCnt def + aload pop /draw ED /name ED + name cvn load /N get /N ED + currentdict /Curr known { + /CurrTmp /Curr load def + /CurrVecTmp /CurrVec load def + } { + /CurrTmp /CurrLow load def + /CurrVecTmp /CurrVecLow load def + } ifelse + PN 1 eq { + [ (C) name name GetRefIndex trans draw] cvx + name /outToPlane load GetNextPlane + dup 0 eq not { + [ exch name bgRefIndex trans draw ] cvx exch + /IfcCntTmp IfcCntTmp 1 add def + } { + pop + } ifelse + }{ + CurrTmp name GetNearestPlane dup /firstPlane ED + name isAmbiguousIfc not { + CurrVecTmp firstPlane name GetPlaneVec NormalVec + (C) name GetIfcCenter firstPlane name GetIfcCenter + @ABVect 2 copy 6 2 roll DotProd + 0 lt { trans }{ refl } ifelse + 3 1 roll ToVec /CurrVecTmp ED + [ firstPlane name + connectifc { + bgRefIndex + }{ + name GetRefIndex + } ifelse + 5 -1 roll true ] cvx + /IfcCntTmp IfcCntTmp 1 add def + } if + PN IfcCnt eq { + [ (C) name + name GetRefIndex + trans draw ] cvx + IfcCntTmp IfcCnt gt { exch } if + } { + [ (C) name + name GetRefIndex + CurrVecTmp (C) name GetPlaneVec NormalVec outToPlane + GetIfcCenter (C) name GetIfcCenter @ABVect DotProd + 0 lt { trans } { refl } ifelse % mode + draw ] cvx + name /outToPlane load GetNextPlane + dup dup name isAmbiguousIfc exch 0 eq or not { + [ exch name bgRefIndex trans draw ] cvx exch + firstPlane name isAmbiguousIfc not { 3 -1 roll } if + /IfcCntTmp IfcCntTmp 1 add def + } { + pop + exec 3 -1 roll pop bgRefIndex 3 1 roll [ 6 1 roll ] cvx + firstPlane name isAmbiguousIfc not { exch } if + } ifelse + } ifelse + } ifelse + /IfcCnt IfcCntTmp def + DebugEnd +} bind def +/GetNextPlane { + (GetNextPlane) DebugBegin + 2 copy (C) 3 -1 roll + GetIfcCenter 3 -1 roll exec GetIfcCenter + 4 2 roll 4 copy @ABVect /VecY ED /VecX ED + @ABDist /centerDist ED + /sprod 1 def + /nextPlane 0 def + exch dup 3 1 roll + cvn load dup /ambIfc get /ambIfc ED /N get 1 1 3 -1 roll { + dup ambIfc eq not { + 3 copy 3 -1 roll 2 copy + GetPlaneVec VecX VecY 4 2 roll NormalVec + VecX VecY DotProd dup sprod lt 5 2 roll + GetIfcCenter 3 -1 roll exec GetIfcCenter @ABDist + centerDist lt and + { /sprod ED /nextPlane ED } { pop pop } ifelse + } { + pop + } ifelse + } for + pop pop nextPlane + DebugEnd +} bind def +/TraceBeam { + (Tracebeam) DebugBegin + AngToVec /InVec ED /StartPoint ED + /oldbeaminsidelast currentdict /beaminsidelast known { + beaminsidelast + } { + false + } ifelse def + exec + connectifc { + /nbeam bgRefIndex def + } if + /startinside startinside beaminsidefirst or def + /stopinside stopinside beaminsidelast or def + /PrevCorrect false def + PrearrangePlanes + PushAllPlanesOnStack + currentdict /lastVecTmp known { + lastVecTmp beamangle matrix rotate dtransform ToVec + } { + beamalign relative eq counttomark 2 ge and { + 2 copy /InVec load TransformInVec + } { + /InVec load + } ifelse + } ifelse + /CurrVec ED + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmp known { + /lastBeamPointTmp load /Curr ED + }{ + counttomark 2 ge { + 2 copy /StartPoint load TransformStartPos + } { + /StartPoint load + } ifelse + /Curr ED + } ifelse + counttomark /IfcCnt ED + /n1 bgRefIndex def + /PN 1 def + (start looping) DebugMsg + { + PN IfcCnt gt { + exit + } if + (checked) DebugMsg + dup xcheck not { + PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack + } if + exec + /draw ED /Mode ED /n2 ED 2 copy /CompName ED /IfcNum ED + GetIfcCenter ToVec /CurrCenter ED + Curr CurrVec + connectifc PrevCorrect PN 2 gt and PN 2 eq or and { + CurrVec CurrCenter PrevCenter PrevMode + currentdict /relAngle known + { relAngle } { 0 } ifelse connectInterfaces + /relAngle ED + } if + IfcNum CompName Mode n2 8 4 roll HandleInterface + missed eq { + counttomark PN 1 sub 3 mul sub {pop} repeat + (The beam missed an interface) Warning exit + exit + } if + PN 1 eq { + pop pop + /draw beaminsidefirst oldbeaminsidelast xor def + } { + ToVec /CurrVec ED + } ifelse + 2 copy + ToVec /Curr ED + draw PN skipconn 1 add gt and + counttomark 3 roll + /PrevCenter /CurrCenter load def + /lastBeamPointTmp /Curr load def + /lastVecTmp /CurrVec load def + /PrevMode Mode def + CompName cvn load /correct get /PrevCorrect ED + PN IfcCnt eq { + exit + } { + CurrVec 0 eq exch 0 eq and { + IfcCnt PN sub {pop} repeat + (Total internal reflection occured, this is not supported) + Warning + exit + } if + /PN PN 1 add def + } ifelse + } loop + DebugEnd +} bind def +/sign { + 0 ge { 1 } { -1 } ifelse +} bind def +/TraceAndFillWideBeam { + (TraceAndFillWideBeam) DebugBegin + AngToVec /InvecLow ED /StartLow ED + AngToVec /InvecUp ED /StartUp ED + exec + connectifc { + /nbeam bgRefIndex def + } if + /startinside startinside beaminsidefirst or def + /stopinside stopinside beaminsidelast or def + /DrawnSegm 0 def + /PrevCorrect false def + PrearrangePlanes + PushAllPlanesOnStack + currentdict /lastVecTmpUp known + currentdict /lastVecTmpLow known and { + /CurrVecLow lastVecTmpLow beamangle matrix rotate dtransform ToVec def + /CurrVecUp lastVecTmpUp beamangle matrix rotate dtransform ToVec def + }{ + beamalign relative eq counttomark 2 ge and { + 2 copy /InvecLow load TransformInVec /CurrVecLow ED + 2 copy /InvecUp load TransformInVec /CurrVecUp ED + } { + /CurrVecLow /InvecLow load def + /CurrVecUp /InvecUp load def + } ifelse + } ifelse + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpLow known + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpUp known and { + /lastBeamPointTmpLow load /CurrLow ED + /lastBeamPointTmpUp load /CurrUp ED + } { + counttomark 2 ge { + 2 copy /StartLow load TransformStartPos /CurrLow ED + 2 copy /StartUp load TransformStartPos /CurrUp ED + } { + /StartLow load /CurrLow ED + /StartUp load /CurrUp ED + } ifelse + } ifelse + counttomark /IfcCnt ED + /n1 bgRefIndex def + /CurrR false def + /ret missed def + /PN 1 def + { + PN IfcCnt gt { + exit + } if + dup xcheck not { + PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack + } if + exec + PN skipconn 1 add gt and /draw ED + /Mode ED /n2 ED 2 copy /CompName ED /IfcNum ED + GetIfcCenter ToVec /CurrPCenter ED + /oldn1 n1 def + CurrUp CurrVecUp + connectifc PrevCorrect PN 2 gt and PN 2 eq or and { + CurrVecUp CurrPCenter PrevPCenter PrevMode + currentdict /relAngleUp known { relAngleUp } { 0 } ifelse + connectInterfaces /relAngleUp ED + } if + /CurrVecUp load /PrevVecUp ED + /CurrUp load /PrevUp ED + IfcNum CompName Mode n2 8 4 roll HandleInterface + dup /ret ED + missed eq { + counttomark {pop} repeat + (The upper beam missed an interface) Warning exit + } if + ToVec /CurrVecUp ED + ToVec /CurrUp ED + /n1 oldn1 def + /CurrVecLow load /PrevVecLow ED + /CurrLow load /PrevLow ED + CurrLow CurrVecLow + connectifc PrevCorrect PN 2 gt and PN 2 eq or and { + CurrVecLow CurrPCenter PrevPCenter PrevMode + currentdict /relAngleLow known { relAngleLow } { 0 } ifelse + connectInterfaces /relAngleLow ED + } if + IfcNum CompName Mode n2 8 4 roll HandleInterface + dup missed eq { + /ret ED + (The lower beam missed an interface) Warning + counttomark {pop} repeat exit + } if + tir eq ret tir eq or { + /ret tir def + } { + /ret ok def + } ifelse + ToVec /CurrVecLow ED + ToVec /CurrLow ED + /PrevR CurrR def + PrevR type /realtype eq { + /CurrCenter load /PrevCenter ED + } if + IfcNum CompName isCurved { + IfcNum CompName LoadIfc + tx@Dict begin Pyth end /CurrR ED + ToVec /CurrCenter ED + } { + /CurrR false def + /CurrCenter false def + } ifelse + PN 1 gt currentdict /fillBeam known and { + draw { + /DrawnSegm DrawnSegm 1 add def + PrevUp moveto CurrUp lineto + IfcNum CompName isCurved { + CurrCenter CurrUp CurrLow + 4 copy 3 -1 roll eq 3 1 roll eq and { + 6 {pop} repeat + } { + TangentCrosspoint + CurrLow CurrR arct + } ifelse + } { + CurrLow lineto + } ifelse + PrevLow lineto + PrevR type /booleantype eq not { + PrevCenter PrevLow PrevUp + 4 copy 3 -1 roll eq 3 1 roll eq and { + 6 {pop} repeat + } { + TangentCrosspoint + PrevUp PrevR arct + } ifelse + } { + PrevUp lineto + } ifelse + } if + Mode refl eq draw and + draw not DrawnSegm 0 gt and or { + fillBeam newpath + /DrawnSegm 0 def + } if + } if + PN 1 eq { + /CurrVecUp /PrevVecUp load def + /CurrVecLow /PrevVecLow load def + } if + strokeBeam { + CurrUp draw CurrLow draw counttomark 1 add 6 roll + } if + PN IfcCnt eq ret tir eq or { + DrawnSegm 0 gt currentdict /fillBeam known and { + fillBeam newpath + /DrawnSegm 0 def + } if + ret tir eq { + IfcCnt PN sub {pop} repeat + (Total internal reflection occured, this is not supported) + Warning + } if + exit + } if + /PN PN 1 add def + /PrevPCenter /CurrPCenter load def + /PrevMode Mode def + CompName cvn load /correct get /PrevCorrect ED + } loop + DrawnSegm 0 gt currentdict /fillBeam known and { + fillBeam newpath + /DrawnSegm 0 def + } if + ret missed eq not { + CurrUp CurrLow @ABVect + CurrVecUp CurrVecLow 3 -1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch + 4 -1 roll mul 3 1 roll mul sub 0 gt { + /lastBeamPointTmpUp /CurrLow load def + /lastBeamPointTmpLow /CurrUp load def + /lastVecTmpUp /CurrVecLow load def + /lastVecTmpLow /CurrVecUp load def + } { + /lastBeamPointTmpLow /CurrLow load def + /lastBeamPointTmpUp /CurrUp load def + /lastVecTmpUp /CurrVecUp load def + /lastVecTmpLow /CurrVecLow load def + } ifelse + } if + DebugEnd +} bind def +/isAmbiguous { + cvn load dup /ambiguous known { + /ambiguous get + } { + pop false + } ifelse +} bind def +/isAmbiguousIfc { + cvn load dup /ambiguous known { + /ambIfc get eq + } { + pop pop false + } ifelse +} bind def +/isCurved { + cvn load begin + IfcName load /RX known + end +} bind def +/HandleInterface { + (HandleInterface) DebugBegin + /Yin ED /Xin ED /Y0 ED /X0 ED /n2 ED /mode ED + 2 copy 2 copy LoadIfc + 6 -2 roll isCurved { CurvedInterface }{ PlainInterface } ifelse + dup missed eq not useNA connectifc not and and { + 7 3 roll 2 copy 9 2 roll + 4 2 roll 2 copy + %% X0' Y0' Xout Yout status X0' Y0' IfcNum CompName IfcNum CompName + cvn load begin IfcName load dup /NAlow get exch /NAup get end + 2 copy lt { + 4 2 roll 2 copy LoadIfc NormalizeVec + 6 -2 roll isCurved { + neg exch + } if + %% ... X0' Y0' NAlow NAup X Y dXp dYp + 8 -2 roll 6 -2 roll + %% ... NAlow NAup dXp dYp X0' Y0' X Y + @ABVect DotProd + dup 4 -1 roll ge 3 1 roll ge and not + { + pop missed + } if + }{ + 6 {pop} repeat + } ifelse + } { + 7 -2 roll pop pop + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/LoadIfc { + (LoadIfc) DebugBegin + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + X Y + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + currentdict /RX known { RX RY }{ DX DY } ifelse + CompMtrx dtransform CM idtransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +/isFreeray { + cvn load /n known + dup not { + (Encountered fiber component in beam path) Warning + } if +} bind def +/PrearrangePlanes { + (PrearrangePlanes) DebugBegin + counttomark /N ED + /CompA ED dup /CompB ED + CompA isFreeray { + CompA isAmbiguous { + amb dup CompA + } { + CompB isAmbiguous { + 1 CompA GetIfcCenter (C) CompB GetIfcCenter @ABDist + (N) CompA GetIfcCenter (C) CompB GetIfcCenter @ABDist + } { + 1 CompA GetIfcCenter + 1 CompB GetIfcCenter + (N) CompB GetIfcCenter + true OrderNodes exch pop + (N) CompA GetIfcCenter + 1 CompB GetIfcCenter + (N) CompB GetIfcCenter + true OrderNodes exch pop + } ifelse + le { desc } { asc } ifelse dup CompA + } ifelse + counttomark 2 roll + } { + counttomark 1 sub { pop } repeat + /N 0 def + } ifelse + 2 1 N { + /i ED exch /CompB ED + CompB isFreeray not { + counttomark i 1 sub 2 mul 1 add sub { pop } repeat + exit + } if + CompB isAmbiguous not { + dup desc eq { 1 } { dup amb eq { (C) }{ (N) } ifelse } ifelse + CompA GetIfcCenter + 1 CompB GetIfcCenter + (N) CompB GetIfcCenter false OrderNodes dup dup + 4 -1 roll CompA exch 5 -1 roll CompB exch + i 2 eq { + 4 copy 4 2 roll AdjustRelRot + } if + AdjustRelRot + } { + pop amb dup + } ifelse + CompB /CompA CompB def + counttomark 2 roll + } for pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +/AdjustRelRot { + (AdjustRelRot) DebugBegin + exch dup cvn load /adjustRel known { + dup dup 4 2 roll isAmbiguous { + exch pop (C) + }{ + desc eq { (N) }{ 1 } ifelse + } ifelse + exch GetIfcCenter 5 3 roll + exch dup 3 1 roll isAmbiguous { + pop (C) + }{ + desc eq { 1 }{ (N) } ifelse + } ifelse + exch GetIfcCenter + @ABVect exch atan exch + cvn load begin + adjustRel { + matrix rotate CompMtrx matrix concatmatrix /CompMtrx ED + /adjustRel false def + } { + pop + } ifelse + end + } { + pop pop pop pop + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/PushAllPlanesOnStack { + (PushAllPlanesOnStack) DebugBegin + counttomark 2 div cvi /@N ED + 1 1 @N { + /last false def + /first false def + dup 1 eq { + /first true def pop beaminsidefirst + } { + @N eq { + beaminsidelast + /last true def + } { + beaminside + } ifelse + } ifelse + exch load dup dup /allowbeaminside get 4 -1 roll and + /drawinside ED + /ambiguous get { + /name get drawinside [ 3 1 roll ] + counttomark 1 roll pop + } { + begin + desc eq { + N N -1 1 1 + } { + 1 1 1 N N + } ifelse + first startinside not and { + 5 -2 roll + pop pop + 2 copy 5 2 roll + } if + 5 1 roll + { + 3 1 roll 2 copy 5 -1 roll + dup 3 1 roll + eq first not and { + true + } { + drawinside + } ifelse + exch dup 4 -1 roll eq { + bgRefIndex + }{ + name GetRefIndex + } ifelse + exch dup N eq { + pop (N) + } { + inttostr + } ifelse exch + 3 1 roll name + 4 1 roll + dup IfcName load /mode get + 3 1 roll 5 1 roll + [ 6 1 roll ] cvx counttomark 1 roll + last { + savebeampoints 1 ge stopinside not and + savebeampoints 1 lt beaminsidelast not and or { + exit + } if + } if + } for pop pop + end + } ifelse + } for + DebugEnd +} bind def +/IfcName { + dup dup 1 eq not exch N eq and { + pop (N) + } { + inttostr + } ifelse + (P@) exch strcat cvn +} bind def +/NodeName { + dup /stringtype eq not { inttostr } if + strcat (N@) exch strcat cvn +} bind def +/OrderNodes { + 7 1 roll 6 -2 roll 2 copy 8 2 roll + @ABDist 5 1 roll @ABDist 2 copy gt { + pop asc exch + } { + exch pop desc exch + } ifelse + 3 -1 roll not { + pop + } if +} bind def +/NormalVec { + neg exch 2 copy 6 2 roll DotProd 0 gt { + -1 mul exch -1 mul exch + } if + NormalizeVec +} bind def +/DotProd { + 3 -1 roll mul 3 1 roll mul add +} bind def +/VecAngle { + 4 copy 4 copy DotProd 5 1 roll + tx@Dict begin + Pyth 3 1 roll Pyth + end mul + div Acos + 5 2 roll mul 4 1 roll 3 -1 roll mul 3 -1 roll sub + 0 le { -1 }{ 1 } ifelse mul +} bind def +/VecAdd { + 3 -1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch +} bind def +/VecScale { + dup 4 -1 roll mul 3 1 roll mul +} bind def +/ToVec { + [ 3 1 roll ] cvx +} bind def +/AngToVec { + dup cos exch sin ToVec +} bind def +/NormalizeVec { + 2 copy + tx@Dict begin + Pyth + end + dup 3 1 roll div 3 1 roll div exch +} bind def +/@ABVect { + tx@EcldDict begin ABVect end +} bind def +/@ABDist { + tx@EcldDict begin ABDist end +} bind def +/@InterLines { + tx@EcldDict begin + EqDr /D1c exch def /D1b exch def /D1a exch def + EqDr /D2c exch def /D2b exch def /D2a exch def + D1a D2b mul D1b D2a mul sub dup + ZeroEq { % parallel lines + pop 0 0 missed + }{ + /Det exch def + D1b D2c mul D1c D2b mul sub Det div + D1a D2c mul D2a D1c mul sub Det div + ok + } ifelse + end +} bind def +/@GetCenter { + tx@NodeDict begin load GetCenter end +} bind def +/@NewNode { + tx@NodeDict begin + false exch 10 {InitPnode } NewNode + end +} bind def +/RefractVec { + (RefractVec) DebugBegin + TransformRefIndex exch TransformRefIndex exch div /n ED + /Ynorm ED /Xnorm ED + NormalizeVec /Yin ED /Xin ED + n abs 1 eq { + Xin Yin + }{ + /costheta1 Xnorm Ynorm Xin neg Yin neg DotProd def + 1 n dup mul 1 costheta1 dup mul sub mul sub + dup 0 lt { + pop 0 0 + } { + sqrt /costheta2 ED + n Xin mul n Yin mul + n costheta1 mul costheta2 sub dup + Xnorm mul exch Ynorm mul VecAdd + } ifelse + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/ReflectVec { + (ReflectVec) DebugBegin + /Ynorm ED /Xnorm ED NormalizeVec /Yin ED /Xin ED + /costheta1 Xnorm Ynorm Xin neg Yin neg DotProd def + Xin Yin 2 costheta1 mul dup Xnorm mul exch Ynorm mul VecAdd + DebugEnd +} bind def +/CurvedInterface { + (CurvedInterface) DebugBegin + 2 copy /Yr ED /Xr ED + tx@Dict begin Pyth end /radius ED /Yp ED /Xp ED + /X0n X0 Xp sub def /Y0n Y0 Yp sub def + tx@EcldDict begin + X0n Y0n 2 copy 2 copy Xin 3 -1 roll add Yin 3 -1 roll add + 2 copy 6 2 roll EqDr radius InterLineCircle + end + 4 copy + 0 eq 3 {exch 0 eq and} repeat { + missed + } { + 4 copy + Xr neg Yr neg 2 copy + 8 -2 roll @ABDist + 5 1 roll @ABDist + gt { + 4 2 roll + } if pop pop + Xp Yp VecAdd + 2 copy Xp Yp 4 2 roll @ABVect exch neg Xin Yin 4 2 roll NormalVec + Xin Yin 4 2 roll + mode trans eq { + n1 n2 RefractVec + 2 copy 0 eq exch 0 eq and { tir } { ok } ifelse + } { + ReflectVec ok + } ifelse /n1 n2 def + 5 -2 roll 2 copy 7 2 roll X0 Y0 @ABVect Xin Yin DotProd 0 lt + PN 1 gt and { + pop missed + } if + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/PlainInterface {% + (PlainInterface) DebugBegin + /dYp ED /dXp ED /Yp ED /Xp ED + Xp Yp Xp dXp add Yp dYp add X0 Y0 X0 Xin add Y0 Yin add + @InterLines missed eq { + 0 0 missed + } { + Xin Yin Xin Yin dXp dYp NormalVec + mode trans eq { + n1 n2 RefractVec + 2 copy 0 eq exch 0 eq and { tir } { ok } ifelse + } { + ReflectVec ok + } ifelse /n1 n2 def + 5 -2 roll 2 copy 7 2 roll X0 Y0 @ABVect Xin Yin DotProd 0 lt + PN 1 gt and { + pop missed + } if + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/TransformRefIndex { + dup bgRefIndex eq { pop 1 } if +} bind def +/GetRefIndex { + cvn load /n get /nbeam load exch + EvalRefIndex +} bind def +/EvalRefIndex { + dup bgRefIndex eq not { + 1 dict begin + /n ED + exec end + } if +} bind def +/Sellmaier { + dup mul + dup dup 1.03961212 mul exch 6000.69867 sub div + exch dup dup 0.231792344 mul exch 20017.9144 sub div + exch dup 1.01046945 mul exch 103.560653e6 sub div + add add 1 add sqrt +} bind def +/TangentCrosspoint { + 4 copy 4 copy 14 -2 roll 2 copy + 6 2 roll @ABVect neg exch + 6 2 roll @ABVect neg exch + 8 -2 roll VecAdd 10 2 roll VecAdd + @InterLines pop +} bind def +/NearestNodeTmp { + exch /NodeB ED + /dist -1 def + dup cvn load /N get dup 1 eq { + [ exch (N) ] + } { + [ exch 1 1 3 -1 roll { } for ] + } ifelse + { + 2 copy pop + GetIfcCenterCorr 2 copy + NodeB @ABDist + dist 0 lt { + /dist ED + ToVec /node ED + } { + dup dist lt { + /dist ED + ToVec /node ED + } { + pop pop pop + } ifelse + } ifelse + } forall + pop dist /node load +} bind def +/NearestNode { + (NearestNode) DebugBegin + dup xcheck not { nametostr } if /CompB ED + dup xcheck not { + nametostr /CompA ED + /CompB load dup xcheck not { + /mindist -1 def + [ exch false GetInternalNodeNames ] + { @GetCenter ToVec + CompA NearestNodeTmp + exch dup mindist ge mindist 0 ge and { + pop pop + }{ + /mindist ED /minnodeA ED + } ifelse + } forall + minnodeA + } { + CompA NearestNodeTmp exch pop exec + } ifelse + } { + exec + } ifelse + DebugEnd } bind def -% -% defaultbasicnodename basicnodename CloseOptexpComp -/CloseOptexpComp {% def - 2 copy eq { - exch pop [ exch false GetInternalNodeNames ] { tx@NodeDict exch undef } forall - } { pop pop } ifelse -} bind def -% -% xa ya xb yb ExchCoor true|false -/ExchCoor {% def - exch 4 -1 roll% ya yb xb xa - 2 copy % ya yb xb xa - gt - { pop pop pop pop false } % xB > xA - { eq % xA == xB - 3 1 roll gt % yA < yB - and - { false } - { true } ifelse +/RelFiberAngle { + (RelFiberAngle) DebugBegin + /fiberalign ED + dup xcheck not { nametostr } if /CompB ED + dup xcheck not { nametostr } if /CompA ED + /CompA load xcheck { + /CompB load xcheck { + @ABVect exch atan + } { + 4 copy @ABVect 6 2 roll pop pop 2 copy + CompB (Center) NodeName @GetCenter + 4 2 roll @ABVect 4 2 roll + CompB + fiberalign center eq { + RelFiberAngle@center + }{ + RelFiberAngle@ref + } ifelse + 2 copy exch atan + 7 3 roll 2 copy 9 -2 roll + DotProd 0 gt 5 1 roll DotProd 0 gt xor { 180 add } if } ifelse + } { + 4 2 roll pop pop 2 copy + CompA (Center) NodeName @GetCenter + 4 2 roll @ABVect 4 2 roll + CompA fiberalign center eq { + RelFiberAngle@center + }{ + RelFiberAngle@tref + } ifelse + 2 copy exch atan + 5 1 roll DotProd 0 gt { 180 add } if + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/RelFiberAngle@ref { + 3 1 roll pop pop + dup (A) NodeName exch (B) NodeName + @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter @ABVect +} bind def +/RelFiberAngle@tref { + 3 1 roll pop pop + dup (TrefA) NodeName exch (TrefB) NodeName + @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter @ABVect +} bind def +/RelFiberAngle@center { + (Center) NodeName @GetCenter 4 2 roll @ABVect +} bind def +/getsubnode { + dup xcheck { + exch pop exec + } { + nametostr exch nametostr exch GetIfcCenter + } ifelse +} bind def +/connectInterfaces { + /relAngleTmp ED + PN 2 eq { + pop @ABVect NormalizeVec 4 2 roll VecAngle /relAngleTmp ED + } if + PN 3 ge { + trans eq { + @ABVect NormalizeVec 4 2 roll pop pop % remove Vec from stack + relAngleTmp matrix rotate dtransform + 4 2 roll pop pop + } { + @ABVect NormalizeVec 4 2 roll VecAngle /relAngleTmp ED + } ifelse + } if + relAngleTmp +} bind def +/GetCompRange { + 2 copy gt { 1 }{ -1 } ifelse 3 -1 roll + { exch dup 3 -1 roll inttostr strcat exch} for + pop +} bind def +/CorrectDipoleIfc { + (CorrectDipoleIfc) DebugBegin + dup dup 3 copy + 8 -1 roll dup 9 1 roll NodeName exch 7 -1 roll dup 7 1 roll NodeName + gsave + tx@Dict begin + STV CP T + exch @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter + end + grestore + 4 copy @ABDist 1e-7 lt { + 6 -1 roll + gsave + tx@Dict begin + STV CP T + (TrefA) NodeName @GetCenter 7 -1 roll + (TrefB) NodeName @GetCenter + end + grestore + @ABVect NormalizeVec 2 copy + 8 -2 roll abs exch abs max -1e-6 mul VecScale + 8 -2 roll cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + X Y VecAdd /YCorr exch def /XCorr exch def + end + end + 4 2 roll abs exch abs max 1e-6 mul VecScale + 4 2 roll cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + X Y VecAdd /YCorr exch def /XCorr exch def + end + end + } { + 10 { pop } repeat + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +/debug { + /@N ED count dup @N gt @N 0 ge and { pop @N } if + copy @N { == } repeat +} bind def +/debugComp { + dup (debug comp ") exch strcat ("===============) strcat == + cvn load { + dup type /dicttype eq { + (plane----------------) == + { == == } forall + (-----------done) == + } { == } ifelse + == + } forall + (================== done) == } bind def end % tx@OptexpDict diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b14ceed4ba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +.SUFFIXES : .tex .ltx .dvi .ps .pdf .eps + +PACKAGE = pst-optexp + +LATEX = latex + +ARCHNAME = $(PACKAGE)-$(shell date +"%y%m%d") +ARCHNAME_TDS = $(PACKAGE).tds + +ARCHFILES = $(PACKAGE).dtx $(PACKAGE).ins Makefile \ + README Changes $(PACKAGE)-quickref.pdf \ + $(PACKAGE).pdf $(PACKAGE)-DE.pdf + +PS2PDF = GS_OPTIONS=-dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress ps2pdf + +all : doc doc-DE quickref + +doc : $(PACKAGE).pdf + +doc-DE : $(PACKAGE)-DE.pdf + +quickref: $(PACKAGE)-quickref.pdf + +dist : doc doc-DE quickref Changes + tar chvzf $(ARCHNAME).tar.gz $(ARCHFILES) + @ echo + @ echo $(ARCHNAME).tar.gz + +$(PACKAGE).dvi: L = english +$(PACKAGE)-DE.dvi: L = ngerman +%.dvi: $(PACKAGE).dtx $(PACKAGE).sty $(PACKAGE).ist $(PACKAGE).pro + $(LATEX) -jobname=$(basename $@) '\newcommand*{\mainlang}{$(L)}\input{$(PACKAGE).dtx}' + $(LATEX) -jobname=$(basename $@) '\newcommand*{\mainlang}{$(L)}\input{$(PACKAGE).dtx}' + splitindex -m "" $(basename $@).idx + if test -e $(basename $@)-idx.idx; then \ + makeindex -s gind.ist -t $(basename $@)-idx.ilg \ + -o $(basename $@)-idx.ind $(basename $@)-idx.idx; \ + fi + if test -e $(basename $@)-doc.idx; then \ + makeindex -s pst-optexp.ist -t $(basename $@)-doc.ilg \ + -o $(basename $@)-doc.ind $(basename $@)-doc.idx; \ + fi + $(LATEX) -jobname=$(basename $@) '\newcommand*{\mainlang}{$(L)}\input{$(PACKAGE).dtx}' + splitindex -m "" $(basename $@).idx + if test -e $(basename $@)-idx.idx; then \ + makeindex -s gind.ist -t $(basename $@)-idx.ilg \ + -o $(basename $@)-idx.ind $(basename $@)-idx.idx; \ + fi + if test -e $(basename $@)-doc.idx; then \ + makeindex -s pst-optexp.ist -t $(basename $@)-doc.ilg \ + -o $(basename $@)-doc.ind $(basename $@)-doc.idx; \ + fi + $(LATEX) -jobname=$(basename $@) '\newcommand*{\mainlang}{$(L)}\input{$(PACKAGE).dtx}' + +%.ps: %.dvi + dvips $< +%.pdf: %.ps + $(PS2PDF) $< $@ + +$(PACKAGE)-quickref.tex: $(PACKAGE)-quickref.py + python $< + +$(PACKAGE)-quickref.pdf: $(PACKAGE)-quickref.tex + pdflatex $< + +$(PACKAGE).sty $(PACKAGE).pro $(PACKAGE).tex $(PACKAGE).ist: $(PACKAGE).ins $(PACKAGE).dtx + tex $< + +Changes: Changes.py $(PACKAGE).dtx + python $< + +arch : Changes + zip $(ARCHNAME).zip $(ARCHFILES) + +arch-tds : Changes + $(RM) $(ARCHNAME_TDS).zip + mkdir -p tds/tex/latex/pst-optexp + mkdir -p tds/doc/latex/pst-optexp + mkdir -p tds/source/latex/pst-optexp + mkdir -p tds/dvips/pst-optexp + cp pst-optexp.sty tds/tex/latex/pst-optexp/ + cp pst-optexp.pro tds/dvips/pst-optexp/ + cp Changes pst-optexp.pdf pst-optexp-DE.pdf \ + README pst-optexp-quickref.pdf \ + tds/doc/latex/pst-optexp/ + cp pst-optexp.dtx pst-optexp.ins Makefile \ + tds/source/latex/pst-optexp/ + cd tds ; zip -r ../$(ARCHNAME_TDS).zip tex doc source dvips + cd .. + rm -rf tds + +ctan : dist arch-tds + tar cf $(PACKAGE).tar $(ARCHNAME_TDS).zip $(ARCHNAME).tar.gz + +clean : + $(RM) $(foreach prefix, $(PACKAGE) $(PACKAGE)-DE $(PACKAGE)-quickref, \ + $(addprefix $(prefix), .dvi .ps .log .aux .bbl .blg .out .tmp \ + .toc .idx .ind .ilg .hd \ + -idx.idx -idx.ilg -idx.ind -doc.idx -doc.ilg -doc.ind .hd)) \ + $(PACKAGE)-quickref.tex + +veryclean : clean + $(RM) $(addprefix $(PACKAGE), .pdf -DE.pdf -quickref.pdf .sty .pro .ist) Changes diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2ed32458777 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,17412 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% Copyright (C) 2007-2012 by Christoph Bersch <usenet@bersch.net> +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2008/05/04 or later. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\ProvidesFile{pst-optexp.dtx} +%</driver> +%<stylefile>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +%<stylefile>\ProvidesPackage{pst-optexp} +%<*stylefile> + [2012/07/09 v3.0 Optical experimental setups with PSTricks] +%</stylefile> +% +%<*driver> +\documentclass[a4paper, DIV=9, oneside, toc=index, parskip=half-]{scrreprt} +\usepackage{doc} +\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} +\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{amsmath, marvosym} +\usepackage{bera} +\providecommand*\mainlang{} +\usepackage[ngerman, english,\mainlang]{babel} +\usepackage{prettyref} +\usepackage[dvipsnames,x11names,svgnames]{xcolor} +\usepackage{array,booktabs,paralist,tabularx} +\usepackage{ragged2e, calc} +\newlength{\POEcaptionmargin} +\newlength{\POEcaptionheight} +\usepackage[labelfont={color=DOrange}, + singlelinecheck=false, + justification=raggedright]{caption} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{poe}{% + \setlength{\POEcaptionmargin}{\widthof{#1}+7pt}% + \setlength{\POEcaptionheight}{\heightof{#1}+3pt}% + \hspace*{-\POEcaptionmargin}#1\par\vspace*{-\POEcaptionheight}% +} +\captionsetup[lstlisting]{format=poe, skip=0pt} +\usepackage{nicefrac} +\usepackage{pst-func} +\usepackage{pst-optexp} +\usepackage{pst-circ} +\usepackage[makeindex]{splitidx} +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\hypersetup{% + colorlinks=true, + urlcolor=black, + linkcolor=pdflinkcolor, + breaklinks, + linktocpage=true} +\usepackage{breakurl} +\definecolor{DOrange}{rgb}{1,.4,.2}% +\definecolor{DDOrange}{rgb}{0.7, 0.23, 0.07}% +\colorlet{pdflinkcolor}{DOrange} +\colorlet{DGreen}{green!90!black} +\usepackage{pst-tree} +\usepackage{showexpl} +\makeatletter\renewcommand*\SX@Info{}\makeatother +\usepackage{etoolbox} +\undef{\cs}\undef{\cmd} +\usepackage{ltxdockit} +\newcommand{\poeTR}[1]{\TR{\ttfamily\color{DOrange}#1}} +\definecolor{colKeys}{rgb}{0,0,0} +\definecolor{colIdentifier}{rgb}{0,0,0} +\colorlet{colComments}{green!60!black} +\definecolor{colString}{rgb}{0,0.5,0} +\newlength{\codeoverhang} +\setlength{\codeoverhang}{0.5\marginparwidth+\marginparsep} +\lstset{% + language=[LaTeX]TeX, identifierstyle=\color{colIdentifier}, % + keywordstyle=\color{colKeys}, % + keywordstyle = [21]\color{DOrange}, % + keywordstyle = [22]\color{DOrange}, % + stringstyle=\color{colString}, % + commentstyle=\color{colComments}, % + float=hbp,% + basicstyle=\ttfamily\small, % + columns=flexible, % + tabsize=4, % + showspaces=false, % + showstringspaces=false, % + breaklines=true, % + breakautoindent=true, % + breakatwhitespace=true, % + captionpos=t, % + belowcaptionskip=0pt,% + abovecaptionskip=0pt,% + xleftmargin=1em, % + prebreak = {\raisebox{-1ex}[\ht\strutbox]{\kern0.5ex \large\Righttorque}}, + rulecolor=\color{black!20}, % + texcsstyle = [20]\color{DDOrange},%!60!black},%{red!60!black}, % + moretexcs = [20]{lens, optbox, oenode, oenodeIn, oenodeExt, oenodeOut, + oenodeRefA, oenodeRefB, oenodeTrefA, oenodeTrefB, oenodeLabel, oenodeRotref, + oenodeBeam, oenodeBeamUp, oenodeBeamLow, oenodeCenter, oenodeIfc, optplate, + optretplate, pinhole, crystal,optdetector, optdiode, doveprism, + polarization, mirror, beamsplitter, optgrating, optprism, rightangleprism, + pentaprism, optdipole, optripole, optfiber, optamp, optmzm, optfilter, + polcontrol, optisolator, optswitch, fiberdelayline, optfiberpolarizer, + fibercollimator, optcoupler, wdmcoupler, wdmsplitter, optcirculator, + drawbeam, drawwidebeam, drawfiber, frontlayer, backlayer, newOptexpDipole, + newOptexpTripole, newOptexpFiberDipole,optplane}, % + morekeywords = [22] {optexp}, + explpreset={% + pos=l, width=-99pt, hsep=5mm, overhang=\codeoverhang, varwidth, + vsep=\bigskipamount, rframe={}}, + extendedchars=true, +} +\lstdefinestyle{example}{explpreset={% + escapechar=*, pos=l, width=-99pt, hsep=5mm, overhang=\codeoverhang, + varwidth, vsep=\bigskipamount, rframe={}}} +\makeatletter +\providecommand\ON{% + \gdef\lst@alloverstyle##1{\textcolor{black!50}{\strut##1}% +}} +\providecommand\OFF{\xdef\lst@alloverstyle##1{##1}} +\makeatother +\colorlet{sectioncolor}{DOrange} +\addtokomafont{sectioning}{\color{sectioncolor}} +\usepackage[automark,nouppercase]{scrpage2} +\pagestyle{scrheadings} +\clearscrheadings +\clearscrplain +\ohead{\pagemark} +\ihead{\headmark} +\ofoot[\pagemark]{} +\automark[subsection]{section} +\setheadsepline{.4pt}[\color{DOrange}] +\setheadwidth[0pt]{text} +\setfootwidth[0pt]{text} +\makeatletter +\patchcmd{\l@chapter}{1.5em}{2em}{}{} +\renewcommand*\l@section{\bprot@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{3.0em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\bprot@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{4.0em}} +\newrobustcmd*{\fnurl}[1][]{\hyper@normalise\ltd@fnurl{#1}} +\def\ltd@fnurl#1#2{\footnote{#1\hyper@linkurl{\Hurl{#2}}{#2}}} +\makeatother +\usepackage{csquotes} +\MakeAutoQuote{«}{»} +%^^A spot is used in ltxdockit.sty +\colorlet{spot}{sectioncolor} +\newpsstyle{Refline}{linecolor=gray!70} +\newpsstyle{CenterNode}{linecolor=blue, dotstyle=x, dotscale=1.5} +\colorlet{Refline}{gray!70} +%^^A Fonts definitions used in ltxdockit.sty +\renewcommand*{\verbatimfont}{\ttfamily} +\renewcommand*{\displayverbfont}{\ttfamily} +\renewcommand*{\marglistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\small} +\renewcommand*{\margnotefont}{\sffamily\small} +\renewcommand*{\optionlistfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\displayverbfont} +\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxfont}{\ttfamily} +\renewcommand*{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont}{\spotcolor\displayverbfont} +\renewcommand*{\changelogfont}{\normalfont} +\renewcommand*{\changeloglabelfont}{\spotcolor\sffamily\bfseries} + +\makeatletter +%^^A an idea from GL to provide links inside the listings to the pst-optexp commands: +%^^A <https://groups.google.com/groups/search?as_umsgid=4d89ee49%240%2418590%24426a74cc%40news.free.fr> +\providerobustcmd*\ifrefundefined [1]{% + \begingroup% + \csname @safe@activestrue\endcsname% + \expandafter\endgroup\csname @\ifcsname r@#1\endcsname second\else first\fi oftwo\endcsname +}% \ifrefundefined +\def\lsthk@OutputBox@H@@k{% + \begingroup% + \let\lst@UM\@empty% + \edef\@tempc{cmd:\detokenize\expandafter{\the\lst@token }}%\edef + \ifrefundefined{\@tempc}% + \endgroup% + \sethyperlistings% +}% \lsthk@OutputBox@H@@k +\def\sethyperlistings {\global\let \hyperlistingsreference =\@tempc + \endgroup \aftergroup \dohyperlistings }% after \hbox +\def\dohyperlistings {\def\lst@alloverstyle ##1{\hyperlistings ##1}} +\def\hyperlistings{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox% + \bgroup% + \rlap{\hypersetup {linkcolor=.}\relax\fboxrule\z@% + \hyperref[\hyperlistingsreference]{\boxframe{\wd\@tempboxa}{\ht\@tempboxa}{\dp\@tempboxa}}}% + \unhbox\@tempboxa% + \egroup% +}% \hyperlistings +\let\lsthk@OutputBox\lsthk@OutputBox@H@@k + +\newenvironment*{stylelist} + {\list{}{% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{\marglistwidth}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{0.5\marglistsep}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\optionlistfont##1}}% + \let\styleitem\POE@styleitem}% + {\endlist} + +\def\ltd@optionlist{% + \let\optitem\POE@optitem + \let\valitem\POE@valitem + \let\choitem\POE@choitem + \let\boolitem\POE@boolitem + \let\intitem\POE@intitem + \let\numitem\POE@numitem + \let\psnumitem\POE@psnumitem + \let\poeitem\ltd@item + \let\styleitem\POE@styleitem} + +\def\POE@styleitem{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@styleitem@i} + {\POE@styleitem@i[]} +} +\def\POE@styleitem@i[#1]#2{% + \item[{#2}]% + \label{prm:#2}% + \begingroup\raggedright + \prm{psstyle}% + \settowidth\@tempdimb{\prm{psstyle}}% + \settowidth\@tempdimc{#2}% + \@tempdimc=\dimexpr\@tempdimc+\labelsep-\labelwidth\relax + \ifdim\@tempdimc>0pt% + \@tempdima=\dimexpr\linewidth-\@tempdimb-\@tempdimc\relax + \else + \@tempdima=\dimexpr\linewidth-\@tempdimb\relax + \fi + \ifblank{#1} + {} + {\parbox[t]{\@tempdima}{\raggedleft default:~\ltd@textverb{#1}}}% + \par\endgroup} + +\def\POE@optitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@optitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@optitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@optitem@i}[3][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{#3}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{#3}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\POE@valitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@valitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@valitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@valitem@i}[3][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{#3}}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{#3}}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\POE@choitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@choitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@choitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@choitem@i}[3][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\ltd@verblist{#3}}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\ltd@verblist{#3}}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\POE@boolitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@boolitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@boolitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@boolitem@i}[2][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\ltd@verblist{true,false}}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\ltd@verblist{true,false}}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\POE@intitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@intitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@intitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@intitem@i}[2][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{int}}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{int}}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\POE@numitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@numitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@numitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@numitem@i}[2][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{num}}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{num}}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\POE@psnumitem{% + \@ifstar + {\boolfalse{@tempswa}\POE@psnumitem@i} + {\booltrue{@tempswa}\POE@psnumitem@i}} +\newcommand*{\POE@psnumitem@i}[2][]{% + \ifbool{@tempswa}{\label{prm:#2}}{}% + \xLkeyword{#2}% + \ifblank{#1} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{psnum}}{}} + {\ltd@option{#2}{#2}{\prm{psnum}}{\ltd@textverb{#1}}}}% + +\def\ltd@cmditem@ii#1#2{% + \ltd@itemsave + \ifhmode + \itemsep-\topsep + \else + \ltd@itembreak + \fi + \item[#1]% + \ltd@itemrest + \ifblank{#2}{}{\label{cmd:#2}}% + \begingroup + \ltd@syntaxsetup + \ltxsyntaxfont + \let\@tempa\@empty + \ltd@parseargs} + + +\let\plainllap\llap +\newrobustcmd\macro@llap[1]{{\global\let\llap\plainllap + \setbox0=\hbox\bgroup \macro@font\small\saved@macroname\egroup + \ifdim\wd0>30mm + \hbox to\z@ \bgroup\hss \hbox to30mm{\unhcopy0\hss}\egroup + \edef\@tempa{\hskip\dimexpr\the\wd0-30mm}\global\everypar\expandafter{\the\expandafter\everypar + \@tempa \global\everypar{}}% + \else \llap{\unhbox0}\fi}} + \AtBeginEnvironment{macro}{\let\llap\macro@llap} +\makeatother + +\newcommand*{\PSstring}[1]{{\normalfont\small\ttfamily(#1)}} +\newcommand*{\PSarray}[1]{{\normalfont\small\ttfamily[#1]}} +\newcommand*{\PSname}[1]{{\normalfont\small\ttfamily/#1}} +\newcommand*{\PSproc}[1]{{\normalfont\small\ttfamily\textbraceleft #1\textbraceright}} +\newcommand*{\PSvar}[1]{{\normalfont\small\ttfamily #1}} +\newcommand*{\PSop}[1]{{\normalfont\small\ttfamily\color{DOrange}\hskip 3pt #1\hskip 3pt}} + +\newcommand*{\nodename}[1]{\emph{#1}} +\newcommand*{\param}[1]{\normalfont\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand*{\paramvalue}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand*{\styleshape}[1]{\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\docindex}[1]{\sindex[doc]{#1|hyperpage}} +\makeatletter +\def\Lcs{\@ifstar{\Lcs@nobm}{\Lcs@bm}} +\def\Lcs@nobm#1{\nxLcs{#1}\xLcs{#1}} +\def\Lcs@bm#1{\hyperref[cmd:#1]{\Lcs@nobm{#1}}} +\def\xLcs#1{\docindex{#1=\nxLcs{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexMacro!#1=\nxLcs{#1}}} +\def\nxLcs#1{\texttt{\textbackslash#1}} + +\def\LPack#1{\texttt{#1}\docindex{#1=\texttt{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexPackage!#1=\texttt{#1}}} +\def\nxLPack#1{\texttt{#1}} + +\def\Lenv{\@ifstar{\Lenv@nobm}{\Lenv@bm}} +\def\Lenv@nobm#1{\nxLenv{#1}\xLenv{#1}} +\def\Lenv@bm#1{\hyperref[env:#1]{\Lenv@nobm{#1}}} +\def\xLenv#1{\docindex{#1=\texttt{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexEnv!#1=\texttt{#1}}} +\def\nxLenv#1{\texttt{#1}} +\let\orig@ltd@envitem\ltd@envitem +\def\ltd@envitem#1{\orig@ltd@envitem{#1}\label{env:#1}\xLenv{#1}} + +\def\Lkeyword{\@ifstar{\Lkeyword@nobm}{\Lkeyword@bm}} +\def\Lkeyword@nobm#1{\texttt{#1}\xLkeyword{#1}} +\def\Lkeyword@bm#1{\hyperref[prm:#1]{\Lkeyword@nobm{#1}}} +\def\xLkeyword#1{\docindex{#1=\texttt{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexKeyword!#1=\texttt{#1}}} +\def\nxLkeyword#1{\texttt{#1}} + +\def\xLoption#1{\docindex{#1=\texttt{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexOption!#1=\texttt{#1}}} +\def\Loption#1{\texttt{#1}\xLoption{#1}} +\def\nxLoption#1{\texttt{#1}} + +\def\Lstyle{\@ifstar{\Lstyle@nobm}{\Lstyle@bm}} +\def\Lstyle@nobm#1{\texttt{#1}\xLstyle{#1}} +\def\Lstyle@bm#1{\hyperref[prm:#1]{\Lstyle@nobm{#1}}} +\def\xLstyle#1{\docindex{#1=\texttt{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexStyle!#1=\texttt{#1}}} +\def\nxLstyle#1{\texttt{#1}} + +\def\Ldipole#1{\nxLcs{#1}\xLdipole{#1}} +\def\xLdipole#1{\docindex{#1=\nxLcs{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexDipoles!#1=\nxLcs{#1}}} + +\def\Ltripole#1{\nxLcs{#1}\xLtripole{#1}} +\def\xLtripole#1{\docindex{#1=\nxLcs{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexTripoles!#1=\nxLcs{#1}}} + +\def\Lfdipole#1{\nxLcs{#1}\xLfdipole{#1}} +\def\xLfdipole#1{\docindex{#1=\nxLcs{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexFiberDipoles!#1=\nxLcs{#1}}} + +\def\Lfmultipole#1{\nxLcs{#1}\xLfmultipole{#1}} +\def\xLfmultipole#1{\docindex{#1=\nxLcs{#1}}\docindex{\POEindexFiberMultipoles!#1=\nxLcs{#1}}} +\makeatother + +\newcommand{\dipoledesc}[1]{% + \xLdipole{#1}% + \cmditem{#1}[options](in)(out){label}% +} +\newcommand{\tripoledesc}[1]{% + \xLtripole{#1}% + \cmditem{#1}[options](in)(center)(out){label}% +} + +\newcommand{\fiberdipoledesc}[1]{% + \xLfdipole{#1}% + \cmditem{#1}[options](in)(out){label}% +} + +\newenvironment*{pssyntax} + {\list{}{\small + \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{10pt}% + \item[]}} + {\endlist} + +\newcommand{\psarglistfont}{\small} +\newenvironment*{psarglist} + {\list{}{% + \setlength{\labelwidth}{10pt}% + \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}% + \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% + \setlength{\itemsep}{\parsep}% + \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}% + \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss\psarglistfont##1}}} + {\endlist} + +\makeatletter +\renewenvironment{theglossary}{\GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces}{} +\makeatother +\def\psargitem#1{\item[#1]\hfill\par\nobreak} + +\addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=DOrange,linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth} +\addtopsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth} +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\OnlyDescription +\begin{document} + \DocInput{pst-optexp.dtx} + \begin{otherlanguage}{english} + \printindex[idx] + \end{otherlanguage} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{0} +% +% \CharacterTable +% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +% Right brace \} Tilde \~} +% +% \GetFileInfo{pst-optexp.dtx} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\@,\g@addto@macro,\newif,\gdef,\xdef,\newcounter,\or,\ifcase,\\} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment,\def,\edef,\let,\if,\ifx,\else,\fi,\@ifnextchar} +% \DoNotIndex{\space,\relax,\nr,\val,\ignorespaces,\ifdim,\ifcat,\@nil,\@none,\@empty} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageWarning,\advance,\csname,\endcsname,\bgroup,\egroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\@@comp,\@postcode} +% \DoNotIndex{\psset} +% \DoNotIndex{\@wd,\@sz,\@ht,\@yshift,\@step,\@xl,\@sep,\@r,\@dp,\@altan,\@extpostcode} +% \DoNotIndex{\@f@cnt,\@f@r,\@f@sep,\@hshift,\@bs@wd,\@c@caxisL,\@cnt,\@pstfalse,\@psttrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@th,\@rL,\@rR,\i,\long,\optexp@nodeA,\optexp@nodeB} +% \DoNotIndex{\POE@temp,\POE@tempa,\POE@tempb,\POE@tempc,\POE@tempd} +% \DoNotIndex{\POE@getref@b,\POE@getref@c,\POE@getref@l,\POE@getref@r,\POE@getref@t} +% \DoNotIndex{\the,\toks@} +% +% \newif\ifGERMAN \GERMANfalse +% \newif\ifENGLISH \ENGLISHfalse +% \iflanguage{ngerman}{\GERMANtrue}{% +% \iflanguage{german}{\GERMANtrue}{\GERMANfalse}} +% \iflanguage{english}{\ENGLISHtrue}{\ENGLISHfalse} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \newrefformat{chap}{Kap.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{sec}{Kap.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{l}{Zeile~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{ex}{Bsp.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{tab}{Tab.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{fig}{Abb.~\ref{#1}} +% \newindex[Quelltextindex]{idx} +% \newindex[Dokumentationsindex]{doc} +% \newcommand{\POEindexPackage}{Paket} +% \newcommand{\POEindexMacro}{Makro} +% \newcommand{\POEindexKeyword}{Schlüsselwort} +% \newcommand{\POEindexEnv}{Umgebung} +% \newcommand{\POEindexOption}{Option} +% \newcommand{\POEindexStyle}{Stil} +% \newcommand{\POEindexDipoles}{Zweipol} +% \newcommand{\POEindexTripoles}{Dreipol} +% \newcommand{\POEindexFiberDipoles}{Faserzweipol} +% \newcommand{\POEindexFiberMultipoles}{Fasermultipol} +% \renewcommand*\lstlistingname{Bsp.} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \newrefformat{chap}{Sec.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{sec}{Sec.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{l}{Line~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{ex}{Ex.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{tab}{Tab.~\ref{#1}} +% \newrefformat{fig}{Fig.~\ref{#1}} +% \newindex[Code index]{idx} +% \newindex[Documentation index]{doc} +% \newcommand{\POEindexPackage}{Package} +% \newcommand{\POEindexMacro}{Macro} +% \newcommand{\POEindexKeyword}{Keyword} +% \newcommand{\POEindexEnv}{Environment} +% \newcommand{\POEindexOption}{Option} +% \newcommand{\POEindexStyle}{Style} +% \newcommand{\POEindexDipoles}{Dipoles} +% \newcommand{\POEindexTripoles}{Tripoles} +% \newcommand{\POEindexFiberDipoles}{Fiber dipoles} +% \newcommand{\POEindexFiberMultipoles}{Fiber multipoles} +% \renewcommand*\lstlistingname{Ex.} +% \fi +% +% \newcommand{\refpointexplanation}{% +% \ifGERMAN +% Analog zum Referenzpunkt von \nxLcs{rput}, kann jede Kombination von +% \opt{c} (mittig), \opt{t} (oben), \opt{b} (unten), \opt{l} (links) und +% \opt{r} (rechts) sein. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Like the reference point of \nxLcs{rput}, can be any comination of +% \opt{c} (center), \opt{t} (top), \opt{b} (bottom), \opt{l} (left), and +% \opt{r} (right). +% \fi} +% +% \newcommand*{\linewidthexplanation}[2]{% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Linienbreite #1. Diese könnte ebenfalls über den +% \opt{linewidth} Parameter gesetzt werden. Mit diesem Parameter kann +% aber die Linienbreite aller #2 global eingestellt werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The linewidth of the #1. This could be defined also with the +% generic \opt{linewidth} option. But this parameter allows setting +% globally the linewidth of all #2. +% \fi +% } +% +% \newcommand*{\deprecatedmsg}[2][3.0]{% +% \ifGERMAN Dieser Parameter ist seit Version #1 veraltet, verwenden Sie stattdessen #2. \fi +% \ifENGLISH This parameter is deprecated since version #1, use #2 instead.\fi +% } +% +% \newcommand*{\addtostylemsg}[1]{% +% \ifGERMAN Der vorhandene \Lstyle{#1}-Stil wird lokal um die Parameter in +% \prm{list} erweitert, \prm{list} muss mit geschweiften Klammern gekapselt +% werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The \Lstyle{#1} style is extended by locally adding the +% parameters contained in \prm{list}. The \prm{list} must be surrounded +% by curly braces. +% \fi +% } +% \newcommand*{\newstylemsg}[1]{% +% \ifGERMAN Ähnlich wie \Lkeyword{addto#1}, nur wird der +% \Lstyle{#1}-Stil mit den neuen Parametern überschrieben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Similar to \Lkeyword{addto#1}, but an existing +% \Lstyle{#1} style is overwritten with the new parameter set. +% \fi +% } +% +% \makeatletter +% \renewcommand\maketitle{^^A +% \thispagestyle{empty}^^A +% \begin{titlepage} +% \begin{pspicture}(1.6in,0.685in)(10,21.7) +% \psframe[fillstyle=solid,linecolor=lightgray,fillcolor=lightgray,linestyle=solid](0,-5.75)(21.5,10) +% \psframe[fillstyle=solid,linecolor=Orange!85!Red,fillcolor=Orange!85!Red,linestyle=solid](0,10)(21.5,10.5) +% \psframe[fillstyle=solid,linecolor=Orange!85!Red,fillcolor=Orange!85!Red,linestyle=solid](0,21.1)(21.5,21.2) +% \rput[lb](3,22){\Huge\sffamily\color{Orange!65!Red}\psscalebox{2}{\textbf{PSTricks}}} +% \rput[lb](3,14.1){\parbox{15cm}{\sffamily\RaggedRight\bfseries\huge\@title}} +% \rput[lb](3,7.6){\parbox{13cm}{\sffamily\@date}} +% \rput[lb](3,-2.6){\parbox[b]{17cm}{\sffamily\RaggedRight +% ~\hfill\makebox[7cm][l]{\ifGERMAN Paketautor:\fi\ifENGLISH Package author:\fi}\\ +% ~\hfill\makebox[7cm][l]{^^A +% \bfseries\tabular[t]{@{}l@{}}\@author\endtabular}}} +% \rput[C](11,4){\bgImage} +% \end{pspicture}^^A +% \end{titlepage}} +% \makeatother +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \title{\texttt{pst-optexp}\\ Optische Versuchsaufbauten\\[0.5ex] \small \fileversion} +% \hypersetup{pdftitle={Optische Versuchsaufbauten}} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \title{\texttt{pst-optexp}\\ Drawing optical experimental setups\\[0.5ex] \small \fileversion} +% \hypersetup{pdftitle={Optical experimental setups}} +% \fi +% \author{Christoph Bersch} +% \date{\filedate} +% \def\bgImage{\psset{unit=1.3} +% \begin{pspicture}(-0.2,0.1)(8.2,5.3) +% \pnode(0,3){M1} +% \pnode(8,3){M2} +% \pnode(8,0.5){In} +% \pnode(6.5,0.5){Min} +% \pnode(6.5,3){Pin} +% \pnode(4.5,3){Min2} +% \pnode(1.3, 0.5){Mout} +% \pnode(1.3,3){Pout} +% \pnode(3.5,3){Mout2} +% \pnode(0,0.5){Out} +% \definecolor[ps]{bl}{rgb}{tx@addDict begin Red Green Blue end} +% \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=bl, linejoin=1} +% \psset{mirrortype=extended, mirrordepth=0.15} +% \newpsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{linestyle=none, hatchwidth=0.5\pslinewidth, hatchsep=1.2\pslinewidth, +% fillstyle=hlines} +% \begin{optexp} +% \mirror[mirrorwidth=4, mirrorradius=11.](M2)(M1)(M2) +% \mirror[mirrorwidth=4, mirrorradius=10.4](M1)(M2)(M1) +% \mirror(In)(Min)(Pin) +% \optprism[n=1.85, addtoOptComp={linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth}](Min)(Pin)(Min2) +% \mirror[compshift=-0.4](Pin)(Min2)(Pin) +% \mirror[compshift=0.4](Pout)(Mout2)(Pout) +% \optprism[n=1.85, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth](Mout2)(Pout)(Mout) +% \mirror(Pout)(Mout)(Out) +% \multido{\i=0+1}{40}{^^A +% \pstVerb{^^A +% \i\space 650 400 sub 39 div mul 400 add +% tx@addDict begin wavelengthToRGB end }^^A +% \drawbeam[n={-0.002 \i\space mul n add}]{(In)}{3-5}{2}{1}{6-7} +% }^^A +% \newpsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=red} +% \backlayer{\psline[style=Beam,ArrowInside=->, linewidth=2\pslinewidth, arrowinset=0](In)(\oenodeIn{3})(\oenodeOut{4})} +% \drawbeam[linewidth=2\pslinewidth, arrows=->, arrowinset=0, loadbeampoints, beaminsidefirst, n=1.9325]{7-8}{(Out)} +% \end{optexp} +% \rput(4,4.5){^^A +% \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!70](-0.1, -0.6)(0.1, 0.7) +% \multido{\r=-0.5+0.1}{12}{^^A +% \psline[linewidth=0.5\pslinewidth](-0.1,\r)(0.1,\r) +% }^^A +% } +% \end{pspicture}} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% \clearpage +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \chapter{Einführung} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \chapter{Introduction} +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Ãœber das Paket} +% +% \LPack{pst-optexp} ist ein PSTricks-Paket zum Skizzieren optischer +% Versuchsaufbauten. Dafür werden viele unterschiedliche Freistrahl- und +% Faserkomponenten bereitgestellt, deren Ausrichtung, Positionierung und +% Beschriftung einfach und flexibel eingestellt werden kann. Die Komponenten +% können dann mit Fasern oder Lichtstrahlen verbunden werden, wobei auch +% realistische Strahlengänge mit Raytracing möglich sind. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{About the package} +% The package \LPack{pst-optexp} is a collection of optical components that +% facilitate easy sketching of optical experimental setups. A lot of different +% free-ray and fiber components are provided, which alignment, positioning and +% labelling can be achieved in very simple and flexible ways. The components +% can be connected with fibers or beams, realistic raytraced beam paths are +% also possible. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Anforderungen} +% \LPack{pst-optexp} Version 3.0 benötigt \LaTeX{} und aktuelle Versionen der +% Pakete \LPack{pst-node}, \LPack{pstricks-add}, \LPack{multido}, +% \LPack{pst-eucl} und \LPack{environ}. +% +% Alle PSTricks-Pakete machen regen Gebrauch von der Postscript-Sprache, so +% dass der typische Arbeitsfluss \opt{latex}, \opt{dvips} und +% ggf. \opt{ps2pdf} umfasst. Es gibt viele alternative Methoden um die +% Dokumente zu +% kompilieren.\fnurl{http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{Requirements} +% \LPack{pst-optexp} version 3.0 requires \LaTeX{} and recent versions of +% \LPack{pst-node}, \LPack{multido}, \LPack{pstricks-add}, +% \LPack{pst-eucl}, and \LPack{environ}. +% +% All PSTricks package rely heavily on the Postscript language so that the +% typical workflow involves \opt{latex}, \opt{dvips}, and \opt{ps2pdf}. Of +% course there are several alternative ways to compile your +% documents.\fnurl{http://tug.org/PSTricks/main.cgi?file=pdf/pdfoutput} +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Verbreitung und Installation} +% Dieses Paket ist auf +% CTAN\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-optexp.html} +% erhältlich und in \TeX Live and MiK\TeX{} enthalten. +% +% Das \LPack{pst-optexp}-Paket umfasst die zwei Hauptdateien +% \texttt{pst-optexp.ins} und \texttt{pst-optexp.dtx}. Durch Aufrufen +% von \texttt{tex pst-optexp.ins} werden die beiden folgenden +% Dateien erzeugt: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{pst-optexp.pro}: die Postscript Prologdatei +% \item \texttt{pst-optexp.sty}: die \LaTeX{} Stildatei +% \end{itemize} +% Speichern Sie diese Dateien in einem Verzeichnis der Teil Ihres +% lokalen \TeX-Baums ist. +% +% Vergessen Sie nicht \texttt{texhash} aufzurufen um den Baum zu +% aktualisieren. MiK\TeX{}-Benutzer müssen die Dateinamen-Datenbank +% (FNDB) aktualisieren. +% +% Detailliertere Information finden Sie in der Dokumentation Ihrer +% \LaTeX-Distribution über die Installation in den lokalen +% \TeX{}-Baum. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{Distribution and installation} +% This package is available on +% CTAN\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-optexp.html} and +% is included in \TeX Live and MiK\TeX. +% +% The \LPack{pst-optexp} package consists of the two main files +% \texttt{pst-optexp.ins} and \texttt{pst-optexp.dtx}. By running \texttt{tex +% pst-optexp.ins} the following derived files are generated: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \texttt{pst-optexp.pro}: the Postscript prolog file +% \item \texttt{pst-optexp.sty}: the \LaTeX{} style file +% \end{itemize} +% Save the files in a directory which is part of your local \TeX{} tree. +% +% Do not forget to run \texttt{texhash} to update this tree. For MiK\TeX{} +% users, do not forget to update the file name database (FNDB). +% +% For more detailed information see the documentation of your personal +% \LaTeX{} distribution on installing packages to your local \TeX{} +% system. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Lizenz}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{License}\fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Es wird die Erlaubnis gewährt, dieses Dokument zu kopieren, zu verteilen +% und\slash oder zu modifizieren, unter den Bestimmungen der \LaTeX{} Project +% Public License, Version +% 1.3c.\fnurl{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}. Dieses +% Paket wird vom Autor betreut (author-maintained). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Permission is granted +% to copy, distribute and\slash or modify this software under the terms of the +% \LaTeX{} Project Public License, version +% 1.3c.\fnurl{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} This +% package is author-maintained. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Abwärtskompatibilität} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{Backward compatibility} +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN In Version 3.0 wurde dem Paket erheblich fortgeschrittenere +% Funktionalität hinzugefügt, die es zu schwierig machte zur +% Vorgängerversion 2.1 vollständig abwärtskompatibel zu +% bleiben. Insbesondere war die Funktionsweise des \Lcs{drawbeam} +% Makros grundlegend falsch konzipiert, so dass ein Wechsel zur neuen +% Funktionalität so schnell wie möglich erfolgen sollte. +% +% Eine genauere Zusammenstellung der nicht-kompatiblen Änderungen und Hinweise +% zur Migration von älteren Dokumenten finden Sie in \prettyref{sec:bwd-comp}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Version 3.0 introduced a lot of advanced features which made it too difficult +% to maintain full backward compatibility with version 2.1. Especially the +% \Lcs{drawbeam} macro was broken by design, so that it was best to drop the old +% flaw as early as possible. +% +% You find a more detailled list of changes and information for migration of old +% documents in \prettyref{sec:bwd-comp}. +% \fi +% +% \section{Notation}\label{sec:notation} +% \ifGERMAN +% Die meisten Parametertypen, die im Laufe des Dokuments verwendet werden, sind +% selbsterklärend, andere bedürfen einer genaueren Erläuterung (z.B. der +% Unterschied zwischen \prm{num} und \prm{psnum}). \prettyref{tab:paramref} +% erklärt die geläufigsten Typen. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Often the parameter types are self-explanatory, but in some cases a clear +% distinction is needed, e.g. between \prm{num} and +% \prm{psnum}. \prettyref{tab:paramref} explains some commonly used types. +% \fi +% +% \begin{table}\centering +% \begin{tabularx}{0.9\linewidth}{>{\itshape}lX} \toprule +% Name & \ifENGLISH description\fi\ifGERMAN Beschreibung\fi\\ \midrule +% num & \ifENGLISH float number\fi\ifGERMAN Gleitkommazahl\fi \\ +% psnum & \ifENGLISH Postscript code which evaluates to a number\fi +% \ifGERMAN Postscript-Kode der zu einer Zahl auswertet\fi\\ +% int & \ifENGLISH integer number\fi\ifGERMAN Ganzzahl\fi\\ +% dimen & \ifENGLISH dimension\fi\ifGERMAN Länge\fi\\ +% psstyle & \ifENGLISH custom graphics parameter configuration defined with \Lcs*{newpsstyle}\fi +% \ifGERMAN Benutzerdefinierte Parameterkonfiguration definiert mit \Lcs*{newpsstyle}\fi\\ +% refpoint & \refpointexplanation\\ \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% \ifGERMAN +% \caption{Parametertypen die in den Parameterdefinitionen verwendet werden.} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \caption{Parameter types used in the parameter reference.} +% \fi +% \label{tab:paramref} +% \end{table} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Danksagung} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{Acknowledgements} +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Ich danke allen Aktiven auf der PSTricks-Mailingliste für ihre Hilfe, +% insbesondere Herbert Voß. Mein Dank gilt ebenfalls unterschiedlichen +% Paketautoren, von denen ich Code kopiert und viel gelernt habe: Florent +% Chervet, Rolf Niepraschk und Heiko Oberdiek. Christine Römer hat mich mit +% ihrem Artikel in der DTK\footnote{Pakete in Deutsch dokumentieren. in Die +% TeXnische Komödie. Heft 2/2011, S. 28-35.} überzeugt, ebenfalls eine deutsche +% Dokumentation bereitzustellen. Der Dokumentationsstil ist eine Mischung aus +% der \opt{pst-doc} Klasse (Herbert Voß) und dem \opt{ltxdockit} Paket für die +% \opt{biblatex} Dokumentation (Philipp Lehmann). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% I thank all the people of the PSTricks mailinglist for the continuous help, +% especially Herbert Voß. Thanks also to various package authors from which I +% learned and adopted code for this package, Florent Chervet, Rolf Niepraschk +% and Heiko Oberdiek. Christine Römer convinced my with her article in the +% german DTK\footnote{Pakete in Deutsch dokumentieren. in Die TeXnische +% Komödie. Heft 2/2011, S. 28-35.} to provide a german translation of the +% documentation. The documentation style is a mixture of the \opt{pst-doc} class +% (Herbert Voß) and the \opt{ltxdockit} package for the \opt{biblatex} +% documentation (Philipp Lehman). +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \chapter{Grundlegende Ideen} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \chapter{Basic ideas} +% \fi\label{chap:basics} +% +% \ifGERMAN Dieses Kapitel zeigt die grundlegenden Ideen und Konzepte, die in +% diesem Paket stecken. Anhand von elementaren Beispielen werden die +% Grundfunktionen wie Ausrichtung, Positionierung (\ref{sec:intro-comp}) und +% Beschriftung (\ref{sec:intro-label}) von Komponenten beschrieben. Anschließen +% wird deren Verbindung mit Strahlen (\ref{sec:intro-beam}) oder Fasern +% (\ref{sec:intro-fiber}) vorgestellt. +% +% In \prettyref{sec:step-by-step} wird Schritt für Schritt die angedachte +% Vorgehensweise für das Erstellen von umfassenden Experimentskizzen +% erläutert. Eine vollständige Referenz aller Makros und deren Parameter finden +% Sie in \prettyref{chap:generalparam}--\ref{chap:custom}. +% +% Ein Versuchsaufbau besteht aus Komponenten, die anhand ihrer Referenzknoten +% positioniert, verschoben und gedreht werden können und optional eine +% Beschriftung erhalten. Anschließen werden die Komponenten mit Lichtstrahlen +% oder Fasern verbunden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This chapter shows the basic ideas and concepts of this package. Starting with +% simple examples, basic functionality such as alignment, positioning +% (\ref{sec:intro-comp}) and labelling (\ref{sec:intro-label}) of components is +% presented. Following, the connection of components with beam rays +% (\ref{sec:intro-beam}) or fiber (\ref{sec:intro-fiber}) is demonstrated. +% +% In \prettyref{sec:step-by-step} several propositions for preparing large +% experimental sketches are illustrated step by step. For a complete reference +% of all macros and their parameters, see +% \prettyref{chap:generalparam}--\ref{chap:custom}. +% +% A drawing consists of components, which can be positioned, shifted and rotated +% based on their reference nodes, and may have an optional label. Then, the +% components are connected with beam rays or fibers. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Die Komponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{The components}\fi +% \label{sec:intro-comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN Eine Komponente wird anhand der Knoten, die bei ihrere Definition +% angegeben werden -- den Referenzknoten -- platziert. Im folgenden Beispiel +% wird eine Linse mittig auf die Verbindungslinie zwischen den Knoten +% \prm{A} und \prm{B} gesetzt: +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A component is positioned according to the nodes which are used for its +% definition---the reference nodes. In the following examples, the lens is +% placed centered between nodes \prm{A} and \prm{B}: +% \fi +%\iffalse +%<*ignore> +%\fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,6-6}] +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](0,-0.3)(3,2.3) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \lens(A)(B) + \psset{style=Refline}\color{Refline} + \psdot(A)\uput[90](A){A}\psdot(B)\uput[90](B){B} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +%\iffalse +%</ignore> +%\fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Positionierung kann anhand von unterschiedlichen Parametern, wie +% z.B. \Lkeyword{abspos} beinflusst werden (siehe dazu +% \prettyref{sec:positioning} und \prettyref{sec:rotshift}). Die Linse wird nun +% \opt{0.5} Einheiten entfernt vom Knoten \prm{A} platziert, die Box sitzt am +% Ende der Referenzlinie $\overline{AB}$. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This position can be changed with a number of parameters, such as +% \Lkeyword{abspos} (see \prettyref{sec:positioning} and +% \prettyref{sec:rotshift}). The lens is positioned \opt{0.5} units apart from +% node \prm{A}, the box is placed at the end of the reference line +% $\overline{AB}$. +% \fi +%\iffalse +%<*ignore> +%\fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{abspos, position}}, linerange={1-4,7-7}] +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](0,-0.3)(3,2.3) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(1.5,1){B} + \lens[abspos=0.5](A)(B) + \optbox[position=end](A)(B) + \psset{style=Refline}\color{Refline} + \psdot(A)\uput[90](A){A}\psdot(B)\uput[135](B){B} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +%\iffalse +%</ignore> +%\fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Die Komponenten lassen sich allgemein in zwei Kategorien +% unterteilen: Freistrahl- und Faserkomponenten. Diese unterscheiden sich in +% erster Linie bezüglich ihrer Verbindungsmöglichkeiten: Freistrahlkomponenten +% können sowohl mit Lichtstrahlen als auch mit Fasern verbunden werden, +% wohingegen Faserkomponenten nur Faserverbindungen erlauben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The components can be divided in two categories: free-ray and fiber +% components. These differ only in their connection possibilities: Free-ray +% components can have fiber or free-ray connections, whereas fiber components +% support fiber connections only. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Beschriftungen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Labels}\fi +% \label{sec:intro-label} +% +% \ifGERMAN Jede Komponente kann optional eine Beschriftung erhalten, die +% relativ zur Komponente platziert wird. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Every component can have an optional label, which is positioned +% relative to the component. +% \fi +%\iffalse +%<*ignore> +%\fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{labelangle, labelref, labeloffset}}, linerange={1-5,8-8}] +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](0,-0.3)(3,3.3) + \pnode(0,2.5){A}\pnode(2,2.5){B}\pnode(2,1.5){C} + \mirror[labelangle=-45](A)(B)(C){M} + \optbox[position=start, labeloffset=0, labelref=relative](C)(B){box} + \drawbeam{(A)}{1}{2} + \psset{style=Refline}\color{Refline} + \psdot(A)\uput[90](A){A}\psdot(B)\uput[-135](B){B}\psdot(C)\uput[45](C){C} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +%\iffalse +%</ignore> +%\fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Freistrahl-Verbindungen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Free-ray connections}\fi +% \label{sec:intro-beam} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Freistrahlkomponenten können mit Lichtstrahlen verbunden werden, deren Weg mit +% Raytracing berechnet werden kann. Da es sich um ein Paket zum +% \emph{Skizzieren} experimenteller Aufbauten handelt, werde hier trotz der +% realistischen Berechnungen viele Möglichkeiten offen gehalten den Strahlengang +% zu manipulieren. +% +% Im einfachsten Fall wird eine einzelne Linie gezeichnet, deren optischer Weg +% über den Brechungsindex \Lkeyword{n} und das Snelliussche Brechungsgesetz +% bestimmt wird. +% +% Das Beispiel zeigt zwei Strahlen, die mit unterschiedlichen Anfangsbedingungen +% auf die Linse treffen, der rote Strahl startet mit einem Abstand von \opt{0.2} +% von der optischen Achse (\Lkeyword{beampos}) und wird entsprechend von der +% Linse abgelenkt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Free-ray components can be connected with beam rays, which path can be +% calculated by raytracing. Besides the realistic tracing possibilities, there +% are many ways to manipulate the beam paths because you are dealing with a +% package for \emph{sketching} experimental setups. +% +% In the simplest case a single line is drawn, which optical path is determined +% by the refractive index \Lkeyword{n} and Snell's law. +% +% The example shows two beams which hit the lens with different initial +% conditions. The red beam starts at a distance of \opt{0.2} from the optical +% axis (\Lkeyword{beampos}) and is deflected by the lens accordingly. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(3,2.3) + \pnode(1.5,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B) + \lens[n=2](A)(B) + \drawbeam{1}{2}{(B)} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.2, linecolor=red]{1}{2}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Die Strahlen können mit beliebigen Strichlierungen und Pfeilen +% dekoriert werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The beams can be decorated with arbitrary dashs and arrows. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(3,2.3) + \pnode(1.5,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B) + \lens[n=2](A)(B) + \drawbeam[beamangle=10, ArrowInside=->, arrows=-|, beaminside=false]{1}{2}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Ebenfalls können ausgedehnte Strahlen gezeichnet werden deren +% Randstrahlen mit \Lkeyword*{linestyle} etc. und deren Füllung über +% \Lkeyword*{fillstyle} geändert werden können. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH You can also draw wide beams. The marginal rays can be changed with +% \Lkeyword*{linestyle} etc. and the filling with \Lkeyword*{fillstyle} etc. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(3,2.3) + \pnode(1.5,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B) + \lens[n=2](A)(B) + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green!40]{1}{2}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Die Strahlen können auch hinter die Komponenten gelegt werden. Dafür +% müssen alle beteiligten Komponenten und Strahlen in eine +% \Lenv{optexp}-Umgebung gepackt werden (vergleiche das folgende Beispiel mit +% dem vorangegangenen). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The beams can also lay behind the components. For this you must +% enclose all respective components and rays in a \Lenv{optexp} environment +% (compare the previous example with the following one). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(3,2.3) + \pnode(1.5,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B) + \lens[n=2](A)(B) + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green!40]{1}{2}{(B)} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Faserverbindungen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Fiber connections}\fi +% \label{sec:intro-fiber} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine andere Möglichkeit, Komponenten zu verbinden, sind Fasern +% (\Lcs{drawfiber}). Hiermit bestehen weitreichende Möglichkeiten die Fasern +% automatisch an die Komponentenausrichtung anzupassen. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Fibers (\Lcs{drawfiber}) are another possibility of connecting +% components. Here, you have several way of automatically adapting the fiber +% connection to the component alignment. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(3,3.3) + \pnode(1,2.5){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B} + \psset{optboxsize=1 0.6} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B|A) + \optbox[position=end](B|A)(B) + \drawfiber{1}{2} + \drawfiber[linecolor=blue, ncurv=1.2]{1}{2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Ãœblicherweise werden Fasern mit einer \Lcs*{nccurve}-Verbindung +% gezeichnet, jede andere Knotenverbindung ist aber ebenfalls möglich +% (\Lkeyword{fiberstyle}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Usually, the fibers are drawn as \Lcs*{nccurve} connections, other +% node connections are possible as well (\Lkeyword{fiberstyle}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(3,3.3) + \pnode(1,2.5){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B} + \psset{optboxsize=1 0.6} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B|A) + \optbox[position=end](B|A)(B) + \drawfiber[fiberstyle=angle, linearc=0.5]{1}{2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \newpage +% \ifGERMAN\section{Schritt-für-Schritt-Beispiele}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Step-by-step examples}\fi +% \label{sec:step-by-step} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \subsection{Freistrahlaufbau} +% In diesem ersten Beispiel werden alle Komponenten auf eine Verbindungslinie +% verteilt und mit einem Strahl verbunden. +% +% Zuerst werden Anfangsknoten \prm{A} und Endknoten \prm{B} definiert. Die erste +% \Lcs{optbox} wird an den Anfang platziert, die Wellenplatte und der +% Polarisator werden innerhalb der Verbindungslinie positioniert. Der Parameter +% \Lkeyword{position} erwartet Werte zwischen \opt{0} und \opt{1}, die relativ +% zur Länge der Verbindungslinie sind, oder \opt{start}/\opt{end}. Der Detektor +% wird immer an das Ende der Linie gesetzt. +% +% Zuletzt werden alle Komponenten mit einem einfachen Lichtstrahl verbunden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% In this first example, all components are distributed on a single line and +% connected with a beam. +% +% First we define the start node \prm{A} and the stop node \prm{B}. The first +% \Lcs{optbox} is positioned at the start, the wave plate and the polarizer are +% positioned between the nodes. The parameter \Lkeyword{position} expects a +% value between \opt{0} and \opt{1} which is relative to the length of the +% reference line, or \opt{start}/\opt{end}. The detector is always positioned at +% the end of its reference line. +% +% Finally, all components are connected with a simple beam ray. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begingroup +\catcode`\*=13 +\def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-7,10-10}] +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4,2) + \pnode(1,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[position=start, optboxwidth=1.2, labeloffset=0](A)(B){Laser} + \optretplate[position=0.3](A)(B){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} + \optplate[position=0.7](A)(B){pol} + \optdetector[dettype=diode](A)(B){PD} + \drawbeam{1}{2}{3}{4} + \psset{style=Refline, dotscale=1.5}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) + \uput[45](A){\color{Refline}A}\uput[135](B){\color{Refline}B} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Galilei-Fernrohr}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Galilean telescope}\fi +% \label{ex:galileo} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Im Folgenden wird ein sehr einfacher Aufbau mit einer konkaven und +% einer konvexen Linse schrittweise erläutert. +% +% Zuerst werden die Referenzknoten \prm{A} und \prm{B} definiert, die für die +% Ausrichtung der Komponenten verwendet werden. Zur besseren Ãœbersicht werden +% beide Knoten gekennzeichnet, desweiteren dient ein Koordinatengitter der +% Orientierung. +% +% Die erste Linse soll konkav gekrümmte Grenzflächen haben. Mit +% \Lkeyword{lensradius} werden die Radien der linken und rechten Fläche auf +% negative Werte gesetzt, was eine konkave Krümmung ergibt. Die Linse wird mit +% \Lkeyword{abspos} eine Einheit vom \prm{A}-Knoten entfernt positioniert. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This example describes a simple setup with a concave and a convex lens and the +% raytracing through them. +% +% First, we define the reference nodes \prm{A} and \prm{B} which are used for +% alignment of the components. For better overview, these nodes are highlighted +% and a grid is drawn. +% +% The first lens should have concave interfaces. With \Lkeyword{lensradius} the +% interface radii are set to negative values, which correspond to concave +% curvatures. With \Lkeyword{abspos} the lens is positioned one unit from +% \prm{A} node. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begingroup +\catcode`\*=13 +\def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-4,6-6}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(5,2.3) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3.5,1){B}*\OFF* + \lens[lensradius=-0.7, + abspos=1](A)(B){concave}*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +\endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die zweite Linse bekommt eine konvexe Krümmung (\Lkeyword{lensradius} +% ist positiv) und wird \opt{2.6} Einheiten von \prm{A} +% positioniert. Die Linsenhöhe wird mit \Lkeyword{lensheight} +% eingestellt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The second lens has a convex curvature (\Lkeyword{lensradius} is positive) and +% is positioned \opt{2.6} units apart from \prm{A}. Parameter +% \Lkeyword{lensheight} sets the total height of the lens. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begingroup +\catcode`\*=13 +\def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-6,9-9}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(5,2.3) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3.5,1){B} + \lens[lensradius=-0.7, + abspos=1](A)(B){concave}*\OFF* + \lens[lensradius=2.3, lensheight=1.3, + abspos=2.6](A)(B){convex}*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) + \uput[45](A){\color{Refline}A}\uput[135](B){\color{Refline}B} +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +\endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Lichtstrahlen sollen auf einer CCD-Kamera enden, die mit einer +% \Lcs{optbox} gezeichnet wird. Mit \Lkeyword{position}\opt{=end} wird die Box +% ans Ende der Referenzlinie von \prm{A} nach \prm{B} gesetzt, die +% Beschriftung wird mit \Lkeyword{labeloffset} in die Mitte der Komponente +% gelegt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The beam rays are supposed to end at the CCD camera which is drawn as a +% \Lcs{optbox}. With \Lkeyword{position}\opt{=end} the box is positioned at +% the end of the reference line from \prm{A} to \prm{B}. The label is put at +% the center of the component with \Lkeyword{labeloffset}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begingroup +\catcode`\*=13 +\def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-7,10-10}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](0,-0.3)(5,2.3) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3.5,1){B} + \lens[lensradius=-0.7, + abspos=1](A)(B){concave} + \lens[lensradius=2.3, lensheight=1.3, + abspos=2.6](A)(B){convex}*\OFF* + \optbox[position=end, labeloffset=0](A)(B){CCD}*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) + \uput[45](A){\color{Refline}A}\uput[135](B){\color{Refline}B} +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +\endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Zum Schluß wird ein aufgeweiteter Strahl mit einer Strahlbreite von \opt{0.2} +% und ohne anfängliche Divergenz durch die Komponenten geschickt. Der +% Strahlengang wird mittels Raytracing berechnet. Die Linsenparameter in diesem +% Beispiel wurden so gewählt das bei kollimiertem Eingangsstrahl der +% Ausgangsstrahl ebenfalls kollimiert ist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Finally, a wide beam with an initial beam width of \opt{0.2} without +% divergence is sent through the components. The beam path is calculated by +% raytracing. The lens parameters in this example were set such, that for a +% collimated input beam also the output beam is collimated. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begingroup +\catcode`\*=13 +\def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}(5,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3.5,1){B} + \lens[lensradius=-0.7, + abspos=1](A)(B){concave} + \lens[lensradius=2.3, lensheight=1.3, + abspos=2.6](A)(B){convex} + \optbox[position=end, labeloffset=0](A)(B){CCD}*\OFF* + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2]{(A)}{1}{2}{3}*\ON* +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +\endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Aussehen des Lichtstrahls wird über den \Lstyle{Beam}-Stil +% eingestellt, und kann z.B. mit einer halbtransparenten Füllung +% versehen werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The appearance of the beam can be changed via the \Lstyle{Beam} style, and may +% have a e.g. semitransparent fill pattern. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begingroup +\catcode`\*=13 +\def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}(5,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3.5,1){B} + \lens[lensradius=-0.7, + abspos=1](A)(B){concave} + \lens[lensradius=2.3, lensheight=1.3, + abspos=2.6](A)(B){convex} + \optbox[position=end, labeloffset=0](A)(B){CCD}*\OFF* + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{fillstyle=solid, + fillcolor=green, opacity=0.2} + *\ON*\drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2]{(A)}{1}{2}{3} +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +\endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Faseraufbau}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Fiber setup}\fi +% \label{ex:fiber-setup} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Dieses Beispiel zeigt, wie ein faseroptischer Aufbau mit automatisch +% gezeichneten Faserverbindungen konstruiert werden kann. +% +% Auch hier werden die Referenzknoten zur besseren Orientierung +% eingezeichnet. Im Gegensatz zum vorhergehenden Beispiel benötigen wir +% mehr Referenzknoten, da die Faserkomponenten direkt mit diesen +% verbunden werden. +% +% Der Laser wird wieder an den Anfang gesetzt. Der Abstand +% der Beschriftung wird mit dem Parameter \Lkeyword{label} eingestellt, +% mit dem alle Beschriftungsparameter gesammelt eingestellt werden +% können. Da eine \Lcs{optbox} sowohl als Freistrahl- als auch als +% Faserkomponente verwendet werden kann, wird in der Standardeinstellung +% keine Faser gezeichnet, was mit \Lkeyword{fiber} geändert werden +% kann. Die Breite dieser und aller folgenden \Lcs{optbox} wird auf +% \opt{0.7} geändert. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This example shows how to setup a fiber drawing with automatic fiber +% connections. +% +% Again, the reference nodes are shown for better orientation. In contrast to +% the previous example, here, we need more reference nodes because the +% components are connected directly with them. +% +% The laser is set at the start. The label offset is set with the +% \Lkeyword{label} parameter, which would allow setting all label parameters at +% once. A \Lcs{optbox} is originally a free-ray component, so that for it the +% fiber connection must be enabled with \Lkeyword{fiber}. The width of all +% \Lcs{optbox} is changed to \opt{0.7}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +% \begingroup +% \catcode`\*=13 +% \def*{}% +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-5,7-7}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4.7,2) + \pnode(0.7,1){A}\pnode(1,1){B}\pnode(2.8,1){C} + \pnode(4,1.5){D}\pnode(4,0.5){E}*\OFF* + \psset{optboxwidth=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize} + \optbox[position=start, label=0, fiber](A)(B){LD}*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B)\psdot(C)\psdot(D)\psdot(E) +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Als nächstes wird ein Mach-Zehnder-Modulator ohne Beschriftung gezeichnet, der +% automatisch mit Fasern mit seinen Referenzknoten verbunden wird. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The Mach--Zehner modulator is drawn without label and connected +% automatically with fibers to its reference nodes. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-6,8-8}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4.7,2) + \pnode(0.7,1){A}\pnode(1,1){B}\pnode(2.8,1){C} + \pnode(4,1.5){D}\pnode(4,0.5){E} + \psset{optboxwidth=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize} + \optbox[position=start, label=0, fiber](A)(B){LD}*\OFF* + \optmzm(B)(C)*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B)\psdot(C)\psdot(D)\psdot(E) +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Danach wird ein Faserkoppler mit einem Eingang und zwei Ausgängen +% gezeichnet. Der Koppler wird zwischen dem Eingangsknoten und dem +% Mittelpunkt der beiden Ausgangsknoten ausgerichtet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Then, we draw a fiber coupler with one input and two output +% fibers. The coupler is positioned between the input node and the center of the +% two output nodes. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, linerange={1-7,9-9}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid=true](4.7,2) + \pnode(0.7,1){A}\pnode(1,1){B}\pnode(2.8,1){C} + \pnode(4,1.5){D}\pnode(4,0.5){E} + \psset{optboxwidth=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize} + \optbox[position=start, label=0, fiber](A)(B){LD} + \optmzm(B)(C)*\OFF* + \wdmsplitter(C)(D)(E){50\%}*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B)\psdot(C)\psdot(D)\psdot(E) +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% An die Enden des Kopplers wird ein optischer Spektrumanalysator (OSA) und eine +% Leistungsmessgerät (PD) gesetzt. Der \Lcs{optdetector} wird immer ans Ende der +% Referenzlinie gesetzt (\Lkeyword{position}\opt{=end}). Diese beiden +% Komponenten werden ohne weitere Einstellungen ohne Faserverbindungen +% gezeichnet. Das passt, da ihre jeweiligen Endpunkte mit den Ausgängen des +% Kopplers zusammenfallen. +% +% Die Schreibweise \opt{(A|E)} nimmt die $x$-Koordinate von \prm{A} und die +% $y$-Koordinate von \prm{E}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% At the ends of the coupler we put an optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) and a +% power meter (PD). The \Lcs{optdetector} is always set at the end of the +% reference line, it has \Lkeyword{position} fixed to \opt{end}. These two +% components are drawn without fibers, because their end nodes coincide with the +% two outputs of the coupler. +% +% The notation \opt{(A|E)} uses the $x$-coordinate of \prm{A} and the +% $y$-coordinate of \prm{E}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, caption={caption}, linerange={1-9,11-11}] +*\ON*\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4.7,2) + \pnode(0.7,1){A}\pnode(1,1){B}\pnode(2.8,1){C} + \pnode(4,1.5){D}\pnode(4,0.5){E} + \psset{optboxwidth=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize} + \optbox[position=start, label=0, fiber](A)(B){LD} + \optmzm(B)(C) + \wdmsplitter[abspos=0.3, label=0.4](C)(D)(E){50\%}*\OFF* + \optbox[position=end, label=0](A|D)(D){OSA} + \optdetector(A|E)(E){PD}*\ON* + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B)\psdot(C)\psdot(D)\psdot(E) +\end{pspicture}*\OFF* +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Faseraufbau (Alternative)}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Fiber setup (alternative)}\fi +% \label{ex:fiber-setup-alt} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Dieses Beispiel ist vom Ergebnis her identisch mit dem vorangegangenen +% (\prettyref{ex:fiber-setup}), wird aber anders angegangen. +% +% Hier verwenden wir nicht die automatischen Faserverbindungen sondern zeichnen, +% wie bei Freistrahlaufbauten, zuerst die Komponenten und verbinden diese zum +% Schluß explizit mit Fasern (\Lcs{drawfiber}). Daher benötigen wir weniger +% Referenzknoten, die Faserverbindungen werden mit \Lkeyword{fiber}\opt{=none} +% global unterdrückt. +% +% Welche Herangehensweise verwendet wird ist meistens Geschmackssache, bei +% Ringstrukturen wie z.B. Faserlasern kann das nachträgliche Verbinden mit +% \Lcs{drawfiber} von Vorteil sein. +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% This example has the same result as the previous one +% (\prettyref{ex:fiber-setup}), but is constructed differently. +% +% This time we do not use the automatic fiber connections, but draw all +% components first and connect them afterwards with fibers +% (\Lcs{drawfiber}). This requires less reference nodes, the fiber connections +% are suppressed globally with \Lkeyword{fiber}\opt{=none}. +% +% The choice of the procedure depends on personal preferences, for loop setups, +% like for fiber lasers, it looks better if the fibers are drawn after the +% components with \Lcs{drawfiber}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, caption={caption}, linerange={1-10,13-13}] +\begin{pspicture}[showgrid](4.9,2) + \pnode(0.7,1){A}\pnode(4,1){B} + \psset{optboxwidth=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize, fiber=none} + \optbox[position=start, labeloffset=0](A)(B){LD} + \optmzm[abspos=1.1](A)(B) + \wdmsplitter[abspos=2.25, label=0.4](A)(B)(B){50\%} + \optbox[position=end,label=0, compshift=0.5](A)(B){OSA} + \optdetector[compshift=-0.5](A)(B){PD} + \drawfiber{1}{2}{3}{4} + \drawfiber{3}{5} + \psset{style=Refline}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) + \color{Refline}\uput[45](A){A}\uput[135](B){B} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \newpage +% \subsection{Michelson-Interferometer} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \subsection{Michelson-Interferometer} +% \fi +% \label{ex:michelson} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% In diesem Beispiel werden neben Linsen auch reflektierende Elemente +% (Spiegel) eingesetzt sowie Elemente, die sowohl transmittieren als +% auch reflektieren (Strahlteiler). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% In this example we use lenses, reflective elements (mirrors) and components +% which can be either transmittive or reflective (beamsplitter). +% \fi +% +% \begingroup +% \catcode`\*=13 +% \def*{}% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[style=example, hsep=8mm, numbers=left, numberstyle=\footnotesize, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.2,5) + \pnode(0,3){A}\pnode(1,3){BS}\pnode(3,3){M1}*\label{l:ex2-nodes1}* + \pnode(1,5){M2}\pnode(1,1){PD}*\label{l:ex2-nodes2}* + \psset{mirrortype=extended, mirrordepth=0.2}*\label{l:ex2-set}* + \begin{optexp}*\label{l:ex2-begin}* + \beamsplitter[bsstyle=plate, compname=BS](A)(BS)(PD)*\label{l:ex2-bs}* + \mirror[compname=M1](BS)(M1)(BS)*\label{l:ex2-m1}* + \mirror[compname=M2, variable](BS)(M2)(BS)*\label{l:ex2-m2}* + \lens[compname=L](BS)(PD)*\label{l:ex2-l}* + \optdetector[compname=Det, dettype=diode](BS)(PD)*\label{l:ex2-det}* + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beamwidth=0.2, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green!20!white}*\label{l:ex2-style}* + \drawwidebeam{(A)}{BS}{M1}{BS}{M2}{BS}{L}{Det}*\label{l:ex2-beam}* + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \endgroup +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Wir beginnen wieder, indem wir die Referenzknoten definieren +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-nodes1}--\ref{l:ex2-nodes2}) und ein paar +% grundlegende Einstellungen setzen (\prettyref{l:ex2-set}). +% +% Dann werden der Reihe nach alle Komponenten platziert +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-bs}--\ref{l:ex2-det}). Die reflektierenden benötigen +% drei Referenzknoten: den Eingangsknoten, den Knoten an dem die +% reflektierende Grenzfläche ist und den Ausgangsknoten. Anschließend +% wird noch das Aussehen des Lichtstrahls festgelegt +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-style}) und der Strahl gezeichnet +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-beam}). +% +% Diese Mal haben wir den Komponenten Namen gegeben (\Lkeyword{compname}) die +% beim Raytracing anstelle der IDs -- der automatisch vergebenen Nummern -- +% verwendet werden können. Dies kann die Nachverfolgung des Strahlengangs +% erleichtern. +% +% Alle Komponenten und Strahlen wurden zusätzlich in eine +% \Lenv{optexp}-Umgebung gekapselt. Innerhalb dieser werden alle +% Lichtstrahlen hinter die Komponenten gelegt, sodass diese nicht +% verdeckt werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% We start with definition of the reference nodes +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-nodes1}--\ref{l:ex2-nodes2}) and setting some basic +% parameters (\prettyref{l:ex2-set}). +% +% Following, all components are positioned +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-bs}--\ref{l:ex2-det}). The reflective ones need three +% reference nodes, the input node, the node where the reflective interface is +% situated, and the output node. Then, the appearance of the beam is set +% (\prettyref{l:ex2-style}), and the beam is drawn (\prettyref{l:ex2-beam}). +% +% In this example, all components have a name (\Lkeyword{compname}), which can +% be used instead of the numerical IDs---automatically assigned, unique +% numbers---for the raytracing. This can simplify follwing the beam path. +% +% All components and beams are enclosed in a \Lenv{optexp} environment. Inside +% of this, all beams are drawn behind the components. +% \fi +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Allgemeine Komponentenparameter}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{General component parameters}\fi +% \label{chap:generalparam} +% +% \ifGERMAN Dieses Kapitel enthält alle Informationen zu allgemeinen Parametern +% und Konzepten. Das beinhaltet das Setzen von Beschriftungen +% (\ref{sec:labels}), Positionierung (\ref{sec:positioning}), Drehen und +% Verschieben von Komponenten (\ref{sec:rotshift}) und Anpassen der Aussehens +% (\ref{sec:styles} und \ref{sec:appearance}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH This chapter introduces generic parameters and concepts such as +% labels (\ref{sec:labels}), positioning (\ref{sec:positioning}), rotating and +% shifting of components (\ref{sec:rotshift}) and changing the appearance of +% components (\ref{sec:styles} and \ref{sec:appearance}). +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Beschriftungen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Labels}\fi +% \label{sec:labels} +% +% \ifGERMAN Alle Komponenten können mit einer Beschriftung versehen werden, +% deren Position und Ausrichtung genau angepasst werden kann. Die Beschriftung +% ist für jede Komponente optional. Sollten die vielfältigen Parameter nicht +% ausreichend sein, können Sie den Beschriftungsknoten -- in einigen Beispielen +% mit einem roten Punkt gekennzeichnet -- auch direkt verwenden (siehe auch +% \prettyref{sec:labelnode}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH All components may have a label which position and alignment can be +% adjusted at will. The label is optional for every component. If the various +% parameters are not sufficient, you can access the label node---marked as red +% dot in some examples---directly (see also \prettyref{sec:labelnode}). +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.8]{labeloffset} +% \ifGERMAN Der Abstand des Referenzknotens für die Beschriftung (roter Punkt) zur Komponentenmitte (blaues Kreuz).\fi +% \ifENGLISH The offset of the label reference node (red dot) from the component +% center (blue cross).\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-2,6-6}, morekeywords={[21]{labeloffset}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.8) + \optbox[beam, labeloffset=1](0,1.5)(3,0.8){label} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{}) + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeLabel{}) + \ncline[arrows=<->, style=Refline, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5]{\oenodeCenter{}}{\oenodeLabel{}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \valitem{labelstyle}{macros} +% \ifGERMAN Der Schriftstil der Beschriftungen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The text style that is used to typeset the label.\fi +% +% \valitem[c]{labelalign}{refpoint} +% \ifGERMAN Definiert die Ausrichtung der Beschriftung bezüglich des +% Beschriftungsknotens. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Defines the alignment of the label relative to the label node. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,6-6}, morekeywords={[21]{labeloffset, labelalign}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.8) + \psset{beam, labeloffset=1} + \optbox[labelalign=bl](0,1.5)(3,0.8){label} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{}) + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeLabel{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \numitem[0]{labelangle} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Rotationswinkel des Beschriftungsknotens um die Mitte. Der Nullpunkt hängt +% sowohl von der jeweiligen Komponenten und dem gewählten Referenzsystem ab +% (siehe \Lkeyword{labelref}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The rotation angle of the label node around the component center. The origin +% depends both on the component and the choosen reference system (see +% \Lkeyword{labelref}). +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-2,4-6,27-27}, morekeywords={[21]{labelangle}}] +\begin{pspicture}(-0.3,0)(2,3.7) + \psset{labeloffset=1, optboxwidth=1, arrowscale=1.5, arrowinset=0} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox[position=end, labelangle=90](1,1)(1,2){Box} + \beamsplitter[labelangle=-90](1,2)(1,1)(2,1){BS} + \drawbeam[arrows=->]{1}{2}{(2,1)} + \frontlayer{% + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{1}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{2}) + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeLabel{1}) + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeLabel{2}) + } + \backlayer{% + \bgroup + \psset{style=Refline} + \psline(\oenodeCenter{2})([offset=-1]\oenodeCenter{2}) + \psline(\oenodeCenter{2})([Xnodesep=-1]\oenodeCenter{2}) + \psarc[arrows=<-](\oenodeCenter{2}){0.7}{180}{270} + \uput{0.9}[-135](\oenodeCenter{2}){\small $-90$\textdegree} + \psline(\oenodeCenter{1})([Xnodesep=1]\oenodeCenter{1}) + \psline(\oenodeCenter{1})([offset=1]\oenodeCenter{1}) + \psarc[arrows=->](\oenodeCenter{1}){0.7}{0}{90} + \uput{0.9}[45](\oenodeCenter{1}){\small $90$\textdegree} + \egroup + } + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[relgrav]{labelref}{relative, relgrav, global} +% \ifGERMAN +% Wählt das Bezugssystem für \Lkeyword{labelangle} und die Orientierung der +% Beschriftung. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Set the reference coordinate system for the \Lkeyword{labelangle} and the +% orientation of the label text. +% \fi +% +% \begin{valuelist} +% \item[relative] +% \ifGERMAN Die Beschriftung ist parallel zu der Referenzlinie der +% Komponente und der Winkel wird immer auf den Bereich zwischen $-90$° und +% $+90$° zurückgerechnet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The label is parallel to the component reference line and the +% actual angle is always projected to the range between $-90$° and $+90$°. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{labelref}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-2.2)(2,2.2) + \psset{position=end, optboxsize=1 0.6, labeloffset=0, labelref=relative} + \multido{\i=0+45}{8}{% + \optbox(0,0)(1;\i){\i} + } +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item[relgrav] +% \ifGERMAN Die Beschriftung ist immer horizontal, lediglich der +% Beschriftungsknoten wird zusammen mit der Komponente gedreht. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The label itself is always horizontal, only the label node is +% rotated together with the component. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{labelref}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-2.2)(2,2.2) + \psset{position=end, optboxsize=1 0.6, labelref=relgrav} + \multido{\i=0+72}{5}{% + \optbox(0,0)(1;\i){\i} + } +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item[global] +% \ifGERMAN Die Beschriftung ist unabhängig von der Komponentenausrichtung.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The label is independent of the component alignment.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{labelref}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-2.2)(2,2.2) + \psset{position=end, optboxsize=1 0.6, labelref=global} + \multido{\i=0+72}{5}{% + \optbox(0,0)(1;\i){\i} + } +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{valuelist} +% +% \optitem{label}{\prm{offset}[ \prm{angle}[ \prm{refpoint}[ \prm{labelref}]]]} +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Option erlaubt die kompakte Definition mehrerer +% Beschriftungsparameter. Es können bis zu vier Leerzeichen-getrennte +% Argumente übergeben werden (\Lkeyword{labeloffset}, +% \Lkeyword{labelangle}, \Lkeyword{labelalign} und +% \Lkeyword{labelref}). Mit einem Punkt kann eine Option übersprungen +% werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Allows compact definition of several label parameters. It takes up to +% four space-separated arguments (\Lkeyword{labeloffset}, +% \Lkeyword{labelangle}, \Lkeyword{labelalign}, and +% \Lkeyword{labelref}). Unchanged intermediate arguments can be +% skipped with a dot. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{label}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(4,3) + \psset{endbox, beam} + \optbox[label=0.7](1.5,2.5)(2.5,2.5){box} + \optbox[label=1 -45](1.5,1)(2.5,1){$-45$} + \optbox[label=0 . . relative]% + (0.6,0.6)(0.6,1.6){relative} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \choitem{innerlabel}{true} +% \ifGERMAN Das ist ein Alias für \opt{label=0 .\ .\ relative}\fi +% \ifENGLISH This is an alias for \opt{label=0 .\ .\ relative}\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Positionierung}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Positioning}\fi +% \label{sec:positioning} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Komponenten außer den Freistrahl-Dreipolen können zwischen ihren +% beiden Referenzknoten \Lcs{oenodeRefA} und \Lcs{oenodeRefB} +% positioniert werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% All components except for the free-ray tripoles can be positioned between +% their two reference nodes \Lcs{oenodeRefA} and \Lcs{oenodeRefB}. +% \fi +% \begin{optionlist} +% \choitem{position}{\prm{num},start,end} +% \ifGERMAN +% Ist der Wert eine Zahl, so wird damit die relative Position der Mitte eines +% Objektes (blaues Kreuz) bezüglich seiner beiden Referenzknoten (schwarze +% Punkte) gesetzt. Das ist äquivalent zum \Lkeyword*{npos} Parameter von +% \Lcs*{ncput}, d.h. eine Zahl im Intervall $[0,1]$ (siehe \LPack{pst-node} +% Dokumentation\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-node.html}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Controls the relative position of an object center (blue cross) +% between its two reference points (black dots), if the value is a number. In +% this case it is equivalent to the \Lkeyword*{npos} parameter of +% \Lcs*{ncput}, i.e. a number in the range $[0,1]$ (see \LPack{pst-node} +% documentation\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-node.html}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{position}}, linerange={1-2,5-5}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \lens[beam, position=0.8](0,1)(3,1){L} + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\psdot(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Wert \opt{start} setzt ein Objekt an den Anfang, \opt{end} ans Ende der +% Referenzlinie, so dass die entsprechende Grenzfläche auf dem Referenzknoten +% (schwarzer Punkt) liegt, und nicht die Mitte des Objektes (blaues Kreuz), wie +% es mit \opt{position=1} bzw. \opt{position=0} der Fall wäre. Unter Verwendung +% von Zahlen wäre dieses Verhalten deutlich schwieriger und weniger flexibel zu +% erreichen, da die Größe und Form des Objektes berücksichtigt werden muss. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The values \opt{start} and \opt{end} place an object at the start or end of +% the reference line, respectively. The respective object interface is placed on +% the respective reference node (black dot) instead of the object center (blue +% cross) which would be the case for \opt{position=0} or +% \opt{position=1}. Achieving this with numerical values would me more difficult +% and unflexible, because the object size and shape must be taken into account. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{position}}, linerange={1-4,8-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0.5,1){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) + \optbox[optboxsize=0.5 0.5, position=start](A)(B) + \lens[position=end](A)(B) + \psline[style=Refline](A)(B) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{1}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{2}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Hier ist im Vergleich dazu die Positionierung mit +% \opt{position=0}/\opt{1}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Here is for comparison the positioning with +% \opt{position=0}/\opt{1}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{position}}, linerange={1-4,8-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0.5,1){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B}\psdot(A)\psdot(B) + \optbox[optboxsize=0.5 0.5, position=0](A)(B) + \lens[position=1](A)(B) + \psline[style=Refline](A)(B) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{1}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{2}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem{abspos}{\prm{num},start,end} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine Zahl setzt die absolute Position eines Objektes auf der +% Referenzlinie. Die Werte \opt{start} und \opt{end} werden identisch wie bei +% \Lkeyword{position} behandelt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Controls the absolute position of an object on the reference line. The values +% \opt{start} and \opt{end} are handled identically to \Lkeyword{position}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{abspos}}, linerange={1-2,5-5}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \lens[beam, abspos=1](0,1)(3,1){L} + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\psdot(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Drehen und Verschieben}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Rotating and shifting}\fi +% \label{sec:rotshift} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Komponenten können versetzt und um verschiedene Bezugspunkte +% gedreht werden. +% +% Beachten Sie, dass mit den Komponenten auch die Grenzflächenknoten +% (\prettyref{sec:ifcnode}, in den folgenden Beispielen mit blauen Kreuzen +% markiert) transformiert werden, wodurch Verbindungen beinflußt werden. Die +% transformierten Referenzknoten sind als eigene Knoten verfügbar +% (\prettyref{sec:refnode}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% All components can be shifted and rotated around different reference nodes. +% +% Please note, that together with the components also their interface nodes +% (\prettyref{sec:ifcnode}, marked as blue crosses in the following examples) +% are transformed, which may impact the connections. The transformed reference +% nodes are accessible as new nodes (\prettyref{sec:refnode}). +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0]{angle} +% \ifGERMAN Dreht eine Komponente um den Winkel \prm{num} (in Grad). Die +% Ausgangsposition ist grau gestrichelt eingezeichnet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Rotate a component by an angle \prm{num} (in degree). The original +% position is drawn gray dashed. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-2,4-4,10-10}, morekeywords={[21]{angle}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.7,1){B} + \optbox[addtoOptComp={style=Refline, linestyle=dashed}](A)(B) + \optbox[angle=20, innerlabel](A)(B){box} + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeIn{}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeOut{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +%\iffalse +%</ignore> +%\fi +% +% \valitem[c]{rotateref}{refpoint} +% \ifGERMAN +% Setzt den Bezugspunkt für die Drehung der Komponente. Bitte lesen Sie +% \prettyref{sec:rotrefnode} für eine genauere Beschreibung und entnehmen Sie +% \prettyref{sec:overview-extnode} die möglichen Bezugspunkte für alle +% Komponenten. Die Ausgangsposition ist grau gestrichelt eingezeichnet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Set the reference point for the rotation of the component. Please see +% \prettyref{sec:rotrefnode} for a detailed explanation and +% \prettyref{sec:overview-extnode} for a list of the possible reference nodes of +% all components. The original position is drawn gray dashed. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-2,4-4,10-10}, morekeywords={[21]{angle,rotateref}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.7,1){B} + \optbox[addtoOptComp={style=Refline, linestyle=dashed}](A)(B) + \optbox[angle=20, rotateref=bl, innerlabel](A)(B){box} + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeIn{}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeOut{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +%\iffalse +%</ignore> +%\fi +% +% \numitem[0]{compshift} +% \ifGERMAN Verschiebt eine Komponente vertikal bezüglich ihrer Referenzlinie +% (siehe \prettyref{sec:refnode}). Reflektive Komponenten werden entlang der +% reflektiven Grenzfläche verschoben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Shift a component perpendicular to its reference line (see +% \prettyref{sec:refnode}). For reflective components it is shifted along the +% reflective interface. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,9-9}, morekeywords={[21]{compshift}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.7,1){B} + \lens[compshift=0.3](A)(B){L} + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeIn{}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeOut{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,9-9}, morekeywords={[21]{compshift}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2,0){B} + \mirror[compshift=0.3](A)(2,1)(B){mirror} + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}|\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[180](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeIn{}) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeOut{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Verwendung von Stilen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Using psstyles}\fi\label{sec:styles} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Stile sind benutzerdefinierte Grafik-Konfigurationen für +% PSTricks-Objekte. Das \LPack{pst-optexp}-Paket macht umfangreichen +% Gebrauch von Stilen um einzelne, logische Bereiche von Komponenten +% flexibel gestalten zu können, was über das optionale Argument meistens +% nicht möglich ist. +% +% Vorhandene Stile können mit \Lcs*{addtopsstyle} erweitert und mit +% \Lcs*{newpsstyle} überschrieben werden. +% +% Als Beispiel nehmen wir einen \opt{extended} Spiegel und möchten nur +% den «extended»-Teil verändern. Hierfür wird der Stil +% \Lstyle{ExtendedMirror} bereitgestellt: +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Psstyles are custom graphics parameter configurations for PSTricks +% objects. The \LPack{pst-optexp} package makes extensive use of styles +% to facilitate flexible design of single, logical parts of +% components. This is in general not possible with the optional +% argument. +% +% Existing styles can be extended with \Lcs*{addtopsstyle} and +% overwritten with \Lcs*{newpsstyle}. +% +% As example we consider an \opt{extended} mirror and want to change +% only the «extended» part which is controlable with the +% \Lstyle{ExtendedMirror} style: +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \addtopsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{hatchcolor=red} + \mirror[mirrortype=extended, beam](0,0)(2,1.5)(0,2) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die veränderbaren Unterbereiche einer Komponente sind in der +% jeweiligen Referenz zu finden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The changeable parts of each component are listed in the respective +% reference. +% \fi +% +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Aussehen der Komponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Component appearance}\fi +% \label{sec:appearance} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem{OptComp} +% \ifGERMAN +% Bestimmt das grundlegende Aussehen aller optischen Komponenten. Die +% üblichen Parameter, wie z.B. \opt{linestyle}, würden auch die +% Verbindungen beeinflussen, die mit der Komponente zusammen gezeichnet +% werden (\Lkeyword{beam}, \Lkeyword{fiber} usw.). Mit +% \Lkeyword{newOptComp} und \Lkeyword{addtoOptComp} kann der Stil für +% einzelne Komponenten oder zusammen mit \Lcs*{newpsobject} im optionalen +% Argument verwendet werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Affects the basic appearence of all optical components. Using standard +% graphics parameters like e.g.\ \opt{linestyle} would change also the +% connections that are drawn together with the component +% (\Lkeyword{beam}, \Lkeyword{fiber} etc.). Use the key +% \Lkeyword{newOptComp} and \Lkeyword{addtoOptComp} to change the style +% for single components or for use with \Lcs*{newpsobject} via the +% optional argument. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\ifGERMAN +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{addtoOptComp}}] +\begin{pspicture}(2.5,4) + \psset{beam} + % falsch, die Strahlbreite wird auch geaendert + \mirror[linewidth=3\pslinewidth](0,3)(2,3)(2,2) + % korrektes Ergebnis + \addtopsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=3\pslinewidth} + \mirror(0,1)(2,1)(2,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi\ifENGLISH +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{addtoOptComp}}] +\begin{pspicture}(2.5,4) + \psset{beam} + % wrong, also beam width is changed + \mirror[linewidth=3\pslinewidth](0,3)(2,3)(2,2) + % correct result + \addtopsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=3\pslinewidth} + \mirror(0,1)(2,1)(2,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \styleitem[linestyle=dashed,dash=1.5pt 1pt]{OptionalStyle} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil wird zusätzlich zu \Lkeyword{OptComp} auf Komponenten angewendet, +% die als \Lkeyword{optional} markiert sind. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This style is applied to components marked as \Lkeyword{optional} in addition +% to \Lkeyword{OptComp}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{optional}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) +\lens[optional, beam](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \Lstyle{OptionalStyle} wird nach \Lstyle{OptComp} angewendet, so dass +% einzelne Einstellungen überschrieben werden können. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \Lstyle{OptionalStyle} is applied after \Lstyle{OptComp} so that it +% can overwrite the general settings. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\ifGERMAN +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{OptComp, OptionalStyle, optional}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) +\addtopsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=3\pslinewidth, linecolor=red} +\newpsstyle{OptionalStyle}{linecolor=blue} +\lens(0,1)(2,1) +% Liniefarbe wird ueberschrieben, die Linienbreite nicht. +\lens[optional](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi\ifENGLISH +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{OptComp, OptionalStyle, optional}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) +\addtopsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=3\pslinewidth, linecolor=red} +\newpsstyle{OptionalStyle}{linecolor=blue} +\lens(0,1)(2,1) +% linecolor overwritten, linewidth kept +\lens[optional](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \styleitem[linewidth=0.8\cs{pslinewidth}, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=0.8, arrows=<->]{VariableStyle} +% \ifGERMAN Der Stil der Pfeile für verstellbare Komponenten (\Lcs{mirror} und +% \Lcs{optgrating}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The style of the arrows of variable components (\Lcs{mirror} and +% \Lcs{optgrating}). +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \valitem{addtoOptComp}{list} +% \addtostylemsg{OptComp} +% +% \valitem{newOptComp}{list} +% \newstylemsg{OptComp} +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\ifGERMAN +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{addtoOptComp,newOptComp}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \psset{beam} + \newpsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=3\pslinewidth} + \mirror[addtoOptComp={linestyle=dotted}](0.5,0)(0.5,1)(1.5,1) + % Ueberschreibt linewidth-Einstellungen + \mirror[newOptComp={linestyle=dotted}](1.5,1)(2.5,1)(2.5,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +\ifENGLISH +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{addtoOptComp,newOptComp}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \psset{beam} + \newpsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=3\pslinewidth} + \mirror[addtoOptComp={linestyle=dotted}](0.5,0)(0.5,1)(1.5,1) + % overwrites the linewidth settings + \mirror[newOptComp={linestyle=dotted}](1.5,1)(2.5,1)(2.5,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{optional} +% \ifGERMAN +% Markiert eine Komponente als optional indem der Stil +% \Lstyle{OptionalStyle} angewendet wird. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Mark an object as optional by applying the \Lstyle{OptionalStyle} style. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Freistrahlkomponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Free-ray components}\fi +% \label{chap:freeraycomp} +% +% \ifGERMAN In diesem Kapitel werden alle Freistrahlkomponenten und deren +% Parameter beschrieben. Freistrahlkomponenten können, im Gegensatz zu +% Faserkomponenten, transmittive und reflektive Grenzflächen haben, die für +% Raytracing von Lichtstrahlen verwendet werden können. Es gibt zwei +% unterschiedliche Komponententypen: manche benötigen nur zwei Knoten um +% positioniert zu werden (\ref{cmd:lens}--\ref{cmd:polarization}), wohingegen +% z.B. Spiegel drei Knoten benötigen um korrekt ausgerichtet zu werden +% (\ref{cmd:mirror}--\ref{cmd:pentaprism}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH This chapter describes all free-ray components and their +% options. Free-ray components differ from fiber components in that they provide +% transmittive or reflective interfaces which can be used to raytrace +% beams. They are divided in two types: some components like lenses need only +% two nodes for positioning (\ref{cmd:lens}--\ref{cmd:polarization}), whereas +% e.g. mirrors require three nodes to determine the orientation +% (\ref{cmd:mirror}--\ref{cmd:pentaprism}). +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Linse}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Lens}\fi +% \label{sec:lens} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{lens} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \lens[beam](0,1)(3,1){L} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH A lens is defined by its height and the radii of the input and +% output interfaces. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Eine Linse wird durch ihre Höhe und die beiden Radien der Eingangs- +% und Ausgangsflächen definiert. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1]{lensheight} +% \ifGERMAN Setzt die Höhe der Linse.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Set the height of the lens.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{lensheight}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \lens[beam](0,1)(3,1){L1} + \lens[lensheight=0.5](2,1)(3,1){L2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \numitem[1]{lensradiusleft} +% \ifGERMAN +% Setzt den Radius der linken Linsengrenzfläche. Ein positiver Wert \prm{num} +% ist für eine konvexe, ein negativer für eine konkave Krümmung. Null ergibt +% eine ebene Fläche. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Set the left radius of the lens. A positive \prm{num} is for convex, a +% negative one for concave curvatures. Use zero for a plain surface. +% \fi +% +% \numitem[1]{lensradiusright} +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Gleiche wie \Lkeyword{lensradiusleft}, nur für die rechte Grenzfläche. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Same as \Lkeyword{lensradiusleft} but for the right surface. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{lensradiusleft, lensradiusright}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \psset{lensradiusright=0, beam} + \lens[lensradiusleft=1](0,1)(1.5,1){$R > 0$} + \lens[lensradiusleft=-1](1.5,1)(3,1){$R < 0$} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \optitem{lensradius}{\prm{left}[ \prm{right}]} +% \ifGERMAN +% Setzt die linke und rechte Linsenkrümmung. Wird nur ein Wert angegeben, so +% wird dieser für beide Krümmungen verwendet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Set the left and right lens curvatures. If only a single value is given, it is +% used for both curvatures. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{lensradius}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \lens[lensradius=-2, beam](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0]{lenswidth} +% \ifGERMAN +% Ãœblicherweise werden nur die Höhe und die beiden Radien für die +% Konstruktion der Linse verwendet, die Mittenbreite wird automatisch +% berechnet. Wenn \Lkeyword{lenswidth} auf einen Wert größer Null gesetzt wird, +% wird diese Breite verwendet. Das ist nur sinnvoll, wenn dicke Linsen +% gezeichnet werden sollen, da es andernfalls für zu kleine Werte zu unschönen +% Ergebnissen führt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Usually only the height and the two radii are used to construct the lens, +% the width is calculated automatically. For \Lkeyword{lenswidth} greater +% than zero, this width is used instead. This is only useful if you want to draw +% thick lenses and it can give ugly results if the value is choosen too +% small. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{lenswidth}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \lens[lenswidth=0.5, beam](0,1)(2,1){thicklens} + \lens[lenswidth=0.1, beam](2,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \optitem{lens}{\prm{radiusleft}[ \prm{radiusright}[ \prm{height}[ \prm{width}]]]} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine Option zum gleichzeitigen Setzen mehrerer Linsenparameter. Werte +% mittendrin können mit einem Punkt übersprungen und Werte am Ende können +% weggelassen werden (z.B. \opt{lens=. 1 1}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A convenience option to specify all lens parameters with a single +% option. Intermediate values can be skipped with a dot, values at the end can +% be omitted (e.g. \opt{lens=.\ 1 1}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \lens[lens=1](0,1)(1,1){L1} + \lens[lensradius=-2 1, beam](0,1)(3,1){L2} + \lens[lens=2 -0.7 1.2](2,1)(3,1){L3} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{thicklens} +% \ifENGLISH +% This option was necessary until version 2.1 in order to draw a thick lens of +% width \Lkeyword{lenswidth} instead of using the calculated lens width. This +% option is superfluous since version 3.0 because setting \Lkeyword{lenswidth} +% to a positive value automatically draws a thick lens. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Option was bis Version 2.1 notwendig um dicke Linsen der Breite +% \Lkeyword{lenswidth} zu zeichnen, anstatt die berechnete Breite zu +% verwenden. Seit Version 3.0 ist diese Option überflüssig, da dicke Linsen +% gezeichnet werden, sobald \Lkeyword{lenswidth} auf einen positiven Wert +% gesetzt wird. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optisches Plättchen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical plate}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{optplate} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optplate[beam](0,1)(3,1){filter} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1]{plateheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Höhe des Plättchens.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The height of the plate.\fi +% +% \optitem[2\nxLcs{pslinewidth}]{platelinewidth}{\prm{num} or \prm{dimen}} +% \ifGERMAN \linewidthexplanation{des Plättchens}{Plättchen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH \linewidthexplanation{plate}{plates}\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Verzögerungsplättchen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Retardation plate}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{optretplate} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optretplate[beam](0,1)(3,1){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem*[1]{plateheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Höhe des Plättchens.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The height of the plate.\fi +% +% \numitem[0.1]{platewidth} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite des Plättchens.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The width of the plate.\fi +% +% \optitem{platesize}{\prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite und Höhe des Plättchens, äquivalent zum Aufruf von +% \Lkeyword{platewidth} und \Lkeyword{plateheight}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The width and height of the plate, is equivalent to calling both +% \Lkeyword{platewidth} and \Lkeyword{plateheight}. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Lochblende}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Pinhole}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{pinhole} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \pinhole[beam](0,1)(3,1){PH} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1]{outerheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Gesamthöhe der Lochblende.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The total height of the pinhole.\fi +% +% \numitem[0.1]{innerheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Höhe des Lochs.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The height of the hole.\fi +% +% \optitem[2\nxLcs{pslinewidth}]{phlinewidth}{\prm{num} or \prm{dimen}} +% \ifGERMAN \linewidthexplanation{der Lochblende}{Lochblenden}\fi +% \ifENGLISH \linewidthexplanation{pinhole}{pinholes}\fi +% +% \numitem[0]{phwidth} +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Lochblende wird plastischer gezeichnet, falls \Lkeyword{phwidth} +% ungleich Null ist. In diesem Fall wird \Lkeyword{phlinewidth} ignoriert. Bei +% einem negativen Wert wird die Form gespiegelt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The pinhole is drawn in a more plastic style if \Lkeyword{phwidth} is +% not zero, in this case the \Lkeyword{phlinewidth} is ignored. For negative +% values the shape is mirrored. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{phwidth}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \pinhole[beam, phwidth=-0.1](0,1)(1.5,1){neg} + \pinhole[beam, phwidth=0.2](1.5,1)(3,1){pos} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Box}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Box}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{optbox} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optbox[beam](0,0)(3,2){box} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1.4]{optboxwidth} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite der Box.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The width of the box.\fi +% +% \numitem[0.8]{optboxheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Höhe der Box.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The height of the box.\fi +% +% \optitem{optboxsize}{\prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite und Höhe der Box, äquivalent zum Aufruf von +% \Lkeyword{optboxwidth} und \Lkeyword{optboxheight}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The width and height of the box, is equivalent to calling both +% \Lkeyword{optboxwidth} and \Lkeyword{optboxheight}. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Kristall}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Crystal}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{crystal} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.3) + \crystal[beam](0,1)(3,1){Crystal} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1.4]{crystalwidth} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite des Kristalls.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The width of the crystal.\fi +% +% \numitem[0.6]{crystalheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Höhe des Kristalls.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The height of the crystal.\fi +% +% \optitem{crystalsize}{\prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite und Höhe des Kristalls, äquivalent zum Aufruf von +% \Lkeyword{crystalwidth} und \Lkeyword{crystalheight}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The width and height of the crystal, is equivalent to calling both +% \Lkeyword{crystalwidth} and \Lkeyword{crystalheight}. +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0.3]{caxislength} +% \ifGERMAN Die zusätzliche Länge des Pfeils für die $c$-Achse, wird weggelassen +% falls die Länge \opt{0} ist und gespiegelt falls der Wert negativ ist. Die +% Gesamtlänge ist \Lkeyword{caxislength} plus \Lkeyword{crystalheight}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The additional length of the $c$-axis, is dropped when set to +% \opt{0} and is mirrored if the values is negative. The total length is +% \Lkeyword{caxislength} plus \Lkeyword{crystalheight}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{caxislength}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0.4)(3,1.5) + \psset{crystalsize=0.5 0.8, label=-45 . l} + \crystal[position=0.2, caxislength=0.5](0,1)(3,1){pos} + \crystal[beam, caxislength=0](0,1)(3,1){0} + \crystal[position=0.8, caxislength=-0.5](0,1)(3,1){neg} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{caxisinv} +% \ifGERMAN +% Invertiert die Richtung der $c$-Achse, ist äquivalent zu einem +% Vorzeichenwechsel von \Lkeyword{caxislength}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Invert the direction of the $c$-axis, this is equivalent to changing the sign +% of \Lkeyword{caxislength}. +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{voltage} +% \ifGERMAN Zeichnet einen Spannungsanschluss und ein Erdungszeichen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Draw a voltage connection and a ground symbol.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{voltage}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0.4)(3,1.5) + \crystal[voltage, beam](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{lamp} +% \ifGERMAN Zeichnet eine Lampe neben den Kristall.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Draw a lamp near the crystal.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{lamp}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0.4)(3,1.7) + \crystal[lamp, beam](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \numitem{lampscale} +% \ifGERMAN Skalierung der Lampe.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Scaling of the lamp.\fi +% \deprecatedmsg{\ifGERMAN den Stil \fi\ifENGLISH style \fi\Lstyle{CrystalLamp}} +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[linewidth=0.7\cs{pslinewidth}, linestyle=dashed, dash=2pt 2pt, arrowinset=0, arrows=->]{CrystalCaxis} +% \ifGERMAN Der Stil für die $c$-Achse inklusive der Pfeilart.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The style of the $c$-axis including the arrow type.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{CrysalCaxis}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0.5)(3,1.6) + \newpsstyle{CrystalCaxis}{linecolor=red, arrows=->>} + \crystal[beam](0,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \styleitem[linewidth=0.6\cs{pslinewidth}]{CrystalLamp} +% \ifGERMAN Der Stil für die Hintergrundlampe.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The style of the crystal background lamp.\fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{voltage, lamp}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.7) + \crystal[fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=yellow!90!black, + label=1.2 -45, voltage, + lamp, beam](0,1)(3,1){SBN:Ce} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Detektor}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Detector}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{optdetector} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.2) + \optdetector[beam](0,0)(1.5,1){detector} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH The detector is always placed at the end of the reference line +% (\Lkeyword{position}\opt{=end}). This setting cannot be changed. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Der Detektor wird immer ans Ende der Referenzlinie platziert +% (\Lkeyword{position}\opt{=end}). Diese Einstellung kann nicht verändert +% werden. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.8]{detsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Wenn eine einzelne Zahl angegeben ist, dann ist das die Seitenlänge +% (\opt{diode}) bzw. der Durchmesser (\opt{round}) des Detektors. Werden zwei +% Zahlen angegeben, so sind das Breite und Höhe des Detektors. Beachten Sie, +% dass \opt{detsize=1} und \opt{detsize=1 1} für \opt{dettype=round} nicht dasselbe ist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% If a single number is given it is the side length (\opt{diode}) or the +% diameter (\opt{round}) of the detector. Two numbers define the width and +% height of the detector. Note, that \opt{detsize=1} and \opt{detsize=1 1} are +% not equivalent for \opt{dettype=round}. +% \fi +% +% \choitem[round]{dettype}{round, diode} +% \ifGERMAN +% Dieser Parameter bestimmt den Typ und damit das Aussehen des Detektors. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This parameter selects between different types of detectors. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{dettype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optdetector[beam, dettype=diode](0,0)(1.5,1){detector} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem{DetectorStyle} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil der Diode für \Lkeyword{dettype}\opt{=diode}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The style of the diode for \Lkeyword{dettype}\opt{=diode}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \newpsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth} + \newpsstyle{DetectorStyle}{linewidth=0.5\pslinewidth} + \optdetector[dettype=diode](0,1)(2,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optische Diode}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical diode}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{optdiode} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{optdiode}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optdiode[beam](0,1)(3,1){Diode} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH The optical diode has a default setting of +% \Lkeyword{allowbeaminside}\opt{=false}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Die optische Diode hat die Voreinstellung +% \Lkeyword{allowbeaminside}\opt{=false}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.8]{optdiodesize} +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Seitenlänge der optischen Diode. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The side length of the optical diode. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Doveprisma}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Dove prism}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{doveprism} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{doveprism}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \doveprism[beam](0,1)(3,1){Dove} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.6]{doveprismsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Wenn eine Zahl angegeben ist, dann ist das die Höhe des Prismas, die +% Gesamtbreite beträgt das dreifache. Zwei Zahlen geben Breite und Höhe des +% Doveprisma an. Die Winkel an der Eingangs- und Ausgangsfläche betragen immer +% 45\textdegree. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number defines the height of the prism, the total width is set to +% three times the height. Two number define the width and height of the dove +% prism. The angles at the input and output faces are always 45\textdegree. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{doveprism}}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,1.5) + \optplane(0,1) + \doveprism[doveprismsize=1.2](0,1)(4,1) + \optplane(4,1) + \drawbeam[raytrace=false, linecolor=black]{-} + \drawbeam[n=1.5, linecolor=red]{-} + \drawbeam[n=*sqrt(5), linecolor=green, linestyle=dashed]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Polarisation}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Polarization}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{polarization} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{polarization}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) + \polarization[beam](0,0.5)(3,0.5) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.6]{polsize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Größe des Polarisationszeichens, der Kreis für \opt{perp} und +% \opt{polmisc} ist halb so groß. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The size of the polarization symbol, the circle for \opt{perp} and +% \opt{polmisc} is half of this. +% \fi +% +% \optitem[0.7\nxLcs{pslinewidth}]{pollinewidth}{\prm{num} or \prm{dimen}} +% \ifGERMAN \linewidthexplanation{des Polarisationszeichens}{Polarisationszeichen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH \linewidthexplanation{polarisation sign}{polarisation signs}\fi +% \deprecatedmsg{\ifGERMAN den Stil \fi\ifENGLISH style \fi\Lstyle{Polarization}} +% +% \choitem[parallel]{poltype}{parallel, perp, misc, lcirc, rcirc} +% \ifGERMAN Dieser Parameter wählt die Polarizationsart aus.\fi +% \ifENGLISH This parameter choses the polarization type.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{poltype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.3)(3,4.3) + \psset[optexp]{beam} + \begin{optexp} + \polarization[poltype=parallel, abspos=0.5](0,4)(3,4) + \polarization[poltype=perp, abspos=1](0,3)(3,3) + \polarization[poltype=misc, abspos=1.5](0,2)(3,2) + \polarization[poltype=lcirc, abspos=2](0,1)(3,1) + \polarization[poltype=rcirc, abspos=2.5](0,0)(3,0) + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[arrowscale=0.8, linewidth=\cs{pslinewidth}, dotsize=3\cs{pslinewidth}]{Polarization} +% \ifGERMAN Bestimmt das Aussehen der Polarisationssymbole.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Affects the style of the polarisation symbols.\fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Spiegel}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Mirror}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \tripoledesc{mirror} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \mirror[beam](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2){M} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1]{mirrorwidth} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite des Spiegels.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The width of the mirror.\fi +% +% \optitem[2\nxLcs{pslinewidth}]{mirrorlinewidth}{\prm{num} or \prm{dimen}} +% \ifGERMAN \linewidthexplanation{des Spiegels}{Spiegel}\fi +% \ifENGLISH \linewidthexplanation{mirror}{mirrors}\fi +% +% \numitem[0]{mirrorradius} +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Parameter setzt die Krümmung des Spiegels. Null ergibt einen +% ebenen, ein negativer Radius einen konvexen und ein positiver Radius +% einen konkaven Spiegel. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This parameter defines the curvature of the mirror. A value of \opt{0} +% is for a plain mirror, a negative radius for a convex mirror and a +% positive radius gives you a concave mirror. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrorradius}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \psset{labeloffset=0.5} + \mirror[mirrorradius=1](0,0)(1,2)(1.8,1){convex} + \mirror[mirrorradius=-1](1,2)(1.8,1)(2.5,3){concave} + \drawbeam{(0,0)}{1}{2}{(2.5,3)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[plain]{mirrortype}{plain, piezo, extended, semitrans} +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Parameter wählt die Spiegelart aus. Das Aussehen wird mit +% \Lstyle{PiezoMirror}, \Lstyle{ExtendedMirror} und \Lstyle{SemitransMirror} +% gesteuert. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The \nxLkeyword{mirrortype} selects between different types of mirrors. The +% style is controlled with \Lstyle{PiezoMirror}, \Lstyle{ExtendedMirror}, and +% \Lstyle{SemitransMirror}. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended, + beam](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2){ext} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Beachten Sie, dass der Anschlussdraht für den Piezospiegel nicht +% gezeichnet wird, falls \Lkeyword{extnode} verwendet wird. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Note, that the default piece of wire is omitted when using +% \Lkeyword{extnode} with a piezo mirror. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) +\mirror[mirrortype=piezo, + beam](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2){piezo} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Ein halbdurchlässiger Spiegel (\opt{semitrans}) hat, im Gegensatz zu +% den anderen Spiegeltypen, zwei Grenzflächen, deren Abstand und Position vom +% Wert und Vorzeichen von \Lkeyword{mirrordepth} abhängt. Beachten Sie, dass +% keine gekrümmten Spiegel dieses Typs möglich sind. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH A semi-transparent mirror (\opt{semitrans}) has two interfaces, in +% contrast to the other mirror types. Their distance and position depends on the +% value and sign of \Lkeyword{mirrordepth}. Note, that this type does not +% support curved mirrors. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype, mirrordepth}}] +\psset{unit=1.5} +\begin{pspicture}(2,2) + \mirror[mirrortype=semitrans](0,1)(1,1)(1,0) + \drawbeam{(0,1)}{}{(1,0)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red]{(2,1)}{}{(1,2)} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.05, linecolor=blue]{(0,1)}{}{(2,1)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype, mirrordepth}}] +\psset{unit=1.5} +\begin{pspicture}(2,2) + \mirror[mirrortype=semitrans, mirrordepth=-0.15](0,1)(1,1)(1,0) + \drawbeam{(0,1)}{}{(1,0)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red]{(2,1)}{}{(1,2)} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.05, linecolor=blue]{(0,1)}{}{(2,1)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{variable} +% \ifGERMAN +% Zeichnet einen verstellbaren Spiegel, der mit zwei zusätzlichen gekrümmten +% Pfeilen an beiden Seiten angedeutet wird. Das Aussehen, inklusive der Pfeile, +% wird von \Lstyle{VariableStyle} vorgegeben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Draw an adjustable mirror which has two additional curved arrows on both +% sides. The appearance including the arrow types is determined by +% \Lstyle{VariableStyle}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{variable}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \mirror[beam, variable](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2){var} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0.1]{mirrordepth} +% \ifGERMAN Die Gesamttiefe eines breiten Spiegels.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The total depth of an extended mirror.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype, mirrordepth}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended, mirrordepth=0.2, + beam](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[linestyle=none, hatchwidth=0.5\cs{pslinewidth}, hatchsep=1.4\cs{pslinewidth}, fillstyle=hlines]{ExtendedMirror} +% \ifGERMAN Der Stil für den \opt{extended} Spiegel.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The style for the \opt{extended} mirror.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype, ExtendedMirror}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \newpsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{fillstyle=solid, + fillcolor=Gold, + linestyle=none} + \mirror[mirrortype=extended, + beam](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2){ext} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \styleitem[fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=black!30]{PiezoMirror} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil für den \opt{piezo} Spiegel. Dieser kann auch dazu verwendet +% werden, die Größe des Piezos zu verändern, wie in dem folgenden Beispiel zu sehen ist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This style defines the appearance of the \opt{piezo} mirror. This can also +% be used to change the size of piezo part, as the example shows. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{mirrortype, PiezoMirror}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \addtopsstyle{PiezoMirror}{xunit=2} + \mirror[mirrortype=piezo, + beam](0,0)(1.8,1.5)(0,2){piezo} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \styleitem[linestyle=none, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=black!30]{SemitransMirror} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil für den \opt{semitrans} Spiegel. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This style defines the appearance of the \opt{semitrans} mirror. +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Strahlteiler}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Beamsplitter}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \tripoledesc{beamsplitter} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \beamsplitter[beam](0,1)(2,1)(2,0){BS} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.8]{bssize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Größe des Strahlteilers.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The beamsplitter size.\fi +% +% \choitem[cube]{bsstyle}{cube, plate} +% \ifGERMAN +% Wählt zwischen zwei Strahlteilertypen: einem Strahlteilerwürfel (\opt{cube}) +% und einem halbdurchlässigen Spiegel (\opt{plate}). Dieser halbdurchlässige +% Spiegel ist äquivalent zu \Lcs{mirror} mit +% \Lkeyword{mirrortype}\opt{=semitrans} für \Lkeyword{mirrordepth}\opt{=0}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Selects between two types of beamsplitters: the beamsplitter cube (\opt{cube}) +% and the semitransparent mirror (\opt{plate}). This semitransparent mirror ist +% equivalent to \Lcs{mirror} with \Lkeyword{mirrortype}\opt{=semitrans} and +% \Lkeyword{mirrordepth}\opt{=0}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{bsstyle}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \beamsplitter[bsstyle=plate, beam](0,1)(2,1)(2,0){BS} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optisches Gitter}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical grating}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \tripoledesc{optgrating} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optgrating[beam](0,2)(1.8,1.5)(0,0){grating} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH Before package version 3.0 this component was called +% \Lcs*{optgrid}. Since then this command name is deprecated and will be removed +% in future versions. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Vor Paketversion 3.0 hieß diese Komponente \Lcs*{optgrid}. Seitdem +% ist diese Benennung veraltet und wird in zukünftigen Versionen entfernt +% werden. +% \fi +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1]{gratingwidth} +% \ifGERMAN Die Breite des Gitters.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The width of the grating.\fi +% +% \numitem[0.15]{gratingheight} +% \ifGERMAN Die Gesamthöhe des Gitters.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The total height of the grating.\fi +% +% \numitem[0.075]{gratingdepth} +% \ifGERMAN +% Die absolute Modulationstiefe der Gitterstruktur. Die Gesamthöhe wird +% an diesen Wert angepasst falls sie kleiner als die Modulationtiefe ist, +% andernfalls wird sie nicht beinflusst. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The modulation depth of the grating structure. The total height is +% adapted to this value if it is smaller than the modulation +% depth. Otherwise the total height is not affected. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{gratingdepth}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optgrating[gratingdepth=0.05, + beam](0,2)(1.8,1.5)(0,0){grating} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \intitem[10]{gratingcount} +% \ifGERMAN Die Anzahl der Gitterlinien.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The number of grating grooves.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{gratingcount}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optgrating[gratingcount=3, + beam](0,2)(1.8,1.5)(0,0){grating} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[blazed]{gratingtype}{blazed, binary} +% \ifGERMAN +% Wählt zwischen einem binären Gitter (\opt{binary}) und einem Blazegitter +% (\opt{blazed}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Select between a \opt{binary} and a \opt{blazed} grating. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{gratingtype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optgrating[gratingtype=binary, + beam](0,2)(1.8,1.5)(0,0){grating} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{reverse} +% \ifGERMAN +% Invertiert die Steigung des Blazegitters. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Reverse the slope of the grooves of the \opt{blazed} grating. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{reverse}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optgrating[reverse, beam](0,2)(1.8,1.5)(0,0){grating} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \optitem[0.7\nxLcs{pslinewidth}]{gratinglinewidth}{\prm{num} or \prm{dimen}} +% \ifGERMAN \linewidthexplanation{des Gitters}{Gitter}\fi +% \ifENGLISH \linewidthexplanation{grating}{gratings}\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \item[\smash{% +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}} +% \Lkeyword*{optgridwidth}\\ +% \Lkeyword*{optgridheight}\\ +% \Lkeyword*{optgriddepth}\\ +% \Lkeyword*{optgridcount}\\ +% \Lkeyword*{optgridtype}\\ +% \Lkeyword*{optgridlinewidth} +% \end{tabular}}]^^A +% \noindent +% \ifGERMAN Diese Parameter wurden in die entsprechenden \opt{grating*} +% Parameter umbenannt und sind seit Version 3.0 veraltet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH These parameters were renamed to the respective \opt{grating*} +% parameters and are deprecated since version 3.0. +% \fi +% \vspace*{2cm} +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Prisma}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Prism}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \tripoledesc{optprism} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optprism[beam](0,1)(2,1)(3,0){Prism} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Prisma wird immer symmetrisch bezüglich der \prm{in} und \prm{out} +% Knoten ausgerichtet. Für asymmetrischen Strahlengang siehe +% \prettyref{chap:connecting}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The prism is always placed symmetric between \prm{in} and \prm{out} +% nodes. For asymmetric beam traces see \prettyref{chap:connecting}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1]{prismsize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Höhe des Prismas.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The height of the prism.\fi +% +% \numitem[60]{prismangle} +% \ifGERMAN Der obere Winkel des Prismas.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The upper angle of the prism.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]prismangle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optprism[prismangle=30, beam](0,1)(2,1)(3,0){Prism} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[auto]{prismalign}{auto,center} +% \ifENGLISH Sets the vertical alignment of the prism with respect to the +% «reflection» node \prm{center}. For \opt{auto}, the prism is shifted such, +% that the interface nodes lay on the connection between the respective +% reference node and the «reflection» node. If the value is \opt{center}, the +% «reflection» node coincides with the component center. See the following +% examples for further explanation. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Wählt die vertikale Ausrichtung des Prisma bezüglich des +% «Reflektionsknoten» \prm{center}. Ist der Wert \opt{auto}, so wird das Prisma +% so verschoben, dass die Grenzflächenknoten auf der Verbindungslinie zwischen +% dem entsprechenden Referenzknoten und dem «Reflektionsknoten» liegen. Für +% \opt{center} fällt der «Reflektionsknoten» mit der Komponentenmitte +% zusammen. Siehe die folgende Beispiele zur weiteren Erklärung. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{pspicture}(13,3) + \footnotesize + \pnode(0,0){A}\pnode(3,1.8){B}\pnode(6,0){C} + \psdot(A)\uput[90](A){\prm{in}} + \psdot(B)\uput[90](B){\prm{center}} + \psdot(C)\uput[90](C){\prm{out}} + \optprism[prismsize=2](A)(B)(C) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](A)(B)(C) + \newpsstyle{IfcDot}{dotstyle=+, linecolor=red, dotscale=1.5} + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{}) + \psdot[style=IfcDot](\oenodeIn{}) + \psdot[style=IfcDot](\oenodeOut{}) + \rput[b](\oenodeCenter{}|0,0){\opt{prismalign=auto}} + \pnode(7,0){A}\pnode(10,1.8){B}\pnode(13,0){C} + \psdot(A)\uput[90](A){\prm{in}} + \psdot(B)\uput[90](B){\prm{center}} + \psdot(C)\uput[90](C){\prm{out}} + \optprism[prismsize=2, prismalign=center](A)(B)(C) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](A)(B)(C) + \psdot[style=CenterNode](\oenodeCenter{}) + \psdot[style=IfcDot](\oenodeIn{}) + \psdot[style=IfcDot](\oenodeOut{}) + \rput[b](\oenodeCenter{}|0,0){\opt{prismalign=center}} +\end{pspicture} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Umkehrprisma}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Right-angle prism}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \tripoledesc{rightangleprism} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psdot(1.8,1) + \rightangleprism[beam](0,1.5)(1.8,1)(0,0.5){RA} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Umkehrprisma wird so ausgerichtet, dass der einfallende und der +% reflektierte Strahl parallel sind und der \prm{center} Knoten vertikal +% zentriert in dem Prisma liegt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The right-angle prisms is align such that the incoming and reflected +% beam are parallel and the \prm{center} node is vertically centered in +% the prism. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3.5,2) + \pnode(0,2){A}\pnode(2.5,0.5){G}\pnode(0,1.5){B} + \begin{optexp} + \rightangleprism[beam, showifcnodes, showoptdots](A)(G)(B){RA} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[1.5]{raprismsize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Länge der Eingangsfläche.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The length of the input plane.\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Pentaprisma}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Penta prism}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \tripoledesc{pentaprism} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pentaprism[beam](0,1)(2,1)(2,0){PP} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.7]{pentaprismsize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Länge der Eingangs- und Ausgangsfläche.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The length of the input and output plane.\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Faserkomponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Fiber components}\fi +% \label{chap:fibercomp} +% +% \ifENGLISH This chapter describes all fiber components and their +% options. They differ from free-ray components in that they are connected by +% default with fibers to their reference nodes, and that they cannot be used for +% raytracing. Most components require only two reference nodes and are handled +% like the free-ray dipoles. Some special components like couplers +% (\prettyref{sec:coupler}) and circulators (\prettyref{sec:optcirculator}) are +% treated differently. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN In diesem Kapitel werden alle Faserkomponenten und deren Parameter +% beschrieben. Diese werden automatisch über Fasern mit ihren Referenzknoten +% verbunden und unterstützen kein Raytracing. Die meisten +% Komponenten benötigen nur zwei Referenzknoten und werden wie die +% Freistrahlzweipole behandelt. Manche spezielle Komponenten wie Koppler +% (\ref{sec:coupler}) und Zirkulatoren (\ref{cmd:optcirculator}) +% werden anders ausgerichtet. +% \fi +% +% \psset{usefiberstyle} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem{usefiberstyle} +% \ifGERMAN +% Bei manchen Komponenten (z.B. \Lcs{optfilter} oder \Lcs{optmzm}) kann es +% vorteilhaft sein interne Faserteile hervorzuheben. Mit diesem Parameter +% werden z.B. die durchlässigen Teile eines Filter angezeigt und mit dem +% \Lstyle{Fiber}-Stil gezeichnet. In der Dokumentation ist dieses Verhalten +% angeschaltet um die betroffenen Bereiche hervorzuheben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% For some components (e.g. \Lcs{optfilter} or \Lcs{optmzm}) it can be nice +% to highlight some internals. For example, if this option is enabled the +% passing parts of the optical filter are drawn with the \Lstyle{Fiber} +% style. In the documentation this parameter is enabled to show the parts +% which are affected. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optische Faser}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical fiber}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optfiber} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfiber[label=0.3](0,0.5)(3,0.5){SSMF} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \intitem[3]{fiberloops} +% \ifGERMAN Anzahl der Faserschleifen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Number of the fiber loops.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberloops}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfiber[fiberloops=2, label=0.3](0,0.5)(3,0.5){SSMF} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0.4]{fiberloopradius} +% \ifGERMAN Radius der Faserschleifen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Radius of the fiber loops.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberloopradius}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfiber[fiberloopradius=0.2, label=0.3](0,0.5)(3,0.5){SSMF} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0.3]{fiberloopsep} +% \ifGERMAN Abstand zwischen zwei aufeinanderfolgenden Faserschleifen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Separation between two successive fiber loops.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberloopsep}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfiber[fiberloopsep=0.6, label=0.3](0,0.5)(3,0.5){SSMF} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optischer Verstärker}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical amplifier}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optamp} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optamp(0,1)(3,1){EDFA} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.8]{optampsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine einzelne Zahl gibt die Seitenlänge des Verstärkers an, zwei Zahlen die +% Breite und Höhe. Beachten Sie, dass \opt{optampsize=1} und \opt{optampsize=1 +% 1} nicht dasselbe Ergebnis liefern. Alternativ kann das Verhältnis zwischen +% Höhe und Breite mit \opt{xunit} und \opt{yunit} geändert werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number gives the side length of the amplifier, two numbers the width +% and height. Note, that \opt{optampsize=1} and \opt{optampsize=1 1} do not give +% the same result. You may also change the relation of width and height with +% \opt{xunit} and \opt{yunit}. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Mach-Zehnder-Modulator}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Mach--Zehnder modulator}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optmzm} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optmzm(0,1)(3,1){MZM} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.8]{optmzmsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine einzelne Zahl gibt die Höhe des Modulators an, die Breite ist \opt{1.6} mal die +% Höhe. Zwei Zahlen geben Breite und Höhe des Modulators direkt an. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number gives the modulator height, the width is \opt{1.6} times the +% height. Two numbers define width and height directly. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Polarisationssteller}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Polarization controller}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{polcontrol} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \polcontrol(0,1)(3,1){PC} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.15]{polcontrolsize} +% \ifGERMAN Der Radius der Polarisationssteller-Kreise.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The radius of the polarization controller circles.\fi +% +% \choitem[linear]{polcontroltype}{linear, triangle} +% \ifGERMAN Der Typ des Polarisationsstellers.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The type of polarization controller.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]polcontroltype}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \polcontrol[polcontroltype=triangle](0,1)(3,1){PC} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Isolator}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Isolator}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optisolator} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optisolator(0,1)(3,1){isolator} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.6]{isolatorsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine einzelne Zahl gibt die Höhe des Isolators an, die Breite ist \opt{1.6} mal die +% Höhe. Zwei Zahlen geben Breite und Höhe des Isolators direkt an. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number gives the isolator height, the width is \opt{1.6} times the +% height. Two numbers define width and height directly. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[linewidth=2\cs{pslinewidth}, arrowinset=0]{IsolatorArrow} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil für den Isolatorpfeil. Das kann insbesondere nützlich sein um +% die Länge des Pfeils zu verändern. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The style of the isolator arrow. This can be especially useful to +% adapt the length of the arrow. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]IsolatorArrow}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \addtopsstyle{IsolatorArrow}{xunit=1.2} + \optisolator(0,1)(3,1){isolator} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optischer Schalter}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical switch}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optswitch} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optswitch(0,1)(3,1){opened switch} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.8]{switchsize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Seitenlänge des Schalters.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The side length of the switch.\fi +% +% \choitem[opened]{switchstyle}{opened, closed} +% \ifGERMAN Der Zustand des Schalters kann geschlossen (\opt{closed}) oder +% geöffnet (\opt{opened}) sein. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Indicate the switch as \opt{opened} or \opt{closed}.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]switchstyle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optswitch[switchstyle=closed](0,1)(3,1){closed switch} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Faserverzögerungstrecke}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Fiber delay line}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{fiberdelayline} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \fiberdelayline(0,1)(3,1){delay line} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.6]{fdlsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine einzelne Zahl gibt die Höhe der Komponente an, die Breite ist \opt{1.6} +% mal die Höhe. Zwei Zahlen geben Breite und Höhe der Komponente direkt an. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number gives the component height, the width is \opt{1.6} times the +% height. Two numbers define width and height directly. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[arrowinset=0, arrows=->]{FdlArrow} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil für den Pfeil. Das kann insbesonders nützlich sein um die +% Länge des Pfeils zu verändern, die bei geänderter Größe nicht mehr +% passend sein kann, oder um den Pfeil zu spiegeln. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The style of the arrow. This can be especially useful to +% adapt the length of the arrow which may not be appropriate depending +% on the \opt{fdlsize}, or to mirror the arrow. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]FdlArrow}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \addtopsstyle{FdlArrow}{xunit=-1} + \fiberdelayline(0,1)(3,1){delay line} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Polarisator}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Polarizer}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optfiberpolarizer} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfiberpolarizer(0,1)(3,1){polarizer} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.6]{fiberpolsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine einzelne Zahl gibt die Höhe der Komponente an, die Breite ist \opt{1.6} +% mal die Höhe. Zwei Zahlen geben Breite und Höhe der Komponente direkt an. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number gives the component height, the width is \opt{1.6} times the +% height. Two numbers define width and height directly. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optischer Zirkulator}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical circulator}\fi +% \label{sec:optcirculator} +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLfmultipole{optcirculator}% +% \cmditem{optcirculator}(left)(right)(bottom){label}% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{arrows=->} + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut1}{linecolor=blue} + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut2}{linecolor=green!80!black} + \optcirculator(0,1)(3,1)(1.5,0){Circulator} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.8]{optcircsize} +% \ifGERMAN Der Durchmesser des Zirkulators.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The diameter of the circulator.\fi +% +% \numitem[-160]{optcircangleA} +% \ifGERMAN Der Startwinkel des internen Pfeils.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The starting angle of the internal arrow.\fi +% +% \numitem[-20]{optcircangleB} +% \ifGERMAN Der Endwinkel des internen Pfeils.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The ending angle of the internal arrow.\fi +% +% \optitem{optcircangle}{\prm{num} \prm{num}} +% \ifGERMAN Kurzschreibweise um beide Winkel gleichzeitig zu setzen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Short notation to specifying both angles.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]optcircangle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optcirculator[optcircangle=0 -90](0,1)(3,1)(1.5,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[unit=0.7, arrows=->, arrowinset=0]{OptCircArrow} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil für den internen Pfeil. Damit wird sowohl die Richtung des Pfeils als +% auch die Größe des Bogens bestimmt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The style of the internal arrow. It specifies the direction of the +% arrow and the size of the arc. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{optcircangle, OptCircArrow}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \newpsstyle{OptCircArrow}{unit=0.5, arrows=<-, arrowinset=0} + \optcirculator[optcircangle=0 -90](0,1)(3,1)(1.5,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The circulator is positioned by default such that the input and output fibers +% are orthogonal to each other, like shown in the example: +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Zirkulator wird so positioniert, dass Eingangs- und Ausgangsverbindung +% senkrecht zueinander stehen, wie das folgende Beispiel verdeutlicht: +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{arrowscale=1.3, arrows=->, arrowinset=0} + \optcirculator(0,0.5)(3,2)(1.5,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH The positioning parameters (\prettyref{sec:positioning}) refer to +% the reference nodes \prm{left} and \prm{right} as usual and are not related +% to the automatic position. This implies, that the default position is not +% equivalent to \Lkeyword{position}\opt{=0.5}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Die Positionierungsparameter (\prettyref{sec:positioning}) beziehen +% sich wie üblich auf die Referenzknoten \prm{left} und \prm{right}, und nicht +% auf die automatisch bestimmte Position. Das bedeutet auch, dass die +% automatische Position i.a. nicht mit \Lkeyword{position}\opt{=0.5} +% übereinstimmt. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{arrowscale=1.3, arrows=->, arrowinset=0, ncurv=1.5} + \optcirculator[position=0.5](0,0.5)(3,2)(1.5,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Faserkoppler}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Fiber coupler}\fi +% \label{sec:coupler} +% +% \ifGERMAN Es stehen drei Faserkoppler zur Verfügung, die alle die gleichen +% Formen und Parameter verwenden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The package provides three fiber couplers which all share the same +% shapes and parameters. +% \fi +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLfmultipole{optcoupler}% +% \cmditem{optcoupler}(tl)(bl)(tr)(br){label} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.4)(3,1) + \optcoupler(0,1)(0,0)(3,1)(3,0){optcoupler} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \xLfmultipole{wdmcoupler}% +% \cmditem{wdmcoupler}(tl)(bl)(r){label} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.4)(3,1) + \wdmcoupler(0,1)(0,0)(3,0.5){wdmcoupler} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \xLfmultipole{wdmsplitter}% +% \cmditem{wdmsplitter}(l)(tr)(br){label} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.4)(3,1) + \wdmsplitter(0,0.5)(3,1)(3,0){wdmsplitter} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.2]{couplersize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Wird eine Zahl angegeben, so ist die Breite des Kopplers doppelt so groß, die +% Höhe entspricht \opt{0.8} mal dem Wert. Mit zwei Zahlen werden Breite und Höhe +% direkt angegeben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% For a single number the width is twice this value, the height \opt{0.8} times +% this value. Two numbers define width and height directly. +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0.1]{couplersep} +% \ifGERMAN Der vertikale Abstand zwischen zwei Faserports.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The vertical distance between two fiber ports.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{couplersep}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1) + \optcoupler[couplersep=0](0,1)(0,0)(3,1)(3,0){coupler} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[ellipse]{couplertype}{none, ellipse, rectangle, cross} +% \ifGERMAN Wählt zwischen unterschiedlichen Kopplertypen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Select between different coupler types.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{couplertype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,4.5) + \psset{labeloffset=0.5} + \optcoupler[couplertype=none]% + (0,4.5)(0,3.5)(3,4.5)(3,3.5){none} + \optcoupler[couplertype=rectangle]% + (0,3)(0,2)(3,3)(3,2){rectangle} + \optcoupler[couplertype=cross]% + (0,1.5)(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(3,0.5){cross} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[center]{coupleralign}{t, top, b, bottom, c, center} +% \ifGERMAN Die Ausrichtung des Kopplers bezüglich der Referenzknoten.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The alignment of the coupler with respect to the reference nodes.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{coupleralign}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \psset{labeloffset=0.4} + \optcoupler[coupleralign=top]% + (0,3)(0,2)(3,3)(3,2){top} + \optcoupler[coupleralign=bottom]% + (0,1.5)(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(3,0.5){bottom} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \choitem[center]{align}{top, bottom, center} +% \ifGERMAN Dieser Parameter wurde in Version 3.0 in \Lkeyword{coupleralign} +% umbenannt und ist seitdem veraltet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH This parameter was renamed in version 3.0 to +% \Lkeyword{coupleralign} and is deprecated. +% \fi +% +% \boolitem*[true]{variable} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{variable}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) + \optcoupler[variable](0,1)(0,0)(3,1)(3,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[arrowinset=0, arrows=->]{VariableCoupler} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil des Pfeiles des verstellbaren Kopplers. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The style of the arrow of the variable coupler. +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Eingangs- und Ausgangsknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Input and output nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:coupler-nodes} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Definition der Eingangs- und Ausgangsknoten aus \prettyref{sec:ifcnode} +% ist für Koppler nicht anwendbar. Hier werden die Knoten einfach von \opt{1} +% (links oben) bis \opt{N} (rechts unten) durchnummeriert. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The definition of input and output nodes from \prettyref{sec:ifcnode} cannot +% be applied to couplers. Here, the nodes are simply numbered from \opt{1} (left +% top) to \opt{N} (right bottom). +% \fi +% \begin{center} +% \begin{pspicture}(11,2) +% \psset{couplersize=0.5, couplertype=rectangle, couplersep=0.2} +% \wdmsplitter(0, 1.25)(3,2)(3,0.5) +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{1}{})\uput[120](\oenodeIfc{1}{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{N}{})\uput[-90](\oenodeIfc{N}{}){N} +% \wdmcoupler(4, 2)(4,0.5)(7,1.25) +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{1}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{1}{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[-90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{N}{})\uput[60](\oenodeIfc{N}{}){N} +% \optcoupler(8,2)(8,0.5)(11,2)(11,0.5) +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{1}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{1}{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[-90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{3}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{3}{}){3} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{N}{})\uput[-90](\oenodeIfc{N}{}){N} +% \rput[b](1.5,0){\nxLcs{wdmsplitter}} +% \rput[b](5.5,0){\nxLcs{wdmcoupler}} +% \rput[b](9.5,0){\nxLcs{optcoupler}} +% \end{pspicture} +% \end{center} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Referenzknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Reference nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:coupler-refnodes} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Definition der Referenzknoten aus \prettyref{sec:refnode} ist für Koppler +% nicht anwendbar und hängt von \Lkeyword{coupleralign} ab. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The definition of reference nodes from \prettyref{sec:refnode} cannot be +% applied to couplers and depends on \Lkeyword{coupleralign}. +% \fi +% \begin{center} +% \begin{pspicture}(12,2) +% \psset{couplersize=0.5, couplertype=rectangle, couplersep=0.2} +% \optcoupler(0, 2)(0,0.7)(3,2)(3,0.7) +% \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} +% \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} +% \optcoupler[coupleralign=top](4.5, 2)(4.5,0.7)(7.5,2)(7.5,0.7) +% \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} +% \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} +% \optcoupler[coupleralign=bottom](9, 2)(9,0.7)(12,2)(12,0.7) +% \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} +% \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} +% \rput[b](1.5,0){\opt{coupleralign=none}} +% \rput[b](6,0){\opt{coupleralign=top}} +% \rput[b](10.5,0){\opt{coupleralign=bottom}} +% \end{pspicture} +% \end{center} +% \psset{usefiberstyle=false} +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Hybridkomponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Hybrid components}\fi +% \label{sec:hybridcomp} +% +% \ifENGLISH This chapter describes the components which can be used both for +% free-ray and fiber optics but which differ from these two categories. +% +% The optical filter (\Lcs{optfilter}) is connected by default with automatic +% fiber connections, but can likewise be used with free-ray beams, in contrast +% to the fiber components (\prettyref{chap:fibercomp}). The fiber collimator +% (\Lcs{fibercollimator}) has one interface only, the other connection is a +% fiber. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Dieses Kapitel beschreibt die Komponenten, die sowohl für +% Freistrahl- als auch Faseroptik zu verwenden sind, sich von diesen aber etwas +% abgrenzen. +% +% Der optische Filter (\Lcs{optfilter}) wird mit den Voreinstellungen aber als +% Faserkomponente gehandhabt, kann jedoch im Gegensatz zu den reinen +% Faserkomponenten (\prettyref{chap:fibercomp}) auch als Freistrahlkomponente +% verwendet werden. Der Faserkollimator (\Lcs{fibercollimator}) hat nur eine +% Faser, die andere Verbindung ist Freistrahl. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Optischer Filter}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Optical filter}\fi +% \psset{usefiberstyle} +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \fiberdipoledesc{optfilter} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfilter(0,1)(3,1){bandpass} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \numitem[0.8]{filtersize} +% \ifGERMAN Die Größe des Filters.\fi +% \ifENGLISH The size of the filter.\fi +% +% \choitem[bandpass]{filtertype}{bandpass, bandstop, lowpass, highpass} +% \ifGERMAN Wähle zwischen unterschiedlichen Filtertypen.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Select between different filter types.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{filtertype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfilter[filtertype=bandstop](0,1)(3,1){bandstop} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{filtertype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfilter[filtertype=lowpass](0,1)(3,1){lowpass} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{filtertype}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfilter[filtertype=highpass](0,1)(3,1){highpass} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem{FilterStyle} +% \ifGERMAN Beinflusst das Aussehen der internen Filterlinien.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Change the style of the internal filter lines.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]FilterStyle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \newpsstyle{OptComp}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth} + \optfilter(0,1)(1.5,1) + \newpsstyle{FilterStyle}{linewidth=0.5\pslinewidth} + \optfilter(1.5,1)(3,1) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \ifGERMAN Verwendung als Freistrahlkomponenten, \Lkeyword{allowbeaminside} ist +% auf \opt{false} voreingestellt: +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Usage as free-ray component, \Lkeyword{allowbeaminside} is set to +% \opt{false} by default: +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optfilter[fiber=none](0,1)(3,1) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beamwidth=0.3, + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.2} + \drawwidebeam{(0,1)}{}{(3,1)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Faserkollimator}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Fiber collimator}\fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLdipole{fibercollimator}\cmditem{fibercollimator}(in)(A)(B)(out){label}% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \fibercollimator[beam](0,1)(3,1){FC} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Faserkollimator kann mit zwei, drei oder vier Punkten verwendet +% werden. Bei zwei Punkten wird der Kollimator wie jeder andere Zweipol zwischen +% \prm{in} und \prm{out} Knoten platziert. Bei drei Punkten wird eine +% \Lcs*{psbezier} Kurve gezeichnet, wobei der mittlere Punkt doppelt verwendet +% wird. Die Positionierungsparameter (siehe \prettyref{sec:positioning}) können +% verwendet werden um den Kollimator zwischen dem \prm{in} und \prm{A} Knoten +% auszurichten. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The fiber collimator can be used with two, three or four points. With two +% points, the collimator is placed like any other dipole component between +% \prm{in} and \prm{out} node. For three nodes, the fiber is drawn as +% \Lcs*{psbezier} curve for which the central node \prm{A} is used +% twice. Positioning parameters (see \prettyref{sec:positioning}) can be used to +% shift the object between \prm{in} and \prm{A} nodes. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \fibercollimator[beam](0,1)(2,1)(3,2){FC} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \medskip +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Bei vier Knoten wird eine \Lcs*{psbezier} Kurve mit allen vier Knoten +% gezeichnet. Die Positionierungsparameter (siehe \prettyref{sec:positioning}) +% können verwendet werden um den Kollimator zwischen den ersten beiden Knoten +% (\prm{in} und \prm{A}) zu verschieben. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% For four nodes, the fiber is drawn as \Lcs*{psbezier} curve with the specified +% nodes. Positioning parameters (siehe \prettyref{sec:positioning}) can be used +% to shift the object between the first two nodes (\prm{in} and \prm{A}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \fibercollimator[beam](0,1)(2,1)(3,1)(3,2){FC} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0.3]{fibercolsize}{\prm{num} or \prm{width} \prm{height}} +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine einzelne Zahl gibt die Seitenlänge des Kollimators an, zwei Zahlen die Breite und +% Höhe. Beachten Sie, dass \opt{fibercolsize=1} und \opt{fibercolsize=1 1} nicht +% dasselbe Ergebnis liefern. Alternativ kann das Verhältnis zwischen Höhe und +% Breite mit \opt{xunit} und \opt{yunit} geändert werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% A single number gives the side length of the collimator, two numbers the width +% and height. Note, that \opt{fibercolsize=1} and \opt{fibercolsize=1 1} do not give +% the same result. You may also change the relation of width and height with +% \opt{xunit} and \opt{yunit}. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Spezielle Knoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Special nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:objnodes} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Jedes \nxLPack{pst-optexp}-Objekt stellt mehrere spezielle Knoten zur +% Verfügung, die mit dessen Geometrie und Positionierung zusammenhängen. Diese +% Knoten stehen für weitere Verwendung zur Verfügung. +% +% Sie sollten immer die dafür vorgesehenen Makros verwenden um auf die +% Knotennamen zuzugreifen. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Every \nxLPack{pst-optexp} object of an experimental setup provides +% several special nodes which are related to its geometry and +% positioning. They can be accessed and used for related positioning and +% drawing. +% +% You should always use the dedicated macros to access these node names. +% \fi +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenode}{node}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Das ist das grundlegende Makro mit dem auf die Knotennamen einer Komponente +% zugegriffen werden kann. Das erste Argument \prm{node} ist der Bezeichner des +% angeforderten Knotens. Das zweite Argument \prm{comp} ist der Name der +% Komponente (gemäß \prettyref{sec:namingobj}). Ist dieses leer so wird das +% zuletzt definierte Objekt verwendet. +% +% Für viele der Knoten wird ein eigenes Makro bereitgestellt, das Sie dann auch +% verwenden sollten, da sich die Namenskonventionen ändern könnten. Die Makros +% stellen sicher, dass Sie immer die passenden Knotennamen erhalten. Daher sind +% die verfügbaren Bezeichner auch nicht aufgelistet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This is the basic command to access any node associated with a certain +% component. The first argument \prm{node} is the identifier of the requested +% node. The second argument \prm{comp} is the name of the target component +% (according to \prettyref{sec:namingobj}). If left empty, it uses the last +% component defined. +% +% For most special nodes an appropriate macro is provided, which you are +% strongly advised to use, because the naming conventions may change. Using the +% macros makes sure, that you always get the correct node names. Therefore, the +% available identifiers are not listed explicitely. +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[new]{namingscheme}{old, new} +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Option ist nur aus Kompatibilitätsgründen vorhanden. In Version 2.1 +% mussten spezielle Komponentenknoten über ihren expliziten Namen angesprochen +% werden. Sie sollten diese Option nur dann verwenden und auf \opt{old} +% setzen, wenn Sie in älteren Dokumenten direkt auf die Knoten zugegriffen +% haben. Seit Version 3.0 werden Makros für den Zugriff auf die +% Komponentenknoten bereitgestellt, so dass das eigentliche Namensschema +% unerheblich ist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This option is for backward compatibility only. In version 2.1 special +% component nodes had to be accessed by their explicit name. You should use +% this option only if you accessed internal nodes directly in old +% documents. Since version 3.0 explicit macros are provided to access all +% special component nodes, so that the actual naming scheme does not matter. +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{showoptdots} +% \ifGERMAN +% Markiert einige der speziellen Komponentenknoten: die schwarzen Punkte sind +% die normalen und die schwarzen Kreuze die transformierten Referenzknoten +% (\prettyref{sec:refnode}), der rote Punkt ist der Mittelpunktknoten +% (\prettyref{sec:centernode}) und das rote Kreuz der Beschriftungsknoten +% (\prettyref{sec:labelnode}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Draw some special component nodes for debugging: The black points are the +% normal and the black crosses are the transformed reference nodes +% (\prettyref{sec:refnode}), the red point is the center node +% (\prettyref{sec:centernode}), and the red cross is the label node +% (\prettyref{sec:labelnode}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) +\mirror[showoptdots, angle=10, beam](0,1)(1.9,1)(1.9,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Komponenten-Bezeichner}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Component identifiers}\fi +% \label{sec:namingobj} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Komponenten einer Aufbauskizze werden in Reihenfolge ihrer Definition im +% Code aufsteigend nummeriert, angefangen bei \opt{1}. Die Komponenten und deren +% Spezialknoten können immer über diese Nummer (ID) referenziert werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% All components of a setup drawing are numbered automatically in increasing +% order according to their definition in the code, starting with \opt{1}. The +% components as well as their special nodes can always be accessed by this +% number (ID). +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \valitem{compname}{string} +% \ifGERMAN +% Weist einer Komponente einen Bezeichner zu. Die Komponente kann nun sowohl +% über diesen Bezeichner als auch über die ID referenziert werden. Dieser +% Parameter kann nur im optionalen Argument einer \nxLPack{pst-optexp} +% Komponente verwendet werden. Der Bezeichner sollte innerhalb einer +% \Lenv*{pspicture}-Umgebung eindeutig sein. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Assigns a name identifier to a component, which can then be referenced both +% by this name and by its ID. The parameter can be assigned only in the +% optional Argument of a \nxLPack{pst-optexp} component and should be unique +% within one \Lenv*{pspicture} environment. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\ifGERMAN +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(2,2) + \optbox[compname=MyBox](0,1)(2,2) + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeIn{MyBox}) % Verwende den Namen + \psdot[linecolor=blue](\oenodeOut{1}) % Verwende die ID + \psdot[linecolor=green](\oenodeCenter{})% Nimm die letzte Komponente +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi\ifENGLISH +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(2,2) + \optbox[compname=MyBox](0,1)(2,2) + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeIn{MyBox})% use the compname + \psdot[linecolor=blue](\oenodeOut{1}) % use the ID + \psdot[linecolor=green](\oenodeCenter{}) % the last component +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Referenzknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Reference nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:refnode} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeRefA}{comp} +% \cmditem{oenodeRefB}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Eingangs- und Ausgangs-Referenzknoten. +% +% Das sind die ursprünglichen Knoten, die für die Positionierung der Komponente +% benutzt wurden, \nxLcs{oenodeRefA} ist der erste und \nxLcs{oenodeRefB} der +% letzte Knoten. Diese Zuordnung ist nicht gültig für Faserkoppler +% (\ref{sec:coupler-refnodes}) und Zirkulatoren (\ref{cmd:optcirculator}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The input and output reference nodes. +% +% These are the original nodes which were used for the component positioning, +% \nxLcs{oenodeRefA} is the first and \nxLcs{oenodeRefB} the last node. This +% definition is not valid couplers (\ref{sec:coupler-refnodes}) and circulators +% (\ref{cmd:optcirculator}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, linerange={1-3, 4-7}] +\begin{pspicture}(5,1) + \pnode(0.5,0.5){A}\pnode(4.5,0.5){B} + \optbox(A)(B) + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \cmditem{oenodeTrefA}{comp} +% \cmditem{oenodeTrefB}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die transformierten Eingangs- und Ausgangs-Referenzknoten. +% +% Das sind die Referenzknoten nachdem sie zusammen mit der Komponente gemäß +% der \Lkeyword{compshift} und \Lkeyword{angle} Parameter transformiert wurden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The transformed input and output reference nodes. +% +% These are the input and output reference nodes which are transformed +% together with the component according to the \Lkeyword{compshift} and +% \Lkeyword{angle} parameters. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, linerange={1-3,5-9}] +\begin{pspicture}(5,1.8) + \pnode(0.5,0.5){A}\pnode(4.5,0.5){B} + \optbox[compshift=0.5, angle=10](A)(B) + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeTrefA{})(\oenodeTrefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psdot(\oenodeTrefA{})\uput[90](\oenodeTrefA{}){TrefA} + \psdot(\oenodeTrefB{})\uput[90](\oenodeTrefB{}){TrefB} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Mittelpunktknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Center node}\fi +% \label{sec:centernode} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeCenter}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Dieser Knoten liegt, bis auf wenige Ausnahmen (z.B. \Lcs{optdetector}), im +% Mittelpunkt der Komponente. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This node lays, except for a few components (e.g. \Lcs{optcirculator}), in the +% center of the component. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-2, 5-5, 8-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optbox(0,0.5)(3,0.5) + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeCenter{}) + \optdetector(0,1.5)(2.5,1.5) + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeCenter{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Beschriftungsknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Label node}\fi +% \label{sec:labelnode} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeLabel}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Auf diesen Knoten wird die Beschriftung platziert. Der Knoten ist auch +% verfügbar wenn keine Beschriftung angegeben wurde. Für +% \Lkeyword{labeloffset}\opt{=0} ist dieser Knoten +% identisch mit dem Mittelpunktsknoten (\prettyref{sec:centernode}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The component label is placed at this node. It is also available +% if no label was specified. The label node is identical with the center +% node for \Lkeyword{labeloffset}\opt{=0}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-2,5-5}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \optbox(0,1)(3,1) + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeTrefA{})(\oenodeTrefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeLabel{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Externe Knoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{External nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:extnode} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeExt}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Ein externer Knoten kann an unterschiedliche Positionen entlang des +% Komponentenrandes gesetzt werden. Dieser wird nur für den externen Zugriff +% definiert, und beeinflusst in keiner Weise die Komponente. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% An external node can be placed at different positions along the component +% boundary. It gets defined only for external usage and does not affect the +% component in any way. +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \begin{optionlist} +% \valitem{extnode}{refpoint} +% \ifGERMAN +% Bestimmt die Position des externen Knotens. \refpointexplanation Nicht +% jede Komponente unterstützt alle möglichen Kombinationen, die möglichen +% Positionen jeder Komponente sind in \prettyref{sec:overview-extnode} +% zusammengefasst. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Set the position of the external node. \refpointexplanation Not all +% components support any possible combination. The allowed positions of each +% component are listed in \prettyref{sec:overview-extnode}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{pspicture}(6,2.5) +% \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beaminside=false, arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5} +% \psset{optboxsize=2.5 1.5}\ttfamily +% \pnode(0,1.25){A}\pnode(6,1.25){B} +% \optbox[beam, extnode=tl](A)(B) +% \psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[135](\oenodeExt{}){tl} +% \backlayer{% +% \optbox[extnode=t](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[90](\oenodeExt{}){t} +% \optbox[extnode=tr](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[90](\oenodeExt{}){tr} +% \optbox[extnode=r](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[45](\oenodeExt{}){r} +% \optbox[extnode=br](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[-90](\oenodeExt{}){br} +% \optbox[extnode=b](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[-90](\oenodeExt{}){b} +% \optbox[extnode=bl](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[-90](\oenodeExt{}){bl} +% \optbox[extnode=l](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[135](\oenodeExt{}){l} +% \optbox[extnode=c](A)(B)\psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[180](\oenodeExt{}){c} +% } +% \end{pspicture} +% +% \choitem[abs]{extnodealign}{rel,relative,abs,absolute} +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Bezeichnung von «oben» (\opt{t}) und den anderen Positionierungsparametern +% von \Lkeyword{extnode} können absolut oder relativ zur Komponente betrachtet +% werden. +% +% In dem folgenden Beispiel ist der externe Knoten immer «oben rechts» +% (\opt{tr}) platziert, unabhängig von der Reihenfolge der Referenzknoten +% (\opt{extnodealign=abs}). Das Verhalten ist identisch zu +% \Lkeyword{labelref}\opt{=relative} für die Ausrichtung der Beschriftung. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The definition of «top» (\opt{t}) and the other \Lkeyword{extnode} refpoint +% parameters can be absolute or relative to the component. +% +% In the following example the external node is always placed «top right» +% independent of the actual order of the reference nodes +% (\opt{extnodealign=abs}). The behaviour is identical to the label rotation for +% \Lkeyword{labelref}\opt{=relative}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]extnodealign}] +\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(2,2) + \psset{endbox, optboxsize=1 0.6, dotscale=1.5} + \psset{extnodealign=abs, extnode=tr} + \multido{\i=0+45}{8}{% + \optbox[innerlabel](0,0)(1;\i){\i} + \psdot(\oenodeExt{}) + } +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% In dem darauffolgenden Beispiel bezieht sich die Positionierung relativ zur +% Verbindung zwischen Eingangs- und Ausgangsreferenzknoten +% (\opt{extnodealign=rel}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% In the next example the position is relative to the order of input and output +% reference node (\opt{extnodealign=rel}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]extnodealign}] +\begin{pspicture}(-2,-2)(2,2) + \psset{endbox, optboxsize=1 0.6, dotscale=1.5} + \psset{extnodealign=rel, extnode=tr} + \multido{\i=0+45}{8}{% + \optbox[innerlabel](0,0)(1;\i){\i} + \psdot(\oenodeExt{}) + }% +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Grenzflächenknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Interface nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:ifcnode} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeIfc}{num}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Grenzflächenknoten \prm{num}, wobei \prm{num} eine positive Ganzzahl +% oder \opt{N} ist. Der letzte Knoten ist immer \opt{N}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The interface node \prm{num}, where the number is a positive integer or +% \opt{N}. The last node is always defined as \opt{N}. +% \fi +% +% \cmditem{oenodeIn}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Knoten \prm{1} ist der Eingangsknoten und sollte immer über +% \nxLcs{oenodeIn} angesprochen werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The interface node \prm{1} is the input node and should always be accessed +% via \nxLcs{oenodeIn}. +% \fi +% +% \cmditem{oenodeOut}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Knoten \opt{N} ist der Ausgangsknoten und sollte +% immer über \nxLcs{oenodeOut} angesprochen werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The interface node \prm{N} is the output node and should always be accessed +% via \nxLcs{oenodeOut}. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% «Eingang» und «Ausgang» können nur anhand einer relativen Orientierung +% definiert werden. Per Definition ist der Eingangsknoten derjenige zu dem ein +% Lichtstrahl ausgehend vom Referenzknoten \Lcs{oenodeRefA} verläuft. Analog +% dazu ist die Definition ds Ausgangsknotens. Diese Bezeichnung kann nur für +% Faserkoppler (siehe \prettyref{sec:coupler-nodes}) und Strahlteiler +% (\ref{cmd:beamsplitter}) nicht angewendet werden. +% +% \nxLcs{oenodeIn} ist äquivalent zu \nxLcs{oenodeIfc\{1\}} und +% \nxLcs{oenodeOut} ist äquivalent zu \nxLcs{oenodeIfc\{N\}}. Die Eingangs- +% und Ausgangsknoten sollten über die explizit bereitgestellten Makros +% angesprochen werden, \nxLcs{oenodeIfc} sollte nur für die weiteren +% Grenzflächenknoten, sofern vorhanden, verwendet werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% «Input» and «output» can define only relative orientations. The input node +% is by definition the node to which a beam coming from the reference node +% \Lcs{oenodeRefA} is connected to. Correspondingly is the definition of the +% output node. This definition breaks down only for fiber couplers (see +% \prettyref{sec:coupler-nodes}) and beamsplitter (\ref{cmd:beamsplitter}). +% +% \nxLcs{oenodeIn} is equivalent to \nxLcs{oenodeIfc\{1\}} and +% \nxLcs{oenodeOut} is equivalent to \nxLcs{oenodeIfc\{N\}}. You should use +% the \nxLcs{oenodeIfc} macro only to access the nodes which are not the input +% and output nodes as for those explicit macros are provided. +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(2.8,3) + \pentaprism[pentaprismsize=1.3](0,1.5)(1.5,1.5)(1.5,0) + \drawbeam[arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5]{(0,1.5)}{}{(1.5,0)} + \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[135](\oenodeIn{}){1} + \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[0](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} + \psdot(\oenodeIfc{3}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{3}{}){3} + \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% In \prettyref{sec:overview-ifcnode} finden Sie eine vollständige Liste aller +% Komponenten mit ihren Grenzflächenknoten. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% See \prettyref{sec:overview-ifcnode} for a complete list of all +% components with their interface nodes. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Referenzknoten für die Rotation}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Rotation reference node}\fi +% \label{sec:rotrefnode} +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeRotref}{comp} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Referenzknoten um den eine Komponente mit \Lkeyword{angle} gedreht +% wird. Die Position des Knotens wird mit dem \Lkeyword{rotateref} Parameter +% definiert und kann dieselben Werte annehmen wie \Lkeyword{extnode}. Eine +% vollständige Liste der möglichen Positionen finden Sie in +% \prettyref{sec:overview-extnode}. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The node around which a component is rotated by \Lkeyword{angle}. The +% position is defined with the \Lkeyword{rotateref} parameter and can take the +% same values as \Lkeyword{extnode}. See \prettyref{sec:overview-extnode} for +% possible rotation reference nodes of all components. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, linerange={1-2, 6-7, 11-12}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0.1)(12,1.8) + \optbox[angle=20](0.5,1)(4.5,1) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRotref{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRotref{}){Rotref} + \optbox[angle=20, rotateref=bl](7.5,1)(11.5,1) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRotref{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRotref{}){Rotref} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Strahlknoten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Beam nodes}\fi +% \label{sec:beamnode} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Endknoten eines \Lcs{drawbeam} oder \Lcs{drawwidebeam} Kommandos +% können wieder verwendet werden, wenn \Lkeyword{savebeampoints} gesetzt ist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The end points of a recent \Lcs{drawbeam} or \Lcs{drawwidebeam} command can +% be reused if \Lkeyword{savebeampoints} is set. +% \fi +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{oenodeBeam}{num} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Damit wird der Endknoten eines vorangegangenen \Lcs{drawbeam} Kommandos +% angesprochen. Wird \prm{num} leer gelassen so wird \opt{1} genommen, was in +% der Regel dem letzten Strahlengang entspricht. Auf welchen Strahl genau +% Bezug genommen wird, hängt i.a. von den gewählten Einstellungen von +% \Lkeyword{savebeampoints} und entsprechender Wahl von \prm{num} ab. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Access the end point of a preceeding \Lcs{drawbeam} command. If \prm{num} is +% left empty it defaults to \opt{1} which usually refers to the last beam +% ray. However, generally it depends on the settings of +% \Lkeyword{savebeampoints} and the choice of \prm{num} which beam you refer +% to. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(1.6,1){B} + \optbox[position=end](A)(B) + \drawbeam[beaminsidelast=false]{(A)}{1} + \psdot(\oenodeBeam{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \cmditem{oenodeBeamUp}{num} +% \cmditem{oenodeBeamLow}{num} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Damit wird der obere («upper») oder untere («lower») Endknoten eines +% vorangegangenen \Lcs{drawwidebeam} Kommandos angesprochen. Wird \prm{num} +% leer gelassen so wird \opt{1} genommen, womit man sich in der Regel auf den +% letzten Strahlengang bezieht. Auf welchen Strahl genau Bezug genommen wird, +% hängt i.a. von den gewählten Einstellungen von \Lkeyword{savebeampoints} und +% entsprechender Wahl von \prm{num} ab. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Access the upper or lower end point of a preceeding \Lcs{drawwidebeam} +% command. If \prm{num} is left empty it defaults to \opt{1}, which usually +% refers to the last beam ray. However, generally it depends on the settings +% of \Lkeyword{savebeampoints} and the choice of \prm{num} which beam you +% refer to. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-6,10-10}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \lens[abspos=1, lensradius=-2](A)(B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{% + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.5]{(A)}{}{(B)} + \psdot(\oenodeBeamUp{})\psdot(\oenodeBeamLow{}) + \uput[90](\oenodeBeamUp{}){\rput[rb](0,0){BeamUp}} + \uput[-90](\oenodeBeamLow{}){\rput[rt](0,0){BeamLow}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Beachten Sie, dass «oben» («upper») und «unten» («lower») bezüglich der +% Ausbreitungsrichtung des Strahls definiert ist. Ein Randstrahl der als «upper» +% startet can zu «lower» werden, wenn er den anderen Randstrahl kreuzt. Das wird +% in dem folgenden Beispiel erläutert: +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Note, that «upper» and «lower» is defined with respect to the propagation +% direction of the beam. A marginal beam which started as «upper» can change to «lower» +% if it crosses the other marginal beam. This is shown in the following example, +% where the marginal rays exchange their roles: +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-6,10-10,14-14}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \lens[abspos=1, n=2](A)(B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{% + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.5]{(A)}{} + \psdot(\oenodeBeamUp{})\psdot(\oenodeBeamLow{}) + \uput[90](\oenodeBeamUp{}){\rput[rb](0,0){BeamUp}} + \uput[-90](\oenodeBeamLow{}){\rput[rt](0,0){BeamLow}} + \drawwidebeam[loadbeam, beaminsidefirst]{}{(B)} + \psdot(\oenodeBeamUp{})\psdot(\oenodeBeamLow{}) + \uput[90](\oenodeBeamUp{}){\rput[rb](0,0){BeamUp}} + \uput[-90](\oenodeBeamLow{}){\rput[rt](0,0){BeamLow}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Strahlknoten können nur innerhalb der \Lenv*{pspicture}-Umgebung verwendet +% werden, in der sie definiert wurden. Um auf bestimmte Strahlknoten von +% außerhalb zugreifen zu können müssen diese vorher explizit umdefiniert werden: +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The beam nodes can be accessed only within the \Lenv*{pspicture} environment +% they were defined in. If you want to use one of these nodes from outside, you +% must explicitely redefine them beforehand: +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{lstlisting} +\pnode(\oenodeBeam{}){MyBeamNode} +\end{lstlisting} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Desweiteren werden die Endknoten durch \Lkeyword{stopinside} +% beeinflusst. Siehe \prettyref{sec:custombeam} für weitere Details. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The end points are also affected by \Lkeyword{stopinside}. See +% \prettyref{sec:custombeam} for further details. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(0,0)(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(1.6,1){B} + \optbox[position=end](A)(B) + \psset{beaminsidelast=false} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beampos=0.3]{(A)}{1} + \psdot(\oenodeBeam{}) + \drawbeam[stopinside]{(A)}{1} + \psdot(\oenodeBeam{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Knotenübersicht}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Node overview}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH This is an overview of all available component nodes.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Dies ist eine Ãœbersicht über alle verfügbaren Komponentenknoten.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, linerange={2-4,16-16}] +\psset{unit=2} +\begin{pspicture}(0.3,0.1)(4.8,1.6) + \pnode(0.5,0.5){A}\pnode(4.5,0.5){B} + \optbox[compshift=0.5, angle=10, rotateref=tr, extnode={-0.5,1}](A)(B) + \psline[style=Refline](\oenodeTrefA{})(\oenodeTrefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA} + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[-90](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB} + \psdot(\oenodeTrefA{})\uput[90](\oenodeTrefA{}){TrefA} + \psdot(\oenodeTrefB{})\uput[90](\oenodeTrefB{}){TrefB} + \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[80](\oenodeOut{}){\rput[l](0,0.1){Out}} + \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[100](\oenodeIn{}){\rput[r](0,0){In}} + \psdot(\oenodeCenter{})\uput[90](\oenodeCenter{}){Center} + \psdot(\oenodeRotref{})\uput[90](\oenodeRotref{}){Rotref} + \psdot(\oenodeExt{})\uput[90](\oenodeExt{}){Ext} + \psdot(\oenodeLabel{})\uput[90](\oenodeLabel{}){Label} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Verbinden von Komponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Connecting components}\fi +% \label{chap:connecting} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Das \nxLPack{pst-optexp}-Paket stellt unterschiedlichen Methoden bereit, +% Komponenten vollautomatisch oder manuell, mit Fasern oder mit Lichtstrahlen zu +% verbinden. +% \begin{compactitem} +% \item In \prettyref{sec:accessobj} wird beschrieben wie Komponenten und Knoten für Verbindungen angesprochen werden. +% \item Strahlverbindungen im Allgemeinen und das Verhalten von Einzelstrahlen wir in \prettyref{sec:drawbeam} beschrieben. +% \item \prettyref{sec:drawwidebeam} erweitert diese Beschreibung von Strahlverbindungen auf ausgedehnte Strahlen. +% \item In \prettyref{sec:error-handling} wird gezeigt, wie fehlerhafte Strahlverbindungen (verfehlen von Grenzflächen) gehandhabt wird). +% \item \prettyref{sec:custombeam} erläutert, wie stückweise definierte Strahlengänge einfach realisiert werden können. +% \item Manuelle und automatische Faserverbindungen werden in \prettyref{sec:drawfiber} behandelt. +% \item \prettyref{sec:layers} erklärt das Konzept der «front» und «back»-Ebene. +% \end{compactitem} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The \LPack{pst-optexp} package provides several methods for automatic and +% manual beam and fiber drawing. +% +% \begin{compactitem} +% \item \prettyref{sec:accessobj} describes how to access objects and nodes for use with connections. +% \item Beam drawing in general and the behavior of single beams is explained in \prettyref{sec:drawbeam}. +% \item \prettyref{sec:drawwidebeam} extends this description of beam drawing to wide beams. +% \item \prettyref{sec:error-handling} shows how errors in beam connections (missed interfaces etc.) are handled. +% \item \prettyref{sec:custombeam} explains how customized, piecewise defined beam paths are constructed. +% \item Manual and automatic fiber connections are described in \prettyref{sec:drawfiber}. +% \item \prettyref{sec:layers} introduces the concept of front and back layer for the drawings. +% \end{compactitem} +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN\section{Zugriff auf Komponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Accessing components}\fi\label{sec:accessobj} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% All macros for connections can take either an ID, a \Lkeyword{compname} +% identifier (see \prettyref{sec:namingobj}) or PSTricks nodes as arguments, +% which are denoted with \prm{obj$_1$}, \prm{obj$_2$}, \ldots. To +% distinguish between nodes and components, the nodes must be enclosed in +% parenthesis within the brackets. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Makros für Verbindungen akzeptieren entweder eine ID, ein \Lkeyword{compname} Bezeichner (siehe +% \prettyref{sec:namingobj}) oder einen PSTricks-Knoten als Argument, die als +% \prm{obj$_1$}, \prm{obj$_2$}, \ldots{} bezeichnet werden. Um +% zwischen Knoten und Komponenten unterscheiden zu können, müssen Knoten in +% runde Klammern innerhalb der geschweiften Klammern eingeschlossen werden. +% \fi +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item +% \ifGERMAN Auf alle Komponenten kann immer unter Verwendung der ID +% zugegriffen werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH All components can always be accessed via their ID.\fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(1.5,1){B} + \optbox[position=end, labeloffset=0](A)(B){1} + \drawbeam{(A)}{1} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifGERMAN Wenn eine Komponente mit \Lkeyword{compname} einen zusätzlichen +% Namen erhalten hat, so kann dieser anstelle der ID verwendet werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH A component which has been assigned a name with +% \Lkeyword{compname} can also be accessed via this instead of its ID. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{compname}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psset{position=end, labeloffset=0} + \optbox[compname=obj](0,1)(1.5,1){obj} + \drawbeam{(0,1)}{obj} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifGERMAN Wird das Argument leer gelassen, dann greift man auf die zuletzt +% definierte Komponente zu. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH If the argument is left empty, use the last component defined. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psset{position=end, labeloffset=0} + \optbox(0,0.5)(1.5,0.5){1} + \optbox(0,1.5)(1.5,1.5){2} + \drawbeam{(0,1)}{} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifGERMAN +% Bei \Lcs{drawbeam} und \Lcs{drawwidebeam} können auch Zahlintervalle verwendet +% werden. Gültige Intervallangaben sind +% \begin{description} +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{x-y}}] Von \opt{x} bis \opt{y}, ist \opt{x} größer +% als \opt{y}, so wird heruntergezählt. +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{x-}}] Von \opt{x} bis zur letzten Komponente. +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{\hphantom{x}-y}}] Von der ersten Komponente bis \opt{y}. +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{\hphantom{x}-}}] Verbinde alle Komponenten. +% \end{description} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH For \Lcs{drawbeam} and \Lcs{drawwidebeam} you can also specify a +% number range. Valid range specifications are +% \begin{description} +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{x-y}}] From \opt{x} to \opt{y}, if \opt{x} is +% greater than \opt{y}, the numbers are decremented. +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{x-}}] From \opt{x} to the last component. +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{\hphantom{x}-y}}] From the first component to \opt{y}. +% \item[\parbox{2em}{\texttt{\hphantom{x}-}}] Connect all components. +% \end{description} +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \psset{position=end, optboxsize=0.5 0.5, bssize=0.5} + \optbox[compname=obj](0.5,0.5)(0.5,2.5){obj, 1} + \beamsplitter(0.5,2.5)(0.5,1)(2.5,1){2} + \optbox(0.5,1)(2.5,1){3} + \drawbeam{1-3} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \ifENGLISH\section{Drawing beams}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\section{Strahlen zeichnen}\fi +% \label{sec:drawbeam} +% \ifENGLISH +% The package provides several ways to connect components and nodes with beams, +% which can be either single rays or wide beams. Most parameters have the same +% effect on both single and wide beams so most examples will be shown for +% single beams only. For options specific to wide beams please see +% \prettyref{sec:drawwidebeam}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Es gibt mehrere Möglichkeiten Komponenten und Knoten mit Strahlen zu +% verbinden: einfache Linien oder ausgedehnte Strahlen. Die meisten Parameter +% haben für beide Typen dieselbe Bedeutung, daher beschränken sich die +% entsprechenden Beispiele auf die einfachen Strahlen. Die Parameter die nur +% ausgedehnte Strahlen betreffen, werden in \prettyref{sec:drawwidebeam} +% beschrieben. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLcs{drawbeam}\cmditem{drawbeam}[options]{obj$_1$}{obj$_2$}\ldots +% \xLcs{drawwidebeam}\cmditem*{drawwidebeam}[options]{obj$_1$}{obj$_2$}\ldots +% +% \ifENGLISH +% These are the two macros for beam connections; they can take a variable +% number of arguments (minimum of two) which can be either an ID, a +% \Lkeyword{compname}, or a PSTricks nodes. To distinguish between nodes and +% components, the nodes must be enclosed in parenthesis within the +% brackets. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Diese beiden Makros sind für die Strahlverbindungen zuständig, sie +% akzeptieren eine variable Anzahl an Argumenten (mindestens zwei), die +% entweder eine ID, ein \Lkeyword{compname}, oder ein PSTricks-Knoten sein +% können. Um zwischen Knoten und Komponenten unterscheiden zu können, müssen +% Knoten in runde Klammern innerhalb der geschweiften Klammern eingeschlossen +% werden. +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \subsection{Raytracing}\label{sec:raytracing} +% \ifENGLISH +% The beam connection macros support two modes of tracing the beam across the +% optical components: one is to use refractive indices and Snell's law to +% determine the beam path. The other mode is to connect the components only, +% regardless of their optical properties. +% +% You must always keep in mind, that this is a package for \emph{sketching} +% experimental setups. Therefore, we do not provide a comprehensive raytracing +% framwork, because deviations from the actual physical path are often desired +% for sketches: beam angles and divergences should be in many cases more extreme +% than in the real setup in order to highlight certain aspects. You should also +% consider the refractive index (see \prettyref{sec:n}) only as a tool to +% optimize the visual effects of the beam path, and not stick with its +% physically correct values. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Strahlengang durch die Komponenten kann mit zwei unterschiedlichen +% Methoden ermittelt werden: über den Brechungsindex und das Snelliussche +% Brechungsgesetz, oder indem die Komponenten unabhängig von ihren optischen +% Eigenschaften einfach verbunden werden. +% +% Behalten Sie immer im Hinterkopf, dass dieses Paket für \emph{Skizzen} +% optischer Aufbauten gedacht ist und daher keine vollständige Umgebung zur +% Strahlverfolgung bereitstellt. Abweichungen vom physikalisch richtigen Weg +% können in vielen Fällen erwünscht sein: Winkel und Divergenzen werden häufig +% extremer dargestellt um bestimmte Effekte hervorzuheben. Daher sollten Sie den +% Brechungsindex (siehe \prettyref{sec:n}) lediglich as Mittel zur Optimierung +% des gewünschten Lichtweges sehen und nicht zu sehr an den physikalisch +% richtigen Werten festhalten. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem[true]{raytrace} +% \ifENGLISH +% Chooses the mode of tracing the beam path, +% \opt{true} uses the refractive index («raytracing»), \opt{false} selects +% component connection («connect» mode). +% +% In most cases, the «connect» mode is equivalent to «raytracing» with +% \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1}, except for \Lcs{optprism} and \Lcs{doveprism}, where +% the interface nodes (\prettyref{sec:ifcnode}) are simply connected. +% See the following two example for the differences between the tracing modes +% using these two components. The interface nodes are highlighted for clarity. +% +% The raytraced beam with \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1} (blue) passes the component +% without changing its direction, the refraction for \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1.5} is +% calculated (red), and the «connect» beam (green) just passes through the two +% interface nodes. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Wählt die Methode der Strahlverfolgung, mit \opt{true} wird der +% Brechungsindex («raytracing») verwendet, \opt{false} verbindet die +% Komponente lediglich («connect» Variante). +% +% In vielen Fällen ist «connect» identisch mit «raytracing» für +% \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1}, außer für \Lcs{optprism} oder \Lcs{doveprism} bei +% denen die Grenzflächenknoten (\prettyref{sec:ifcnode}) dann einfach nur +% verbunden werden. Die folgenden beiden Beispiele zeigen die Unterschiede +% der beiden Methoden für diese Komponenten. Die Grenzflächenknoten sind zum +% besseren Verständnis hervorgehoben. +% +% Der «raytracing» Strahl mit \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1} (blau) wird durch die +% Komponente transmittiert ohne die Richtung zu verändern, für +% \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1.5} (rot) wird die Brechung an den Grenzflächen berechnet, +% und der «connect» Strahl (grün) durchläuft genau die Grenzflächenknoten. +% \fi +% +%\iffalse +%<*ignore> +%\fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-7,9-9}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2.2) + \pnode(0,1.5){A}\pnode(1,1.5){B}\pnode(3,1){C} + \optprism[prismsize=1.2](A)(B)(C) + \optplane(C) + \drawbeam[n=1, linecolor=blue]{(A)}{1}{2} + \drawbeam[n=1.5, linecolor=red]{(A)}{1}{2} + \drawbeam[raytrace=false, linecolor=DGreen]{(A)}{1}{2} + \psdot(\oenodeIn{1})\psdot(\oenodeOut{1}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +%\iffalse +%</ignore> +%\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% For the \Lcs{doveprism} the same applies as for the \Lcs{optprism}, but the +% raytraced beam with \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1} (blue) misses the second interface +% because it is not refracted and stops therefore at the first interface (see +% \prettyref{sec:error-handling}). Again, the green «connect» ray passes through +% all interface nodes. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Das \Lcs{doveprism} wird im Prinzip genauso behandelt wie das \Lcs{optprism}, +% der «raytracing» Strahl mit \Lkeyword{n}\opt{=1} (blau) trifft wegen fehlender +% Brechung die zweite Grenzfläche gar nicht, und endet daher schon an der ersten +% Grenzflächen (siehe \prettyref{sec:error-handling}). Der grüne «connect» +% Strahl verläuft wieder durch die Grenzflächenknoten. +% \fi +% +%\iffalse +%<*ignore> +%\fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-6,8-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(4,1){B} + \doveprism[doveprismsize=1](A)(B) + \drawbeam[n=1, linecolor=blue, beampos=0.1]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \drawbeam[n=1.5, linecolor=red]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \drawbeam[raytrace=false, linecolor=DGreen]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \psdot(\oenodeIn{1})\psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{1})\psdot(\oenodeOut{1}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Für «connect» können auch unterschiedliche Anfangsbedingungen +% (\ref{prm:beampos}) verwendet werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The «connect» mode also supports changing the initial conditions +% (\ref{prm:beampos}). +% \fi +%\iffalse +%<*ignore> +%\fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-7,9-9}, morekeywords={[21]beampos,beamangle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.7,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(4,1){B} + \doveprism[doveprismsize=1](A)(B) + \psset[optexp]{raytrace=false} + \drawbeam[linecolor=blue, beampos=0.2, beamangle=-10]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \drawbeam[raytrace=false, linecolor=DGreen]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beampos=-0.2, beamangle=10]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \psdot(\oenodeIn{1})\psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{1})\psdot(\oenodeOut{1}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-7,9-9}, morekeywords={[21]beampos,beamangle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.7,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(4,1){B} + \doveprism[doveprismsize=1](A)(B) + \psset[optexp]{raytrace=false} + \drawbeam[linecolor=blue, beampos=0.2]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=DGreen]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beampos=-0.2]{(A)}{1}{(B)} + \psdot(\oenodeIn{1})\psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{1})\psdot(\oenodeOut{1}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[true]{useNA} +% \ifGERMAN Ein Strahlengang wird abgebrochen, falls eine Komponente nicht +% getroffen wird. Für manche Zwecke, z.B. zum Ermitteln des richtigen +% Brechungsindex, kann es sinnvoll sein, wenn die numerische Apertur eine +% Komponente nicht berücksichtigt wird. In dem folgenden Beispiel wird der +% rote Strahl gezeichnet, obwohl er außerhalb der gezeichneten Spiegelfläche +% liegt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The beam path is interrupted if an interface is missed. In some +% cases, e.g. to estimate the correct refractive index for a ray trace, it can +% be useful if the numerical aperture of the components is not considered. The +% red beam in the following example is drawn, although it hits the mirror +% outside the drawn mirror surface. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(2.5,0.5){B}\pnode(2.5,2){C} + \mirror(A)(B)(C) + \psset{useNA=false} + \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(C)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beamangle=10]{(A)}{}{(C)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Refractive index}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Brechungsindex}\fi +% \label{sec:n} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The raytracing depends on the refractive index, which may be set for each +% component separately. The refractive index is always relative to the +% background which has a constant value for the whole sketch. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Raytracing wird durch den Brechungsindex bestimmt, der für jede Komponente +% einzeln gesetzt werden kann. Der Wert ist relativ zum Hintergrund, für den ein +% konstanter Wert für die gesamte Skizze angenommen wird. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \valitem[1.5]{n}{code} +% \ifGERMAN +% Setzt den Brechungsindex relativ zum Hintergrund. Diese Option hat zwei +% Anwendungsbereiche: zum einen kann der Index einer Komponente gesetzt werden, +% zum anderen der Brechungsindex für einen Strahlengang: +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Sets the relative refractive index respect to the background. This +% parameter has two scopes, you can either set the refractive index of each +% component or of each beam ray: +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Wird \Lkeyword{n} als globaler Parameter oder als Komponentenparameter +% verwendet, so wird der Index für alle betroffenen Komponenten gesetzt. Ohne +% weitere Änderungen wird jeder Lichtstrahl diese Werte verwenden. +% \item Als Parameter zu \Lcs{drawbeam} oder \Lcs{drawwidebeam} kann der +% Brechungsindex der Komponenten für einzelne Strahlengänge überschrieben oder +% geändert werden. Das kann sehr nützlich sein, um z.B. chromatische +% Dispersion zu illustrieren. Soll die Änderung global für alle oder mehrere +% Lichtstrahlen wirksam sein, so muss der gewünschte Wert dem +% \Lstyle{Beam}-Stil hinzugefügt werden, da globale Definitionen von +% \Lkeyword{n} nur die Komponenten betreffen. +% \end{enumerate} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Using \Lkeyword{n} as global parameter or component argument +% sets a fixed refractive index for each affected component. Without further +% actions, all beam paths experience this refractive index. +% \item As parameter for \Lcs{drawbeam} or \Lcs{drawwidebeam} you can overwrite +% or even change the refractive index of the components for specific beam +% paths. This can be very useful e.g. to simulate chromatic dispersion. To set +% this globally for all beams you must add the respective parameter +% definition to the \Lstyle{Beam} style because global definitions of +% \Lkeyword{n} affect only the components and not the beams. +% \end{enumerate} +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The \prm{code} can in general be any Postscript code which evaluates to a +% number, e.g. \opt{1.5}, or \opt{5 sqrt}. If the \prm{code} starts with a +% \opt{*}, it will be interpreted as an algebraic +% expression\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/graphics/pstricks/base/doc/pst-news08.pdf}, +% e.g. \opt{*sqrt(5)} is equivalent to \opt{5 sqrt}. Inside the \prm{code} you +% can access the predefined refractive index of the component via \opt{n} which +% allows you to change the index relative to its original value. Use +% e.g. \opt{n=n 1.01 mul} to change \opt{n} by one percent. +% +% In the following you find several examples about the different aspects of +% using \Lkeyword{n}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Der \prm{code} kann jeglicher Postscript-Kode sein, der zu einer Zahl +% ausgewertet werden kann, also z.B. \opt{1.5} oder \opt{5 sqrt}. Beginnt +% \prm{code} mit einem \opt{*}, so wird der Code als algebraischer +% Ausdruck\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/graphics/pstricks/base/doc/pst-news08.pdf} +% ausgewertet, d.h. \opt{*sqrt(5)} ist äquivalent zu \opt{5 sqrt}. Innerhalb von +% \prm{code} kann mit \opt{n} auf den vordefinierten Brechungsindex der +% Komponenten zugegriffen werden, es kann also eine Änderung relativ zum +% ursprünglichen Wert erzielt werden. Mit \opt{n=n 1.01 mul} kann \opt{n} +% z.B. um ein Prozent geändert werden. +% +% In den folgenden Beispielen werden diese unterschiedlichen Möglichkeiten von +% \Lkeyword{n} gezeigt. +% \fi +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Set a fixed refractive index for the component. Interestingly, +% for the default shape of the \Lcs{doveprism} a refractive index of +% $\sqrt{5}$ gives the ideal output direction which is the same as the input +% direction. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Setze den Brechungsindex einer Komponente. Interessanterweise ist für die +% Standardform des \Lcs{doveprism} ein Brechungsindex von $\sqrt{5}$ der +% ideale Wert so dass der Ausgangsstrahl parallel zum Eingangsstrahl verläuft. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \doveprism[n=*sqrt(5)](A)(B) + \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH In this example one beam uses the default refractive index of the +% components (green), the other one overwrites it with a value of \opt{2} +% (red). +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Ein Strahl (grün) verwendet die voreingestellten Werte der Komponenten, der +% rote überschreibt diese mit \opt{2}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{n}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optplane(A) + \psset{lens=3 3 2, n=1.5} + \lens[abspos=0.5](A)(B) + \lens[abspos=2](A)(B) + \optplane(B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beampos=0.5} + \drawbeam{-} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, n=2]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH +% Now, the red beam uses the default refractive index of the component, the +% yellow beam adds \opt{0.5} to the default index. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Der rote Strahl verwendet die voreingestellten Werte, der grüne ändert diese +% um \opt{0.5}. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{n}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \pnode(0,1.5){A}\pnode(3,1.5){B} + \lens[lens=4 4 3, n=2, abspos=0.3](A)(B) + \optplane[compname=Plane](B) + \psset{beampos=0.6} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red]{(A)}{1}{Plane} + \drawbeam[linecolor=yellow, n=*(n+0.5)]{(A)}{1}{Plane} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH +% Dynamically changing the refractive index is very useful to emulate +% chromatic dispersion. Here, we sketch the dispersion of a prism by +% calculating the refractive index with Sellmaier's +% equation\fnurl{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sellmeier_equation} for +% different wavelengths. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Mit dynamischer Anpassung von \Lkeyword{n} kann chromatische Dispersion sehr +% gut emuliert werden. Hier wird die Dispersion eines Prisma gezeigt, der +% Brechungsindex wird mit der Sellmaier +% Gleichung\fnurl{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sellmeier_equation} für die +% unterschiedlichen Wellenlängen berechnet. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{n}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \pnode(-1,0){A}\pnode(1,2.2){B}\pnode(3,0){C} + \optplane(0,2.15) + \optprism[prismalign=center, prismangle=59](A)(B)(C) + \optplane(C) + \definecolor[ps]{bl}{rgb}{% + tx@addDict begin Red Green Blue end}% + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=bl, linewidth=0.4\pslinewidth, beamalign=abs} + \multido{\i=0+1}{60}{% + \pstVerb{% + \i\space 650 400 sub 59 div mul 400 add + tx@addDict begin wavelengthToRGB end }% + \drawbeam[n=\i\space 650 400 sub 59 div mul 400 add Sellmaier]{-}% + }% +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Using the numerical aperture of a pinhole as spectral filter.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Die numerische Apertur einer Lochblende als spektraler Filter.\fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{n}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.3,0)(3.3,5.2) + \pnode(0.3,1){A}\pnode(2,1){B}\pnode(3,2){C}\pnode(2.5,5){D} + \optplane(A) + \optgrating[reverse](A)(B)(C) + \pinhole[phwidth=-0.1, innerheight=0.03, abspos=0.5](D)(B) + \optplate[position=end, plateheight=1.5](B)(D) + \definecolor[ps]{bl}{rgb}{% + tx@addDict begin Red Green Blue end}% + \drawbeam[linecolor=red]{1-2} + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=bl, linewidth=0.4\pslinewidth} + \multido{\i=0+1}{60}{% + \pstVerb{% + \i\space 650 400 sub 59 div mul 400 add + tx@addDict begin wavelengthToRGB end }% + \drawbeam[beamangle=\i\space 0.1 mul 3 sub]{2-}% + }% +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \valitem{refractiveindex}{code} +% \deprecatedmsg{\Lkeyword{n}} +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Initial conditions}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Anfangsbedingungen}\fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem[0]{beampos}{[\prm{x} ]\prm{y}} +% \ifENGLISH +% This is the start position (\prm{x}, \prm{y}) of the beam at the first +% interface. Both values are of \prm{psnum} type. If a single number is given, +% the $x$-coordinate is set to \opt{0}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Startposition (\prm{x}, \prm{y}) des Strahls an der ersten +% Grenzfläche. Beide Zahlen sind vom Typ \prm{psnum}. Wird eine einzelne Zahl +% angegeben, wird die $x$-Koordinate auf \opt{0} gesetzt. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beampos}}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,3.8) + \pnode(1.5,0.5){A}\pnode(3.5,0.5){B}\pnode(3.5,3.5){C} + \optbox[position=end](B)(A) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended, mirrorradius=3](A)(B)(C) + \optplate[position=end](B)(C) + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beampos=-0.2]{1-3} + \drawbeam[linecolor=blue, beampos=0]{1-3} + \drawbeam[linecolor=green, beampos=0.2]{1-3} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH The start position is relative to the respective interface node, as +% it is illustrated in the following example. The beam start position is fixed, +% but depending on e.g. the \Lkeyword{beamangle}, the actual intersection with +% the curved interface is at a different position. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Startposition ist relativ zum entsprechenden Grenzflächenknoten, wie im +% folgenden Beispiel gezeigt wird. Die Startposition ist fest, abhängig z.B. von +% \Lkeyword{beamangle} kann der eigentliche Schnittpunkt mit der ersten +% Grenzfläche jedoch anders sein. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-7,9-9}, morekeywords = {[21]{beampos}}, explpreset={escapeinside={}}] +\begin{pspicture*}(0,2)(3.05,6) + \lens[lens=8 8 8, abspos=0.6](0.5,2)(3,2) + \optplate[position=1, plateheight=6](0.5,2)(3,2) + \psset{beampos=2.1} + \drawbeam[beamangle=-60]{1}{2} + \drawbeam[beamangle=-40]{1}{2} + \drawbeam[beamangle=-20]{1}{2} + \psline[style=Refline, linewidth=3\pslinewidth, arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.3](\oenodeOut{1})([offset=2.1]\oenodeOut{1}) +\end{pspicture*} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Which interface the beam starts at is determined by the options +% \Lkeyword{beaminsidefirst} and \Lkeyword{startinside}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% An welcher Grenzfläche der ersten Komponente gestartet wird hängt von +% \Lkeyword{beaminsidefirst} und \Lkeyword{startinside} ab. +% \fi +% +% \psnumitem[0]{beamangle} +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Anfangswinkel des Strahls. Dieser ist in der Regel relativ zu der +% Verbindung von der ersten zur zweiten Komponente, mit \Lkeyword{beamalign} +% kann dieses Verhalten verändert werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% This is the start angle of the beam. Usually, it is relative to the connection +% between the first two components, use \Lkeyword{beamalign} to change this. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beamangle}}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,4) + \pnode(1.5,0.5){A}\pnode(3.5,0.5){B}\pnode(3.5,3.5){C} + \optbox[position=end](B)(A) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended](A)(B)(C) + \optplate[position=end](B)(C) + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beamangle=3]{-3} + \drawbeam[linecolor=blue, beamangle=0]{1-} + \drawbeam[linecolor=green, beamangle=-3]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \choitem[relative]{beamalign}{rel, relative, abs, absolute} +% \ifGERMAN +% Gibt vor, ob der Winkel \Lkeyword{beamangle} relativ zu der Verbindung +% zwischen den ersten beiden Komponenten ist, oder ob es sich um einen absoluten +% Winkel handelt. +% +% Ein absoluter Winkel kann sehr hilfreich sein, falls eine der beiden ersten +% Komponenten gedreht oder verschoben wurde. Dabei werden die +% Grenzflächenknoten, auf die sich ein relativer Winkel bezieht, ebenfalls +% transformiert (siehe \prettyref{sec:rotshift}). In dem folgenden Beispiel +% verläuft daher der grüne Strahl mit der relativen Ausrichtung nicht +% horizontal. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Select whether the \Lkeyword{beamangle} is relative to the connection between +% the first two components, or if it is an absolute angle. +% +% A typical situation where an absolute angle is helpful is with rotated or +% shifted components. By rotating or shifting a component also its interface +% nodes are rotated (see \prettyref{sec:rotshift}) which are then used to +% determine the input angle for relative alignment. Accordingly, in the +% following example, the green beam with the relative alignment is not +% horizontal. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beamalign, angle}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) + \pnode(0,0.75){A}\pnode(3,0.75){B} + \optbox[angle=10, showifcnodes](A)(B) + \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(B)} + \drawbeam[linecolor=red, beamalign=abs]{(A)}{}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Interner Strahlengang}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Internal beam path}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% A beam path is composed of rays between components and rays inside the +% components. Depending on some options these internal beams can be drawn or +% not. Generally, the first, the last, and all other components are treated +% separately. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Ein Strahlengang setzt sich aus Strahlen zwischen den Komponenten und +% innerhalb der Komponenten zusammen. Ob diese internen Strahlen gezeichnet +% werden, kann mit mehreren Parametern festgelegt werden. Die erste, letzte und +% die übrigen Komponenten werden separat gehandhabt. +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[true]{beaminside} +% \ifGERMAN +% Zeichnet den Strahlengang innerhalb aller Komponenten mit Ausnahme der +% ersten und letzten, die von dieser Option nicht beeinflusst. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Draw the internal beams in all intermediate components, the first and last +% components are not affected. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beaminside}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.3,0.3)(3,4) + \psset{optboxwidth=1} + \optbox[position=end](1,1)(1,3) + \optretplate(1,1)(1,3) + \pentaprism(1,3)(1,1)(2,1) + \optbox[position=end](1,1)(2,1) + \drawbeam[beampos=-0.05, linecolor=red]{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.05, beaminside=false]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{beaminsidefirst} +% \ifGERMAN +% Zeichne den Strahlengang innerhalb der ersten Komponenten. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Draw the internal beams of the first component. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beaminsidefirst}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.3,0.3)(3,4) + \psset{optboxwidth=1} + \optbox[position=end](1,1)(1,3) + \optretplate(1,1)(1,3) + \pentaprism(1,3)(1,1)(2,1) + \optbox[position=end](1,1)(2,1) + \drawbeam[beampos=-0.05, linecolor=red]{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.05, beaminsidefirst]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{beaminsidelast} +% \ifGERMAN +% Zeichne den Strahlengang innerhalb der letzten Komponenten. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Draw the internal beams of the last component. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beaminsidelast}}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.3,0.3)(3,4) + \psset{optboxwidth=1} + \optbox[position=end](1,1)(1,3) + \optretplate(1,1)(1,3) + \pentaprism(1,3)(1,1)(2,1) + \optbox[position=end](1,1)(2,1) + \drawbeam[beampos=-0.05, linecolor=red]{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.05, beaminsidelast]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[true]{allowbeaminside} +% \ifGERMAN +% Damit kann bestimmt werden, ob der Strahlengang innerhalb einer Komponente +% gezeichnet werden darf. Dieser Parameter wirkt nur auf Komponenten und +% überschreibt, falls auf \opt{false} gesetzt, jegliche Strahleinstellungen mit +% \Lkeyword{beaminside}, \Lkeyword{beaminsidefirst} und +% \Lkeyword{beaminsidelast}. Damit kann der Strahlengang in einzelnen +% Komponenten unterdrückt werden, für die es keinen Sinn macht +% (z.B. \Lcs{optfilter} und \Lcs{optdiode}, was sonst nicht möglich ist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% Define whether a beam is drawn inside a component. The option affects +% components only and overwrites all settings of \Lkeyword{beaminside}, +% \Lkeyword{beaminsidefirst}, and \Lkeyword{beaminsidelast} if set to +% \opt{false}. With this you can forbid any internal beams for components where +% it does not make any sense (e.g. \Lcs{optfilter} and \Lcs{optdiode}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{allowbeaminside}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psset{optboxwidth=0.5} + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[position=0.2](A)(B) + \optbox[position=0.4, allowbeaminside=false](A)(B) + \optbox[position=0.6](A)(B) + \optbox[position=0.8](A)(B) + \drawbeam{(A)}{-}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Connecting with nodes}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Verbinden mit Knoten}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% As mentioned earlier in this chapter, beams can connect components also with +% nodes. For raytracing you need in general a plane, which imposes some problems +% when connecting with nodes. This is handled such, that a temporary plane is +% constructed, which goes through the specified node and is perpendicular to the +% connection between the node and the preceeding component. If a beam starts +% with a node, the orientation is determined by the node and the following +% component. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Wie vorher schon einmal erwähnt können Komponenten auch mit Knoten verbunden +% werden. Für Raytracing wird in der Regel eine Ebene benötigt, was ein Problem +% hinsichtlich der Knoten darstellt. Das wird so gehandhabt, das eine temporäre +% Ebene definiert wird, die durch den Knoten verläuft und vertikal zur +% Verbindung zwischen dem Knoten und der vorangegangenen Komponente steht. Fängt +% ein Strahlengang mit einem Knoten an, so wird die Ausrichtung durch den Knoten +% und die folgende Komponente bestimmt. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B} + \lens[lens=3 3 2, n=2.5, abspos=0.5](A)(B) + \multido{\r=-0.3+0.3}{3}{% + \drawbeam[beampos=\r]{(A)}{}{(B)}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% This is very handy in many cases, but does not allow to rotate the node planes +% and can give again problems with shifted and rotated components (see +% \prettyref{sec:rotshift}). +% For more flexibility, the package provides an «invisible» plane which can be +% used for this purpose. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Das ist in vielen Fällen sehr praktisch, kann aber wiederum unerwünschte +% Ergebnisse bei gedrehten und verschobenen Komponenten ergeben und die +% Ebenenausrichtung kann nicht beliebig gesetzt werden. Das kann mit einer +% unsichtbaren Ebene erreicht werden, die mit \Lcs{optplane} definiert wird. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLcs{optplane}\cmditem{optplane}(center) +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The plane is defined by a single node only, the rotation around this node +% is defined with \Lkeyword{angle}. The angle is with respect to the default +% alignment, which is vertical. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Die Ebene wird durch lediglich einen Knoten definiert, die Drehung +% darum kann mit \Lkeyword{angle} angegeben werden. Der Winkel ist relativ zur +% ursprünglichen, vertikalen Ausrichtung. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B} + \lens[lens=3 3 2, n=2.5, abspos=0.5](A)(B) + \optplane[angle=-30](B) + \multido{\r=-0.3+0.3}{3}{% + \drawbeam[beampos=\r]{(A)}{-}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Automatic connection}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Automatische Verbindungen}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Beam can also be drawn at definition time of a component, which can be handy, +% but allows only very elemental beams. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Lichtstrahlen können auch zusammen mit der Komponentendefinition +% gezeichnet werden. Das kann für einfache Strahlengänge sehr praktisch sein, +% ist aber sehr unflexibel. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem[false]{beam} +% \ifGERMAN Kann als Option für jede Komponente verwendet werden, ist äquivalent +% zu +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Can be used as option for every component, is equivalent to the +% statement +% \fi +% \begin{lstlisting}[gobble=2] +% \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(\oenodeRefA{})}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} +% \end{lstlisting} +% \ifENGLISH which draws a beam from one reference node via the component to the +% other reference node. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN womit ein Strahl vom ersten Referenzknoten über die Komponente zum +% zweiten Referenzknoten gezeichnet wird. +% \fi +% +% \valitem{conn}{string} +% \ifGERMAN Diese Option wird nur aus Kompatibilitätsgründen bereitgestellt +% und wird aus zukünftigen Versionen entfernt. Siehe +% \prettyref{sec:bwd-comp-3.0} für weitere Informationen. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH This option is maintained for backward compatibility only and will +% be removed in future versions. See \prettyref{sec:bwd-comp-3.0} for further +% information. +%\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Beam appearance}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Strahlaussehen}\fi +% \label{sec:beamappearance-single} +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \styleitem[linecolor=green!90!black, linejoin=1]{Beam} +% \ifENGLISH +% The appearance of beams is controlled with this style. The optional argument +% of \Lcs*{draw*beam} can also be used, these options can overwrite settings from +% the \Lstyle{Beam} style. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Aussehen der Lichtstrahlen kann mit diesem Stil gesteuert werden. Das +% optionale Argument von \Lcs*{draw*beam} kann ebenfalls dafür verwendet +% werden und kann die Einstellungen des \Lstyle{Beam}-Stils überschreiben. +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \valitem{addtoBeam}{list} +% \addtostylemsg{Beam} +% \valitem{newBeam}{list} +% \newstylemsg{Beam} +% +% \psnumitem[0.2]{ArrowInsideMinLength} +% \ifGERMAN +% \Lcs*{draw*beam} verwendet auch die Option \Lkeyword*{ArrowInside} aus +% \LPack{pstricks-add}. In dem Fall wird für alle Strahlsegmente ein Pfeil +% gezeichnet, was häufig für die internen, kurzen Strahlengänge unerwünscht +% ist. Mit \Lkeyword{ArrowInsideMinLength} kann angegeben werden ab welcher +% Mindestlänge eines Strahlsegmentes die Pfeil gezeichnet werden. In dem +% folgenden Beispiel ist der Wert so gewählt, dass nur der untere interne +% Strahl einen Pfeil hat (siehe auch \prettyref{ex:czerny-turner}). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \Lcs*{draw*beam} uses also the option \Lkeyword*{ArrowInside} from +% \LPack{pstricks-add}. In this case the arrows would be drawn for every beam +% segment, which is often undesired for the internal, short beam +% paths. \Lkeyword{ArrowInsideMinLength} sets a minimum segment length, below +% which no internal arrows are drawn. In the following example the value is +% selected such that only the lower internal beam has an arrow (see also +% \prettyref{ex:czerny-turner}). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{ArrowInsideMinLength}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \optprism(0,1)(2,1)(3,0.5) + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.4, ArrowInside=->, ArrowInsideMinLength=0.5, arrowscale=1.5, raytrace=false]{(0,1)}{}{(3,0.5)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \psnumitem[-1]{ArrowInsideMaxLength} +% \ifGERMAN Gibt analog zu \Lkeyword{ArrowInsideMinLength} die maximale Länge +% eines Segments an, für das Pfeile gezeichnet werden. Ist der Wert negativ, +% dann gibt es keine obere Grenze. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Like \Lkeyword{ArrowInsideMaxLength}, but sets the maximum length +% of a segment for which the arrows are drawn. If the value is negative, no +% upper limit is defined. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Aufgeweitete Strahlen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Drawing wide beams}\fi +% \label{sec:drawwidebeam} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% All information about single beams (see \prettyref{sec:drawbeam}) apply to +% wide beams as well. Here, you find all additional information which apply to +% wide beams only. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Informationen über einfache Strahlen (siehe \prettyref{sec:drawbeam}) +% betreffen auch aufgeweitete Strahlen. Hier werden nur zusätzliche +% Einstellmöglichkeiten aufgeweiteter Strahlen behandelt. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLcs{drawwidebeam}\cmditem{drawwidebeam}[options]{obj$_1$}{obj$_2$}\ldots +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \psnumitem[0]{beamwidth} +% \ifENGLISH The initial beam width, measured at the initial position (defined +% with \Lkeyword{beampos}) perpendicular to the beam direction. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Die Anfangsstrahlbreite an der mit \Lkeyword{beampos} angegebenen +% Position, gemessen vertikal zur Verbindungslinie zur nächsten Komponente. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beamwidth}}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,4) + \pnode(1.5,0.5){A}\pnode(3.5,0.5){B}\pnode(3.5,3.5){C} + \optbox[position=end](B)(A) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended](A)(B)(C) + \optplate[position=end](B)(C) + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.3]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \psnumitem[0]{beamdiv} +% \ifENGLISH The total beam divergence at the starting position, given in +% degree. Positive values give an expanding beam, negative values a contracting +% beam. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Die Strahldivergenz an der Startposition, angegeben in +% Grad. Positive Werte ergebenen einen expandierenden Strahl, negative einen +% kontrahierenden. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{beamdiv}}, linerange={1-8,11-11}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \psset{plateheight=2} + \optplate[position=start](A)(B) + \optplate[position=end](A)(B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beamwidth=0.2} + \drawwidebeam[beampos=0.4, beamdiv=5]{-} + \drawwidebeam[beampos=-0.4, beamdiv=-5, linecolor=red]{-} + \rput[b](1.5,0){\footnotesize\ttfamily beamdiv < 0} + \rput[t](1.5,2){\footnotesize\ttfamily beamdiv > 0} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Beam appearance}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Strahlaussehen}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The appearance of wide beams can be controlled like that of single beams with +% the optional argument or the \Lstyle{Beam} style (see +% \prettyref{sec:beamappearance-single}). +% +% Wide beams have two marginal rays, which are drawn according to the line +% settings, and may be filled. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Das Aussehen aufgeweiteter Strahlen kann genauso wie bei einfachen +% Strahlen über \Lstyle{Beam} oder das optionale Argument vorgegeben werden +% (siehe \prettyref{sec:beamappearance-single}). +% +% Breite Strahlen bestehen aus zwei Randstrahlen, die gemäß der +% Linieneinstellungen gezeichnet werden, und können zusätzlich gefüllt werden. +% \fi +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Only marginal rays.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Nur die Randstrahlen.\fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(1,0.5){B}\pnode(2.8,2){C} + \mirror[mirrorwidth=1.5](A)(B)(C) + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.4]{(A)}{}{(C)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Marginal rays, and with fill style.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Randstrahlen, und Füllstil.\fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fillstyle, linestyle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(1,0.5){B}\pnode(2.8,2){C} + \mirror[mirrorwidth=1.5](A)(B)(C) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=red!50!white, linecolor=red} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.4]{(A)}{}{(C)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Only with fill style.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Nur Füllstil.\fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fillstyle, linestyle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(1,0.5){B}\pnode(2.8,2){C} + \mirror[mirrorwidth=1.5](A)(B)(C) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=red, opacity=0.3, linestyle=none} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.4]{(A)}{}{(C)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Fehlerbehandlung}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Error handling}\fi +% \label{sec:error-handling} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Da alle Strahlen direkt mit Postscript berechnet und gezeichnet werden, ist +% eine umfassende Fehlerbehandlung zur Zeit der Kompilation nicht möglich. Um +% jedoch trotzdem fehlerfreie Bilder zu bekommen, wird der Strahlengang +% abgebrochen, sobald eine Situation eintritt, die nicht unterstützt wird. Das kann +% eintreten, falls der Strahl eine Grenzfläche nicht trifft, oder +% Totalreflektion auftritt. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH All beam are calculated and drawn directly in Postscript, so that a +% comprehensive error handling at compilation time is not possible. If a +% situation arises which is not supported by the drawing algorithm, the beam +% path is truncated at this point. This happens in the following cases: +% \fi +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item +% \ifENGLISH A beam misses an interface. The red beam in the following example +% misses the last plane and is truncated at the last valid interface. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Ein Strahl trifft eine Grenzfläche nicht. Der rote Strahl in dem +% folgenden Beispiel verpasst die letzte Grenzfläche und endet daher an der +% vorhergehenden. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2.7) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optplate[position=start](A)(B) + \lens[lens=4 4 2, abspos=0.5, n=2.5](A)(B) + \optplate[position=end, plateheight=0.5](A)(B) + \drawbeam{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.2]{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=0.4, linecolor=red]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH When total internal reflection occurs at an interface which is +% not set up for this. The red beam in the following example would be +% reflected, but this is not supported and the beam is truncated at the +% interface where the total internal reflection occurs. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Totale interne Reflektion tritt an einer Grenzfläche auf, die +% nicht dafür vorgesehen ist. Der rote Strahl im folgenden Beispiel würde +% reflektiert werden, aber das wird für diese Komponente nicht unterstützt und +% der Strahl endet an der total reflektierenden Grenzfläche. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2.5) + \pnode(0,2){A}\pnode(3,0){B} + \optplane(A) + \optprism[n=1.8](A)([Xnodesep=1.5]A)(B) + \optplane(B) + \drawbeam[beamangle=5]{-} + \drawbeam[beamangle=-5, linecolor=red]{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \ifGERMAN Dasselbe gilt ebenfalls für aufgeweitete Strahlen (siehe +% \prettyref{sec:drawwidebeam}). Bei diesen wird der Strahlengang abgebrochen, +% falls einer der beiden Randstrahlen einen Fehler aufweist. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH These conditions apply to wide beams (see \prettyref{sec:drawwidebeam}) as +% well, the beam path is interrupted as soon as one of the marginal rays has an +% error. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem[false]{pswarning} +% \ifENGLISH To simplify debugging, you can print a message to +% standard output if a beam misses an interface or if total internal +% reflection occured at some point. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Um eine Fehlersuche zu vereinfachen kann ein Hinweis ausgegeben +% werden sobald ein Strahlengang vorzeitig beendet wird weil entweder eine +% Grenzfläche verpasst wird, oder totale interne Reflektion auftritt. +%\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Angepasste Strahlen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Custom beams}\fi +% \label{sec:custombeam} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Im Prinzip können alle Strahlengänge mit passender Wahl des Brechungsindex und +% der Komponentenparameter (z.B. der Linsenkrümmung) realisiert werden, was +% jedoch sehr aufwendig werden kann. Um das zu vereinfachen, besteht die +% Möglichkeit die Endpunkte eines Strahls als Anfangspunkte für folgende +% Strahlen zu nutzen, so dass man abschnittsweise die Divergenz und die +% Ausbreitungsrichtung definieren kann. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% With an appropriate choice of refractive index and component parameters +% (e.g. lens curvature) all kind of beam paths could be realised although it +% might be very cumbersome. To simplify this we provide the possibility to use +% the end points of one beam path as starting points for the next beam which +% allows piecewise definition of the beam divergence, angle, and direction. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \choitem[true]{savebeampoints}{true,false,\prm{int}} +% \ifGERMAN Speichert die Endpunkte eines \nxLcs{draw*beam} Makros, +% vorangegangene Punkte werden überschrieben. \Lcs{drawbeam} und +% \Lcs{drawwidebeam} werden getrennt behandelt. Wird hier eine Zahl \prm{int} +% $> 0$ angegeben, so können beliebig viele Endpunkte separat gespeichert +% werden. In der Regel reicht an- und abschalten vollkommen aus. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Saves the end points of a \nxLcs{draw*beam} macro, previous +% points are overwritten. \Lcs{drawbeam} and \Lcs{drawwidebeam} are treated +% separately. If a number \prm{int} $> 0$ is given, you can save as many end +% points as you like, but in most use cases enabling and disabling this option +% is sufficient. +% \fi +% +% \choitem[false]{loadbeampoints}{true,false,\prm{int}} +% \ifGERMAN Verwende die Endpunkte eines vorangegangenen Strahls als +% Startpunkte. Wird keine Zahl \prm{int} angegeben, dann wird \opt{1} +% verwendet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Use the end points of a previous beam as starting points for the +% next beam. If no number \prm{int} is specified, \opt{1} is used. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifGERMAN Als Beispiel nehmen wir ein Teleskop, die Strahldivergenz am Eingang +% und am Ausgang ist Null. Anstatt die Linsenparameter und den Brechungsindex +% genau einzustellen, so dass die Ausgangsdivergenz Null ist, zeichnen wir +% einfach die drei Strahlenteile mit den gewünschten Divergenzen, und verwenden +% die Endpunkte des jeweils vorangegangenen Strahls als neue Ausgangspunkte. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH As example we consider a telescope which has zero divergence at the +% input and output. Usually we would need to tweak the refractive index and the +% lens parameters to get an output beam with no divergence. Instead, we draw the +% three beam parts separately using the end points of the previous beams as new +% starting points and specifying the divergence for each beam part +% explicitely. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{savebeampoints, loadbeampoints}}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(4,1){B} + \begin{optexp} + \lens[lens=0.5 0.5 0.5, abspos=0.5](A)(B) + \lens[lens=4 4 2, abspos=2](A)(B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{% + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} + \psset{loadbeampoints} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2, stopinside]{(A)}{1} + \drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-60]{1}{2} + \drawwidebeam{2}{(B)} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN Als weiteres Beispiel betrachten wir die Beugung an einem Gittern in +% die nullte und erste Beugungsordnung. Zuerst wird der Strahl von dem Eingang +% bis zum Gitter gezeichnet, die Endpunkte dieses Strahls werden nun für die +% Strahlen in beide Beugungsordnungen verwendet. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The next example shows diffraction from a grating in the zeroth and +% first diffraction order. First we draw the beam to the grating, its end points +% are used for the beams into both diffraction orders. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{savebeampoints, loadbeampoints}}, + linerange={1-12,16-16}, caption={caption}, label={ex:loadbeampoints}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.5,3.5) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(2,0.5){B}\pnode(2,3){C} + \nodexn{(C)-(1,0)}{C'} + \nodexn{(C)(1,0)}{C''} + \optgrating(A)(B)(C) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{% + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.3]{(A)}{1} + \psset{savebeampoints=false, loadbeampoints} + \drawwidebeam{1}{(C)} + \drawwidebeam{1}{(C')} + \drawwidebeam{1}{(C'')} + \rput[b]([offset=0.2]C){0th} + \rput[b]([offset=0.2]C'){1st} + \rput[b]([offset=0.2]C''){-1st} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem[true]{savebeam} +% \ifGERMAN Speichert die Endzustände, d.h. Endpunkte und Ausgangsvektoren, +% eines \nxLcs{draw*beam} Makros, vorangegangene Werte werden +% überschrieben. \Lcs{drawbeam} und \Lcs{drawwidebeam} werden getrennt +% behandelt. Wird hier eine Zahl \prm{int} $> 0$ angegeben, so können beliebig +% viele Strahlen separat gespeichert werden. In der Regel reicht an- und +% abschalten vollkommen aus. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Saves the end conditions, i.e. end points and output vectors, of +% each \nxLcs{draw*beam} macro, previous values are +% overwritten. \Lcs{drawbeam} and \Lcs{drawwidebeam} are treated +% separately. If a number \prm{int} $> 0$ is given, you can save as many end +% points as you like, but in most use cases enabling and disabling this option +% is sufficient. +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{loadbeam} +% \ifGERMAN Verwende den Endzustand (Punkte und Richtung) eines +% vorangegangenen Strahls als Anfangszustand. Der Parameter +% \Lkeyword{beamangle} kann verwendet werden um die Richtung relativ zu der +% geladenen zu verändern (siehe folgendes Beispiel). +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH Use the end condition (points and vectors) of a previous beam as +% starting conditions for the next beam. The parameter \Lkeyword{beamangle} +% can be used to change the direction relative to the loaded one (see +% following example). +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{savebeam, loadbeam}}, + linerange={1-10,14-14}, caption={caption}, label={ex:loadbeam}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.5,3.5) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(2,0.5){B}\pnode(2,3){C} + \optgrating(A)(B)(C) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{% + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} + \drawwidebeam[savebeam, beamwidth=0.3]{(A)}{1} + \psset{savebeam=false, loadbeam} + \drawwidebeam[beamangle=-20]{1}{(C)} + \drawwidebeam{1}{(C)} + \drawwidebeam[beamangle=20]{1}{(C)} + \rput[b]([offset=0.2]C){0th} + \rput[b]([Xnodesep=-0.9, offset=0.2]C){1st} + \rput[b]([Xnodesep=0.9,offset=0.2]C){-1st} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem[false]{startinside} +% \ifENGLISH +% The parameter \Lkeyword{beaminsidefirst} controls if the internal beams are +% drawn inside the first component. However, for custom beams it can also be +% necessary to trace the internal beam of the first component without drawing +% it, e.g. if the previous beam ended at the first interface. +% +% In the following example the red beam is the wrong continuation of the +% incoming green beam because it assumes that the loaded beam conditions refer +% to the output interface. But the previous beam stopped at the input +% interface, so one needs to set \Lkeyword{startinside} in order to continue +% the beam properly (see blue beam). The dashed line helps to understand the +% correct beam path through the lens. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Mit dem Parameter \Lkeyword{beaminsidefirst} kann eingestellt +% werden, ob der interne Strahlengang in der erste Komponente gezeichnet +% wird. Für angepasste Strahlengänge kann es aber notwendig sein dem internen +% Strahlengang in der ersten Komponente zu folgen ohne diesen zu zeichnen, +% z.B. wenn der vorangegangene Strahl an der ersten Grenzfläche schon endet. +% +% Im folgenden Beispiel wird der einfallende grüne Strahl falsch durch den +% roten Strahl fortgesetzt, da der grüne an der linken Grenzfläche endet, der +% rote aber fälschlicherweise annimmt, dass der Endzustand sich auf die rechte +% Grenzfläche bezieht. Dem blauen Strahl wird nun mit \Lkeyword{startinside} +% mitgeteilt, dass der Endzustand sich auf die linke Grenzfläche bezieht. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{startinside}}] +\begin{pspicture*}(0,2)(3.05,6) + \optplane(0,2) + \lens[lens=8 8 8, abspos=0.6, n=1.8](0.5,2)(3,2) + \optplate[position=1, plateheight=6](0.5,2)(3,2) + \psset{savebeam=false} + \drawbeam[beampos=3, linestyle=dashed]{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=3, savebeam]{1-2} + \drawbeam[loadbeam, linecolor=red]{2-3} + \drawbeam[loadbeam, startinside, linecolor=blue]{2-3} +\end{pspicture*} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \boolitem[false]{stopinside} +% \ifENGLISH This option is equivalent to \Lkeyword{startinside} but refers +% to the last component. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Äquivalent zu \Lkeyword{startinside}, bezieht sich aber auf die +% letzte Komponenten. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords = {[21]{stopinside}}] +\begin{pspicture*}(0,2)(3.05,6) + \optplane(0,2) + \lens[lens=8 8 8, abspos=0.6, n=1.8](0.5,2)(3,2) + \optplate[position=1, plateheight=6](0.5,2)(3,2) + \psset{savebeam=false} + \drawbeam[beampos=3, linestyle=dashed]{-} + \drawbeam[beampos=3, savebeam, stopinside]{1-2} + \drawbeam[loadbeam, linecolor=blue]{2-3} +\end{pspicture*} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Faserverbindungen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Drawing fibers}\fi +% \label{sec:drawfiber} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% All available components can be connected with fiber connections, the +% fiber components are connected automatically. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Komponenten können mit Fasern verbunden werden, die Faserkomponenten +% werden automatisch verbunden. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLcs{drawfiber}\cmditem{drawfiber}[options]{obj$_1$}{obj$_2$}\ldots +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The \Lcs{drawfiber} command takes ID, \Lkeyword{compname}, or nodes as +% \prm{obj$_N$} arguments (see \prettyref{sec:accessobj}), but ID ranges like +% with \Lcs{drawbeam} are not possible. If you specify more than two arguments, +% you get connections $1\rightarrow 2$, $2\rightarrow 3$, and so on. +% +% The automatic fiber connections are drawn internally with \Lcs{drawfiber} +% commands from each reference node to the component. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Das \Lcs{drawfiber} Makro kann ID, \Lkeyword{compname} oder Knoten als +% \prm{obj$_N$} Argumente verarbeiten (siehe \prettyref{sec:accessobj}), aber +% ID-Intervalle wie bei \Lcs*{draw*beam} sind nicht möglich. Werden mehr als +% zwei Argumente mitgegeben, werden die Verbindungen $1\rightarrow 2$, +% $2\rightarrow 3$, usw. gezeichnet. +% +% Die automatischen Faserverbindungen werden intern als \Lcs{drawfiber} von den +% Referenzknoten zur Komponente gezeichnet. +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Fiber angles}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Faserwinkel}\fi +% \label{sec:drawfiber-angles} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The fibers are usually drawn as \Lcs*{nccurve} connections, the angles at both +% curve ends are automatically determined by the component orientation and +% depend on whether you connect a component with a component, or a component +% with a node. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Ãœblicherweise werden Fasern als \Lcs*{nccurve}-Verbindungen gezeichnet, die +% Winkel an beiden Kurvenenden werden automatisch anhand der +% Komponentenausrichtung bestimmt und hängen davon ab, ob eine Komponente mit +% einer anderen Komponente oder einem Knoten verbunden wird. +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\minisec{Component with node}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\minisec{Komponente mit Knoten}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% A connection of a component with a node is what is used for automatic +% connections (see \prettyref{sec:drawfiber-auto}). Consider the following +% example for clarification of the curve alignment: +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Eine Verbindung zwischen einer Komponente und einem Knoten ist das, was bei +% automatischen Verbindungen verwendet wird (siehe +% \prettyref{sec:drawfiber-auto}). Folgendes Beispiel erläutert die Ausrichtung +% der Kurve: +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,10-11}] +\begin{pspicture}(-1,-0.7)(7,2.7) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(6,1){B} + \optbox[angle=30](A)(B) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\uput[180](\oenodeRefA{}){RefA}% + \psdot(\oenodeRefB{})\uput[0](\oenodeRefB{}){RefB}% + \psdot(\oenodeTrefA{})\uput[180](\oenodeTrefA{}){TrefA}% + \psdot(\oenodeTrefB{})\uput[0](\oenodeTrefB{}){TrefB}% + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeTrefA{})(\oenodeTrefB{}) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \drawfiber{(A)}{}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The angle at the component itself agrees with the transformed reference line. +% The angle at the node corresponds to the angle of the original reference line +% of the component which it gets connected to. The fiber is always directed to +% the component node. +% +% Considering the following example, this means that the start angles of the red +% fibers are rotated by 180° with respect to the green fibers. The angles at the +% component do not change. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Winkel an der Komponente entspricht dem der transformierten +% Referenzlinie. Der Winkel an dem Knoten entspricht dem der ursprünglichen +% Referenzlinie der Komponente zu der die Verbindung geht. Die Faser ist in +% Richtung des entsprechenden Komponentenknotens orientiert. +% +% Das führt dazu, dass im folgenden Beispiel die Anfangswinkel der roten Fasern +% um 180° gegenüber den grünen Fasern gedreht sind, die Winkel an der Komponente +% bleiben unverändert. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-1,4-4,7-14}] +\begin{pspicture}(-2,-1.6)(2,2) + \psset[optexp]{optboxsize=1.6 0.8} + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{ArrowInside=->, arrowscale=1.5} + \optbox[position=end](0,1)(0,0) + \psarc[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!20, linestyle=none](0,0){2}{0}{180} + \psline[linestyle=dashed]([Xnodesep=-2]\oenodeIn{})([Xnodesep=2]\oenodeIn{}) + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=green!90!black} + \multido{\i=10+40}{5}{% + \drawfiber{(2;\i)}{} + } + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=red!90!black} + \drawfiber{(2;-20)}{} + \drawfiber{(2;200)}{} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\minisec{Component with component}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\minisec{Komponente mit Komponente}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% This variant is very helpful to achieve smoother connections between +% components which are not aligned on the same reference line but are arranged +% maybe in a loop or similar, see \prettyref{ex:nalm} and +% \prettyref{ex:recirc-loop}. +% +% In this case, the curve angles are determined by the component which the +% respective curve end is connected to. The fibers are always directed away from +% the component center. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Variante ist sehr nützlich um glattere Verbindungen zwischen Komponenten +% zu erreichen, die nicht auf derselben Referenzlinie positioniert sind, sondern +% z.B. in einer Schleife angeordnet werden, siehe \prettyref{ex:nalm} und +% \prettyref{ex:recirc-loop}. +% +% In diesem Fall werden die Kurvenwinkel von der Komponente bestimmt, mit der +% das jeweilige Ende verbunden ist. Die Fasern zeigen immer von der +% Komponentenmitte weg. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-5,10-11}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.8)(7,0.8) + \pnode(0,0){A}\pnode(3,0){B} + \pnode(4,0){C}\pnode(7,0){D} + \optbox[angle=30](A)(B) + \optbox[angle=-30](C)(D) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeTrefA{1})(\oenodeTrefB{1}) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeTrefA{2})(\oenodeTrefB{2}) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeRefA{1})(\oenodeRefB{2}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{1})\psdot(\oenodeRefB{2}) + \drawfiber{(A)}{1}{2}{(D)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH These automatically calculated start and stop angles can be changed +% in a variety of ways, the available parameters are listed in the following. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese automatisch berechneten Winkel können vielfältig manipuliert werden, die +% möglichen Parameter sind im Folgenden aufgelistet. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \choitem[relative]{fiberalign}{rel,relative,center,abs,absolute} +% \ifENGLISH Set the reference for the fiber angles. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Wählt die Referenz für die Faserwinkel. +% \fi +% \begin{valuelist} +% \item[relative] +% \ifENGLISH The fiber angles are relative to the component. When +% connecting a node to a component, the angle at the node is that of the +% component reference line. The angle at the component agrees with that of +% its transformed reference line. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Faserwinkel sind relativ zur Komponente. Wird ein Knoten mit der +% Komponente verbunden, so entspricht der Winkel am Knoten dem der +% Referenzlinie der Komponente. Der Winkel an der Komponente entspricht dem +% der transformierten Referenzlinie. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-5,10-11}] +\begin{pspicture}(1,-1.7)(7,1.7) + \pnode(0,0){A}\pnode(3,0){B} + \pnode(4,0){C}\pnode(7,0){D} + \optbox[angle=30](A)(B) + \optbox[angle=-30](C)(D) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeTrefA{1})(\oenodeTrefB{1}) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeTrefA{2})(\oenodeTrefB{2}) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeRefA{1})(\oenodeRefB{2}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{1})\psdot(\oenodeRefB{2}) + \drawfiber{(A)}{1}{2}{(D)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item[center] +% \ifENGLISH The fiber angles both at the node and the component are relative +% to the connection between the involved interface node and the center node of +% the component. In most cases this is equivalent to \opt{relative}, but +% necessary e.g. for \Lcs{optcirculator}. In the example, the green fiber +% shows the correct alignment, while the red one is with \opt{relative} +% alignment. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Winkel sowohl am Knoten als auch an der Komponente sind relativ zu der +% Verbindung zwischen dem betroffenen Komponentenknoten und der +% Komponentenmitte. Meistens ist das äquivalent zu \opt{relative}, wird aber +% z.B. für \Lcs{optcirculator} benötigt. In dem Beispiel hat die grüne Faser +% die korrekte Ausrichtung, während die rote \opt{relative} ausgerichtet wird. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberalign}] +\begin{pspicture}(1,0)(3,2) + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{arrowscale=1.3, arrows=->, arrowinset=0} + \optcirculator[fiber=t](0,0.5)(3,2)(1.5,0) + \drawfiber[linecolor=red]{}{(1.5,0)} + \drawfiber[fiberalign=center, linecolor=green]{}{(1.5,0)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item[absolute] +% \ifENGLISH The fiber angles are absolute, no automatic values are added. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Faserwinkel werden als absolute Werte angegeben, die automatischen +% Winkel werden nicht berücksichtigt. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberalign}, linerange={1-3,7-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(1,-1)(4.5,1) + \pnode(0,0){A}\pnode(4,0){B} + \optbox[angle=30](A)(B) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeTrefA{})(\oenodeTrefB{}) + \psline[style=Refline, linestyle=dashed](\oenodeRefA{})(\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot(\oenodeRefA{})\psdot(\oenodeRefB{}) + \drawfiber[fiberalign=abs, ncurv=1.5]{(A)}{}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{valuelist} +% +% \numitem[0]{fiberangleA} +% \ifENGLISH An additive value for the starting angle, the total angle depends +% on \Lkeyword{fiberalign}. If this parameter is set to \opt{absolute}, then +% \Lkeyword{fiberangleA} is the total angle, otherwise its value is added to +% the calculated angle. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Ein additiver Wert für den Anfangswinkel, der gesamte Winkel hängt von +% \Lkeyword{fiberalign} ab. Ist dieser auf \opt{absolute} eingestellt, so ist +% \Lkeyword{fiberangleA} der absolute Winkel, andernfalls wird der Wert zu dem +% automatisch berechneten Winkel hinzuaddiert. +% \fi +% +% \numitem[0]{fiberangleB} +% \ifENGLISH Like \Lkeyword{fiberangleA}, but for the end angle.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Wie \Lkeyword{fiberangleB}, aber für den Endwinkel.\fi +% +% \choitem[auto]{startnode}{auto, N, 1, 2, \ldots} +% \ifGERMAN Für die Verbindungen mit \Lcs{drawfiber} werden die Knoten +% genommen, die sich am nächsten sind. Das passt häufig, aber nicht +% immer. Hiermit kann der Startknoten explizit gewählt werden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH The connections with \Lcs{drawfiber} are drawn between the +% two nodes which are nearest to each other. This fits most of the time, but not +% always. With this option you can choose the start node explicitely. +% \fi +% +% \choitem[auto]{stopnode}{auto, N, 1, 2, \ldots} +% \ifGERMAN Genau wie \Lkeyword{startnode}, aber für den Stopknoten.\fi +% \ifENGLISH Like \Lkeyword{startnode}, but for the stop node.\fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The following examples show some use cases for \Lkeyword{startnode} and +% \Lkeyword{stopnode}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen Anwendungsmöglichkeiten für +% \Lkeyword{startnode} und \Lkeyword{stopnode}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item +% \ifENGLISH This example shows a situation, where choosing the nearest nodes +% is correct. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN In diesem Fall ist der nächstgelegene Knoten auch der richtige. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(-0.5,1){A}\pnode(1.5,1){B}\pnode(3.5,1){C} + \psset{label=0, optboxwidth=1} + \optbox(A)(B){Box1}\optbox(B)(C){Box2} + \drawfiber{1}{2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH In this case, the nearest connection is not well defined because +% two connections have the same length. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Hier ist der kürzeste Abstand nicht eindeutig definiert, da es zwei +% Verbindungen mit der gleichen Länge gibt. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(3,0.5){B} + \pnode([offset=1]B){C}\pnode(A|C){D} + \psset{label=0} + \optbox(A)(B){Box1}\optbox(C)(D){Box2} + \drawfiber{1}{2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH To select the desired connection it is often enough to set either +% \Lkeyword{startnode} or \Lkeyword{stopnode}. With this you fix one node, the +% other is the one nearest to it. In rare cases it might be necessary to fix +% both nodes. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Um die gewünschte Verbindung zu wählen ist es meistens ausreichend entweder +% \Lkeyword{startnode} oder \Lkeyword{stopnode} zu setzen. Ist ein Knoten fest +% vorgegeben, wird der anderen wieder als der mit dem kürzesten Abstand +% gewählt. Nur in Ausnahmefällen sollte es notwendig sein beide Knoten +% explizit anzugegeben. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]startnode}] +\begin{pspicture}(2,2) + \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(2,0.5){B} + \pnode([offset=1]B){C}\pnode(A|C){D} + \psset{label=0} + \optbox(A)(B){Box1}\optbox(C)(D){Box2} + \drawfiber[startnode=1]{1}{2} + \drawfiber[startnode=N, linecolor=black]{1}{2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Another example where you need to specify the +% \Lkeyword{startnode}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Ein weiteres Beispiel, bei dem \Lkeyword{startnode} vorgegeben +% werden muss. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]startnode}, caption={caption}, label={ex:nalm}] +\begin{pspicture}(2.1,3) + \pnode(0,0){A}\pnode(2,0){B} + \pnode(0.3,3){C}\pnode(1.7,3){D} + \psset{fiber=none} + \optcoupler[fiber=l, + addtoFiberIn1={angleA=0, ArrowInside=->}, + addtoFiberIn2={angleA=180, arrows=<-}, + abspos=0.5, compname=Cpl](A)(B)(C)(D) + \optfiber[compname=Hnlf, abspos=1](C)(C|A) + \optamp[abspos=2, compname=Amp](D|B)(D) + \drawfiber{Cpl}{Hnlf} + \drawfiber[startnode=1, ncurv=1.2]{Hnlf}{Amp} + \drawfiber{Cpl}{Amp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Fiber appearance}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Faseraussehen}\fi +% \label{sec:fiberappearance} +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \styleitem{Fiber} +% \ifENGLISH +% The appearance of fibers is controlled with this style. The optional +% argument of \Lcs{drawfiber} can be used as well, these options can overwrite +% settings from the \Lstyle{Fiber} style. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Das Aussehen der Fasern wird durch diesen Stil vorgegeben. Das optionale +% Argument von \Lcs{drawfiber} kann ebenfalls verwendet werden, die +% entsprechenden Parameter können die Einstellungen von \Lstyle{Fiber} +% überschreiben. +% \fi +% +% \valitem{addtoFiber}{list} +% \addtostylemsg{Fiber} +% +% \valitem{newFiber}{list} +% \newstylemsg{Fiber} +% +% \valitem[curve]{fiberstyle}{string} +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Fasern werden in der Regel als \Lcs*{nccurve} gezeichnet, aber eine +% beliebige andere Knotenverbindung \nxLcs{nc}\prm{string} des +% \LPack{pst-node} Paketes kann ausgewählt werden, lesen Sie die entsprechende +% Dokumentation\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-node.html} +% für mögliche Werte. In den folgenden Beispielen werden +% Anwendungsmöglichkeiten gezeigt, eine weitere ist in +% \prettyref{ex:transmission-loop} zu sehen. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The fibers are usually drawn as \Lcs*{nccurve}, but any type of node +% connection \nxLcs{nc}\prm{string} from \LPack{pst-node} can be selected with +% this parameter, see the \LPack{pst-node} +% documentation\fnurl{http://mirror.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/entries/pst-node.html} +% for possible values. The following examples show possible use cases, +% \prettyref{ex:transmission-loop} contains another typical use case. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberstyle}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \pnode(1, 0.5){A}\pnode(2.5,0.5){B}\pnode(2.5,2){C} + \psset{optboxsize=1 0.6, innerlabel} + \optbox[position=start](A)(B){start} + \optbox[position=end](B)(C){stop} + \drawfiber[fiberstyle=diag, linearc=0.5]{1}{2} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]fiberstyle}, label={ex:recirc-loop}, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(4,2.5) + \pnode(1,2.5){In}\pnode(3,2.5){Out} + \pnode(0,2){A}\pnode(4,2){B}\pnode(4,0){C}\pnode(0,0){D} + \optcoupler[fiber=t, addtoFiber={ArrowInside=->}, coupleralign=b](In)(A)(Out)(B) + \psset{fiber=none} + \optamp[position=0.35](C)(D) + \optfiber[position=0.35](D)(C) + \drawfiber{2}{3} + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{fiberstyle=bar, linearc=0.5, armA=1.5} + \drawfiber[stopnode=1]{1}{2} + \drawfiber[stopnode=1]{1}{3} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Automatic fiber connections}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Automatische Faserverbindungen}\fi +% \label{sec:drawfiber-auto} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% All fiber components described in \prettyref{chap:fibercomp} are connected +% automatically to their reference nodes with \Lcs{drawfiber}, their behaviour +% is descibed in \prettyref{sec:drawfiber-angles}. The fiber connections can be +% controlled in a number of ways, without need to explicitely use +% \Lcs{drawfiber}. The style of each fiber connection can be configure +% independently, see \prettyref{sec:drawfiber-auto-styles}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Alle Faserkomponenten, die in \prettyref{chap:fibercomp} beschrieben werden, +% werden automatisch mit \Lcs{drawfiber} mit ihren Referenzknoten verbunden, das +% Verhalten ist in \prettyref{sec:drawfiber-angles} beschrieben. Die +% automatischen Faserverbindungen können umfangreich kontrolliert werden, ohne +% explizit \Lcs{drawfiber} zu benutzen. Das Aussehen jeder Verbindung kann +% ebenfalls separat konfiguriert werden, siehe +% \prettyref{sec:drawfiber-auto-styles}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \choitem[all]{fiber}{[*+]none,all,i,o,\prm{refpoint}} +% \ifENGLISH This parameter selects which fiber connections are drawn. The +% value of this parameter can affect either only the fiber components +% (if the value is prefixed with \opt{*}), only free-ray components (prefixed +% with \opt{+}), or all components otherwise. Typical free-ray components +% which are often used with fibers as well are \Lcs{optbox} and \Lcs{optdetector}. +% +% You can select to connect \opt{all} nodes, \opt{none}, or select distinct +% connections to draw. Value \opt{i} (\opt{l} is equivalent) draws all input +% fibers, \opt{o} (\opt{r} is equivalent) draws all output fibers. These +% values are exclusive, that means \opt{io} does not select all fibers, but +% none. +% +% Components which have more than one input or output fiber +% (\hyperref[sec:coupler]{couplers} and \Lcs{optcirculator}) allow also +% values \opt{t} and \opt{b}, possibly in combination with \opt{i}, \opt{o}, +% \opt{r}, or \opt{l}. +% +% See the following examples for some variants. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Dieser Parameter gibt an, welche Faserverbindungen gezeichnet werden. Der +% Parameter kann nur die Faserkomponenten betreffen (falls ein \opt{*} +% vorangestellt ist), nur die Freistrahlkomponenten (\opt{+} wird +% vorangestellt), oder alle Komponenten. Typische Freistrahlkomponenten, die +% häufig als Faserkomponenten verwendet werden, sind \Lcs{optbox} und +% \Lcs{optdetector}. +% +% Es können alle Verbindungen gezeichnet werden (\opt{all}), keine +% (\opt{none}), oder es können bestimmte ausgewählt werden. Die Werte \opt{i} +% (\opt{l} ist äquivalent) zeichnet nur die Eingangsfasern, \opt{o} +% (bzw. \opt{r}) alle ausgehenden Fasern. Diese Angaben sind ausschließend, +% d.h. mit \opt{io} werden gar keine Verbindungen gezeichnet. +% +% Komponenten, die über mehr als einen Eingang oder Ausgang verfügen +% (\hyperref[sec:coupler]{Koppler} und \Lcs{optcirculator}) erlauben +% weitergehende Auswahl mit \opt{t} und \opt{b}, möglicherweise in Verbindung +% mit \opt{i}, \opt{o}, \opt{l} und \opt{r}. +% +% Die folgenden Beispiele zeigen einige Möglichkeiten. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Enable all fiber connections for all components.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Zeichne alle Fasern für alle Komponenten.\fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{fiber}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psset{fiber} + \optbox(0,1.5)(3,1.5) + \optmzm(0,0.5)(3,0.5) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Draw only the input fiber of a fiber component (\Lcs{optmzm}), +% the free-ray component (\Lcs{optbox}) is not affected. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Nur die Eingangsverbindung einer Faserkomponente (\Lcs{optmzm}) +% wird gezeichnet, die Freistrahlkomponente (\Lcs{optbox}) bleibt +% unbeeinflusst. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{fiber}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psset{fiber=*i} + \optbox(0,1.5)(3,1.5) + \optmzm(0,0.5)(3,0.5) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH Draw only the output fiber of a free-ray component +% (\Lcs{optbox}), but all connections of the fiber component (\Lcs{optmzm}). +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Von der Freistahlkomponente wird nur die Ausgangsverbindung +% gezeichnet, die Faserkomponente erhält jedoch alle Verbindungen. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{fiber}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \psset{fiber=+o} + \optbox(0,1.5)(3,1.5) + \optmzm(0,0.5)(3,0.5) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \item +% \ifENGLISH The values \opt{t} and \opt{b} affect only components which have +% more than two fibers, i.e \Lcs{optcirculator} and the couplers +% (\prettyref{sec:coupler}). +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Werte \opt{t} und \opt{b} betreffen nur die Komponenten mit mehr als +% zwei Verbindungen, also \Lcs{optcirculator} und die Koppler +% (\prettyref{sec:coupler}). +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{fiber}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) + \optcoupler[fiber=t](0,1)(0,0)(3,1)(3,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{fiber}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) + \wdmsplitter[fiber=br](0,0.5)(3,1)(3,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{fiber}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) + \optcirculator[fiber=b](0,0.5)(3,1)(1,0) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{enumerate} +% +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Appearance of automatic fiber connections}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Aussehen der automatischen Faserverbindungen}\fi +% \label{sec:drawfiber-auto-styles} +% +% \begin{figure}\centering +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.2)(12,4.4) +% \rput[lt](0,4.4){% +% \pstree[levelsep=1.5cm, treesep=0.6, +% nodesep=4pt, arrows=<-, +% arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5]{\poeTR{Fiber}}{% +% \pstree{\poeTR{FiberIn}}{% +% \poeTR{FiberIn1} \poeTR{FiberIn2}% +% }% +% \pstree{\poeTR{FiberOut}}{% +% \poeTR{FiberOut1} \poeTR{FiberOut2}% +% }% +% }% +% \rput[l](-1,0|T-0){\ifGERMAN Grundstil\fi\ifENGLISH parent style\fi} +% \rput[l](-1,0|T-0-0){% +% \ifGERMAN +% \parbox{\widthof{ausgehende Fasern}}{% +% \RaggedRight eingehende und ausgehende Fasern}% +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \parbox{\widthof{outgoing fibers}}{% +% \RaggedRight incoming and outgoing fibers}% +% \fi +% } +% \rput[t](! \psGetNodeCenter{T-0-0-0} \psGetNodeCenter{T-0-0-1} +% T-0-0-0.x T-0-0-1.x add 2 div T-0-0-0.y 0.4 sub){% +% \ifGERMAN +% \parbox{\widthof{Obere(1) oder untere(2)}}{% +% \RaggedRight Obere(1) oder untere(2) eingehende Faser.}% +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \parbox{\widthof{Upper(1) or lower(2)}}{% +% \RaggedRight Upper(1) or lower(2) incoming fiber.}% +% \fi +% } +% \rput[t](! \psGetNodeCenter{T-0-1-0} \psGetNodeCenter{T-0-1-1} +% T-0-1-0.x T-0-1-1.x add 2 div T-0-1-0.y 0.4 sub){% +% \ifGERMAN +% \parbox{\widthof{Obere(1) oder untere(2)}}{% +% \RaggedRight Obere(1) oder untere(2) ausgehende Faser.}% +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \parbox{\widthof{Upper(1) or lower(2)}}{% +% \RaggedRight Upper(1) or lower(2) outgoing fiber.}% +% \fi +% } +% }% +% \end{pspicture} +% \ifGERMAN +% \caption{Vererbungsdiagramm der PS-Stile für die automatischen +% Faserverbindungen. Sie sollten diese Stile mit \protect\Lcs*{addtopsstyle} +% oder den entsprechenden \opt{addto}\prm{style} Parametern ändern um die +% Vererbungslinie beizubehalten.}% +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \caption{Inheritance diagram for the psstyles used for the automatic fiber +% connections. These styles should be changed with \protect\Lcs*{addtopsstyle} +% or the respective \opt{addto}\prm{style} options to preserve the +% inheritance.}% +% \fi +% \label{fig:fiberstyles} +% \end{figure} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The styles of all automatic fiber connections can be configured independently, +% they are all derived from the basic \Lstyle{Fiber} style which is described in +% \prettyref{sec:fiberappearance}. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Stile aller automatischen Faserverbindungen können separat konfiguriert +% werden, der zugrundeliegende Stil ist immer \Lstyle{Fiber}, der in +% \prettyref{sec:fiberappearance} beschrieben ist. +% \fi +% +% \begin{stylelist} +% \item[\smash{% +% \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}r@{}}% +% \opt{FiberIn}\\ +% \opt{FiberIn1}\\ +% \opt{FiberIn2}\\ +% \opt{FiberOut}\\ +% \opt{FiberOut1}\\ +% \opt{FiberOut2} +% \end{tabular}}% +% ]% +% \xLstyle{FiberIn}\label{prm:FiberIn}% +% \xLstyle{FiberIn1}\label{prm:FiberIn1}% +% \xLstyle{FiberIn2}\label{prm:FiberIn2}% +% \xLstyle{FiberOut}\label{prm:FiberOut}% +% \xLstyle{FiberOut1}\label{prm:FiberOut1}% +% \xLstyle{FiberOut2}\label{prm:FiberOut2}% +% \ifENGLISH +% Style \Lstyle{FiberIn} applies to all input fibers, it inherits from +% \Lstyle{Fiber}. If the component has more than one input fiber they have the +% styles \Lstyle{FiberIn1} and \Lstyle{FiberIn2} which inherit from +% \Lstyle{FiberIn}. All output fibers have the style \Lstyle{FiberOut}, two +% output fibers have the styles \Lstyle{FiberOut1} and \Lstyle{FiberOut2} which +% inherit from \Lstyle{FiberOut}. See \prettyref{fig:fiberstyles} for an +% inheritance diagram of the styles. You must have in mind, that this +% inheritance is effective only if you use \Lcs*{addtopsstyle} to change the +% styles (see also below). +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Der Stil \Lstyle{FiberIn} bezieht sich auf alle Eingangsfasern und erbt alle +% Eigenschaften von \Lstyle{Fiber}. Hat eine Komponente zwei davon, so können +% diese mit \Lstyle{FiberIn1} und \Lstyle{FiberIn2} angesprochen werden, die +% alles von \Lstyle{FiberIn} übernehmen. Entsprechend bezieht sich +% \Lstyle{FiberOut} auf alle Ausgangsfasern, falls es davon zwei gibt dann +% können diese mit \Lstyle{FiberOut1} und \Lstyle{FiberOut2} geändert +% werden. Siehe \prettyref{fig:fiberstyles} für ein Vererbungsdiagramm der +% Faserstile. Beachten Sie, dass diese Vererbung nur erhalten bleibt, falls die +% Stile nur mit \Lcs*{addtopsstyle} oder den entsprechenden +% \opt{addto}\prm{style} Parametern verändert werden. +% \fi +% +% \item[\smash{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}r@{}}% +% \opt{new}\prm{style}\\ +% \opt{addto}\prm{style} +% \end{tabular}}] +% \xLkeyword{newFiberIn}\xLkeyword{addtoFiberIn} +% \xLkeyword{newFiberIn1}\xLkeyword{addtoFiberIn1} +% \xLkeyword{newFiberIn2}\xLkeyword{addtoFiberIn2} +% \xLkeyword{newFiberOut}\xLkeyword{addtoFiberOut} +% \xLkeyword{newFiberOut1}\xLkeyword{addtoFiberOut1} +% \xLkeyword{newFiberOut2}\xLkeyword{addtoFiberOut2} +% \ifENGLISH For every style two appropriate keys \opt{new}\prm{style} and +% \opt{addto}\prm{style} are provided which can be used to change the styles +% for single objects. This can be used to define own components +% (\prettyref{sec:customcomp}) with respectively changed fiber connections or +% to avoid explicit grouping. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Für jeden Faserstil werden zwei Parameter \opt{new}\prm{style} und +% \opt{addto}\prm{style} bereitgestellt, mit denen die Stile für einzelne +% Komponenten verändert werden können. Damit können neuen Komponenten mit +% anderen voreingestellten Faserverbindungen definiert werden +% (\prettyref{sec:customcomp}), oder explizite Gruppierung kann vermieden +% werden. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{addtoFiberOut1}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \newpsobject{tapcoupler}{wdmsplitter}{% + coupleralign=b, + addtoFiberOut1={arrows=->, arrowscale=1.2, arrowinset=0}} + \tapcoupler(0,0.5)(3,1.5)(3,0.5){99/1} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{stylelist} +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\section{Zeichenebenen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\section{Layers}\fi +% \label{sec:layers} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% The necessary order of constructing a drawing is to define the components +% first before you can connect them. This implies that all connections are drawn +% on top of the components, which might be unwanted. +% +% To circumvent this, we provide the \Lenv{optexp} environment, inside which all +% connections are drawn behind the components. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Die Reihenfolge der Konstruktion einer Skizze ist die, dass zuerst die +% Komponenten definiert werden müssen, bevor diese verbunden werden können. Das +% beinhaltet aber, dass alle Verbindungen über die Komponenten gezeichnet +% werden, was nicht erwünscht sein muss. +% +% Um das zu vermeiden, wird die \Lenv{optexp}-Umgebung bereitgestellt, innerhalb +% derer alle Verbindungen hinter die Komponenten gelegt werden. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \envitem{optexp} +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\ifENGLISH +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,4) + \psset{beam, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=black} + \optbox(0,3.5)(3,3.5){no layers} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox(0,1.5)(3,1.5){with layers} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +\ifGERMAN +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,4) + \psset{beam, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=black} + \optbox(0,3.5)(3,3.5){ohne Ebenen} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox(0,1.5)(3,1.5){mit Ebenen} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\fi +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Beware, that this is achieved by executing twice all code included in the +% environment. This works fine for all \LPack{pst-optexp} commands which take +% care of not drawing stuff twice but only in a changed order. All other text +% and graphics are drawn twice which leads to ugly results because of altered +% anti-aliasing in the viewer. +% +% To avoid this, you can either move all other code outside the environment, or +% use the following two commands to define code parts which are executed only +% once. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Beachten Sie, dass das erreicht wird, indem der gesamte Code innerhalb der +% Umgebung doppelt ausgeführt wird. Das funktioniert mit allen +% \LPack{pst-optexp}-Makros, da diese sich intern darum kümmern nichts doppelt +% sondern nur in geänderter Reihenfolge zu zeichnen. Alle anderen Zeichnungen +% und Texte werden zweimal gezeichnet, was zu unschönen Ergebnissen aufgrund +% von geändertem Antialiasing in dem Betrachter führen kann. +% +% Um zu verhindern, dass anderer Code doppelt ausgeführt wird, muss dieser +% entweder außerhalb der \Lenv{optexp}-Umgebung definiert werden, oder durch +% eins der beiden folgenden Makros auf eine Ebene beschränkt werden. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \cmditem{backlayer}{code} +% +% \ifENGLISH Execute \prm{code} only once in the first pass.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Führe \prm{code} nur beim ersten Durchgang aus.\fi +% +% \cmditem{frontlayer}{code} +% +% \ifENGLISH Execute \prm{code} only once in the second pass.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Führe \prm{code} nur beim zweiten Durchgang aus.\fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% In this example, the text is put on top of the frame although the text is +% defined first: +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN In diesem Beispiel wird der Text über dem Rechteck angezeigt, obwohl +% der Text zuerst definiert wird: +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) +\begin{optexp} + \frontlayer{\rput(1.5,0.5){front}} + \backlayer{\psframe*[linecolor=DOrange!50](1,0)(2,1)} +\end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Benutzerdefinierte Komponenten}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Custom components}\fi +% \label{chap:custom} +% +% \ifGERMAN +% Das \LPack{pst-optexp}-Paket stellt zwei Makros zur Verfügung um +% eigene Komponenten zu zeichnen. Diese können z.B. aus Bildern oder +% eigenen Zeichnungen bestehen. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% The \nxLPack{pst-optexp} package provides two commands which can use +% anything as optical components. This includes e.g. external images or +% your own drawings. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \dipoledesc{optdipole} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \optdipole[labeloffset=1, beam](0,2)(3,1){% + \rput(0,0){\rule{0.5cm}{1cm}}% + }{label} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \tripoledesc{opttripole} +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(3,3) + \opttripole[beam](3,1.5)(1.5,2)(0,0){% + \rput[b](0,0){text}% + }{label} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% These components can also be connected with beams and fibers, but do not +% provide full access to all options. They define only a single interface which, +% of course, cannot respect the geometry of the individual drawings. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Komponenten können sowohl mit Fasern als auch mit Strahlen verbunden +% werden, können aber nicht deren volles Potential ausschöpfen. Sie haben nur +% eine einzelne Grenzfläche, die die Geometrie der benutzerdefinierten Zeichnung +% natürlich nicht berücksichtigen kann. +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Benutzerdefinierte Version existierender Komponenten} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{Customized versions of existing components} +% \fi +% \label{sec:customcomp} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% You can define a customized version of an existing component using the +% \Lcs*{newpsobject} macro. With this you can define a new component using +% predefined objects with a set of options. These options serve only as default +% values and can be overridden when calling the macro. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Sie können eine benutzerdefinierte Version einer existierenden Komponente mit +% \Lcs*{newpsobject} definieren, die z.B. andere Voreinstellungen oder und ein +% anderes Aussehen hat. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{newpsobject}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.7) +\newpsobject{sbn}{crystal}{% + voltage, lamp, % + fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=yellow!90!black} +\sbn[label=1.2 45, beam](0,1)(3,1){SBN:Ce} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{newpsobject}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1.7) +\newpsobject{pumpcoupler}{wdmcoupler}{% + coupleralign=top, addtoFiberIn2={ArrowInside=->, arrowscale=2}} +\pumpcoupler[label=0.5 180](0,1)(0,0)(3,1){Pumpcoupler} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, morekeywords={[21]{newpsobject}}, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(10,2) + \newpsobject{MOLensIn}{lens}{lens=0.5 0.5 0.5} + \newpsobject{MOLensOut}{lens}{lens=1.5 1.5 1.5} + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(10,1){B} + \MOLensIn[abspos=1](A)(B)\MOLensOut[abspos=2](A)(B) + \optplate[plateheight=1.5](A)(B) + \MOLensOut[abspos=8](A)(B)\MOLensIn[abspos=9](A)(B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{n=1, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} + \psset{loadbeampoints} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2, stopinside]{(A)}{1} + \drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-70]{1}{2} + \drawwidebeam[stopinside]{2-4} + \drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-70]{4}{5} + \drawwidebeam{5}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\section{Defining new objects}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\section{Neue Objekte definieren}\fi +% \label{sec:newobj} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% \nxLPack{pst-optexp} provides some high-level macros to allow very convenient +% definition of your own custom components. +% +% Note, that this part of the documentation is not complete. It roughly +% describes the steps to define own components as of version 3.0. Some parts may +% be subject to change which are not backward compatible. +% +% The old syntax of defining \Lcs*{mycomp@iii} is supported for backward +% compatibility, but will be dropped soon. Please adapt your macros to the new +% syntax. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% \nxLPack{pst-optexp} stellt einige Benutzermakros zur Verfügung, mit denen +% sehr bequem neue, eigene Komponenten definiert werden können. +% +% Beachten Sie, dass dieser Teil der Dokumentation nicht vollständig ist. Die +% notwendigen Schritte zur Definition neuer Komponenten in Version 3.0 werden +% grob beschrieben, können sich aber noch ändern und sind nicht zwangsläufig +% abwärtskompatibel. +% +% The alte Syntax mit \Lcs*{mycomp@iii} wird noch unterstützt, gilt aber als +% veraltet und wird in zukünftigen Versionen entfernt werden. Bitte passen Sie +% ihre vorhandenen Makros entsprechen an. +% \fi +% +% \begin{ltxsyntax} +% \xLcs{newOptexpDipole}\cmditem{newOptexpDipole}[fixopt]{name}{dftopt} +% \xLcs{newOptexpTripole}\cmditem{newOptexpTripole}[fixopt]{name}{dftopt} +% \xLcs{newOptexpFiberDipole}\cmditem{newOptexpFiberDipole}[fixopt]{name}{dftopt} +% \end{ltxsyntax} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% These macros generate all organizing code for the components which handle the +% positioning, label placement, rotation and shifting, and the layering. In the +% simplest case you only have to define the actual drawing of the component +% outline. +% +% The macro \Lcs*{newOptexpDipoleNolabel} is superfluous because since version +% 3.0 the label is optional for all components. +% +% The actual process of creating a new component is split up in different parts, +% depending on the component complexity and user requirements: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The component drawing (see \prettyref{sec:newobj-comp}), this is the +% only required part. +% \item Support for raytracing and layers (optional) +% \item Optional support for \Lkeyword{rotateref}, \Lkeyword{extnode} and +% \Lkeyword{position}\opt{=start|end}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Diese Makros erzeugen den Code für die Positionierung, Drehung, Beschriftung +% und die Ebenenverwaltung. Im einfachsten Fall müssen Sie lediglich die +% eigentliche Zeichnung der Komponente erstellen. +% +% Seit Version 3.0 ist das Makro \Lcs*{newOptexpDipoleNolabel} überflüssig, da +% seitdem die Beschriftung für alle Komponenten optional ist. +% +% Die Definition der neuen Komponenten kann in unterschiedliche Schritte +% eingeteilt werden, je nach Komplexität und Anforderung des Benutzers: +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Die Zeichnung (siehe \prettyref{sec:newobj-comp}), das ist der einzige +% erforderliche Schritt. +% \item Unterstützung von Raytracing und Ebenen (optional). +% \item Unterstützung für \Lkeyword{rotateref}, \Lkeyword{extnode} und +% \Lkeyword{position}\opt{=start|end}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{The component drawing}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Die Zeichnung der Komponente}\fi +% \label{sec:newobj-comp} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% You must define a macro which is called e.g. \cs{\ldots @comp}, which +% contains the component drawings. See the following two examples for dipole and +% tripole which show the orientation and position of the component coordinate +% system. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Sie müssen ein Makro \cs{\ldots @comp} definieren, welches +% die Zeichnung enthält. In den folgenden Beispielen sehen Sie die Ausrichtung +% und Position des Koordinatensystems für einen Zweipol und einen Dreipol. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{newOptexpDipole}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.5,2.6) +\newOptexpDipole{mydipole}{} +\makeatletter +\def\mydipole@comp{% + \psaxes[arrows=->](0,0)(0,-1.1)(1.3,1.3)[$x$,90][$y$,0] +}% +\makeatother +\mydipole(0,1)(3.5,1){\color{spot}label} +\drawbeam{(0,1)}{}{(3.5,1)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]{newOptexpTripole}}] +\begin{pspicture}(3.5,3.7) +\newOptexpTripole{mytripole}{labelangle=-60} +\makeatletter +\def\mytripole@comp{% + \psaxes[arrows=->](0,0)(-1.1,0)(1.3,1.3)[$x$,90][$y$,0] +}% +\makeatother +\mytripole(0,1)(2,1.7)(3,0){\color{spot}label} +\drawbeam{(0,1)}{}{(3,0)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \chapter{Beispiele} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \chapter{Examples} +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\enlargethispage{1.5cm} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.1,0.4)(10,4.5) + \psset[optexp]{lens=1 1 0.7, loadbeampoints} + \pnode(2,4){L}\pnode([Xnodesep=4]L){M} + \pnode([Xnodesep=1.5]M){IRSpec}\pnode([offset=-2.5]M){OSA} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox[position=start, innerlabel, optboxwidth=1.8](L)(M){fs laser} + \lens[abspos=1](L)(M) + \optbox[abspos=1.85, optboxsize=0.7 0.15, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=black](L)(M){sample} + \lens[abspos=2.7](L)(M) + \mirror[labelangle=45](L)(M)(OSA){flip mirror} + \optbox[position=end, optboxsize=3.2 1, innerlabel, compshift=-0.2](M)(IRSpec){IR spectrometer} + \lens[abspos=1](M)(OSA) + \optplane([offset=-1.5]M) + \optfiber[fiberloopradius=0.2, fiberloopsep=0.2, label=1, newFiber={linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth}]([offset=-1.5]M)(OSA){MM fiber} + \optbox[position=end, innerlabel, optboxwidth=1.1](M)(OSA){OSA} + \newpsstyle{Beam}{linestyle=none, fillcolor=red, fillstyle=solid, raytrace=false} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.2, stopinside]{1-2} + \drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-25]{2-3} + \drawwidebeam[loadbeampoints=false, beamdiv=25]{3-4} + \drawwidebeam[startinside]{4-5} + \drawwidebeam[savebeampoints=false, beamalign=abs]{5-6} + \drawwidebeam[stopinside]{5}{7} + \drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-25]{7-8} +\end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(-4.2,-1)(3,3) +\pnode(-2,0){LOut}\pnode(0,0){Grat}\pnode(4;45){Out}\pnode(2.5;70){Mvar} +\newpsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth, linecolor=red!90!black} +\begin{optexp} + \optbox[optboxwidth=2.2, labeloffset=0, position=start](LOut)(Grat){diode laser} + \mirror[variable, label=0.5](Grat)(Mvar)(Grat){M$_\mathrm{var}$} + \optretplate[position=0.3](LOut)(Grat){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{4}$} + \optgrating(LOut)(Grat)(Out){grating} + \drawbeam[arrows=->]{1}{3}{4}{(Out)} + \drawbeam{2}{4} +\end{optexp} +\rput[l](-3,2){Littman setup} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\bigskip + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(8.5,1.9) +\pnode(1.4,1.3){Laser}\pnode(7.6,1.3){Diode} +\optbox[position=start, labeloffset=0](Laser)(Diode){Laser}% +\optbox[abspos=4, optboxsize=1 0.6, labeloffset=1, n=3, + compname=PC, angle=-10, rotateref=l](Laser)(Diode){Photonic Crystal} +\optdetector[dettype=diode](\oenodeOut{PC})(Diode|\oenodeOut{PC}){PD} +\nodexn{(\oenodeIn{PC}) + (2;170)}{Angle1} +\psline[linestyle=dashed](\oenodeIn{PC})(Angle1) +\psarc{<->}(\oenodeIn{PC}){1.3}{330}{30} +\psarc[arcsep=1pt]{<->}(\oenodeIn{PC}){2}{170}{180} +\uput{2.1}[175](\oenodeIn{PC}){\small $\varphi$} +\drawbeam{-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\bigskip + +\enlargethispage{2cm} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(10.4,1.7) +\pnode(1.2,1){Start}\pnode(9.2,1){CCD} +\begin{optexp} +\optbox[position=end, label=0, optboxwidth=1.2](CCD)(Start){Laser} +\optbox[position=end, label=0, optboxwidth=1.2](Start)(CCD){CCD} +\polarization[poltype=perp,abspos=0.5](Start)(CCD) +\optretplate[abspos=1](Start)(CCD){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} +\lens[lens=0.4 0.4 0.5,abspos=2](Start)(CCD){$L_1$} +\lens[abspos=4](Start)(CCD){$L_2$} +\optplate[abspos=6, platelinewidth=3\pslinewidth](Start)(CCD){SLM} +\optplate[abspos=6.5, labelangle=180](Start)(CCD){PF} +\polarization[abspos=6.7](Start)(CCD) +\lens[abspos=7](Start)(CCD){$L_3$} +\drawbeam[linewidth=2\pslinewidth]{1}{2} +\end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\medskip + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(10.4,1.7) +\pnode(1.2,1){Start}\pnode(9.2,1){CCD} +\begin{optexp} +\optbox[position=start, label=0, optboxwidth=1.2](Start)(CCD){Laser} +\polarization[poltype=perp,abspos=0.5](Start)(CCD) +\optretplate[abspos=1](Start)(CCD){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} +\lens[lens=0.4 0.4 0.5,abspos=2](Start)(CCD){$L_1$} +\pinhole[phwidth=0.05, abspos=2.35, labelangle=180](Start)(CCD){iris} +\lens[abspos=4](Start)(CCD){$L_2$} +\optplate[abspos=6,platelinewidth=3\pslinewidth](Start)(CCD){SLM} +\optplate[abspos=6.5,labelangle=180](Start)(CCD){PF} +\lens[abspos=7](Start)(CCD){$L_3$} +\optbox[position=end, label=0, optboxwidth=1.2](Start)(CCD){CCD} +\polarization[abspos=6.7, polsize=0.8](Start)(CCD) +\addtopsstyle{Beam}{fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green!40!white, loadbeampoints} +\drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.1, stopinside]{1}{4} +\drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-20]{4}{6} +\drawwidebeam[stopinside]{6-9} +\drawwidebeam[beamdiv=-30]{9-10} +\end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\bigskip + +%^^A An idea from <http://arxiv.org/abs/1112.5270> +\enlargethispage{3cm} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.3,0.6)(5.5,7.8) +\newOptexpTripole{reflslm}{} +\makeatletter +\def\reflslm@comp{% + \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!50](-0.3,0)(0.3,0.2) + \psline(-0.3,0.1)(-0.5,0.1)(-0.5,0.5)(0.5,0.5)(0.5,0.1)(0.3,0.1)}% +\makeatother +\pnode(2,7){L}\pnode(2,5.8){Pbs}\pnode([Xnodesep=1]Pbs){Blk1}\pnode(2,2.3){Bs} +\pnode([Xnodesep=-1]Bs){Blk2}\pnode([Xnodesep=3.5]Bs){Out}\pnode(2,1.3){Slm} +\begin{optexp} + \optbox[position=end, innerlabel, optboxsize=1.2 0.6](Pbs)(L){Laser} + \psset{labelalign=r, mirrortype=extended} + \newpsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=black} + \optretplate[position=0.4](L)(Pbs){HWP} + \beamsplitter[labelangle=-90](L)(Pbs)(Blk1){PBS} + \mirror[label=. -90 c](Pbs)(Blk1)(Pbs){B} + \lens[abspos=0.8, lens=0.7 0.7 0.7, n=2](Pbs)(Bs){MO} + \pinhole[phwidth=0.15, abspos=1.2](Pbs)(Bs){PH} + \lens[abspos=2.6, lensradius=1.4](Pbs)(Bs){L} + \psset{labelalign=c} + \beamsplitter[labelangle=-135](Pbs)(Bs)(Blk2){BS} + \mirror[labeloffset=0.4](Bs)(Blk2)(Bs){B} + \lens[abspos=1, lensradius=1.4](Bs)(Out){L} + \lens[abspos=2.8, lens=0.7 0.7 0.7, n=2](Bs)(Out){L} + \reflslm(Bs)(Slm)(Bs){SLM} + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linestyle=none, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green!70!black} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.1]{1-4} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.1, beaminsidefirst, beaminsidelast]{3}{5-8} + \psset{savebeampoints=false, loadbeampoints} + \drawwidebeam{8-11}{(Out)}\drawwidebeam[beaminsidefirst]{8}{12} +\end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(6.4,3.2) +\addtopsstyle{Fiber}{linecolor=red}\psset{fiber=none} +\pnode(2.3,2.3){Lin}\pnode([Xnodesep=4.5]Lin){Det} +\optbox[label=0.2, position=start, compname=L, extnode=b](Lin)(Det){% + \psGauss[yunit=0.03,sigma=0.03]{-0.5}{0.5}} +\optbox[label=0, compname=EAM, extnode=b, abspos=1.5](Lin)(Det){EAM} +\optfiber[labeloffset=0.3, abspos=3.2](Lin)(Det){fibre} +\optdetector(Lin)(Det){OSA} +\pnode([Xnodesep=-1,offset=-1]\oenodeExt{L}){Osc} +\pnode(\oenodeExt{L}|Osc){PSin}\pnode(\oenodeExt{EAM}|Osc){PSout} +\oscillator[output=right](Osc){10\,GHz}{} +\phaseshifter[arrowscale=1.5, inputarrow, labeloffset=-0.7](PSin)(PSout){$\tau$} +\drawfiber{1}{2}{3}{4} +\psset{arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5} +\wire(PSin)(\oenodeExt{L})\wire(PSout)(\oenodeExt{EAM}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\enlargethispage{1cm} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.4,0.6)(8.2,3.5) +\pnode(2,3){Laser}\pnode(2,1){PwMeter}\pnode(6,3){CplTop}\pnode(6,1){CplBot} +\psset{arrowscale=1.5, arrowinset=0} +\optbox[position=start, optboxsize=1.6 1, labeloffset=0](Laser)([Xnodesep=0.1]Laser){% + \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}Nd:YAG\\[-0.4ex]cw laser\end{tabular}} +\optcoupler[addtoFiberIn1={ArrowInside=->}, addtoFiberIn2={ArrowInside=-<}, + labeloffset=0.4](Laser)(PwMeter)(CplTop)(CplBot){WDM} +\optfiber[addtoFiberOut={ncurv=1, angleB=0}, addtoFiberIn={ncurv=1, angleA=0}, + compshift=-1, label=0.2 . l](CplBot)(CplTop){fiber} +\optdetector[dettype=diode]([Xnodesep=0.1]PwMeter)(PwMeter){power meter} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.9,0.9)(10.4,5.9) +\psset{arrowscale=1.5, arrowinset=0} +\pnode(2,5){PC1in}\pnode(4,5){PC1out}\pnode(6,5){PC2in} +\pnode(8,5){PC2out}\pnode(2,2){CplSig}\pnode(5,2){CplIn} +\pnode(2,1){CplOut}\pnode(10,4.5){Pump}\pnode(8,2){PumpSig} +\optisolator[compshift=0.8, addtoFiberIn={angleA=180}, + addtoFiberOut={angleB=180}, label=0.5 . l]% + (CplSig)(PC1in){isolator} +\polcontrol[addtoFiberIn={arrows=|-}](PC1in)(PC1out) +\optfiberpolarizer[labeloffset=0.6](PC1out)(PC2in){polarizer} +\polcontrol[addtoFiberOut={arrows=-|}](PC2in)(PC2out) +\wdmsplitter[labeloffset=0.3, coupleralign=bottom, addtoFiberIn={arrows=|-}, + addtoFiberOut1={arrows=->}, addtoFiberOut2={arrows=-|}]% + (CplIn)(CplOut)(CplSig){95/5} +\wdmcoupler[addtoFiberIn1={ArrowInside=->}, addtoFiberIn2={angleA=0}, + addtoFiberOut={angleB=0,arrows=-|}, ncurv=0.9, + coupleralign=bottom, compshift=0.8](Pump)(PC2out)(PumpSig){pump} +\optbox[position=start, innerlabel](Pump)([offset=-0.1]Pump){980~nm} +\optfiber[fiberloops=2, labeloffset=0.4](CplIn)(PumpSig){Er$^+$-doped} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\bigskip + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(1,1.2)(6.2,5) +\pnode(1,4){SigIn}\pnode(3,4){BS}\pnode(3,5){LO} +\pnode(5,4){Det1}\pnode(3,2){Det2} +\begin{optexp} + \optplane[compname=LO, angle=90](LO) + \beamsplitter[compname=BS](SigIn)(BS)(Det2) + \lens[abspos=0.5, compname=L2, n=2.1](Det2)(BS){$L_2$} + \lens[abspos=0.5, compname=L1, n=2.1](Det1)(BS){$L_1$} + \psset[optexp]{extnodealign=rel, extnode=r} + \optdetector[compname=Det1](BS)(Det1){PD1} + \optdetector[compname=Det2](BS)(Det2){PD2} + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beamwidth=0.2, fillstyle=solid, + fillcolor=green, opacity=0.2} + \drawwidebeam{(SigIn)}{BS}{L2}{Det2} + \drawwidebeam[beaminsidefirst]{BS}{L1}{Det1} + \newpsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=red, linestyle=dashed, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth} + \drawbeam{LO}{BS}{L1}{Det1} + \drawbeam[beaminsidefirst]{BS}{L2}{Det2} +\end{optexp} +\cnodeput[framesep=5pt]([Xnodesep=0.5, offset=-0.5]\oenodeExt{Det1}|\oenodeExt{Det2}){M}{\rule{2.5mm}{1pt}} +\psset{arrows=<-, arrowscale=1.5, arrowinset=0} +\nccurve[angleA=90]{M}{\oenodeExt{Det1}} +\nccurve[angleA=180, angleB=-90]{M}{\oenodeExt{Det2}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\bigskip + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(-0.2,0)(9,5) +\makeatletter +\newOptexpDipole{LCLV}{} +\def\LCLV@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{ {-0.12 0} {0 1} -0.5 0.5 trans {PlainIfc} + {0.15 0} {0 1} -0.5 0.5 trans {PlainIfc} \POE@key@n}% +}% +\def\LCLV@comp{% + \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black,dimen=outer](-0.12,-0.5)(0,0.5) + \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!50,dimen=outer](0,-0.5)(0.15,0.5) +}% +\makeatother +\psset[optexp]{lens=1.2 0 1.2, n=1.72} +\addtopsstyle{Beam}{fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=green, opacity=0.3} +\pnode(2.4,1){BS1}\pnode([offset=3]BS1){M1} +\pnode([Xnodesep=5.5]M1){PP}\pnode(PP|BS1){BS2} +\begin{optexp} + \optbox[label=0, position=start, optboxwidth=1.6]([Xnodesep=-1]BS1)(BS1){Nd:YAG} + \beamsplitter[compname=BS](BS2)(BS1)(M1){BS} + \LCLV[position=0.2, compname=LCLV](BS1)(BS2){LCLV} + \optretplate(BS1)(M1){P} + \mirror(BS1)(M1)(PP){M} + \lens[position=0.2](M1)(PP){L} + \pinhole(M1)(PP) + \lens[position=0.2](PP)(M1){L} + \pentaprism(M1)(PP)(BS2){PP} + \beamsplitter(PP)(BS2)(BS1){BS} + \doveprism[compname=Dove, position=0.27, n=2.3](BS2)(BS1){Dove} + \lens[n=2.5](BS2)(BS1){L} + \drawwidebeam[beamwidth=0.3]{1-3} + \drawwidebeam[loadbeampoints]{3}{2}{4-}{3} +\end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\enlargethispage{1cm} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-0.2)(8.6,5.6) +\pnode(1.5,5){Laser}\pnode(4,5){PBS}\pnode(6.5,5){PBS2}\pnode(6.5,5.7){piezo} +\pnode(4,2){BSFwd}\pnode(6.5,2){BSBwd}\pnode(2,2){BS4f}\pnode(2,0.5){M4f3} +\pnode(8,2){M4f1}\pnode(8,0.5){M4f2}\pnode(1,2){CCD} +\psset{mirrorwidth=0.6, plateheight=0.7, outerheight=0.7, labeloffset=0.7, labelstyle=\scriptsize, lens=1.2 1.2 0.8, bssize=0.5} +\optbox[position=start, optboxsize=1.5 0.7, innerlabel]% + (Laser)(PBS){\parbox{1.5cm}{\centering Nd:YAG\\ 532\,nm}} +\lens[lensheight=0.5, position=0.2](Laser)(PBS){MO} +\pinhole[position=0.3,labelangle=180](Laser)(PBS){PH} +\lens[position=0.5](Laser)(PBS){L} +\optretplate[position=0.8](Laser)(PBS){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} +\beamsplitter(Laser)(PBS)(BSFwd){PBS} +\optretplate[position=0.4](PBS)(BSFwd){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} +\polarization(PBS)(BSFwd)\polarization(PBS2)(BSBwd) +\lens[position=0.8](PBS)(BSFwd){L} +\optretplate(PBS)(PBS2){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{2}$} +\beamsplitter(PBS)(PBS2)(piezo){PBS} +\optretplate[abspos=0.5](PBS2)(piezo){$\nicefrac{\lambda}{4}$} +\mirror[mirrortype=piezo,labelangle=90](PBS2)(piezo)(PBS2){PZ} +\lens[position=0.8,labelangle=180](PBS2)(BSBwd){L} +\crystal[crystalsize=1 0.5, voltage, lamp, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=yellow!90!black, labeloffset=0.8](BSFwd)(BSBwd){SBN:Ce} +\beamsplitter(PBS)(BSFwd)(BSBwd){BS} +\beamsplitter[labelangle=-90](PBS2)(BSBwd)(BSFwd){BS} +\mirror(BSBwd)(M4f1)(M4f2){M}\mirror(M4f1)(M4f2)(M4f3){M} +\lens[labelangle=180](M4f2)(M4f3){L}\mirror(M4f2)(M4f3)(BS4f){M} +\beamsplitter(M4f3)(BS4f)(CCD){BS} +\optbox[position=end, label=0, optboxwidth=1](BS4f)(CCD){CCD} +\lens[abspos=0.7](BS4f)(BSFwd){L}\lens[abspos=0.7](BSBwd)(M4f1){L} +\addtopsstyle{Beam}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth} +\drawbeam{1-6}{11-14}{13}{12}{15}{18}{16}{17}{25}{23}{24} +\drawbeam[beaminsidefirst]{6}{7}{10}{17}{16}{18}{26}{19-24} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\bgroup +\psset{unit=0.9} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}, label=ex:transmission-loop] +\begin{pspicture}(13,5.5) +\psset{usefiberstyle, optboxwidth=1, labelstyle=\footnotesize, fiber=none} +\pnode(1,5){LD}\pnode([Xnodesep=5.5]LD){CPLin1} +\pnode([offset=-2]CPLin1){CPLin2}\pnode([Xnodesep=2.5]CPLin1){CPLout1} +\pnode([Xnodesep=2.5]CPLin2){CPLout2}\pnode([Xnodesep=3]CPLout1){RX} +\optbox[position=start, label=0](LD)(CPLin1){LD} +\optmzm[abspos=0.8](LD)(CPLin1){MZM} +\optamp[abspos=2](LD)(CPLin1){EDFA} +\optfilter[abspos=3](LD)(CPLin1){BPF} +\optswitch[abspos=4](LD)(CPLin1){SW} +\polcontrol[abspos=5, fiber=out](LD)(CPLin1) +\drawfiber{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}{6} +\optcoupler[couplertype=none, fiber](CPLin1)(CPLin2)(CPLout1)(CPLout2) +\optamp[abspos=0.8, fiber=in](CPLout1)(RX){EDFA} +\optfilter[abspos=2](CPLout1)(RX){BPF} +\optbox[position=end](CPLout1)(RX){RX} +\drawfiber{8}{9}{10} +\pnode([Xnodesep=-0.5]LD|CPLin2){TL}\pnode(RX|TL){TR} +\pnode([offset=-2.5]TR){BR}\pnode(TL|BR){BL} +\optamp[fiber=i](CPLout2)(TR){EDFA} +\optfiber[label=0.3 . t, position=0.85](BL)(BR){SSMF 89.8~km} +\drawfiber[fiberstyle=angle, arm=1.2, linearc=0.5, startnode=N]{11}{12} +\optamp[position=0.3](BR)(BL){EDFA} +\optfilter[position=0.55, labelangle=180](BL)(BR){BPF} +\optfiber[fiberloops=1, label=0.3 . t, position=0.35](BL)(BR){DCF 16.2~km} +\optamp[position=0.85](BR)(BL){EDFA} +\optfilter[position=0.2](TL)(CPLin2){BPF} +\optswitch(TL)(CPLin2){SW} +\polcontrol[position=0.8, fiber=out](TL)(CPLin2) +\drawfiber{12}{13}{14}{15}{16}\drawfiber{17}{18}{19} +\drawfiber[fiberstyle=angle, arm=0.5, linearc=0.5, stopnode=1]{16}{17} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\egroup + +\enlargethispage{1cm} +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(12, 4) + \psset{labeloffset=0.3, fiber=none} + \pnode(1.6,2){In}\pnode(12, 2){Ref} + \optplate[linestyle=dashed, plateheight=3, position=1, compname=RefPlane](In)(Ref) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linestyle=none, beamdiv=20, beaminside=false, fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=red, opacity=0.3} + \multido{\i=1+1, \ii=165+10}{4}{% + \rput(Ref){\pnode(6;\ii){A\i}} + \optbox[optboxsize=0.5 0.3, position=end, compname=Box\i, extnode=l](Ref)(A\i) + \lens[lens=0 -0.6 0.6, abspos=0.5, compname=L\i](A\i)(Ref) + \lens[lens=1.2 1.2 0.8, abspos=1.1, n=1.65, compname=LC\i](A\i)(Ref) + \drawwidebeam{Box\i}{L\i}{LC\i}{RefPlane} + }% + \optcoupler[abspos=1](In)(In)(Ref)(Ref) + \wdmsplitter[abspos=2.5, compshift=1](In)(Ref)(Ref) + \wdmsplitter[abspos=2.5, compshift=-1](In)(Ref)(Ref) + \optbox[compshift=-1, position=start, label=0](In)(Ref){Laser1} + \optbox[compshift=1, position=start, label=0](In)(Ref){Laser2} + \drawfiber{17}{14}{15}{Box1}\drawfiber{15}{Box2} + \drawfiber{18}{14}{16}{Box3}\drawfiber{16}{Box4} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +\medskip + +\begin{LTXexample}[caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0.5,0)(2.2,4) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(1,1){BS}\pnode(2,1){G}\pnode(1,4){B} + \beamsplitter(G)(BS)(B) + \optgrating(BS)(G)(BS) + \lens[lens=2 2 1.5, compshift=0.1, n=2.25](BS)(B) + \pinhole[phwidth=0.05, innerheight=0.05, position=0.8, compshift=0.18](BS)(B) + \optplane[angle=90](B) + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{linestyle=none, beamwidth=0.2, fillstyle=solid} + \drawwidebeam[fillcolor=red!25!white]{(A)}{1-2}{1}{3-5} + \drawwidebeam[fillcolor=red!50!white, beamangle=-5]{2}{1}{3-5} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}, label={ex:czerny-turner}, linerange={1-19,24-24}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,-1.5)(8,4) +\psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=gray!90,linestyle=none](0,-1)(8.5,4) +\addtopsstyle{OptComp}{linecolor=white} +\newpsstyle{Beam}{ArrowInside=->, linejoin=2, arrowscale=1.3, arrowinset=0} +\addtopsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{hatchcolor=white, hatchsep=0.5\pslinewidth} +\pnode(0,3){A}\pnode(8,3){B}\pnode(3,1.5){C}\pnode(8,0){D}\pnode(0,0){E}% +\psset{linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth, mirrorradius=13, mirrorwidth=1.5, gratingwidth=1.3, mirrortype=extended, phwidth=0.1, outerheight=1.5}% +\begin{optexp} + \pinhole[position=0.2](A)(B)% + \mirror(A)(B)(C) + \optgrating[reverse, angle=15, variable](B)(C)(D) + \mirror(C)(D)(E) + \pinhole[position=0.8](D)(E) + \drawwidebeam[ArrowInsidePos=0.3, beamwidth=0.2, linecolor=white, beamdiv=-7.15]{(A)}{1-3} + \psset{loadbeampoints, savebeampoints=false}% + \drawwidebeam[ArrowInsidePos=0.6, beamangle=3, linecolor=blue!60!white]{3-6} + \drawwidebeam[ArrowInsidePos=0.7, linecolor=green!60!white, arrows=->, ArrowInsideMinLength=2]{3-5}{(E)} + \drawwidebeam[ArrowInsidePos=0.8, beamangle=-3, linecolor=red!60!white]{3-6} +\end{optexp} +\rput[lb](0,-1.5){\footnotesize + \ifGERMAN Angepasst von \fi + \ifENGLISH Adapted from \fi + \url{http://de.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Datei:Czerny-turner.png}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[pos=t, caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,0.7)(9.4,3.3) + \psset[optexp]{couplertype=rectangle, fiber=none, detsize=0.5 0.6} + \multido{\i=1+1}{3}{% + \optbox[optboxsize=1.5 0.6, innerlabel,position=start](1.5,\i)(7,\i){Laser \i} + \wdmsplitter[position=0.2](1.5,\i)(7,\i)(7,\i) + \wdmcoupler[position=0.8](1.5,\i)(1.5,\i)(7,\i) + \optdetector[label=0.4 90 l](1.5,\i)(7,\i){Detector \i} + }% + \drawfiber[linecolor=blue, startnode=N]{1}{2}{7} + \drawfiber[linecolor=blue]{2}{11} + \drawfiber[linecolor=green, stopnode=1]{5}{6}{11} + \drawfiber[linecolor=green, stopnode=2]{6}{3} + \drawfiber[linecolor=red]{9}{10}{3} + \drawfiber[linecolor=red, startnode=2]{10}{7} + \drawfiber[linecolor=cyan]{11}{12} + \drawfiber[linecolor=magenta]{7}{8} + \drawfiber[linecolor=yellow]{3}{4} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[caption={caption}] +\begin{pspicture}(0,1)(3.2,4.2) + \pnode(0,2){In}\pnode(1,2){G}\pnode(1,4){M1} + \pnode(3,2){M2}\pnode(1,1){S} + \mirror[mirrortype=semitrans](In)(G)(M1) + \optbox[optboxwidth=0.15, angle=45, style=SemitransMirror](G)(M1) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended](G)(M1)(G) + \mirror[mirrortype=extended](G)(M2)(G) + \optplate[position=end](G)(S) + \newpsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=red, ArrowInside=->, ArrowInsidePos=0.4, arrowscale=1.3} + \drawbeam{(In)}{1}{4}{1}{5} + \drawbeam{(In)}{1-3}{2}{1}{5} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% +% \ifGERMAN\chapter{Zusatzinformationen}\fi +% \ifENGLISH\chapter{Additional information}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\section{Internal component structure}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\section{Interne Struktur der Komponenten}\fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \boolitem[false]{showifcnodes} +% \styleitem[dotstyle=x, dotscale=1.5, linecolor=blue]{IfcNodeStyle} +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Every component consists internally of interfaces which are defined by a node +% on the optical axis, a plane vector or a curvature radius, and by its optical +% characteristics (reflective or transmittive, or both e.g. for +% \Lcs{beamsplitter}). The interface nodes can be visualized for each component +% with the \Lkeyword{showifcnodes} parameter. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Jede Komponente besteht aus Grenzflächen, die über einen Knoten auf der +% optischen Achse, einen Ebenevektor bzw. einen Krümmungsradius, und ihre +% optische Eigenschaft (reflektiv oder transmittiv, oder beides für +% z.B. \Lcs{beamsplitter}) definiert ist. Die Grenzflächenknoten können mit +% \Lkeyword{showifcnodes} angezeigt werden. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(4,3) + \psset{showifcnodes} + \optbox(0,2.5)(4,2.5) + \doveprism(0,1.5)(4,1.5) + \lens(0,0.5)(4,0.5) + \mirror(0,0.5)(3.5,0.5)(3.5,3) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \medskip +% +% \ifENGLISH +% \nxLcs{draw*beam}\xLcs{drawbeam}\xLcs{drawwidebeam} calculates the distance +% between the interface nodes of two components and connects the two nearest +% to each other. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% \nxLcs{draw*beam}\xLcs{drawbeam}\xLcs{drawwidebeam} berechnet den Abstand +% zwischen den Grenzflächenknoten zweier Komponenten und verbindet die beiden +% nächstgelegenen. +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample} +\begin{pspicture}(-3,-3)(3,3) + \psset{optboxsize=0.6 0.5, labeloffset=0} + \multido{\i=0+60,\ii=1+1}{6}{% + \pnode(2.5;\i){A} + \optbox([Xnodesep=-1]A)([Xnodesep=1]A){\ii} + } + \optbox[compname=ref](-1,0)(1,0){ref} + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{arrows=->} + \multido{\i=1+1}{6}{\drawbeam{ref}{\i}} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\section{Overview of special nodes}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\section{Ãœbersicht der Spezialknoten}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH In this section you find overviews of all special nodes which +% each component provides. The possible positions for external and rotation +% reference nodes, and the interface nodes. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% In diesem Abschnitt finden sie Ãœbersichten für alle Spezialknoten, die von +% allen Komponenten bereitgestellt werden: die möglichen Positionen für externe +% und Rotationsknoten, und die Grenzflächenknoten. +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{External and rotation reference nodes}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Externe und Rotationsreferenzknoten}\fi +% \label{sec:overview-extnode} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Here, you find all possible external (\prettyref{sec:extnode}) and rotation +% reference nodes (\prettyref{sec:rotrefnode}) for all components. Displayed are +% all possible combinations of \opt{t}, \opt{c}, or \opt{b} with \opt{l}, +% \opt{c}, or \opt{r}. Not all components support all combinations, e.g. a plain +% \Lcs{mirror} ignores \opt{t} and \opt{b} and an \Lcs{optplate} ignores \opt{l} +% and \opt{r}. +% +% Instead of these values also fractional parts can be used: \opt{t} corresponds +% to $+1\cdot\Delta y$, \opt{b} corresponds to $-1\cdot\Delta y$, \opt{l} +% corresponds to $-1\cdot\Delta x$, and \opt{r} corresponds to $+1\cdot\Delta +% x$. In the following example the point $(0.5\Delta x, 1.2\Delta y)$ is +% provided as external node. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Hier finden Sie eine Ãœbersicht über alle möglichen externen Knoten +% (\prettyref{sec:extnode}) und Rotationsknoten (\prettyref{sec:rotrefnode}) +% aller Komponenten. Angezeigt werden die Positionen für alle möglichen +% Kombinationen von \opt{t}, \opt{c} oder \opt{b} mit \opt{l}, \opt{c} oder +% \opt{r}. Es sind nicht immer alle Möglichkeiten vorhanden, so können \opt{t} +% und \opt{b} ignoriert werden (z.B. bei \Lcs{mirror}), oder auch \opt{r} und +% \opt{l} (z.B. bei \Lcs{optplate}). +% +% Anstelle dieser Werte können auch Bruchteile davon verwendet werden: \opt{t} +% entspricht $+1\cdot\Delta y$, \opt{b} entspricht $-1\cdot\Delta y$, \opt{l} +% entspricht $-1\cdot\Delta x$ und \opt{r} entspricht $+1\cdot\Delta x$. Im +% folgenden Beispiel wird der Punkt $(0.5\Delta x, 1.2\Delta y)$ als externer +% Knoten bereitgestellt. +% \fi +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[morekeywords={[21]extnode}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,1) + \optbox[extnode={0.5,1.2}, beam](0,0.5)(3,0.5) + \psdot(\oenodeExt{}) +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \newpsstyle{ExtNodeStyle}{dotstyle=B+, dotangle=45, linewidth=2\pslinewidth, linecolor=DOrange} +% \makeatletter +% \newcommand{\testextnodes}[3][]{% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,2) +% \@nameuse{#2}[#1]#3 +% \rput[t](1.5,0.9){\ttfamily\small +% \ifx\\#1\\\relax +% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\textbackslash #2\end{tabular} +% \else\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}\textbackslash #2\\ #1\end{tabular}\fi} +% \POE@extnodes[style=ExtNodeStyle,#1]{#2} +% \end{pspicture} +% }% +% \makeatother +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsubsection*{Free-ray components}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsubsection*{Freistrahlkomponenten}\fi +% +% \testextnodes{lens}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes[lensradius=-1]{lens}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optplate}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optretplate}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes[phwidth=0.2]{pinhole}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optbox}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{crystal}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optdetector}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)} +% \testextnodes[dettype=diode]{optdetector}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optdiode}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{doveprism}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \bgroup +% \addtopsstyle{PiezoMirror}{unit=1.5} +% \testextnodes[mirrortype=piezo]{mirror}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \egroup +% \bgroup\psset{mirrordepth=0.25} +% \testextnodes[mirrortype=extended]{mirror}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \testextnodes{mirror}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \testextnodes[mirrortype=semitrans]{mirror}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \egroup +% \testextnodes{optprism}{(0,1.5)(1.5,1.5)(3,1)} +% \testextnodes{optgrating}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \testextnodes{beamsplitter}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \testextnodes[bsstyle=plate]{beamsplitter}{(0,1.5)(2,1.5)(2,0)} +% \testextnodes{rightangleprism}{(0,1.5)(2.5,1)(0,0.5)} +% \testextnodes{pentaprism}{(0,1.3)(2,1.3)(2,0)} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsubsection*{Fiber components}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsubsection*{Faserkomponenten}\fi +% +% \testextnodes{optfiber}{(0,1)(3,1)} +% \testextnodes{optamp}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optmzm}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optfilter}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{polcontrol}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optisolator}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optswitch}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{fiberdelayline}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optfiberpolarizer}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{fibercollimator}{(0,1.5)(3,1.5)} +% \testextnodes{optcirculator}{(0,1.6)(3,1.6)(1.5,0.9)} +% \testextnodes[couplersize=0.5 0.3]{optcoupler}{(0,2)(0,1)(3,2)(3,1)} +% +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsection{Interface nodes}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsection{Grenzflächenknoten}\fi +% \label{sec:overview-ifcnode} +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Here, all available components and their interface nodes are listed. If +% a node is labeled as «1, N», it means that both nodes are equal. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Hier sind alle Komponenten und deren Grenzflächenknoten +% aufgelistet. Ist ein Knoten mit «1, N» beschriftet, dann fallen beide +% Knoten zusammen. +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsubsection*{Free-ray components}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsubsection*{Freistrahlkomponenten}\fi +% +% \addtopsstyle{Beam}{arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5} +% \newcommand{\showdipoleifc}[1]{% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1) +% \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(3,0.5){B} +% \csname #1\endcsname(A)(B) +% \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(B)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash #1} +% \end{pspicture} +% }% +% \newcommand{\showdipoleoneifc}[1]{% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1) +% \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(3,0.5){B} +% \csname #1\endcsname(A)(B) +% \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(B)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1, N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash #1} +% \end{pspicture} +% }% +% \showdipoleifc{lens}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showdipoleoneifc{optplate}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showdipoleifc{optretplate}% +% \bigskip +% +% \noindent\showdipoleoneifc{pinhole}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showdipoleifc{optbox}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showdipoleifc{crystal} +% \bigskip +% +% \noindent +% \begin{pspicture}(0, -0.5)(3,1) +% \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(2.5,0.5){B} +% \optdetector(A)(B) +% \drawbeam{(A)}{} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1, N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash optdetector} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \bgroup +% \addtopsstyle{Beam}{beaminside=false}% +% \showdipoleifc{optdiode}\egroup% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1) +% \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(3,0.5){B} +% \doveprism(A)(B) +% \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(A)}{}{(B)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash doveprism} +% \end{pspicture}% +% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) +% \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B}\pnode(2.5,0){C} +% \mirror(A)(B)(C) +% \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(C)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1, N} +% \rput[bl](0,0){\ttfamily\textbackslash mirror} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) +% \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(1.5,1){B}\pnode(3,0){C} +% \optprism(A)(B)(C) +% \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(A)}{}{(C)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,0){\ttfamily\textbackslash optprism} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,1.5) +% \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(2.5,1){B}\pnode(2.5,0){C} +% \optgrating(A)(B)(C) +% \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(C)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1, N} +% \rput[bl](0,0){\ttfamily\textbackslash optgrating} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \bigskip +% +% \noindent +% \begin{pspicture}(3,2.5) +% \pnode(0,1.5){A}\pnode(2.5,1.5){B}\pnode(2.5,0.4){C} +% \beamsplitter[bssize=1.2](A)(B)(C) +% \drawbeam{(A)}{}{(C)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{1}{})\uput[135](\oenodeIfc{1}{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[-45](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{3}{})\uput[60](\oenodeIfc{3}{}){3,C} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{4}{})\uput[0](\oenodeIfc{4}{}){4} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{N}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{N}{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,0){\ttfamily\textbackslash beamsplitter} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,2.5) +% \pnode(0,2){A}\pnode(2.5,1.5){B}\pnode(0,1){C} +% \rightangleprism[raprismsize=2](A)(B)(C) +% \drawbeam[arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5]{(A)}{}{(C)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[45](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{3}{})\uput[-45](\oenodeIfc{3}{}){3} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-135](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,0){\ttfamily\textbackslash rightangleprism} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,2.5) +% \pnode(0,1.5){A}\pnode(2.1,1.5){B}\pnode(2.1,0.4){C} +% \pentaprism[pentaprismsize=1](A)(B)(C) +% \drawbeam[arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=1.5]{(A)}{}{(C)} +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[0](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{3}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{3}{}){3} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,0){\ttfamily\textbackslash pentaprism} +% \end{pspicture}% +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsubsection*{Fiber components}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsubsection*{Faserkomponenten}\fi +% +% \newcommand{\showfdipoleifc}[1]{% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1) +% \pnode(0,0.5){A}\pnode(3,0.5){B} +% \csname #1\endcsname(A)(B) +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash #1} +% \end{pspicture}% +% }% +% \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{ArrowInside=->, ArrowInsidePos=0.6, arrowscale=1.5, arrowinset=0} +% \vspace*{5mm}% +% \showfdipoleifc{optfiber}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showfdipoleifc{optamp}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showfdipoleifc{optmzm}% +% \bigskip +% +% \noindent\showfdipoleifc{optfilter}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showfdipoleifc{polcontrol}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showfdipoleifc{optisolator}% +% \bigskip +% +% \noindent\showfdipoleifc{optswitch}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showfdipoleifc{fiberdelayline}\hspace{\fill}% +% \showfdipoleifc{optfiberpolarizer}% +% \bigskip +% +% \bgroup\psset{beam} +% \noindent\showfdipoleifc{fibercollimator}\egroup +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1.4) +% \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B}\pnode(1.2,-0.1){C} +% \optcirculator(A)(B)(C) +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[-135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[-45](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash optcirculator} +% \end{pspicture}\hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(3,1) +% \end{pspicture}% +% \bigskip +% +% \noindent +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1.5) +% \pnode(0,0.75){A}\pnode(3,1.5){B}\pnode(3,0){C} +% \wdmsplitter[couplersize=0.5, couplersep=0.2](A)(B)(C) +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[135](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-90](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash wdmsplitter} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1.5) +% \pnode(0,1.5){A}\pnode(0,0){B}\pnode(3,0.75){C} +% \wdmcoupler[couplersize=0.5, couplersep=0.2](A)(B)(C) +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[90](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[-90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[45](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash wdmcoupler} +% \end{pspicture}% +% \hspace{\fill}% +% \begin{pspicture}(0,-0.5)(3,1.5) +% \pnode(0,1.5){A}\pnode(0,0){B}\pnode(3,1.5){C}\pnode(3,0){D} +% \optcoupler[couplersize=0.5, couplersep=0.2](A)(B)(C)(D) +% \psdot(\oenodeIn{})\uput[90](\oenodeIn{}){1} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{2}{})\uput[-90](\oenodeIfc{2}{}){2} +% \psdot(\oenodeIfc{3}{})\uput[90](\oenodeIfc{3}{}){3} +% \psdot(\oenodeOut{})\uput[-90](\oenodeOut{}){N} +% \rput[bl](0,-0.4){\ttfamily\textbackslash optcoupler} +% \end{pspicture}% +% +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \section{Abwärtskompatibilität} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \section{Backward compatibility} +% \fi\label{sec:bwd-comp} +% +% \ifENGLISH In this section you find a comprehensive listing of the behaviour +% which changed in a version compared to the previous one and which is not +% backward compatible. Here you find also information on what you must note when +% upgrading and how you must change old documents to work correctly with the +% newer version. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine umfangreiche Auflistung aller Änderungen +% in einer Version bezüglich der Vorgängerversion, die nicht abwärts kompatibel +% sind. Sie finden ebenfalls Informationen was Sie bei einem Wechsel zur neuen +% Version beachten müssen, und was sie bei älteren Dokumenten gegebenenfalls +% ändern müssen um mit der neuen Version korrekt zu funktionieren. \fi +% +% +% \subsection{Version 3.0}\label{sec:bwd-comp-3.0} +% +% \ifENGLISH The changes in version 3.0 compared to version 2.1 which are not +% backward compatible. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN Die Änderungen in Version 3.0 gegenüber Version 2.1, die nicht +% abwärtskompatibel sind. +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsubsection{General parameters}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsubsection{Allgemeine Parameter}\fi +% +% \begin{optionlist} +% \optitem*[new]{namingscheme}{old, new} +% \ifGERMAN +% In Version 2.1 mussten spezielle Komponentenknoten über ihren expliziten +% Namen angesprochen werden. Wenn Sie das alte Namensschema benötigen, da Sie +% direkt auf die Knoten zugegriffen haben, so müssen Sie +% \nxLkeyword{namingscheme=old} verwenden. Seit Version 3.0 werden Makros für +% den Zugriff auf die Komponentenknoten bereitgestellt, so dass das +% eigentlichen Namensschema unerheblich ist, siehe \prettyref{sec:objnodes} +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% In version 2.1 special component nodes had to be accessed by their explicit +% name. If you need the old naming scheme, because you accessed internal nodes +% directly, then you must set \nxLkeyword{namingscheme=old}. Since version 3.0 +% explicit macros are provided to access all special component nodes, so that +% the actual naming scheme does not matter, see \prettyref{sec:objnodes}. +% \fi +% +% \poeitem{\smash{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}r@{}}endbox\\angle\\rotateref\end{tabular}}} +% \ifENGLISH These options now affect all components.\fi +% \ifGERMAN Diese Parameter wirken sich jetzt auf alle Komponenten aus.\fi +% \vspace*{1cm} +% +% \poeitem{extnode} +% \ifENGLISH +% Some components now provide more possible positions for +% \Lkeyword{extnode}. \Lcs{optdetector} had only one possible external node, +% which was accessible for any value of \Lkeyword{extnode}, now this node can +% be accessed only with \Lkeyword{extnode}\opt{=r}. All other values give +% different node positions. +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Einigen Komponenten stellen nun mehr mögliche Positionen für +% \Lkeyword{extnode} zur Verfügung. So muss war z.B. für \Lcs{optdetector} nur +% ein Knoten möglich, der für jeden Wert von \Lkeyword{extnode} zugänglich +% war, jetzt aber nur mit \Lkeyword{extnode}\opt{=r}. Alle anderen Werte +% setzen den Knoten an andere Stellen. +% \fi +% \end{optionlist} +% +% \ifENGLISH\subsubsection{Beam connections}\fi +% \ifGERMAN\subsubsection{Strahlverbindungen}\fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% In version 2.1, beam connections could be internal, that is the connections +% were specified together with the compent (\Lkeyword{beam} or +% \Lkeyword{conn}), or external with an additional call of \Lcs{drawbeam}. The +% main reason for internal connections was the aesthetic aspect of drawing the +% beam behind the component, but also convenience played a role. Drawing the +% beam behind the component is possible with layering (\prettyref{sec:layers}) +% since 3.0. +% +% Some of the variants of internal beam connections can be used also in 3.0: +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% In Version 2.1 konnten Strahlverbindungen intern sein, d.h. die Verbindung +% wurde zusammen mit der Komponenten definiert (z.B. mit \Lkeyword{beam}, oder +% \Lkeyword{conn}) oder extern über einen separaten Aufruf von \Lcs{drawbeam}. +% Der Hauptgrund für die internen Verbindungen war der ästhetische Aspekt, +% zuerst die Verbindung und dann die Komponente darüber zu zeichnen, aber +% Bequemlichkeit spielte auch eine Rolle. Seit Version 3.0 kann die Reihenfolge +% von Verbindungen und Komponenten über Ebenen geregelt werden +% (\prettyref{sec:layers}). +% +% Manche Varianten für interne Strahlverbindungen können auch in 3.0 verwendet +% werden: +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,5-5}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[beam](A)(B) + \rput[b]([offset=-0.9]\oenodeCenter{}){\ttfamily conn=o-i, conn=i-o} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,5-5}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox[beam, beaminside=false](A)(B) + \rput[b]([offset=-0.9]\oenodeCenter{}){\ttfamily conn=o-o} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% \ifENGLISH +% Other internal connections need an additional \Lcs{drawbeam} call, and if you +% want to move the beam behind the component, the code must be wrapped in a +% \Lenv{optexp} environment. Except for this, external connection are equivalent: +% \fi +% \ifGERMAN +% Andere Verbindungen können nur über einen zusätzlichen \Lcs{drawbeam} Aufruf +% erreicht werden, falls die Verbindung dann hinter der Komponente sein soll, +% musst der beteiligte Code in eine \Lenv{optexp}-Umgebung geschachtelt +% werden. Außer diesem Aspekt sind die separaten Verbindungen äquivalent: +%\fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*ignore> +% \fi +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-4,6-6}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox(A)(B) + \drawbeam{(A)}{} + \rput[b]([offset=-0.9]\oenodeCenter{}){\ttfamily conn=o-, conn=a-} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-3,5-6}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \optbox(A)(B) + \rput[b]([offset=-0.9]\oenodeCenter{}){\ttfamily conn=-o, conn=-b} + \drawbeam{}{(B)} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-4,6-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox(A)(B) + \rput[b]([offset=-0.9]\oenodeCenter{}){\ttfamily conn=i-, A-} + \drawbeam[beaminsidelast]{(A)}{} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} + +\begin{LTXexample}[linerange={1-4,6-8}] +\begin{pspicture}(3,2) + \pnode(0,1){A}\pnode(3,1){B} + \begin{optexp} + \optbox(A)(B) + \rput[b]([offset=-0.9]\oenodeCenter{}){\ttfamily conn=-i, conn=-B} + \drawbeam[beaminsidefirst]{}{(B)} + \end{optexp} +\end{pspicture} +\end{LTXexample} +% \iffalse +%</ignore> +% \fi +% +% +% \makeatletter +% \bgroup +% \newcommand*{\index@preamble}{} +% \let\index@preamble=\relax +% \renewcommand{\setindexpreamble}[1]{\def\index@preamble{#1}} +% \renewcommand*{\idx@heading}{% +% \twocolumn[\idx@@heading{\indexname}]% +% \@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}% +% } +% \renewenvironment{theindex}{% +% \if@twocolumn +% \@restonecolfalse +% \else +% \@restonecoltrue +% \fi +% \columnseprule \z@ +% \columnsep 35\p@ +% \idx@heading% +% \index@preamble\par\nobreak +% \thispagestyle{\indexpagestyle}\parindent\z@ +% \setlength{\parskip}{\z@ \@plus .3\p@}% +% \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ \@plus 1fil}% +% \let\item\@idxitem +% }{% +% \if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi +% } +% \renewcommand*\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40\p@} +% \renewcommand*\subitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{20\p@}} +% \renewcommand*\subsubitem{\@idxitem \hspace*{30\p@}} +% \renewcommand*\indexspace{% +% \par \vskip 10\p@ \@plus5\p@ \@minus3\p@\relax +% } +% \renewcommand*\indexname{Index} +% \printindex[doc] +% \egroup +% \makeatother +% +% \appendix +% +% \ifGERMAN +% \chapter{Versionsgeschichte} +% +% Diese Versionsgeschichte ist eine Liste von Änderungen, die für den Nutzer des +% Pakets von Bedeutung sind. Änderungen, die eher technischer Natur sind und für +% den Nutzer des Pakets nicht relevant sind und das Verhalten des Pakets nicht +% ändern, werden nicht aufgeführt. Wenn ein Eintrag der Versionsgeschichte ein +% Feature als \emph{improved} oder \emph{extended} bekannt gibt, so bedeutet +% dies, dass eine Modifikation die Syntax und das Verhalten des Pakets nicht +% beeinflusst, oder das es für ältere Versionen kompatibel ist. Einträge, die +% als \emph{deprecated}, \emph{modified}, \emph{renamed}, oder \emph{removed} +% deklariert sind, verlangen besondere Aufmerksamkeit. Diese bedeuten, dass eine +% Modifikation Änderungen in existierenden Dokumenten mit sich ziehen kann. Die +% Zahlen an der rechten Seite stehen für die relevante Stelle dieser +% Dokumentation, zusätzliche Informationen zur Migration von älteren Dokumenten +% sind in \prettyref{sec:bwd-comp} zu finden. +% \fi +% \ifENGLISH +% \chapter{Revision history} +% +% This revision history is a list of changes relevant to users of this +% package. Changes of a more technical nature which do not affect the user +% interface or the behavior of the package are not included in the list. If an +% entry in the revision history states that a feature has been \emph{improved} +% or \emph{extended}, this indicates a modification which either does not affect +% the syntax and behavior of the package or is syntactically backwards +% compatible (such as the addition of an optional argument to an existing +% command). Entries stating that a feature has been \emph{deprecated}, +% \emph{modified}, \emph{renamed}, or \emph{removed} demand attention. They +% indicate a modification which may require changes to existing documents. The +% numbers on the right indicate the relevant section of this manual, more +% information regarding backward compatibility can be found in +% \prettyref{sec:bwd-comp}. +% \fi +% +% \begin{changelog} +%\patchcmd{\release}{\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}}{\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}\setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}{}{} +% \begin{release}{3.0}{2012-07-09} +% \item Modified beam connections with \cs{drawbeam} to support raytracing\see{cmd:drawbeam} +% \item Added wide beams with \cs{drawwidebeam}\see{cmd:drawwidebeam} +% \item Added \cs{drawfiber} for fiber connections\see{cmd:drawfiber} +% \item Added \opt{optexp} environment for layering of components and connections\see{sec:layers} +% \item Added german documentation +% \item Modified naming of component nodes\see{sec:objnodes} +% \item Modified \opt{extnode} to work with more components\see{prm:extnode} +% \item Modified \opt{angle} and \opt{rotateref} to affect all components\see{sec:rotshift} +% \item Modified \opt{endbox} to affect all components\see{sec:positioning} +% \item Extended \opt{position} by values \opt{start} and \opt{end}\see{sec:positioning} +% \item Extended \opt{abspos} by values \opt{start} and \opt{end}\see{sec:positioning} +% \item Removed deprecated lens code which used \opt{lenswidth} and \opt{lensheight} for construction\see{cmd:lens} +% \item Added option \opt{platesize}\see{prm:platesize} +% \item Added option \opt{phwidth}\see{cmd:pinhole} +% \item Modified option \opt{caxislength}\see{cmd:crystal} +% \item Deprecated option \opt{lampscale}\see{cmd:crystal} +% \item Added style \opt{CrystalCaxis}\see{cmd:crystal} +% \item Added style \opt{CrystalLamp}\see{cmd:crystal} +% \item Added option \opt{optboxsize}\see{cmd:optbox} +% \item Extended option \opt{detsize}\see{cmd:optdetector} +% \item Added style \opt{DetectorStyle}\see{cmd:optdetector} +% \item Removed deprecated \cs{detector}, use \cs{optdetector}\see{cmd:optdetector} +% \item Extended option \opt{doveprismsize}\see{cmd:doveprism} +% \item Added style \opt{Polarization}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Deprecated option \opt{pollinewidth}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Removed option \opt{polwidth}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Removed option \opt{pol}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Added style \opt{VariableStyle}\see{cmd:mirror} +% \item Added mirror type \opt{semitrans}\see{prm:mirrortype} +% \item Renamed \cs{optgrid} to \cs{optgrating}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Renamed \opt{optgridwidth} to \opt{gratingwidth}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Renamed \opt{optgridheight} to \opt{gratingheight}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Renamed \opt{optgriddepth} to \opt{gratingdepth}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Renamed \opt{optgridcount} to \opt{gratingcount}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Renamed \opt{optgridtype} to \opt{gratingtype}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Renamed \opt{optgridlinewidth} to \opt{gratinglinewidth}\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Added option \opt{prismalign}\see{cmd:optprism} +% \item Modified faulty alignment of \cs{rightangleprism}\see{cmd:rightangleprism} +% \item Extended option \opt{optampsize}\see{cmd:optamp} +% \item Extended option \opt{optmzmsize}\see{cmd:optmzm} +% \item Added option \opt{polcontroltype}\see{cmd:polcontrol} +% \item Extended option \opt{isolatorsize}\see{cmd:optisolator} +% \item Added style \opt{IsolatorArrow}\see{cmd:optisolator} +% \item Extended option \opt{fdlsize}\see{cmd:fiberdelayline} +% \item Added style \opt{FdlArrow}\see{cmd:fiberdelayline} +% \item Extended option \opt{fiberpolsize}\see{cmd:optfiberpolarizer} +% \item Added component \cs{optcirculator}\see{cmd:optcirculator} +% \item Extended option \opt{couplersize}\see{cmd:optcoupler} +% \item Extended option \opt{couplertype}\see{cmd:optcoupler} +% \item Renamed option \opt{align} to \opt{coupleralign}\see{cmd:optcoupler} +% \item Added style \opt{VariableCoupler}\see{cmd:optcoupler} +% \item Added style \opt{FilterStyle}\see{cmd:optfilter} +% \item Extended option \opt{fibercolsize}\see{cmd:fibercollimator} +% \item Removed deprecated option \opt{labelrelative}\see{sec:labels} +% \item Removed deprecated option \opt{iwidth}\see{cmd:pinhole} +% \item Removed deprecated option \opt{owidth}\see{cmd:pinhole} +% \item Removed deprecated option \opt{bswidth}\see{cmd:beamsplitter} +% \item Deprecated \cs{newOptexpDipoleNolabel}, use \cs{newOptexpDipole}\see{sec:newobj} +% \item Deprecated option \opt{refractiveindex}\see{prm:refractiveindex} +% \item Deprecated option \opt{conn}\see{sec:drawbeam} +% \item Extended option \opt{fiber}\see{prm:fiber} +% \end{release} +% \begin{release}{2.1}{2009-11-05} +% \item Added component \cs{optfiberpolarizer}\see{cmd:optfiberpolarizer} +% \item Added option \opt{compshift}\see{prm:compshift} +% \item Added option \opt{label}\see{prm:label} +% \item Added option \opt{connjoin} +% \item Added options \opt{addtoBeam} and \opt{newBeam}\see{sec:drawbeam} +% \item Added style \opt{OptComp} and related options \opt{addtoOptComp} and \opt{newOptComp}\see{sec:appearance} +% \item Added option \opt{bsstyle}\see{cmd:beamsplitter} +% \item Extended \cs{fibercollimator} to use up to four reference nodes\see{cmd:fibercollimator} +% \item Improved \opt{thicklens} to work also with plain lenses\see{prm:thicklens} +% \item Use pst-doc class for the documentation +% \end{release} +% +% \begin{release}{2.0}{2008-07-27} +% \item Added fiber-optical components\see{chap:fibercomp} +% \item Added component \cs{optdiode}\see{cmd:optdiode} +% \item Added component \cs{pentaprism}\see{cmd:pentaprism} +% \item Added component \cs{rightangleprism}\see{cmd:rightangleprism} +% \item Added component \cs{doveprism}\see{cmd:doveprism} +% \item Added component \cs{optprism}\see{cmd:optprism} +% \item Added \cs{drawbeam}\see{sec:drawbeam} +% \item Added component connections (options \opt{fiber}, \opt{conn} and \opt{beam})\see{chap:connecting} +% \item Added option \opt{compname}\see{prm:compname} +% \item Added option \opt{extnode}\see{prm:extnode} +% \item Renamed \cs{detector} to \cs{optdetector}\see{cmd:optdetector} +% \end{release} +% \begin{release}{1.2}{2008-06-17} +% \item Modified lens design to use interface curvatures\see{cmd:lens} +% \item Added options \opt{lensradiusleft} and \opt{lensradiusright}\see{cmd:lens} +% \item Added option \opt{thicklens}\see{cmd:lens} +% \item Added option \opt{lenstype}\see{cmd:lens} +% \item Added option \opt{mirrorradius} (curved mirrors)\see{cmd:mirror} +% \item Added option \opt{optgridtype} (binary gratings)\see{cmd:optgrating} +% \item Added \cs{newOptexpDipole}\see{sec:newobj} +% \item Added \cs{newOptexpDipoleNolabel}\see{sec:newobj} +% \item Added \cs{newOptexpTripole}\see{sec:newobj} +% \item Added \cs{newOptexpFiberDipole}\see{sec:newobj} +% \item General improvements of \TeX{} and Postscript code +% \end{release} +% \begin{release}{1.1}{2007-09-06} +% \item Improved labeling features\see{sec:labels} +% \item Added parameter \opt{labelref}\see{sec:labels} +% \item Replaced \opt{labelrelative} by \opt{labelref=relative}\see{sec:labels} +% \item Renamed \cs{polarisation} to \cs{polarization}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Renamed \opt{polwidth} to \opt{polsize}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Renamed \opt{pol} to \opt{poltype}\see{cmd:polarization} +% \item Renamed \opt{bswidth} to \opt{bssize}\see{cmd:beamsplitter} +% \item Renamed \opt{iwidth} to \opt{innerheight}\see{cmd:pinhole} +% \item Renamed \opt{owidth} to \opt{outerheight}\see{cmd:pinhole} +% \item Added support for fillstyle for all components +% \end{release} +% +% \begin{release}{1.0}{2007-07-18} +% \item First CTAN version +% \end{release} +% \end{changelog} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% +% +% \chapter{The \LaTeX/\TeX\ implementation} +%<*stylefile> +% \section{Requirements} +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{pstricks} +\RequirePackage{pst-xkey} +\RequirePackage{pst-node} +\RequirePackage{pst-plot} +\RequirePackage{multido} +\RequirePackage{pst-eucl} +\RequirePackage{pstricks-add} +\RequirePackage{environ} +% \end{macrocode} +% Add the Postscript header file. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@addtofilelist{pst-optexp.pro}{}% +\pst@addfams{optexp} +\pstheader{pst-optexp.pro} +% \end{macrocode} +% This holds a comma-separated list of all component names which are defined in +% a \nxLenv{pspicture} environment. This list is cleared when leaving the +% \nxLenv{pspicture}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\gdef\POE@complist{}% +\gdef\POE@beamlist{1}% +\g@addto@macro{\endpspicture}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Undefine all beam nodes at the end of the \nxLenv{pspicture}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\XKV@for@n\expandafter{\POE@beamlist}\POE@temp{% + \POE@Verb{% + /lastBeamPointUp\POE@temp\space + /lastBeamPointLow\POE@temp\space + /lastBeamPoint\POE@temp\space + 3 { currentdict exch undef } repeat + /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@temp} + /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@temp} + /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@temp} + 3 { tx@NodeDict exch undef } repeat + }% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Reset the component list. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \gdef\POE@complist{}\gdef\POE@beamlist{1}\global\POE@cnt=0\relax +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Some convenience definitions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\pst@optexpdict{tx@OptexpDict begin } +\def\POE@dict#1{\pst@optexpdict #1 end} +\SpecialCoor +% \end{macrocode} +% \section{Basic definitions} +% +% \subsection{Switches for the boolean keys} +% See respective key definitions for explanation. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifPOE@connjoin +\newif\ifPOE@backlayer +\newif\ifPOE@frontlayer +\newif\ifPOE@optexpenv +\newif\ifPOE@variable +\newif\ifPOE@voltage +\newif\ifPOE@caxisinv +\newif\ifPOE@reverse +\newif\ifPOE@lamp +\newif\ifPOE@component@optional +\newif\ifPOE@debug@showoptdots +\newif\ifPOE@debug@showifcnodes +\newif\ifPOE@endbox +\newif\ifPOE@startbox +\newif\ifPOE@thicklens +\newif\ifPOE@usefiberstyle +\newif\ifPOE@fiber@ +\newif\ifPOE@nofiber@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberin@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberin@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberin@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@fiberout@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberout@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberout@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpreset@ +\newif\ifPOE@nofiberpreset@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetin@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@beam +\newif\ifPOE@startinside +\newif\ifPOE@stopinside +\newif\ifPOE@beaminsidefirst +\newif\ifPOE@beaminsidelast +\newif\ifPOE@savebeam +\newif\ifPOE@loadbeam +\newif\ifPOE@beaminside +\newif\ifPOE@raytrace +\newif\ifPOE@pswarning +\newif\ifPOE@useNA +% \end{macrocode} +% This is to check if \nxLkeyword{compname} is set inside or outside of a component. For this no boolean key is provided. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifPOE@insideobj\POE@insideobjfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsection{Counters} +% Count the components in one \nxLenv{pspicture} environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcount\POE@cnt +\newcount\POE@oldcnt +% \end{macrocode} +% Count the temporal planes which are created for connections to nodes. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcount\POE@nodecnt +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\POE@dim +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsection{Fixed strings} +% These are all the fixed strings which are used as possible values for +% choicekeys. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@str@pol@polperp{perp} +\def\POE@str@pol@polparallel{parallel} +\def\POE@str@pol@polmisc{misc} +\def\POE@str@pol@polrcirc{rcirc} +\def\POE@str@pol@pollcirc{lcirc} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@piezo{piezo} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@plain{plain} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@extended{extended} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans{semitrans} +\def\POE@str@gratingtype@blazed{blazed} +\def\POE@str@gratingtype@binary{binary} +\def\POE@str@relative{relative} +\def\POE@str@absolute{absolute} +\def\POE@str@labelref@relgrav{relgrav} +\def\POE@str@labelref@global{global} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@bandpass{bandpass} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@bandstop{bandstop} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@lowpass{lowpass} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@highpass{highpass} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@none{none} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@ellipse{ellipse} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@elliptic{elliptic} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@rectangle{rectangle} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@cross{cross} +\def\POE@str@polcontroltype@linear{linear} +\def\POE@str@polcontroltype@triangle{triangle} +\def\POE@str@top{top} +\def\POE@str@bottom{bottom} +\def\POE@str@center{center} +\def\POE@str@closed{closed} +\def\POE@str@opened{opened} +\def\POE@str@dettype@round{round} +\def\POE@str@dettype@diode{diode} +\def\POE@str@bsstyle@cube{cube} +\def\POE@str@bsstyle@plate{plate} +\def\POE@str@auto{auto} +\def\POE@str@center{center} +\def\POE@str@verbose{verbose} +\def\POE@str@quiet{quiet} +\def\POE@Verb#1{\pst@Verb{\pst@optexpdict #1 end }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Parameter and style definitions} +% The parameters and styles are commented quiet well in the user documentation, +% here you will find only additional comments about technical peculiarities. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newpsstyle{OptComp}{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newOptComp}{% + \newpsstyle{OptComp}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoOptComp}{% + \addtopsstyle{OptComp}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{OptionalStyle}{linestyle=dashed,dash=1.5pt 1pt}% +\newpsstyle{IfcNodeStyle}{dotstyle=x, dotscale=1.5, linecolor=blue}% +\newpsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=green!90!black, linejoin=1}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newBeam}{% + \newpsstyle{Beam}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoBeam}{% + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% Styles for the automatic fiber connections. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newpsstyle{Fiber}{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiber}{% + \newpsstyle{Fiber}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiber}{% + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberIn}{style=Fiber}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberIn}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberIn}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberOut}{style=Fiber}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberOut}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberIn1}{style=FiberIn}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn1}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberIn1}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn1}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberIn1}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberIn2}{style=FiberIn}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn2}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberIn2}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn2}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberIn2}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberOut1}{style=FiberOut}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut1}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberOut1}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut1}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut1}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{style=FiberOut}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut2}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut2}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut2}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% Special styles to change only a part of some devices. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newpsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{% + linestyle=none, hatchwidth=0.5\pslinewidth, + hatchsep=1.4\pslinewidth, fillstyle=hlines +}% +\newpsstyle{VariableStyle}{% + linewidth=0.8\pslinewidth, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=0.8, arrows=<-> +} +\newpsstyle{SemitransMirror}{linestyle=none, fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!30}% +\newpsstyle{PiezoMirror}{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!30}% +\newpsstyle{IsolatorArrow}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth, arrowinset=0} +\newpsstyle{CrystalCaxis}{% + linestyle=dashed, dash=2pt 2pt, linewidth=0.7\pslinewidth, + arrowinset=0, arrows=-> +} +\newpsstyle{CrystalLamp}{linewidth=0.6\pslinewidth} +\newpsstyle{FdlArrow}{arrowinset=0, arrows=->} +\newpsstyle{VariableCoupler}{arrowinset=0, arrows=->} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{General parameters} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@component@]{optional}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{usefiberstyle}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@debug@]{showoptdots}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@debug@]{showifcnodes}[true]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% The positioning parameters. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{position}[\val\nr]{start,end}{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \psset[optexp]{startbox, endbox=false}% + \or + \psset[optexp]{startbox=false, endbox=true}% + \fi +}{\edef\POE@key@position{#1}}% +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{abspos}[\val\nr]{start,end}{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \psset[optexp]{startbox, endbox=false}% + \or + \psset[optexp]{startbox=false, endbox=true}% + \fi +}{\edef\POE@key@abspos{#1}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{compshift}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@compshift +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{angle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@angle +} +\psset[optexp]{% + position={}, + abspos={}, + compshift=0, + angle=0 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Layering +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{backlayer}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{frontlayer}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{optexpenv}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{backlayer, frontlayer}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Labels +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelangle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@labelangle +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labeloffset}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@labeloffset +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelstyle}{% + \def\POE@key@labelstyle{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelalign}{% + \def\POE@key@labelalign{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelref}{% + \edef\POE@key@labelref{#1}% +} +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{innerlabel}% + [\val\nr]{true}[true]% + {\ifcase\nr\relax + \psset[optexp]{labeloffset=0, labelref=relative}% + \fi} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for innerlabel}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{label}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@label{#1} {} {} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@label#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#4}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labelref=#4}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#3} + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labelalign=#3}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#2}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labelangle=#2}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labeloffset=#1}% + \fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% This is for internal use only, it sets the reference angle for the \opt{labelangle} parameter and can be different for some components. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ref@angle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@labelrefangle +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + labeloffset=0.8, + labelangle=0, + labelstyle=, + labelalign=c, + labelref=relgrav, + ref@angle=0 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% External node +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{extnodealign}% + [\val\nr]{rel,abs,relative,absolute}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@extnodealign\POE@str@relative + \or + \let\POE@key@extnodealign\POE@str@absolute + \else + \def\POE@key@extnodealign{#1}% + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for extnodealign.}} +% \end{macrocode} +% This part was copied and adapted from \cs{psset@@ref} from pstricks.tex +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{extnode}{% + \edef\POE@key@extnode{#1}% + \ifx\@empty\POE@key@extnode\else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@extnode{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@key@extnode@xref{0}% +\def\POE@key@extnode@yref{0}% +\def\POE@psset@@extnode#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \def\POE@key@extnode@xref{0}% + \def\POE@key@extnode@yref{0}% + \ifx\@empty#3\@empty + \@nameuse{POE@getref@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getref@#2}% + \else + \pst@checknum{#1#2}\POE@key@extnode@xref% + \pst@checknum{#3}\POE@key@extnode@yref% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getref@c{}% +\def\POE@getref@t{\def\POE@key@extnode@yref{1}}% +\def\POE@getref@b{\def\POE@key@extnode@yref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@l{\def\POE@key@extnode@xref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@r{\def\POE@key@extnode@xref{1}}% +\psset[optexp]{% + extnode=\@empty, + extnodealign=abs +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set the rotation reference point. For this to work properly, the components +% must define a proper \cs{component@ref} macro which sets the origin and +% sizes. See below for detailed information. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{rotateref}{% + \def\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\@empty\POE@temp\else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@rotateref{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@key@rotate@xref{0}% +\def\POE@key@rotate@yref{0}% +\def\POE@psset@@rotateref#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \def\POE@key@rotate@xref{0}% + \def\POE@key@rotate@yref{0}% + \ifx\@empty#3\@empty + \@nameuse{POE@getref@rotate@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getref@rotate@#2}% + \else + \pst@checknum{#1#2}\POE@key@rotate@xref% + \pst@checknum{#3}\POE@key@rotate@yref% + \fi}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@c{}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@t{\def\POE@key@rotate@yref{1}}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@b{\def\POE@key@rotate@yref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@l{\def\POE@key@rotate@xref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@r{\def\POE@key@rotate@xref{1}}% +\psset[optexp]{rotateref=c}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Naming parameters. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{namingscheme}% + [\val\nr]{old,new}[new]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% Use the old naming scheme which was used in version 2.x. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\POE@str@basicname@default{tempNode} + \edef\POE@str@basicname@prefix{} + \gdef\POE@str@basicname@sep{Intern} + \edef\POE@str@extnode@postfix{ExtNode} + \or + \edef\POE@str@basicname@default{@} + \edef\POE@str@basicname@prefix{OE@} + \gdef\POE@str@basicname@sep{} + \edef\POE@str@extnode@postfix{Ext} + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{namingscheme=new}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{b@sicname}{% + \edef\POE@key@b@sicname{\POE@str@basicname@prefix#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{compname}{% + \ifPOE@insideobj\else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{compname allowed only inside an object} + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \edef\POE@key@compname{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \edef\POE@key@compname{#1}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% check if compname was already defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\POE@key@compname,}{,\POE@complist,}% + \ifin@ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + ^^Jcompname '\POE@key@compname' already used,\MessageBreak + previous nodes will be overwritten!^^J + }% + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Use definition of \cs{XKV@addtolist@x} with an \cs{xdef} instead of \cs{edef} in order to keep the bookkeeping global. +% \begin{macrocode} + \xdef\POE@complist{% + \POE@key@compname\ifx\POE@complist\@empty\else,\fi\POE@complist + }% + \fi +}% +\POE@insideobjtrue +\psset[optexp]{compname=\@empty} +\POE@insideobjfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% Error handling. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{pswarning}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{pswarning=false}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Free-ray component parameters} +% Lens +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lensheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lenswidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lenswidth + \ifdim\POE@key@lenswidth pt > 0pt + \psset[optexp]{thicklens=true} + \fi +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradiusleft}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lensradiusleft +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradiusright}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lensradiusright +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{thicklens}[true]{} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradius}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@lensradius{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@lensradius#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusleft=#1}% + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#2}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#1}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#2}% + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lens}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@lens{#1} {} {} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@lens#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#4}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lenswidth=#4}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#3}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lensheight=#3} + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#2}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#1}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#2}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusleft=#1}% + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + lenswidth=0, + lensheight=1, + lensradiusleft=1, + lensradiusright=1 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Pinhole +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{innerheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@innerheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{outerheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@outerheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{phlinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@phlinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{phwidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@phwidth{#1}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + phlinewidth=2\pslinewidth, + phwidth=0, + outerheight=1, + innerheight=0.1 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Crystal +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@crystalwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@crystalheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@crystalsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@crystalsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'crystalsize' requires two numbers}% + \fi + \psset[optexp]{crystalwidth=#1}% + \psset[optexp]{crystalheight=#2}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{caxislength}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@caxislength +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{voltage}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{caxisinv}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{lamp}[true]{} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lampscale}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lampscale + \pst@divide{\POE@key@lampscale pt}{0.3pt}{\POE@key@lampscale} + \addtopsstyle{CrystalLamp}{unit=\POE@key@lampscale} + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'lampscale' is deprecated, \MessageBreak + use style 'CrystalLamp' instead.}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + crystalwidth=1.4, + crystalheight=0.6, + caxislength=0.3 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Box +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optboxwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optboxheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optboxsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optboxsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optboxsize' requires two numbers}% + \fi + \psset[optexp]{optboxwidth=#1, optboxheight=#2}% +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{endbox}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{startbox}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{% + optboxwidth=1.4, + optboxheight=0.8 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Plate +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platelinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@platelinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{plateheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@plateheight +} +\psset[optexp]{% + plateheight=1, + platelinewidth=2\pslinewidth +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Optical retardation plate, the height is the same as for \cs{optplate}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platewidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@platewidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platesize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@platesize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@platesize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'platesize' requires two numbers}% + \fi + \psset[optexp]{platewidth=#1, plateheight=#2}% +}% +\psset[optexp]{platewidth=0.1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Detector +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{detsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@detsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@detsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@detsize + \else + \let\POE@key@detsize\@empty + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@detwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@detheight + \fi +}% +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{dettype}[\val\nr]{round,diode}% + {\edef\POE@key@dettype{\val}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for dettype.}} +\newpsstyle{DetectorStyle}{} +\psset[optexp]{% + detsize=0.8, + dettype=round +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Polarization +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@polsize +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pollinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@pollinewidth{#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'pollinewidth' is deprecated, \MessageBreak + use style 'Polarization'.}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% This is defined manually, to avoid printing the warning inside the key definition above. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@key@pollinewidth{0.7\pslinewidth}% +\newpsstyle{Polarization}{% + linewidth=\POE@key@pollinewidth, + arrowscale=0.8, dotsize=3\pslinewidth} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{poltype}% + [\val\nr]{parallel,misc,perp,rcirc,lcirc}% + {\edef\POE@key@poltype{#1}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for poltype.}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + poltype=parallel, + polsize=0.6 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Optical diode +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optdiodesize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optdiodesize +} +\psset[optexp]{optdiodesize=0.8}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Dove prism +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{doveprismsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@doveprismsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@doveprismsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@doveprismheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@doveprismwidth{3}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@doveprismwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@doveprismheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{doveprismsize=0.6}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Beamsplitter +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bssize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@bssize +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bsstyle}{% + \edef\POE@key@bsstyle{#1}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + bssize=0.8, + bsstyle=cube +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Mirror +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@mirrorwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorlinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{mirrortype}% + [\val\nr]{piezo,extended,plain,semitrans}{% + \edef\POE@key@mirrortype{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrordepth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@mirrordepth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorradius}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@mirrorradius +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{variable}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{% + mirrorwidth=1, + mirrordepth=0.15, + mirrorradius=0, + mirrortype=plain, + mirrorlinewidth=2\pslinewidth +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Grating +% +% These are the old \opt{optgrid*} parameters, which have been deprecated. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridcount}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingcount + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridcount' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingcount' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingwidth + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridwidth' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingwidth' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingheight + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridheight' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingheight' instead.}% +}% +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{optgridtype}% + [\val\nr]{binary,blazed}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratingtype{#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridtype' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingtype' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgriddepth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingdepth + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgriddepth' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingdepth' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridlinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratinglinewidth{#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridlinewidth' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratinglinewidth' instead.}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% These are the new grating parameters. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingcount}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingcount +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingheight +} +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{gratingtype}% + [\val\nr]{binary,blazed}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratingtype{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingdepth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingdepth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratinglinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratinglinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{reverse}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{% + gratingcount=10, + gratingwidth=1, + gratingheight=0.15, + gratingdepth=0.075, + gratingtype=blazed, + gratinglinewidth=0.7\pslinewidth, +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Penta prism +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pentaprismsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@pentaprismsize +} +\psset[optexp]{pentaprismsize=0.7} +% \end{macrocode} +% Right-angle prism +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{raprismsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@raprismsize +} +\psset[optexp]{raprismsize=1.5} +% \end{macrocode} +% Prism +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{prismsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@prismsize +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{prismangle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@prismangle +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{prismalign}[\val\nr]% + {auto,center}% + {\def\POE@key@prismalign{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for prismalign.}}% +\psset[optexp]{% + prismsize=1, + prismangle=60, + prismalign=auto +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsection{Parameters of fiber-optical components} +% \subsubsection{fiber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloops}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberloops +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloopradius}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberloopradius +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloopsep}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberloopsep +} +\psset[optexp]{% + fiberloops=3, + fiberloopradius=0.4, + fiberloopsep=0.3 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{optfilter} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{filtersize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@filtersize +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{filtertype}[\val\nr]% + {bandstop,bandpass,lowpass,highpass}% + {\def\POE@key@filtertype{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for filtertype}} +\newpsstyle{FilterStyle}{} +\psset[optexp]{% + filtersize=0.8, + filtertype=bandpass +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Polarization controller +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polcontrolsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@polcontrolsize +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{polcontroltype}[\val\nr]% + {linear,triangle}% + {\def\POE@key@polcontroltype{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown polcontroltype '\val'}} +\psset[optexp]{% + polcontrolsize=0.15, + polcontroltype=linear +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{optamp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optampsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optampsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optampsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optampheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@optampwidth{0.866}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optampwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@optampheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{optampsize=0.8} +% \end{macrocode} +% Mach-Zehnder modulator +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optmzmsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optmzmsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optmzmsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optmzmheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@optmzmwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optmzmwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@optmzmheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{optmzmsize=0.8} +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Isolator} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{isolatorsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@isolatorsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@isolatorsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@isolatorheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@isolatorwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@isolatorwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@isolatorheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{isolatorsize=0.6}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Fiber polarizer +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberpolsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fiberpolsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fiberpolsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberpolheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@fiberpolwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberpolwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@fiberpolheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{fiberpolsize=0.6}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Optical switch +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{switchsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@switchsize +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{switchstyle}% + [\val\nr]{opened,closed}% + {\edef\POE@key@switchstyle{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for switchstyle.}} +\psset[optexp]{% + switchsize=0.8, + switchstyle=opened +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsubsection{Fiber delay line} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fdlsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fdlsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fdlsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fdlheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@fdlwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fdlwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@fdlheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{fdlsize=0.6}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Fiber collimator +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fibercolsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fibercolsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fibercolsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fibercolheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@fibercolwidth{0.866}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fibercolwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@fibercolheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{fibercolsize=0.3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Optical Circulator +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optcircsize +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircangleA}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optcircangleA +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircangleB}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optcircangleB +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircangle}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optcircangle{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optcircangle#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \edef\POE@tempA{#1}% + \edef\POE@tempB{#2}% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{optcircangle requires two numbers}% + \else\ifx\\#1\\ + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{optcircangle requires two numbers}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{optcircangleA=#1, optcircangleB=#2}% + \fi\fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + optcircsize=0.8, + optcircangle=-160 -20 +}% +\newpsstyle{OptCircArrow}{unit=0.7, arrows=->, arrowinset=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Coupler} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{couplersize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@couplersize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@couplersize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pstFPmul\POE@key@couplerheight{0.8}{#1} + \pstFPmul\POE@key@couplerwidth{2}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@couplerwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@couplerheight + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{couplersep}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@couplersep +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{couplertype}% + [\val\nr]{none,elliptic,ellipse,cross,rectangle}% + {% + \edef\POE@key@couplertype{#1} + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@elliptic + \let\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@ellipse + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for couplertype.}} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{align}{% + \psset[optexp]{coupleralign=#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'align' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'coupleralign' instead.}% +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{coupleralign}% + [\val\nr]{t,b,c,top,bottom,center}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \or + \let\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \or + \let\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \else + \def\POE@key@coupleralign{#1}% + \fi}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for coupleralign.}} +\psset[optexp]{% + couplersize=0.2, + couplersep=0.05, + coupleralign=center, + couplertype=elliptic +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \subsection{Beam-connection parameters} +% The keys related to the \cs{draw*} macros. +% +% Connect a component directly with its reference nodes using \cs{drawbeam}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beam}[true]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{refractiveindex}{% + \psset[optexp]{n=#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Option 'refractiveindex' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'n' instead}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{n}{% + \POE@parsealg{n}#1\@nil +} +\def\POE@parsealg#1#2#3\@nil{% + \ifx#2*\relax + \POE@@parsealg#3\@nil + \expandafter\let\csname POE@key@#1\endcsname\POE@tempA + \else + \@namedef{POE@key@#1}{[#2#3] }% + \fi +} +\def\POE@@parsealg#1#2\@nil{% + \edef\POE@tempA{tx@Dict begin (#1#2) AlgParser end }% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beamangle}{% + \edef\POE@key@beamangle{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beampos}{% + \edef\POE@key@beampos{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beamdiv}{% + \edef\POE@key@beamdiv{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beamwidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@beamwidth{#1}% +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{startinside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{stopinside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beaminsidefirst}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beaminsidelast}[true]{}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{savebeampoints}% + [\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \def\POE@key@savebeampoints{1} + \or + \def\POE@key@savebeampoints{0} + \fi + }{% + \ifnum9<1#1 + \def\POE@key@savebeampoints{#1} + \else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}% + {savebeampoints must be a positive integer or 0.}% + \fi + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\POE@key@savebeampoints,}{,\POE@beamlist,}% + \ifin@\else + \xdef\POE@beamlist{% + \POE@key@savebeampoints + \ifx\POE@beamlist\@empty\else,\fi\POE@beamlist + }% + \fi +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{loadbeampoints}% + [\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \def\POE@key@loadbeampoints{1} + \or + \def\POE@key@loadbeampoints{0} + \fi + }{% + \ifnum9<1#1 + \def\POE@key@loadbeampoints{#1}% + \else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}% + {loadbeampoints must be a positive integer or 0.}% + \fi + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\POE@key@loadbeampoints,}{,\POE@beamlist,}% + \ifin@\else + \xdef\POE@beamlist{% + \POE@key@loadbeampoints + \ifx\POE@beamlist\@empty\else,\fi\POE@beamlist + }% + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{loadbeam}[true]{% + \setkeys+[psset]{optexp}{loadbeampoints=#1}% + \ifdim\POE@key@loadbeampoints pt>0pt + \POE@loadbeamtrue + \else + \POE@loadbeamfalse + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{savebeam}[true]{% + \setkeys+[psset]{optexp}{savebeampoints=#1}% + \ifdim\POE@key@savebeampoints pt>0pt + \POE@savebeamtrue + \else + \POE@savebeamfalse + \fi +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beaminside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{allowbeaminside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{raytrace}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{useNA}[true]{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{skipconn}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@skipconn +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{beamalign}% + [\val\nr]{rel,abs,relative,absolute}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@beamalign\POE@str@relative + \or + \let\POE@key@beamalign\POE@str@absolute + \else + \def\POE@key@beamalign{#1}% + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for beamalign.}} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ArrowInsideMinLength}{% + \def\POE@key@ArrowInsideMinLength{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ArrowInsideMaxLength}{% + \def\POE@key@ArrowInsideMaxLength{#1}% +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + raytrace=true + ,useNA=true + ,startinside=false + ,stopinside=false + ,allowbeaminside=true + ,beaminside=true + ,beaminsidefirst=false + ,beaminsidelast=false + ,loadbeam=false + ,savebeam=false + ,loadbeampoints=false + ,savebeampoints=true + ,beamangle=0 + ,beampos=\@empty + ,beamalign=relative + ,beamwidth=0 + ,beamdiv=0 + ,n=1.5 + ,skipconn=0 + ,ArrowInsideMinLength=0.2 + ,ArrowInsideMaxLength=-1 +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Fiber-connection parameters} +% Select which fibers are drawn automatically. The parameters \opt{fiber}, +% \opt{fiberin} and \opt{fiberout} do not only select which fibers are drawn, +% but do also enable fiber connecting for the free-ray components. So you should +% use these switches only locally, or they must be followed by a +% \opt{fiber@=false}. (Need to rethink this part\ldots). +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiber}[all]{% + \POE@psset@fibercheck#1\@nil +} +\def\POE@psset@fibercheck#1#2\@nil{% + \ifx#1*\relax + \ifx\\#2\\ + \psset[optexp]{fiber@preset=all}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{fiber@preset=#2}% + \fi + \else\ifx#1+\relax + \ifx\\#2\\ + \psset[optexp]{fiber@all=all}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{fiber@all=#2}% + \fi + \else + \psset[optexp]{fiber@all=#1#2}% + \psset[optexp]{fiber@preset=#1#2}% + \fi\fi +}% +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{fiber@preset}% + [\val\nr]{false,none,true,all}[all]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \POE@getfiberpreset@none + \or + \POE@getfiberpreset@none + \or + \POE@getfiberpreset@all + \or + \POE@getfiberpreset@all + \fi +}{% + \ifx\@empty\val + \POE@getfiberpreset@none + \else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fiberpreset{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fiberpreset#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \POE@getfiberpreset@all + \ifx\\#3\\ + \@nameuse{POE@getfiberpreset@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getfiberpreset@#2}% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@none{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberpreset@=false}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@all{% + \psset[optexp]{% + fiberpreset@, fiberpresetin@, fiberpresetout@, + fiberpresetin@top, fiberpresetin@bottom, + fiberpresetout@top, fiberpresetout@bottom}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@t{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberpresetin@bottom=false, fiberpresetout@bottom=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@b{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberpresetin@top=false, fiberpresetout@top=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@l{\psset[optexp]{fiberpresetout@=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@r{\psset[optexp]{fiberpresetin@=false}}% +\let\POE@getfiberpreset@i\POE@getfiberpreset@l +\let\POE@getfiberpreset@o\POE@getfiberpreset@r +% \end{macrocode} +% +% This code is for all components, fiber-optical and free-ray. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{fiber@all}% + [\val\nr]{false,none,true,all}[all]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \POE@getfiber@none + \or + \POE@getfiber@none + \or + \POE@getfiber@all + \or + \POE@getfiber@all + \fi +}{% + \ifx\@empty\val + \POE@getfiber@none + \else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fiber{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fiber#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \POE@getfiber@all + \ifx\@empty#3\@empty + \@nameuse{POE@getfiber@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getfiber@#2}% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getfiber@none{% + \psset[optexp]{fiber@=false}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiber@all{% + \psset[optexp]{% + fiber@, fiberin@, fiberout@, + fiberin@top, fiberin@bottom, + fiberout@top, fiberout@bottom}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiber@t{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberin@bottom=false, fiberout@bottom=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiber@b{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberin@top=false, fiberout@top=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiber@l{\psset[optexp]{fiberout@=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiber@r{\psset[optexp]{fiberin@=false}}% +\let\POE@getfiber@i\POE@getfiber@l +\let\POE@getfiber@o\POE@getfiber@r +% \end{macrocode} +% These are the internal boolkeys for the fiber choices done with \opt{fiberin}, +% \opt{fiberout} and \opt{fiber}. Do not use them directly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiber@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{nofiber@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberin@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberin@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberin@bottom}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberout@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberout@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberout@bottom}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpreset@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{nofiberpreset@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetin@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetin@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetin@bottom}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetout@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetout@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetout@bottom}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{fiber=*all}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberangleA}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberangleA +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberangleB}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberangleB +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{fiberalign}% + [\val\nr]{rel,abs,relative,center,absolute}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@relative + \or + \let\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@absolute + \else + \def\POE@key@fiberalign{#1}% + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for fiberalign.}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberstyle}{% + \@ifundefined{nc#1}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '#1' for fiberstyle.}}% + {\def\POE@key@fiberstyle{#1}}} +\psset[optexp]{% + fiberangleA=0, + fiberangleB=0, + fiberalign=relative, + fiberstyle=curve +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Which nodes to take for the automatic fiber connections. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{startnode}% + [\val\nr]{auto,1,2,3,4,N}% + {\edef\POE@key@startnode{\val}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown startnode number '\val'}} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{stopnode}[\val\nr]{auto,1,2,3,4,N}% + {\edef\POE@key@stopnode{\val}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown stopnode number '\val'}} +\psset[optexp]{% + startnode=auto, + stopnode=auto +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Layering} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newenvironment{optexp}{\Collect@Body\POE@collect}{} +\long\def\POE@collect#1{% + \psset[optexp]{optexpenv} + \global\POE@oldcnt=\POE@cnt + \bgroup + \psset[optexp]{backlayer=true, frontlayer=false}#1% + \egroup + \gdef\POE@complist{}\global\POE@cnt=\POE@oldcnt\relax + \psset[optexp]{backlayer=false, frontlayer=true}% + #1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\backlayer} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\backlayer#1{\ifPOE@backlayer #1\fi\ignorespaces} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\frontlayer} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\frontlayer#1{\ifPOE@frontlayer #1\fi\ignorespaces} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Connection code} +% \subsection{drawfiber} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@getnode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getnode#1#2\@nil{% + \ifx(#1\relax%) + \POE@getcoor#1#2 + \edef\POE@temp{{\pst@coor}}% + \else + \edef\POE@temp{/\oenode{}{#1#2}\space}% + \fi% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@getcoor} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getcoor(#1){\pst@@getcoor{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\drawfiber} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\drawfiber{\drawfiber@{Fiber}}% +\def\drawfiber@#1{% + \ifPst@custom\else + \def\pst@par{style=#1}% + \fi + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\drawfiber@i}{\drawfiber@i[]}% +}% +\def\drawfiber@i[#1]#2{% + \addafter@par{#1}% + \def\POE@tempe{#2}% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\drawfiber@ii}{}% +}% +\def\drawfiber@ii#1{% + \expandafter\drawfiber@iii\expandafter{\POE@tempe}{#1}% + \def\POE@tempe{#1}% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\drawfiber@ii}{}% +}% +\def\drawfiber@iii#1#2{% + \begingroup + \let\psk@angleA\relax + \let\psk@angleB\relax + \use@par + \def\POE@tempa{#1} + \ifx\POE@tempa\@empty + \edef\POE@comps{/\oenode{}{}\space} + \else + \expandafter\POE@getnode#1\@nil + \edef\POE@comps{\POE@temp} + \fi + \def\POE@tempb{#2} + \ifx\POE@tempb\@empty + \edef\POE@comps{/\oenode{}{}\space \POE@comps} + \else + \expandafter\POE@getnode#2\@nil + \edef\POE@comps{\POE@temp\space \POE@comps} + \fi + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifx\POE@key@startnode\POE@str@auto\else + \POE@pnode{/\POE@key@startnode\space \POE@comps exch pop + \POE@dict{getsubnode} \tx@UserCoor}{@@A} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@stopnode\POE@str@auto\else + \POE@pnode{/\POE@key@stopnode\space \POE@comps pop + \POE@dict{getsubnode} \tx@UserCoor}{@@B} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@startnode\POE@str@auto + \ifx\POE@key@stopnode\POE@str@auto + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps exch \POE@dict{NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@A} + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps pop + \POE@dict{/N@@@A @GetCenter ToVec NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@B} + \else + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps exch pop /N@@@B + \POE@dict{@GetCenter ToVec NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@A} + \fi + \else\ifx\POE@key@stopnode\POE@str@auto + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps pop /N@@@A + \POE@dict{@GetCenter ToVec NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@B} + \fi\fi + \pst@getcoor{@@A}\POE@tempa + \pst@getcoor{@@B}\POE@tempb + \ifx\psk@angleA\relax + \ifx\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@absolute + \psset{angleA=\POE@key@fiberangleA}% + \else + \psset{angleA=! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempb \POE@tempa \POE@comps exch + \POE@key@fiberalign\space RelFiberAngle + \POE@key@fiberangleA\space add } + }% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\psk@angleB\relax + \ifx\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@absolute + \psset{angleB=\POE@key@fiberangleB}% + \else + \psset{angleB=! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempa \POE@tempb \POE@comps + \POE@key@fiberalign\space RelFiberAngle + \POE@key@fiberangleB\space add} + }% + \fi + \fi + \@nameuse{nc\POE@key@fiberstyle}{@@A}{@@B} + \fi + \endgroup +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{POE@pnode} +% Do some trickery to define \cs{pnode} inside \cs{pscustom}, which is +% required if one wants to use \cs{drawfiber} inside \cs{pscustom}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@pnode#1#2{% + \ifPst@custom + \code{% + gsave + /currentpoint load stopped { 0 0 moveto } if + 1 8.3021995 div dup neg scale + tx@NodeDict begin + {#1 \tx@ScreenCoor } false /N@#2 10 {InitPnode} + /NodeScale {} def NewNode + end + grestore + }% + \else + \pnode(!#1){#2} + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{drawbeam} +% +% \begin{macro}{\begin@BeamObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\begin@BeamObj{% + \addbefore@par{n=n}% + \begin@SpecialObj% + \addto@pscode{% + \pst@optexpdict + /loadbeampoints \POE@key@loadbeampoints\space def + /loadbeam \ifPOE@loadbeam true \else false \fi def + /beamangle \POE@key@beamangle\space def + /savebeampoints \POE@key@savebeampoints\space def + /savebeam \ifPOE@savebeam true \else false \fi def + /beaminsidefirst \ifPOE@beaminsidefirst true \else false \fi def + /beaminsidelast \ifPOE@beaminsidelast true \else false \fi def + /beaminside \ifPOE@beaminside true \else false \fi def + /startinside \ifPOE@startinside true \else false \fi def + /stopinside \ifPOE@stopinside true \else false \fi def + /connectifc \ifPOE@raytrace false \else true \fi def + /beamalign + \ifx\POE@key@beamalign\POE@str@absolute\space + absolute + \else + relative + \fi def + /skipconn \POE@key@skipconn\space def + /useNA \ifPOE@useNA true \else false \fi def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\begin@WideBeamObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\begin@WideBeamObj{% + \addbefore@par{style=Beam}% + \begin@BeamObj + \let\pst@linetype\pst@arrowtype + \pst@addarrowdef% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\begin@SingleBeamObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\begin@SingleBeamObj\begin@WideBeamObj +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\drawbeam} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\drawbeam{\pst@object{drawbeam}}% +\def\drawbeam@i{% + \def\POE@conntable{,a-a,b-b,A-A,B-B}% + \begin@SingleBeamObj + \POE@getcomps[\drawbeam@ii% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\drawwidebeam} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\drawwidebeam{\pst@object{drawwidebeam}}% +\def\drawwidebeam@i{% + \begin@WideBeamObj + \POE@getcomps[\drawwidebeam@ii% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@beam@use@pscode} +% +% This is a hack which allows us to leave the names and coordinates of the +% beam end points on the stack after the \opt{@endspecial} call. This replaces +% \nxLcs{use@pscode} in \nxLcs{end@BeamObj}. These values on the stack must be +% consumed directly after closing the beam object. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@beam@use@pscode{% + \pstverb{% + \pst@dict + \tx@STP + \pst@newpath + \psk@origin + \psk@swapaxes + \pst@code + end + count /ocount exch def + }% + \gdef\pst@code{}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\end@BeamObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\end@BeamObj{% + \addto@pscode{ end }% + \let\psk@fillstyle\relax + \ifPOE@optexpenv + \ifPOE@frontlayer +% \end{macrocode} +% Erase all beam-drawing code and leave only \opt{false} on the stack to +% indicate that no beampoints should be stored. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\pst@code{ false false }% + \fi + \fi + \let\use@pscode\POE@beam@use@pscode + \end@SpecialObj% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\drawbeam@ii} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\drawbeam@ii{% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \drawbeam@iii + \else + \drawbeam@compat + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\drawbeam@iii} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\drawbeam@iii{% + \ifx\pslinestyle\@none + \addto@pscode{ false false }% + \else + \addto@pscode{% +% \end{macrocode} +% I need to pack it this way in order to avoid replacing the \opt{n} inside the +% code here. This must be done later, when it refers to the correct refractive +% indices. +% \begin{macrocode} + {/nbeam {\POE@key@n cvx exec} bind def + \ifPOE@pswarning + /Warning /PrintWarning load def + \else + /Warning /pop load def + \fi}% + [ \POE@key@beampos\space counttomark dup + 0 eq { + pop 0 0 + } { + 1 eq { + 0 exch + } if + } ifelse \tx@ScreenCoor] cvx + \POE@key@beamangle\space + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmp undef + currentdict /lastVecTmp undef + loadbeampoints 1 ge + tx@NodeDict /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} known and { + /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} @GetCenter ToVec + /lastBeamPointTmp ED + } if + currentdict /lastVec\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space known + loadbeam and { + /lastVecTmp /lastVec\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space load def + } if + TraceBeam + \POE@strokesinglebeam + savebeampoints 1 ge + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmp known and dup { + lastBeamPointTmp + /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@key@savebeampoints}\space 4 -1 roll + } if + savebeam currentdict /lastVecTmp known and dup { + /lastVec\POE@key@savebeampoints\space lastVecTmp 4 -1 roll + } if + }% + \fi + \end@BeamObj + \POE@Verb{% + { tx@OptexpDict begin ToVec def end } if + { \tx@NodeScale @NewNode } if + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% This fix is necessary for pst-node since version 1.21. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\tx@NodeScale{% + \pst@nodedict + /NodeScale {\ifx\pstnodescale\@undefined\else\pstnodescale\fi} def + end } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@strokesinglebeam} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@strokesinglebeam{% + gsave + /Lineto /lineto load def + \tx@Drawbeam + \tx@setlinejoin + \pst@number\pslinewidth SLW + \pst@usecolor\pslinecolor + \tx@setStrokeTransparency + \@nameuse{psls@\pslinestyle} + grestore +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\drawwidebeam@ii} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\drawwidebeam@ii{% + \def\pst@fill##1{ gsave ##1 grestore }% + \addto@pscode{% + {/nbeam {\POE@key@n cvx exec} bind def + \ifPOE@pswarning + /Warning /PrintWarning load def + \else + /Warning /pop load def + \fi}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% arrange and create the input vectors +% \begin{macrocode} + \addto@pscode{% + \POE@key@beamangle\space dup + \POE@key@beamdiv\space 0.5 mul dup 4 -1 roll add 3 1 roll sub + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% the start positions +% \begin{macrocode} + \addto@pscode{% + [ \POE@key@beampos\space counttomark dup + 0 eq { + pop 0 0 + } { + 1 eq { + 0 exch + } if + } ifelse + mark \POE@key@beamwidth\space counttomark 0 eq { + 0 + } { + 0.5 mul + } ifelse + exch pop + 3 copy add \tx@ScreenCoor\space ToVec + 5 1 roll sub \tx@ScreenCoor + ] cvx + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% rearrange options +% \begin{macrocode} + \addto@pscode{ exch 4 -1 roll 4 2 roll exch }% +% \end{macrocode} +% stroke and/or fill +% \begin{macrocode} + \addto@pscode{% + counttomark mark exch 2 add 1 roll + gsave + \ifx\psk@fillstyle\relax + currentdict /fillBeam undef + \else + /fillBeam {\psk@fillstyle} def + \fi + /strokeBeam \ifx\pslinestyle\@none false \else true \fi def + [/lastBeamPointTmpLow /lastBeamPointTmpUp + /lastVecTmpLow /lastVecTmpUp] + {currentdict exch undef} forall + tx@NodeDict /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} known + tx@NodeDict /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} known + loadbeampoints 1 ge and and { + /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} @GetCenter ToVec + /lastBeamPointTmpLow ED + /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} @GetCenter ToVec + /lastBeamPointTmpUp ED + } if + loadbeam + currentdict /lastVecLow\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space known and + currentdict /lastVecUp\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space known and { + /lastVecTmpLow /lastVecLow\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space load def + /lastVecTmpUp /lastVecUp\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space load def + } if + TraceAndFillWideBeam + grestore pop % pop off the mark +% \end{macrocode} +% Rearrange the points so that we can use two Drawbeam calls. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + counttomark 0 gt strokeBeam and { + counttomark dup /cnta ED /cntb ED + cnta 6 idiv { + cnta 3 roll /cnta cnta 3 sub def + /cntb cntb 3 sub def + cntb 3 roll /cntb cntb 3 sub def + } repeat + counttomark 2 idiv 1 add mark exch 1 roll + \POE@strokesinglebeam + \POE@strokesinglebeam + } { + pop % pop off the mark + } ifelse + currentdict /fillBeam known strokeBeam or + savebeampoints 1 ge and + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpLow known and + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpUp known and dup { + lastBeamPointTmpLow /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@key@savebeampoints} + lastBeamPointTmpUp /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@key@savebeampoints} + 7 -1 roll + } if + currentdict /fillBeam known strokeBeam or + savebeam and + currentdict /lastVecTmpLow known and + currentdict /lastVecTmpUp known and dup { + /lastVecLow\POE@key@savebeampoints\space lastVecTmpLow + /lastVecUp\POE@key@savebeampoints\space lastVecTmpUp + 7 -1 roll + } if + }% + \end@BeamObj + \POE@Verb{% + { tx@OptexpDict begin ToVec def ToVec def end } if + { \tx@NodeScale @NewNode @NewNode } if + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\pst@def{Drawbeam}< +% \end{macrocode} +% Remove trailing empty line parts. +% \begin{macrocode} + { counttomark 6 le { + exit + } if + 3 index not { + pop pop pop + }{ + exit + } ifelse + } loop +% \end{macrocode} +% Remove heading empty line parts. Note, that the first point must not have +% 'draw = true', because it is the starting point which we have to move to. +% \begin{macrocode} + { counttomark 3 le { + exit + } if + counttomark 3 sub index not { + counttomark -3 roll pop pop pop + }{ + exit + } ifelse + } loop +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + counttomark 3 le { +% \end{macrocode} +% first ray misses the next interface or is even parallel to the input interface. +% \begin{macrocode} + cleartomark + }{ +% \end{macrocode} +% This is the /Line definition from \opt{pstricks-add}, adapted to the beam path +% structure which includes the boolean values to indicate if a line is drawn, or +% if we use moveto. There was no way to patch the original definition to account +% for the moveto parts and avoid duplicating the code. +% \begin{macrocode} + counttomark 3 div cvi /N ED + (\psk@ArrowInside) length 0 gt { + \ifx\psk@arrowA\arrowType@H % do we have a Hook arrow at the beginning? + \pst@number\pshooklength % yes + \else + \psk@arrowsize\space CLW mul add dup \psk@arrowlength\space mul exch \psk@arrowinset mul neg add + \fi + /arrowlength exch def + 6 copy pop % copy all four values for the arrow line + /y1 ED /x1 ED pop /y2 ED /x2 ED % save them + /Alpha y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub Atan def % the gradient of the line + pop 3 -1 roll 5 1 roll + ArrowA + x1 Alpha cos arrowlength mul add % dx add + y1 Alpha sin arrowlength mul add % dy add, to get the current point at the end of the arrow tip + 5 -1 roll 3 1 roll true + /N N 1 sub def + N { + 6 copy pop + /y1 ED /x1 ED pop /y2 ED /x2 ED /draw ED +% \end{macrocode} +% Check for line segment length and draw the arrow only, if the segment is long +% enough. This is in first place to avoid drawing an inside arrow for the +% pinhole which has three interfaces instead of one so that it can be used as +% real spatial filter. +% \begin{macrocode} + x1 y1 x2 y2 @ABDist dup + \POE@key@ArrowInsideMinLength\space\pst@number\psunit mul ge + exch \POE@key@ArrowInsideMaxLength\space\pst@number\psunit mul dup 0 lt + 3 1 roll le or and { + x1 y1 + \psk@ArrowInsidePos\space 1 gt { + /Alpha y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub Atan def + /ArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsideOffset\space def + /dArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsidePos\space abs def + \psk@ArrowInsideNo\space cvi { + /ArrowPos ArrowPos dArrowPos add def + x1 Alpha cos ArrowPos mul add + y1 Alpha sin ArrowPos mul add + 6 index { ArrowInside } if + pop pop + } repeat + }{ + /ArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsideOffset\space def + /dArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsideNo 1 gt {% + 1.0 \psk@ArrowInsideNo 1.0 add div + }{\psk@ArrowInsidePos } ifelse def + \psk@ArrowInsideNo\space cvi { + /ArrowPos ArrowPos dArrowPos add def + x2 x1 sub ArrowPos mul x1 add + y2 y1 sub ArrowPos mul y1 add + 6 index { ArrowInside } if + pop pop + } repeat + } ifelse + pop pop + } if + draw {Lineto}{moveto} ifelse + } repeat + }{ + pop 5 copy 3 -1 roll pop + ArrowA pop pop pop pop + counttomark 3 idiv -1 2 { + pop { + lineto + }{ + moveto + } ifelse + } for + } ifelse + {CP 4 2 roll ArrowB lineto pop pop } {moveto} ifelse +% \end{macrocode} +% remove the mark +% \begin{macrocode} + pop + } ifelse +> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getcomprange#1-#2\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\% + \ifx\\#1\\% + % empty option + \edef\POE@firstcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \edef\POE@firstcomp{#1}% + \edef\POE@lastcomp{#1}% + \fi + \else + \ifx\\#1\\% + \edef\POE@firstcomp{1}% + \else + \edef\POE@firstcomp{#1}% + \fi + \POE@getlastcomp#2% + \fi + \ifnum\POE@firstcomp<1 + \def\POE@firstcomp{1}% + \else\ifnum\POE@firstcomp>\the\POE@cnt + \edef\POE@firstcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \fi\fi + \ifnum\POE@lastcomp>\the\POE@cnt + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else\ifnum\POE@lastcomp<1 + \def\POE@lastcomp{1}% + \fi\fi +} +\def\POE@getlastcomp#1-{% + \ifx.#1.% + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \ifx\@empty#1\relax + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \edef\POE@lastcomp{#1}% + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@getcomps} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getcomps#1#2{% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \def\POE@aftercomps{\addto@pscode{#1 \POE@comps }#2}% + \else + \def\POE@aftercomps{#2}% + \fi + \def\POE@comps{}% + \POE@@getcomps% +}% +\def\POE@@getcomps{% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\POE@@@getcomps}{\POE@aftercomps}% +}% +\def\POE@@@getcomps#1{% + \def\POE@temp{#1\@empty}% + \expandafter\POE@@@@getcomps\POE@temp\@nil +}% +\def\POE@@@@getcomps#1#2\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \POE@getcomp{(\oenode{}{})}% + \else\ifx(#1\relax%) + \POE@getplanenode#1#2% + \else\ifnum9<1#1\relax + \POE@getcomprange#1#2-\@nil + \POE@getcomp{% + (\POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default) + \POE@firstcomp\space\POE@lastcomp\space GetCompRange % + }% + \else\ifx-#1\relax + \POE@getcomprange#1#2-\@nil + \POE@getcomp{% + (\POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default) + \POE@firstcomp\space\POE@lastcomp\space GetCompRange % + }% + \else + \POE@getcomp{(\oenode{}{#1#2})}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi% + \POE@@getcomps% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@getplanenode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getplanenode(#1){% + \pst@@getcoor{#1}% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \advance\POE@nodecnt by 1 + \POE@getcomp{% + {\pst@coor} {0 1} + (\POE@str@basicname@default N@\the\POE@nodecnt) + {\tx@UserCoor} NewTempNodeComp + (\POE@str@basicname@default N@\the\POE@nodecnt) + }% + \else + \POE@getcomp{{\pst@coor} }% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@getcomp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getcomp#1{% + \ifx\POE@comps\@empty + \edef\POE@tempc{#1}% + \else + \edef\POE@tempd{#1}% + \fi + \edef\POE@comps{#1 \POE@comps}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Automatic connections} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@drawInternalConnections} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@drawInternalConnections{% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \POE@drawInternalConnectionsNew + \else + \POE@drawInternalConnectionsOld + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@drawPresetFibers} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@drawPresetFibers{% + \ifPOE@endbox + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \else + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \fi\fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@drawInternalConnectionsNew} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@drawInternalConnectionsNew{% + \ifPOE@beam + \ifPOE@endbox + \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \else + \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(\oenodeRefA{})}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi\fi + \else\ifPOE@fiber@ +% \end{macrocode} +% This is equivalent to the code in \cs{POE@drawPresetFibers}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifPOE@endbox + \ifPOE@fiberin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \ifPOE@fiberout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \else + \ifPOE@fiberin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \fi\fi + \fi\fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@drawInternalConnectionsOld} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@drawInternalConnectionsOld{% + \ifPOE@endbox + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn} + \else + \ifPOE@fiber@ + \ifPOE@fiberin@ + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberout@ + \@nameuse{\POE@connOut} + \fi + \else + \ifPOE@connjoin + \def\POE@tempa{POE@conn@in@i}% + \ifx\POE@tempa\POE@connIn + \def\POE@tempb{POE@conn@out@o} + \ifx\POE@tempb\POE@connOut + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \else\ifx\@empty\POE@connOut + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \else + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \fi\fi + \else + \def\POE@tempa{POE@conn@in@o}% + \ifx\POE@tempa\POE@connIn + \def\POE@tempb{POE@conn@out@o} + \ifx\POE@tempb\POE@connOut + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \else\ifx\@empty\POE@connOut + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \else + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \fi\fi + \else + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \fi + \fi + \else + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \fi + \fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Old connection code} +% +% The old connection code for backward compatibility to version 2.x. As this is +% obsolete and was broken by design, there is no need to comment on this. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optexp@nodeA{\oenodeIn{}}% +\def\optexp@nodeB{\oenodeOut{}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{connjoin}{% + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifnum\POE@temp<0 + \POE@connjoinfalse + \else\ifnum\POE@temp>2 + \POE@connjoinfalse + \else + \POE@connjointrue + \edef\POE@key@connjoin{\POE@temp} + \fi\fi +}% +\def\POE@key@conn{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{conn}{% + \edef\POE@key@conn{#1}% + \expandafter\POE@psset@@conn\POE@key@conn\@empty-\@empty\@nil + \if@pst\else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{Bad connection specification: #1}% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@psset@@conn#1-#2\@empty#3\@nil{% + \@psttrue + \def\POE@next##1,#1-##2,##3\@nil{\def\POE@temp{##2}}% + \expandafter\POE@next\POE@conntable,#1-#1,\@nil + \@ifundefined{POE@conn@in@\POE@temp}% + {\@pstfalse\def\POE@connIn{}}% + {\edef\POE@connIn{POE@conn@in@\POE@temp}}% + \@ifundefined{POE@conn@out@#2}% + {\@pstfalse\def\POE@connOut{}}% + {\def\POE@connOut{POE@conn@out@#2}}% +}% +\def\POE@connIn{}% +\def\POE@connOut{}% +\def\POE@conntable{,o-o,i-i,f-f}% +\def\POE@conn@out@{\ifPOE@insideobj\else\POE@conn@out@a\fi}% +\def\POE@conn@in@{\ifPOE@insideobj\else\POE@conn@in@a\fi}% +\def\POE@conn@in@o{% + \psline[style=Beam](\oenodeRefA{})(\optexp@nodeA)% +}% +\def\POE@conn@out@o{% + \psline[style=Beam](\optexp@nodeB)(\oenodeRefB{})% +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@f{% + \pccurve[% + angleA=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefA{} /N@\oenodeRefB{} SlopeAngle}, + angleB=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefB{} /N@\oenodeRefA{} SlopeAngle}, + style=FiberIn](\oenodeRefA{})(\optexp@nodeA)% +}% +\def\POE@conn@out@f{% + \pccurve[% + angleA=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefA{} /N@\oenodeRefB{} SlopeAngle}, + angleB=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefB{} /N@\oenodeRefA{} SlopeAngle}, + style=FiberOut](\optexp@nodeB)(\oenodeRefB{})% +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@i{% + \def\pst@par{style=Beam} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{% + [%] + \pst@optexpdict + (\oenode{}{}) true GetInternalBeamNodesCompat + /N@\oenodeRefA{} @GetCenter + end + }% + \psline@ii +}% +\def\POE@conn@out@i{% + \def\pst@par{style=Beam} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{% + [%] + \pst@optexpdict + /N@\oenodeRefB{} @GetCenter + (\oenode{}{}) true GetInternalBeamNodesCompat + end + }% + \psline@ii +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@a{% + dup xcheck not { + \POE@dict{1 GetInternalBeamNodeCompat} + } if + exec +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@A{% + dup xcheck not { + false \POE@dict{GetInternalBeamNodesCompat} % + } if + exec +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@b{% + dup xcheck not { + \POE@dict{(N) GetInternalBeamNodeCompat} + } if + exec +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@B{% + dup xcheck not { + true \POE@dict{GetInternalBeamNodesCompat} % + } if + exec +}% +\let\POE@conn@out@a\POE@conn@in@a +\let\POE@conn@out@A\POE@conn@in@B +\let\POE@conn@out@b\POE@conn@in@b +\let\POE@conn@out@B\POE@conn@in@A +\def\drawbeam@compat{% + \ifPOE@connjoin + \setkeys+[psset]{optexp}{linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin}% + \fi + \addto@pscode{[% ] + \POE@tempd\space + \@nameuse{\POE@connOut} + \POE@tempc\space + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}}% + \psline@ii +\ignorespaces}% +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{General purpose macros} +% +% \begin{macro}{\defShiftedNode} +% This is provided only for backward compatibility, and should be replaced by +% \cs{nodexn}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\defShiftedNode(#1)(#2)#3{% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\defShiftedNode\space is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use \string\nodexn\space(pst-node) instead.}% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempb% + \pnode(! \pst@tempb \pst@tempa \POE@dict{VecAdd} \tx@UserCoor){#3}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Accessing component nodes} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@checkcompname} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@checkcompname#1{% + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#1,}{,\POE@complist,}% + \ifin@\else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{^^Jcompname '#1' undefined!^^J} + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@getlastcompname} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@getlastcompname{% + \expandafter\POE@getlastcompname@i \POE@complist,\relax,\@nil +}% +\def\POE@getlastcompname@i#1,#2,#3\@nil{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\oenode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenode#1#2{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix% + \ifx\\#2\\% + \ifnum9<1\POE@getlastcompname% + \POE@str@basicname@default% + \POE@getlastcompname% + \else% + \POE@getlastcompname% + \POE@str@basicname@sep% + \fi% + \else% + \ifnum9<1#2% + \POE@str@basicname@default% + #2% + \else% + #2\POE@str@basicname@sep% + \fi% + \fi% + #1% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeExt} +% The external node which is set with \opt{extnode}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeExt#1{\oenode{\POE@str@extnode@postfix}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeIn} +% The first (input) node of the component. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeIn#1{\oenode{1}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeOut} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeOut#1{\oenode{N}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeCenter} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeCenter#1{\oenode{Center}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeLabel} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeLabel#1{\oenode{Label}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeRefA} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeRefA#1{\oenode{A}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeRefB} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeRefB#1{\oenode{B}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeRotref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeRotref#1{\oenode{Rotref}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeTrefA} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeTrefA#1{\oenode{TrefA}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeTrefB} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeTrefB#1{\oenode{TrefB}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenode@RefA} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenode@RefA#1{\oenode{@A}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenode@RefB} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenode@RefB#1{\oenode{@B}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenode@TrefA} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenode@TrefA#1{\oenode{@TrefA}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenode@TrefB} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenode@TrefB#1{\oenode{@TrefB}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeIfc} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeIfc#1#2{% + \ifnum9<1#1 % + \oenode{#1}{#2}% + \else\ifx#1N % + \oenode{#1}{#2}% + \else\ifx#1C % + \oenode{#1}{#2}% + \else + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\oenodeIfc\space node argument must be\MessageBreak + integer, 'N', or 'C'} + \fi\fi\fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeBeam} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeBeam#1{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default Beam% + \ifx\\#1\\1\else#1\fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeBeamUp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeBeamUp#1{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default BeamUp% + \ifx\\#1\\1\else#1\fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\oenodeBeamLow} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\oenodeBeamLow#1{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default BeamLow% + \ifx\\#1\\1\else#1\fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Components} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpComp@} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpComp@#1#2{% + \POE@Verb{% + \tx@NodeScale + [ #1 #2 \ifPOE@allowbeaminside true \else false \fi + (\oenode{}{}) {\tx@ScreenCoor} + NewOptexpComp + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpComp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpComp#1{% + \newOptexpComp@{#1}{false}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpCompAmb} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpCompAmb#1{% + \newOptexpComp@{#1}{true}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpComp@} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpFiberComp#1{% + \POE@Verb{% + \tx@NodeScale + [ #1 (\oenode{}{}) {\tx@ScreenCoor} + NewOptexpFiberComp + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@compalias} +% Components which have a \opt{compname} assigned, must also be available by +% their component number. Here, all necessary informations (nodes, component +% dictionary) are referenced such that any information is accessible via +% numeber or name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@compalias#1#2{% + \POE@Verb{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Copy the component dictionary +% \begin{macrocode} + /\oenode{}{#1} dup currentdict exch known { + load /#2 ED + } { + pop + } ifelse + (#2) (\oenode{}{#1}) + tx@NodeDict begin +% \end{macrocode} +% Copy all interface nodes of the component. +% \begin{macrocode} + 1 { + 3 copy inttostr dup + 3 1 roll 2 copy NodeName + currentdict exch known { + NodeName load 3 1 roll NodeName ED + 1 add + } { + pop (N) NodeName load 3 1 roll + pop (N) NodeName ED + pop exit + } ifelse + } loop +% \end{macrocode} +% Copy all other nodes associated with the component (reference nodes, center +% node, label node etc). +% \begin{macrocode} + [ (A) (B) (@A) (@B) (Center) (Label) (Rotref) + (TrefA) (TrefB) (@TrefA) (@TrefB) (Ext) + counttomark { + counttomark 3 add -2 roll 2 copy counttomark 1 add 2 roll + 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll NodeName dup + currentdict exch known { + load 3 1 roll exch NodeName ED + } { + pop pop pop + } ifelse + } repeat pop pop pop + end + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optplane} +% Define an invisible plane which is used only for ray tracing. The first node +% is the origin, the second one is the difference vector. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optplane{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\optplane@i}{\optplane@i[]}% +}% +\def\optplane@i[#1](#2){% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% Set the height to 0 to circumvent problems with the NA beeing too low +% \begin{macrocode} + \optplate[#1, plateheight=0, linestyle=none]% + (! \POE@tempa exch 1 sub exch \tx@UserCoor)% + (! \POE@tempa exch 1 add exch \tx@UserCoor)% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\begin@OptexpObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\begin@OptexpObj{% + \global\advance\POE@cnt by 1 + \addbefore@par{compname={}}% + \pst@killglue + \begingroup + \POE@insideobjtrue + \POE@Verb{InitOptexpComp }% + \use@par +% \end{macrocode} +% The \opt{compshift} refers to the $y$-direction, shifting in $x$-direction +% is done by \opt{abspos} or \opt{position} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\POE@key@comp@Yshift\POE@key@compshift% + \def\POE@key@comp@Xshift{0}% + \edef\POE@refnodeA{\oenodeRefA{}}% + \edef\POE@refnodeB{\oenodeRefB{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeA{\oenodeTrefA{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeB{\oenodeTrefB{}}% + \def\POE@transformnodes{% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefA{}}{\oenodeTrefA{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefB{}}{\oenodeTrefB{}}% + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\begin@OptexpFiberObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\begin@OptexpFiberObj\begin@OptexpObj +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\begin@OptexpTripole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\POE@disablepos\relax +\def\begin@OptexpTripole{% + \begin@OptexpObj +% \end{macrocode} +% for multipoles the default shifting is in $x$-direction +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\POE@key@comp@Xshift{\POE@key@compshift\space neg }% + \def\POE@key@comp@Yshift{0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The positioning parameters are disabled, because \opt{compshift} does the job for tripoles. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\POE@disablepos{% + \let\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \let\POE@key@position\@empty + }% + \POE@positionrefnodes +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@positionrefnodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@positionrefnodes{% + \edef\POE@refnodeA{\oenode@RefA{}}% + \edef\POE@refnodeB{\oenode@RefB{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeA{\oenode@TrefA{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeB{\oenode@TrefB{}}% + \def\POE@transformnodes{% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefA{}}{\oenodeTrefA{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefB{}}{\oenodeTrefB{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenode@RefA{}}{\oenode@TrefA{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenode@RefB{}}{\oenode@TrefB{}}% + }% +}% +% +% \begin{macro}{\end@OptexpObj} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\end@OptexpObj{% + \ifnum9<1\POE@key@compname\else + \POE@compalias{\POE@key@compname}{\oenode{}{\the\POE@cnt}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \ignorespaces% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\end@OptexpDipole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\end@OptexpDipole\end@OptexpObj +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\end@OptexpTripole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\end@OptexpTripole\end@OptexpObj +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\addafter@par} +% Analog to \cs{addbefore@par} from pstricks.tex, but inserts new options at +% the end of the current token register. This can be useful to preset options +% that are not allowed to be changed by the user. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\addafter@par#1{% + \ifx\pst@par\@empty + \def\pst@par{#1}% + \else + \toks@{#1}% + \pst@toks\expandafter{\pst@par}% + \edef\pst@par{\the\pst@toks,\the\toks@}% + \fi% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\getCLWH{CLW \pst@number\psxunit 2 mul div }% +\def\getCLW{CLW \pst@number\psxunit div }% +\let\POE@restorerefnodes\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% New high-level macros +% 1) Allow a compressed notation of all provided elements, as most of the organizing code +% is mostly equal. +% +% 2) Provide a rather easy-to-use interface for the user to allow new user-defined elements +% +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpDipole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpDipole{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@newdipole}{\POE@newdipole[]}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpDipoleNolabel} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpDipoleNolabel{% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\newOptexpDipoleNolabel\space is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use \string\newOptexpDipole\space instead.}% + \newOptexpDipole +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpTripole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpTripole{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@newtripole}{\POE@newtripole[]}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\newOptexpFiberDipole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\newOptexpFiberDipole{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@newfiberdipole}{\POE@newfiberdipole[]}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@newdipole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@newdipole[#1]#2#3{% + \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% + \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)}% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2){}}% + }% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i@\endcsname(##1)(##2)##3{% + \addbefore@par{#3}% + \addafter@par{#1}% + \begin@OptexpObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{##1}{##2} + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[#2]{##3}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{ (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc }% + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \fi + \end@OptexpDipole + }% + \dipole@iimacro{#2}% + }{% + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{% + dipole component `#2' already defined + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@newfiberdipole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@newfiberdipole[#1]#2#3{% + \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% + \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)}% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2){}}% + }% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i@\endcsname(##1)(##2)##3{% + \addbefore@par{#3}% + \addafter@par{#1}% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{##1}{##2} + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[#2]{##3}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{ (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \POE@drawPresetFibers + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpDipole + }% + \fiberdipole@iimacro{#2}% + }{% + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{% + fiber dipole object `#2' already defined + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@newtripole} +% Equivalent to \cs{POE@newdipole} for tripole objects. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@newtripole[#1]#2#3{% + \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% + \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2)(##3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)(##3)}% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)(##3){}}% + }% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i@\endcsname(##1)(##2)(##3)##4{% + \addbefore@par{#3}% + \addafter@par{ref@angle=180,#1}% + \begin@OptexpTripole + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@calcNodes{##1}{##2}{##3}% + \POE@regNodes{##1}{##3}% + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[#2]{##4}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \fi + \end@OptexpTripole + }% + \tripole@iimacro{#2}% + }{% + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{% + tripole object `#2' already defined + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dipole@iimacro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dipole@iimacro#1{% + \POE@iimacro{#1}{\dipole@nodes}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\fiberdipole@iimacro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fiberdipole@iimacro#1{% + \POE@iimacro{#1}{\fiberdipole@nodes}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\tripole@iimacro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\tripole@iimacro#1{% + \POE@iimacro{#1}{\tripole@nodes}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\POE@iimacro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@iimacro#1#2{% + \@namedef{#1@ii}{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{#1@iii}{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \@ifundefined{#1@nodes}{#2}{\@nameuse{#1@nodes}}% + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \@nameuse{#1@comp}% + \fi + }{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Using #1@iii, please switch to the new\MessageBreak + interface system.}% + \@nameuse{#1@iii}% + \fi + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@newfiberquadrupole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcoupler{\pst@object{optcoupler}}% +\def\optcoupler@i(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\@nameuse{optcoupler@i@}(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4)}% + {\@nameuse{optcoupler@i@}(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4){}}% +}% +\def\optcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4)#5{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pnode(#3){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pnode(#4){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#4}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefB{}} + \fi\fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[optcoupler]{#5}{\@nameuse{optcoupler@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{% + (1) (3) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + (2) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top + \drawfiber@{FiberIn1}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}% + {\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberIn2}[stopnode=2]{(#2)}% + {\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}[startnode=3]{\POE@key@compname}% + {(#3)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberOut2}[startnode=N]{\POE@key@compname}% + {(#4)} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{optcoupler}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{\wdmsplitter} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmsplitter{\pst@object{wdmsplitter}}% +\def\wdmsplitter@i(#1)(#2)(#3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\wdmsplitter@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)}% + {\wdmsplitter@i@(#1)(#2)(#3){}}% +}% +\def\wdmsplitter@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \pnode(#3){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefB{}} + \fi\fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[wdmsplitter]{#4}\wdmsplitter@ii + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{% + (1) (2) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top + \drawfiber@{FiberOut1}[startnode=2]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#2)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberOut2}[startnode=N]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#3)} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{wdmsplitter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wdmcoupler} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmcoupler{\pst@object{wdmcoupler}}% +\def\wdmcoupler@i(#1)(#2)(#3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\wdmcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)}% + {\wdmcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3){}}% +}% +\def\wdmcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(#3){\oenodeRefB{}} + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefA{}} + \else + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefA{}} + \fi\fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[wdmcoupler]{#4}\wdmcoupler@ii + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{% + (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + (2) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}[startnode=N]{\POE@key@compname}{(#3)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top + \drawfiber@{FiberIn1}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberIn2}[stopnode=2]{(#2)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{wdmcoupler}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\optcirculator} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcirculator{\pst@object{optcirculator}}% +\def\optcirculator@i(#1)(#2)(#3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\optcirculator@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)}% + {\optcirculator@i@(#1)(#2)(#3){}}% +}% +\def\optcirculator@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% + \addafter@par{ref@angle=180}% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{#1}{#2} + \ifx\POE@key@position\@empty + \ifx\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \POE@positionrefnodes + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempc% + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempa \tx@UserCoor 2 copy 2 copy + \POE@tempc \tx@UserCoor 4 2 roll @ABVect + 2 copy 2 copy 10 4 roll + \POE@tempb \tx@UserCoor 6 -2 roll @ABVect + 4 2 roll tx@EcldDict begin Project end VecAdd + 2 copy 6 -2 roll -0.5 VecScale VecAdd + }){\oenode@RefA{}}% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{4 2 roll 0.5 VecScale VecAdd})% + {\oenode@RefB{}}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[optcirculator]{#4}\optcirculator@ii + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top + \drawfiber@{FiberOut1}[startnode=N]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#2)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberOut2}[startnode=2, fiberalign=center]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#3)} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{optcirculator}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@calcNodes} +% Some of the components need three points to be positioned. +% These are: +% +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item starting point of the beam (in the PS-Code: (XA,YA)) +% \item reflection point on the surface (XG, YG) +% \item end point (XB,YB) +% \end{enumerate} +% +% With these three points \cs{poe@calcNodes} calculates two new points 'tempNode@A' +% and 'tempNode@B', between which the component is placed by the macro +% \cs{poe@drawcomponent} in the way, that 'angle of incidence' == 'angle of deflection' +% regarding the reflection surface (mirror, diagonal of the beamsplitter, +% grid etc.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@calcNodes#1#2#3{{% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempb% + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempc% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempa \tx@UserCoor + \POE@tempc \tx@UserCoor + \POE@tempb \tx@UserCoor + calcNodes + X@A Y@A}){\oenode@RefA{}}% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{X@B Y@B}){\oenode@RefB{}}% +}\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@regNodes} +% If a macro needs only two points, they are equivalent to +% 'tempNode@A' and 'tempNode@B'. But for easier implementation of other +% macros the given points are assigned to the temporary nodes. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@regNodes#1#2{% + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefB{}} + \POE@Verb{% + /@xref \POE@key@extnode@xref\space def + /@yref \POE@key@extnode@yref\space def + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@extnodealign} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@extnodealign{% + \ifx\POE@key@extnodealign\POE@str@absolute + \POE@Verb{% + /N@\oenodeRefA{} @GetCenter /N@\oenodeRefB{} @GetCenter + @ABVect exch + dup 0 gt 3 1 roll 0 eq exch 0 lt and or + { /RefFac -1 def } if + }% + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@pnode@shiftedrot} +% Define a new node \#3 shifted by (\#1) relative to existing node \#2. +% Aditionally rotate the new node by \#4 degree around existing node as origin. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@pnode@shiftedrot(#1)#2#3#4{% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@temp% + \pnode(!% + \POE@temp /YDiff ED /XDiff ED % + /N@#2 load GetCenter /YShifted ED /XShifted ED + /rot@angle #4 \POE@key@labelrefangle\space add def + /XDiff@Rot rot@angle cos XDiff mul rot@angle sin YDiff mul add def + /YDiff@Rot rot@angle cos YDiff mul rot@angle sin XDiff mul sub def + XShifted XDiff@Rot add YShifted YDiff@Rot add neg \tx@UserCoor + ){#3}% + \psset[optexp]{ref@angle=0} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@nlput} +% We cannot use \cs{nlput} from \opt{pst-node}, because that does not work +% correctly for negative distances together with \opt{nrot=:U}, which happens +% for \opt{position=start}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@nlput{\pst@object{POE@nlput}} +\def\POE@nlput@i(#1)(#2)#3#4{% + \begin@SpecialObj + \POE@LDNode(#1)(#2){#3} + \pcline[linestyle=none](temp@nlputA)(temp@nlputB)% + \ncput[npos=0.5]{#4}% + \end@SpecialObj} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@LDNode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@LDNode(#1)(#2)#3{% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempA% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempB% + \pnode(! + \pst@tempA \tx@UserCoor /YA ED /XA ED + \pst@tempB \tx@UserCoor /YB ED /XB ED + /dx XB XA sub def + /dy YB YA sub def + /angle dy dx Atan def + XA #3 1 sub angle cos mul add + YA #3 1 sub angle sin mul add ){temp@nlputA}% + \pnode(! + \pst@tempA \tx@UserCoor /YA ED /XA ED + \pst@tempB \tx@UserCoor /YB ED /XB ED + /dx XB XA sub def + /dy YB YA sub def + /angle dy dx Atan def + XA #3 1 add angle cos mul add + YA #3 1 add angle sin mul add ){temp@nlputB}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@putlabelrelative} +% Used to put the label for labelref=relative +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@putlabelrelative#1{% + \nput[labelsep=0]{\POE@key@labelangle}% + {\oenodeLabel{}}% + {\rput[\POE@key@labelalign](0,0){\POE@key@labelstyle #1}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@putcomp} +% Place the component in argument \#1 and define a new node +% \oenodeLabel{} for positioning of the label. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@putcomp#1{% + \rput(! \POE@key@comp@Xshift\space\POE@key@comp@Yshift){% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{ + \POE@key@rotate@xref\space + \POE@key@rotate@yref\space + DefineExtNode}){\oenodeRotref{}}% + \ifdim\POE@key@angle pt=0pt + #1% + \POE@pnode@shiftedrot(0,\POE@key@labeloffset)% + {\oenodeCenter{}}% + {\oenodeLabel{}}% + {\POE@key@labelangle}% + \else + \psrotate(\oenodeRotref{}){\POE@key@angle}{% + #1% + \POE@pnode@shiftedrot(0,\POE@key@labeloffset)% + {\oenodeCenter{}}% + {\oenodeLabel{}}% + {\POE@key@labelangle}% + }% + \fi% + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@putlabel} +% Positioning of the label depending on the reference coordinates. +% Needs possibly a previously defined node \cs{oenodeLabel} which +% marks exactly the position of the label relative to the component. +% This is defined by calling \cs{poe@putcomp}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@putlabel#1{% + \def\POE@temp{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Put the label only if it's not empty. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else +% \end{macrocode} +% For \opt{global} positioning, the label is placed in global coordinate system +% with respect to the center node. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\POE@key@labelref\POE@str@labelref@global + \nput[labelsep=\POE@key@labeloffset]% + {\POE@key@labelangle}% + {\oenodeCenter{}}% + {\pnode(0,0){\oenodeLabel{}}% + \rput[\POE@key@labelalign](0,0){\POE@key@labelstyle #1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Rotate the label node together with the component, but do not rotate the label +% text itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \else\ifx\POE@key@labelref\POE@str@labelref@relgrav + \rput[\POE@key@labelalign](\oenodeLabel{}){% + \POE@key@labelstyle #1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Rotate label node and label text with the component. +% \begin{macrocode} + \else\ifx\POE@key@labelref\POE@str@relative + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Redefine InitNC only for positioning of the label with labelref=relative +% \begin{macrocode} + \pst@def{InitNC}< % kindly contributed by Herbert Voss + /b ED /a ED + /NodeSepTypeB ED /NodeSepTypeA ED + /NodeSepB ED /NodeSepA ED + /OffsetB ED /OffsetA ED + tx@NodeDict a known tx@NodeDict b known and dup { + /NodeA a load def /NodeB b load def + NodeA GetCenter NodeB GetCenter + 4 copy exch 4 -1 roll 2 copy gt + { pop pop pop pop /yB ED /xB ED /yA ED /xA ED } + { eq 3 1 roll lt and + { /yB ED /xB ED /yA ED /xA ED} + { /yA ED /xA ED /yB ED /xB ED} ifelse + } ifelse + } if >% + \ncline[linestyle=none,fillstyle=none, npos=]% + {\POE@trefnodeA}{\POE@trefnodeB}% + \ifx\POE@key@position\@empty + \ifx\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=]{\POE@putlabelrelative{#1}}% + \else + \POE@nlput[nrot=:U](\POE@trefnodeA)(\POE@trefnodeB)% + {\POE@key@abspos}{\POE@putlabelrelative{#1}}% + \fi + \else + \ncput[nrot=:U, npos=\POE@key@position]% + {\POE@putlabelrelative{#1}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \fi\fi\fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Free-ray components} +% +% Define all free-ray dipoles +% \begin{macrocode} +\newOptexpDipole{lens}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{pinhole}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{crystal}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{polarization}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optbox}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optplate}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optretplate}{}% +\newOptexpDipole[endbox]{optdetector}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optdiode}{allowbeaminside=false}% +\newOptexpDipole{doveprism}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Define all free-ray tripoles +% \begin{macrocode} +\newOptexpTripole{mirror}{}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{beamsplitter}{}% +\newOptexpTripole{optgrating}{}% +\def\optgrid{% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\optgrid\space is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use \string\optgrating\space instead.}% + \optgrating% +}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{pentaprism}{}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{rightangleprism}{}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{optprism}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optdipole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optdipole{\pst@object{optdipole}} +\def\optdipole@i(#1)(#2)#3#4{% + \begin@OptexpObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{#1}{#2} + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent{#4}{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \newOptexpComp{{0 0} {0 1} 0 0 trans {PlainIfc} 1 }% + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + #3 + \fi + }% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\opttripole} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\opttripole{\pst@object{opttripole}} +\def\opttripole@i(#1)(#2)(#3)#4#5{% + \begin@OptexpTripole + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{#1}{#3}% + \POE@calcNodes{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent{#5}{% + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \newOptexpComp{{0 0} {1 0} 0 0 refl {PlainIfc} 1 }% + #4 + }% + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \end@OptexpTripole +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\fibercollimator} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fibercollimator{\pst@object{fibercollimator}} +\def\fibercollimator@i(#1)(#2){% + \def\POE@tempa{#1}% + \def\POE@tempb{#2}% + \def\POE@tempc{}% + \def\POE@tempd{}% + \@ifnextchar(%) + {\fibercollimator@ii}{\fibercollimator@iv}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@ii(#1){% + \def\POE@tempc{#1}% + \@ifnextchar(%) + {\fibercollimator@iii}{\fibercollimator@iv}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@iii(#1){% + \def\POE@tempd{#1}% + \fibercollimator@iv +}% +\def\fibercollimator@iv{% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\fibercollimator@v}{\fibercollimator@v{}}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@v#1{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{\POE@tempa}{\POE@tempb}% + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[fibercollimator]{#1}{% + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \fibercollimator@nodes + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \fibercollimator@comp + \fi + }% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifPOE@beam + \drawbeam{(\oenodeRefA{})}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifx\@empty\POE@tempc + \drawfiber{\POE@key@compname}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \else\ifx\@empty\POE@tempd + \psbezier[style=FiberOut](\oenodeOut{})(\POE@tempb)% + (\POE@tempb)(\POE@tempc)% + \else + \psbezier[style=FiberOut](\oenodeOut{})(\POE@tempb)% + (\POE@tempc)(\POE@tempd)% + \fi\fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Define all fiber dipoles +% \begin{macrocode} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfiber}{newOptComp={}} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optamp}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optmzm}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfilter}{allowbeaminside=false} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{polcontrol}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optisolator}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfiberpolarizer}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optswitch}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{fiberdelayline}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@drawcomponent} +% This macro is called by every unit +% The first parameter contains the label, the second one the drawing code +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@drawcomponent{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@drawcomponent@i}{\POE@drawcomponent@i[]}% +}% +\def\POE@drawcomponent@i[#1]#2#3{% + \def\@@comp{% + #3% + \ifx\POE@key@extnode\@empty\else + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(! \POE@dict{ + \POE@key@extnode@xref\space + \POE@key@extnode@yref\space + DefineExtNode}){\oenodeExt{}}% + \POE@Verb{% + tx@NodeDict begin /N@\oenodeExt{} load + \ifnum9<1\POE@key@compname + /N@ExtNode + \else + /N@\POE@key@compname ExtNode + \fi + ED end + }% + \fi + \fi + }% + \@ifundefined{#1@ref}{}{\@nameuse{#1@ref}}% + \ifPOE@endbox + \psset[optexp]{abspos={% + \POE@dict{% + /N@\POE@refnodeA\space @GetCenter \tx@UserCoor + /N@\POE@refnodeB\space @GetCenter \tx@UserCoor + @ABDist @@x0 @@x add add + }% + }}% + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \psset[optexp]{abspos={\POE@dict{ @@x0 neg @@x sub }}}% + \fi\fi + \POE@disablepos + \ncline[linestyle=none,fillstyle=none,npos=]% + {\POE@refnodeA}{\POE@refnodeB}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Positioning of the component +% \begin{macrocode} + \begingroup + \psset{style=OptComp}% +% \end{macrocode} +% linestyle to use, if component should be marked as optional +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifPOE@component@optional + \psset{style=OptionalStyle}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% If parameter \opt{position} is given, use it for \opt{npos}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\POE@key@abspos\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% Then check if absolute positioning with \opt{abspos} is wanted. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\POE@key@position\@empty + \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=]{\POE@putcomp{\@@comp}}% + \else + \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=\POE@key@position]{\POE@putcomp{\@@comp}}% + \fi + \else + \POE@nlput[nrot=:U](\POE@refnodeA)(\POE@refnodeB)% + {\POE@key@abspos}{\POE@putcomp{\@@comp}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@transformnodes + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \POE@putlabel{#2}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% Show some special dots for debugging +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifPOE@debug@showoptdots + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeCenter{}) + \psdot[linecolor=red, dotstyle=x, dotscale=1.5](\oenodeLabel{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black](\oenodeRefA{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black](\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black, dotstyle=x, + dotscale=1.5](\oenodeTrefA{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black, dotstyle=x, + dotscale=1.5](\oenodeTrefB{}) + \fi + \fi + \ifPOE@debug@showifcnodes + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \POE@ifcnodes[style=IfcNodeStyle] + \fi + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{POE@setref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\POE@setref\POE@Verb +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{POE@transformnode} +% Transform node \opt{\#1} according to the positioning parameters +% (\opt{compshift}, \opt{position}, and \opt{abspos}) with respect to the +% rotation reference node and define it as \opt{\#2}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@transformnode#1#2{% + \pnode(! + \POE@dict{% + /N@\oenodeRotref{} @GetCenter 2 copy + /N@#1 @GetCenter + \POE@key@comp@Xshift\space\POE@key@comp@Yshift\space + \tx@ScreenCoor VecAdd 4 2 roll @ABVect + \POE@key@angle\space matrix rotate dtransform VecAdd + \tx@UserCoor + }){#2}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@ifcnodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@ifcnodes{\pst@object{POE@ifcnodes}} +\def\POE@ifcnodes@i{% + \begin@SpecialObj% + \solid@star% + \addto@pscode{ + \psk@dotsize + \@nameuse{psds@\psk@dotstyle} + \POE@dict{[ (\oenode{}{}) false GetInternalBeamNodes %] + counttomark 2 idiv { Dot } repeat + pop} + }% + \end@SpecialObj +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{POE@extnodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@extnodes{\pst@object{POE@extnodes}} +\def\POE@extnodes@i#1{% + \begin@SpecialObj + \let\POE@setref\addto@pscode + \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict InitOptexpComp } + \@ifundefined{#1@ref}{}{\@nameuse{#1@ref}}% + \solid@star% + \addto@pscode{ + \psk@dotsize + \@nameuse{psds@\psk@dotstyle} + @@x 0 eq { [0] }{ [ @@x neg 0 @@x ] } ifelse + { + @@y 0 eq { [0] }{ [@@y neg 0 @@y ] } ifelse + { + exch dup 3 1 roll + @@x0 add exch @@y0 add \tx@ScreenCoor + /\oenode{}{} load begin CompMtrx end transform CM itransform + Dot + } forall + pop + } forall + end + }% + \end@SpecialObj +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tripole@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\tripole@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{{0 0} {1 0} @@x neg @@x refl {PlainIfc} 1}% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@y0 @@x0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dipole@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dipole@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + {@@x0 @@x sub 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + @@x 0 eq not { + {@@x0 @@x add 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + } if \POE@key@n }% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@x0 @@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{fiberdipole@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fiberdipole@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x0 @@x sub 0} + @@x 0 eq not { + {@@x0 @@x add 0} + } if }% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@x0 @@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Free-ray components} +% +% \subsubsection{mirror} +% +% \begin{macro}{\mirror@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mirror@ref{% + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@piezo + \POE@setref{/@@y0 \pst@number\psyunit def}% + \bgroup + \psset{style=PiezoMirror} + \POE@setref{% + \pst@number\psyunit @@y0 div + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul mul 2.5 div /@@y0 ED + }% + \egroup + \else + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul def}% + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@plain\else + \POE@setref{\POE@key@mirrordepth\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y0 ED /@@y ED} + \fi + \fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\mirror@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mirror@nodes{% + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \newOptexpCompAmb{% + {0 0} {1 0} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + refl {PlainIfc} + {0 \POE@key@mirrordepth} {1 0} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@mirrordepth\space -1e-5 lt { + 12 6 roll 2 + } { + \POE@key@mirrordepth\space 1e-5 lt { + 6 {pop} repeat + } if + 1 + } ifelse + \POE@key@n }% + \else + \newOptexpComp{% + {0 0} {1 0} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + refl {PlainIfc} 1 }% + \fi + \else + \newOptexpComp{% + {0 0} {0 \POE@key@mirrorradius\space neg} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + refl {CurvedIfc} 1 }% + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Mirrortype 'semitrans' does not support curved\MessageBreak + mirror, falling back to 'plain' type.}% + \fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\mirror@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mirror@comp{% + \edef\@ht{% + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space\pst@number\psyunit mul 0.5 mul % + }% + \edef\@dp{\POE@key@mirrordepth\space\pst@number\psxunit mul }% + \edef\@r{\POE@key@mirrorradius\space\pst@number\psxunit mul }% + \edef\@postcode{% + neg 5 -1 roll exch 5 2 roll 90 add exch 90 add exch ArcR % + }% + \edef\@extpostcode{% + neg \@dp add 5 -1 roll exch 5 2 roll 90 add exch 90 add % + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% concave mirrors +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt<0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@extended +% \end{macrocode} +% extended concave mirror +% \begin{macrocode} + \bgroup + \psset{style=ExtendedMirror} + \begin@ClosedObj + \addto@pscode{% + \pst@optexpdict \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode + \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@extpostcode arc + closepath end}% + \end@ClosedObj + \egroup + \fi + \bgroup + \psset{linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{\POE@dict{ \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode }}% + \end@OpenObj + \egroup +% \end{macrocode} +% convex mirrors +% \begin{macrocode} + \else\ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt>0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@extended +% \end{macrocode} +% extended convex mirror +% \begin{macrocode} + \bgroup + \psset{style=ExtendedMirror} + \begin@ClosedObj + \addto@pscode{% + \pst@optexpdict \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode + \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@extpostcode arcn + closepath end}% + \end@ClosedObj + \egroup + \fi + \bgroup + \psset{linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{\POE@dict{ \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode }}% + \end@OpenObj + \egroup + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% plain mirror +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@piezo + \psframe[style=PiezoMirror, + dimen=outer](! \@ht 4 div 0)% + (! \@ht -4 div \@ht 2.5 div) + \ifx\POE@key@extnode\@empty + \psbezier(! 0 \@ht 2.5 div)% + (! 0 \@ht 1.5 div)% + (! \@ht 2 div \@ht 2 div)% + (! \@ht 4 div \@ht) + \fi + \else\ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@extended + \psframe[style=ExtendedMirror]% + (! \@ht neg \POE@key@mirrordepth\space )% + (! \@ht 0) + \else\ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \psframe[style=SemitransMirror]% + (! \@ht neg \POE@key@mirrordepth\space )% + (! \@ht 0) + \fi\fi\fi + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth]% + (! \@ht neg 0)(! \@ht 0) + \else + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth]% + (! \@ht neg \getCLWH)(! \@ht \getCLWH) + \fi + \fi\fi + \ifPOE@variable + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul 0.4 sub + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + 0 + \else + \POE@key@mirrorradius\space dup \POE@dict{sign} neg exch + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul \POE@dict{capHeight} mul + \fi){0.6}{-20}{20} + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! 0.4 \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul sub + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + 0 + \else + \POE@key@mirrorradius\space dup \POE@dict{sign} neg exch + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul \POE@dict{capHeight} mul + \fi){0.6}{160}{200} + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{lens} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lens@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\lens@ref{% + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt + \edef\@th{0 }% + \else + \edef\@th{% + \ifPOE@thicklens + \POE@key@lenswidth\space 0.5 mul + \else + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt<0pt + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.075 mul + \else + \POE@key@lensradiusleft + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.5 mul capHeight + \fi + \fi + \space}% + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \edef\@th{% + \@th\space + \ifPOE@thicklens + \POE@key@lenswidth\space 0.5 mul + \else + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt<0pt + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.075 mul + \else + \POE@key@lensradiusright + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.5 mul capHeight + \fi + \fi + \space add + \space}% + \fi + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \@th 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lens@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\lens@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + {@@x neg 0} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt + {0 1} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + \else + {\POE@key@lensradiusleft\space 0} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {CurvedIfc} + \fi + {@@x 0} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt + {0 1} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + \else + {\POE@key@lensradiusright\space neg 0} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {CurvedIfc} + \fi + \POE@key@n + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lens@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\lens@comp{% + \addbefore@par{linejoin=1}% + \begin@ClosedObj + \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict }% + \def\@th{0}% + \def\@wd{\POE@key@lenswidth\space\pst@number\psxunit mul 2 div }% + \def\@ht{\POE@key@lensheight\space\pst@number\psyunit mul 2 div }% + \def\@rL{\POE@key@lensradiusleft\space\pst@number\psrunit mul }% + \def\@rR{\POE@key@lensradiusright\space\pst@number\psrunit mul }% + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{ \@ht \@rL leftCurvedIfc }% + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{ \@ht \@rR rightCurvedIfc }% + \fi + \def\@@x{@@x \pst@number\psxunit mul }% +% \end{macrocode} +% Check some special cases: +% +% 1) Left is plain - right concave / convex +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{% + \@@x sub neg 5 1 roll + \@@x neg \@ht neg moveto ArcR + \@@x neg \@ht lineto + }% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% 2) Right is plain - left concave / convex +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{% + \@@x sub 5 1 roll + \@@x \@ht moveto ArcL + \@@x \@ht neg lineto + }% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% 3) right and left are both curved +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{% + \@@x dup + 7 1 roll sub neg 5 1 roll + ArcR sub 5 1 roll ArcL + }% + \fi + \fi + \addto@pscode{closepath 1 setlinejoin end }% + \end@ClosedObj +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{pinhole} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pinhole@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\pinhole@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@y \POE@key@outerheight\space 0.5 mul def}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pinhole@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\pinhole@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + {-1e-4 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + {0 0} {0 1} \POE@key@innerheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + {1e-4 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pinhole@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\pinhole@comp{% + \ifdim\POE@key@phwidth pt=0pt + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@phlinewidth]% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space 2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space 2 div)% + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@phlinewidth]% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space -2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space -2 div)% + \else + \pspolygon*[linestyle=none]% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space 2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space 2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@outerheight\space 2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@innerheight\space dup neg + \POE@key@outerheight\space add 2 div add 2 div)% + \pspolygon*[linestyle=none]% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space -2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space -2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@outerheight\space -2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@innerheight\space dup neg + \POE@key@outerheight\space add 2 div add -2 div)% + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{beamsplitter} +% +% \begin{macro}{\beamsplitter@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\beamsplitter@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@bssize\space 0.5 sqrt mul def }% +}% +% \begin{macro}{\beamsplitter@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\beamsplitter@nodes{% + \edef\@bs@wd{\POE@key@bssize\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@cube + \newOptexpCompAmb{% + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div neg dup} {-1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div dup neg} {1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + {0 0} {1 0} \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul dup neg exch + trans {PlainIfc} + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div dup} {-1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div neg dup neg} {1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + 3 \POE@key@n + }% + \else\ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@plate + \newOptexpCompAmb{% + {0 0} {1 0} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd trans {PlainIfc} 1 1 }% + \fi\fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\beamsplitter@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\beamsplitter@comp{% + \edef\@bs@wd{\POE@key@bssize\space 2.0 div }% + \ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@cube + \psline[arrows=cc-cc](! \@bs@wd neg 2 sqrt mul 0) + (! \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul 0) + \rput[c]{45}(0,0){% + \psframe(! \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd neg)(! \@bs@wd \@bs@wd) + } + \else\ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@plate + \psline(! \@bs@wd neg 2 sqrt mul 0)(! \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul 0) + \fi\fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{crystal} +% +% \begin{macro}{\crystal@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\crystal@ref{% + \let\POE@key@optboxwidth\POE@key@crystalwidth + \let\POE@key@optboxheight\POE@key@crystalheight + \optbox@ref +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\crystal@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\crystal@comp{% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@crystalwidth\space 0.5 mul } + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@crystalheight\space 0.5 mul } + \psframe(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \ifPOE@voltage% + \psline(!\@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht)% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht 0.2 add) + \pscircle[fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=white]% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht 0.2 add){0.04} + \psline(! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht neg)% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht neg 0.2 sub)% + \psline(! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg 0.15 sub \@ht neg 0.2 sub)% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg 0.15 add \@ht neg 0.2 sub)% + \fi + \ifPOE@lamp + \rput(! \@wd \@ht){% + \psset{style=CrystalLamp}% + \rput(0, 0.4){\crystal@lamp}% + }% + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@caxislength pt=0pt\else + \def\@cl{% + \POE@key@caxislength\space + \ifPOE@caxisinv -1 mul\space\fi + }% + \psline[style=CrystalCaxis](! 0 \@cl \POE@dict{sign} \@ht mul)% + (! 0 \@cl \POE@dict{sign} neg \@ht mul \@cl sub)% + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\crystal@lamp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\crystal@lamp{% + \pscurve[fillstyle=none](-0.015, 0)(-0.03, -0.045)(-0.06, -0.075)% + (-0.075, -0.15)(0, -0.21)(0.075, -0.15)(0.06, -0.075)% + (0.03, -0.045)(0.015, 0) + \multido{\i=-30+40}{7}{% + \rput{\i}(0, -0.135){% + \psline(-0.105, 0)(-0.18, 0) + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{polarization} +% +% \begin{macro}{\polarization@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\polarization@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@polsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \psset{style=Polarization}% + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polparallel + \psline[arrows=<->](! 0 \@sz neg)(! 0 \@sz) + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polperp + \psdot(0,0) + \pscircle[fillstyle=none](0,0){0.12} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polmisc + \psline[arrows=<->](! 0 \@sz neg)(! 0 \@sz) + \psdot(0,0) + \pscircle[fillstyle=none](0,0){0.12} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polrcirc + \psellipticarc[arrows=->]% + (0,0)(! \@sz 2 div \@sz){20}{-20} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@pollcirc + \psellipticarc[arrows=<-]% + (0,0)(! \@sz 2 div \@sz){20}{-20} + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optgrating} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optgrating@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optgrating@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul def}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optgrating@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optgrating@comp{% + \edef\@cnt{\POE@key@gratingcount\space}% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifdim\POE@key@gratingheight pt<\POE@key@gratingdepth pt + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@gratingdepth\space}% + \else + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@gratingheight\space}% + \fi + \edef\@dp{\POE@key@gratingdepth\space}% + \edef\@step{\POE@key@gratingwidth\space\@cnt div }% + \ifx\POE@key@gratingtype\POE@str@gratingtype@blazed + \pscustom[linewidth=\POE@key@gratinglinewidth, linejoin=1]{% + \psline[liftpen=1](! \@wd \@dp)(! \@wd \@ht)% + (! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd neg \@dp)% + \multido{\i=0+1}{\POE@key@gratingcount}{% + \psline[liftpen=1]% + (! \@wd neg \i\space \@step mul add \@dp)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space + \ifPOE@reverse\else 1 add \fi \@step mul add 0)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@step mul add \@dp)% + }% + \closepath + }% + \else\ifx\POE@key@gratingtype\POE@str@gratingtype@binary + \pscustom[linewidth=\POE@key@gratinglinewidth]{% + \psline[liftpen=1](! \@wd \@dp)(! \@wd \@ht)% + (! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd neg \@dp)% + \multido{\i=0+1}{\POE@key@gratingcount}{% + \psline[liftpen=1]% + (! \@wd neg \i\space \@step mul add \@dp)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space \@step mul add 0)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 0.5 add \@step mul add 0)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 0.5 add \@step mul add \@dp)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@step mul add \@dp)% + }% + }% + \fi\fi + \ifPOE@variable + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! \POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul 0.4 sub + \POE@key@gratingheight\space 0.5 mul){0.6}{-20}{20} + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! 0.4 \POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul sub + \POE@key@gratingheight\space 0.5 mul){0.6}{160}{200} + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optbox} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optbox@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optbox@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@optboxwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@optboxheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optbox@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optbox@comp{% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@optboxwidth\space 0.5 mul } + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@optboxheight\space 0.5 mul } + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optplate} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optplate@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optplate@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@y \POE@key@plateheight\space 0.5 mul def }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optplate@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optplate@comp{% + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@platelinewidth]% + (! \POE@dict{0 @@y neg})(! \POE@dict{0 @@y}) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optdetector} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optdetector@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optdetector@ref{% + \ifx\POE@key@detsize\@empty + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@detheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@detwidth\space 0.5 mul def + }% + \else + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@detsize\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@detsize\space 0.5 mul + \ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@round 0.5 mul\fi + \space def + }% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optdetector@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optdetector@nodes{% + \dipole@nodes + \ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@round + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@x0 @@x -0.2 mul add} 0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optdetector@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optdetector@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@round + \psellipticwedge(!\POE@dict{@@x0 @@x sub @@y0})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x 2 mul @@y}){-90}{90}% + \else\ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@diode + \ifx\POE@key@detsize\@empty + \ifdim\POE@key@detwidth pt<\POE@key@detheight pt + \def\@sz{\POE@key@detwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \else + \def\@sz{\POE@key@detheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \fi + \else + \def\@sz{\POE@key@detsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \fi + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x @@y})% + \bgroup + \psset{style=DetectorStyle} + \pspolygon(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz -0.4 mul)% + (! \@sz 0.6 mul \@sz -0.4 mul)% + (! \@sz 0.2 mul \@sz 0.4 mul)% + \psline(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz 0.4 mul \getCLWH add)% + (! \@sz 0.6 mul \@sz 0.4 mul \getCLWH add) + \psset{arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=0.8}% + \psline(! \@sz -0.8 mul \@sz 0.3 mul)% + (! \@sz -0.3 mul \@sz 0.15 mul)% + \psline(! \@sz -0.8 mul 0)(! \@sz -0.3 mul \@sz -0.15 mul)% + \egroup + \fi\fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optretplate} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optretplate@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optretplate@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@plateheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@platewidth\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optretplate@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optretplate@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@plateheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@platewidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \psframe(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \psline{cc-cc}(! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd \@ht neg) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optdiode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optdiode@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optdiode@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + \POE@key@optdiodesize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y ED /@@x ED + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optdiode@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optdiode@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@optdiodesize\space}% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@sz -0.5 mul dup)(!\@sz 0.5 mul dup) + \pspolygon(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz -0.2 mul) + (! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz 0.2 mul) + (! \@sz 0.2 mul 0) + \psline(! \@sz 0.2 mul \getCLWH add \@sz 0.2 mul)% + (! \@sz 0.2 mul \getCLWH add \@sz -0.2 mul) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{doveprism} +% +% \begin{macro}{doveprism@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doveprism@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@doveprismwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@doveprismheight\space 0.5 mul def}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\doveprism@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doveprism@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + /@htsq @@y 2 sqrt mul def + {@@x neg @@y add 0} {1 1} + @htsq neg @htsq trans {PlainIfc} + {0 @@y neg} {1 0} + @@x neg dup neg + refl {PlainIfc} + {@@x @@y sub 0} {-1 1} + @htsq neg @htsq trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n true + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\doveprism@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doveprism@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@doveprismheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@doveprismwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)% + (! \@wd \@ht neg)% + (! \@wd \@ht 2 mul sub \@ht)% + (! \@ht 2 mul \@wd sub \@ht)% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{pentaprism} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pentaprism@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\pentaprism@nodes{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@pentaprismsize\space}% + \newOptexpComp{% + {\@sz 2 sqrt -2 mul div dup } {-1 1} + \@sz -0.5 mul dup neg trans {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 2 sqrt div 67.5 cos \@sz mul + 67.5 sin 2 mul div sub \@sz 2 div} + {67.5 cos \@sz mul 67.5 sin div neg \@sz} + \@sz 22.5 cos div -0.5 mul dup neg refl {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 2 sqrt div neg 67.5 cos \@sz mul + 67.5 sin 2 mul div add \@sz 2 div} + {67.5 cos \@sz mul 67.5 sin div \@sz} + \@sz 22.5 cos div -0.5 mul dup neg refl {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 2 sqrt 2 mul div dup neg} {1 1} + \@sz -0.5 mul dup neg trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\pentaprism@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\pentaprism@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@pentaprismsize\space}% + \pscustom{% + \psline(! \@sz 2 sqrt div 0)% + (! \@sz 2 sqrt div 67.5 cos \@sz mul + 67.5 sin div sub \@sz)% + (! 67.5 cos \@sz mul 67.5 sin div \@sz + 2 sqrt div sub \@sz)% + (! \@sz 2 sqrt div neg 0)% + (! 0 \@sz 2 sqrt div neg)% + \closepath + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optprism} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optprism@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optprism@nodes{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@prismsize\space}% + \edef\@ang{\POE@key@prismangle\space 0.5 mul\space}% + \edef\@hshift{% + \ifx\POE@key@prismalign\POE@str@auto + \@sz 0.6 mul \@ang tan mul \POE@dict{OEangle} 0.5 mul tan div + \else + 0 + \fi + }% + \newOptexpComp{% + {\@sz -0.6 mul \@ang tan mul \@hshift neg} + {90 \@ang sub dup cos exch sin} + \@sz \@ang cos div dup -0.4 mul exch 0.6 mul trans {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 0.6 mul \@ang tan mul \@hshift neg} + {90 \@ang add dup cos exch sin} + \@sz \@ang cos div dup -0.4 mul exch 0.6 mul trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n true }% + \pnode(! 0 \@hshift neg){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optprism@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optprism@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@prismsize\space}% + \edef\@altan{\POE@key@prismangle\space 0.5 mul tan }% + \edef\@hshift{% + \ifx\POE@key@prismalign\POE@str@auto + \@sz 0.6 mul \@altan mul \POE@dict{OEangle} 0.5 mul tan div + \else + 0 + \fi + }% + \pspolygon(! \@sz neg \@altan mul \@sz -0.4 mul \@hshift sub) + (! \@sz \@altan mul \@sz -0.4 mul \@hshift sub) + (! 0 \@sz 0.6 mul \@hshift sub) +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{rightangleprism} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rightangleprism@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\rightangleprism@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + tx@EcldDict begin + OEangle 0.5 mul + { x sin modA mul } + { OEangle x sub sin modB mul } + NewtonSolving pop + end + /@htA exch def + OEangle 0.5 mul exch sub /dOEangle exch def + /@OEtrafo {dOEangle matrix rotate dtransform } bind def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\rightangleprism@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\rightangleprism@nodes{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@raprismsize\space}% + \edef\@ht{\POE@dict{OEangle 0.5 mul sin modA mul} }% + \newOptexpComp{% + {@htA neg @htA \@sz 0.5 mul sub @OEtrafo} {1 0 @OEtrafo} + @htA \@sz 0.5 mul sub @htA trans {PlainIfc} + {@htA neg 0 @OEtrafo} {1 1 @OEtrafo} + @htA 2 sqrt mul dup \@sz 2 sqrt div sub exch refl {PlainIfc} + {@htA 0 @OEtrafo} {-1 1 @OEtrafo} + @htA 2 sqrt mul dup \@sz 2 sqrt div sub exch refl {PlainIfc} + {@htA dup \@sz 0.5 mul sub @OEtrafo} {1 0 @OEtrafo} + @htA neg \@sz 0.5 mul @htA sub trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rightangleprism@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\rightangleprism@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@raprismsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(!\POE@dict{\@sz neg @htA \@sz sub @OEtrafo}) + (!\POE@dict{\@sz @htA \@sz sub @OEtrafo}) + (! 0 \POE@dict{@htA @OEtrafo})% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Fiber components} +% +% \subsubsection{optfiber} +% +% \begin{macro}{optfiber@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfiber@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@fiberloopsep\space\POE@key@fiberloops\space + 1 sub mul 0.5 mul def }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\optfiber@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfiber@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {@@x 0}}% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optfiber@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfiber@comp{% + \edef\@f@cnt{\POE@key@fiberloops\space}% + \edef\@f@r{\POE@key@fiberloopradius\space}% + \edef\@f@sep{\POE@key@fiberloopsep\space}% + \parametricplot[plotpoints=200, style=Fiber]{0}{1}{% + t 360 mul \@f@cnt mul sin \@f@r mul \@f@sep + \@f@cnt 1 sub mul t 0.5 sub mul add + 1 t 360 mul \@f@cnt mul cos sub \@f@r mul + }% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optmzm} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optmzm@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optmzm@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@optmzmwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@optmzmheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optmzm@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optmzm@comp{% + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-} + \fi + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x} neg 0)(! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.7 mul 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.4 mul \POE@dict{@@y} 0.6 mul)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.4 mul @@y 0.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.7 mul 0)(! \POE@dict{@@x} 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.7 mul 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.4 mul @@y -0.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x -0.4 mul @@y -0.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.7 mul 0)% + \egroup + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x @@y}) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optfilter} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optfilter@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfilter@ref{% + \POE@setref{\POE@key@filtersize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y ED /@@x ED }% +}% +\let\optfilter@nodes\dipole@nodes +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optfilter@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfilter@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@filtersize\space 0.5 mul }% + \def\filter@curve{% + \parametricplot[plotstyle=curve,arrows=-]{-1}{1}{% + t \@sz mul 0.7 mul t Pi mul RadtoDeg + 90 add cos 0.2 \@sz mul mul}% + }% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@sz neg dup)(! \@sz dup) + \bgroup + \psset{style=FilterStyle}% + \ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@bandpass + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.65 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul -0.35 \@sz mul)% + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul 0.35 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.65 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \else\ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@bandstop + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.15 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.15 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \else\ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@lowpass + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.15 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.15 \@sz mul)% + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul 0.35 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.65 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \else\ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@highpass + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.15 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.15 \@sz mul)% + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.65 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul -0.35 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \egroup +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsubsection{optamp} +% +% \begin{macro}{optamp@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optamp@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@optampwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@optampheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\optamp@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optamp@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {@@x 0}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optamp@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optamp@comp{% + \def\@wd{\POE@key@optampwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \def\@ht{\POE@key@optampheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(! \@wd 0)(! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd neg \@ht neg) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsubsection{polcontrol} +% +% \begin{macro}{polcontrol@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\polcontrol@ref{% + \ifx\POE@key@polcontroltype\POE@str@polcontroltype@linear + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@polcontrolsize\space 2 mul def}% + \else + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@polcontrolsize\space 1.5 mul def}% + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\polcontrol@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\polcontrol@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {@@x 0}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\polcontrol@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\polcontrol@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@polcontrolsize\space}% + \ifPOE@optexpenv + \psline[style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-](\oenodeIn{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \fi + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-}% + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@polcontroltype\POE@str@polcontroltype@linear + \multips(! -2 \@sz mul \@sz)(! 2 \@sz mul 0){3}{% + \pscircle(0,0){\POE@key@polcontrolsize}% + }% + \else + \pscircle(! -1.5 \@sz mul \@sz neg){\POE@key@polcontrolsize} + \pscircle(! 0 \@sz){\POE@key@polcontrolsize}% + \pscircle(! 1.5 \@sz mul \@sz neg){\POE@key@polcontrolsize} + \fi + \egroup + \ifPOE@optexpenv\else + \psline[style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-](\oenodeIn{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optisolator} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optisolator@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optisolator@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@isolatorwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@isolatorheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optisolator@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optisolator@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@isolatorheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@isolatorwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \psline[style=IsolatorArrow, + arrows=->](! \@wd neg 0.6 mul 0)(!\@wd 0.6 mul 0) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optfiberpolarizer} +% \begin{macro}{\optfiberpolarizer@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfiberpolarizer@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@fiberpolwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@fiberpolheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optfiberpolarizer@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optfiberpolarizer@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@fiberpolheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@fiberpolwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \psline(! \@wd neg 0.2 mul \@ht neg)(!\@wd 0.2 mul \@ht) +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optswitch} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optswitch@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optswitch@ref{% + \POE@setref{\POE@key@switchsize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y ED /@@x ED }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optswitch@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optswitch@comp{% +% \end{macrocode} +% storing the linewidth of the object allows for some aesthetic fine tuning +% \begin{macrocode} + \pstVerb{tx@Dict begin /@lw \getCLW def end}% + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-} + \fi + \psline[arrows=-](! \POE@dict{@@x} neg 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul @lw sub 0)% + \psline[arrows=-](! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul 0)(! \POE@dict{@@x} 0)% + \egroup + \ifx\POE@key@switchstyle\POE@str@closed% + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul 0)% + \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul 0)% + \psline[arrows=-, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth]% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul @lw)(! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul @lw)% + \egroup + \else + \psline[arrows=-, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth]% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul @lw add @lw)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.6 mul @@y 0.6 mul})% + \pscircle(! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul 0){\pslinewidth}% + \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul 0)% + \fi + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x @@y})% +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{fiberdelayline} +% +% \begin{macro}{\fiberdelayline@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fiberdelayline@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@fdlheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@fdlwidth\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@get@yarrowscale#1 #2 #3 #4\@nil{% + \def\POE@tempA{#3\space}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\fiberdelayline@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fiberdelayline@comp{% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x @@y}) + \begingroup + \psset{style=FdlArrow} + \use@par + \pst@expandafter\POE@get@yarrowscale{\psk@arrowscale}\@nil + \def\@arrowshift{% + \psk@arrowlength\space \psk@arrowsize\space + \pst@number\pslinewidth\space mul add mul + \POE@tempA mul + @@y 2.9 mul @@x 0.6 mul atan 2 copy cos mul 3 1 roll sin mul + \tx@UserCoor abs exch abs exch\space + }% + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x -0.4 mul @@y -1.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.2 mul @@y 1.3 mul \@arrowshift VecAdd}) + \endgroup +\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optcoupler} +% \begin{macro}{\optcoupler@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcoupler@nodes{% + \edef\@sep{\POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul }% + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep sub} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep sub} }% + \pnode(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@coupler@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@coupler@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@y0 + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \POE@key@couplersep\space -0.5 mul + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul + \else + 0 + \fi\fi + def + /@@x \POE@key@couplerwidth\space 0.5 mul def + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \POE@key@couplersep + \else + \POE@key@couplerheight\space 0.5 mul + \fi + \space /@@y ED + }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\optcoupler@ref\POE@coupler@ref +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wdmcoupler@ref} +% The \cs{wdmcoupler} and \cs{wdmsplitter} need a little correction for centered alignment and \opt{couplertype} set to \opt{none}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmcoupler@ref{% + \POE@coupler@ref + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \POE@setref{/@@y 0 def }% + \fi + \fi +}% +\let\wdmsplitter@ref\wdmcoupler@ref +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optcoupler@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcoupler@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{1}{})(\oenode{3}{}) + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{2}{})(\oenode{N}{}) + \fi + \POE@coupler@comp +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\POE@coupler@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\POE@coupler@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \else\ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@ellipse + \psellipse(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0})(! \POE@dict{@@x @@y}) + \else + \psframe[dimen=outer](!\POE@dict{@@x neg @@y0 @@y sub})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x @@y0 @@y add})% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@cross + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x -0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul sub})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul add})% + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x -0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul add})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul sub})% + \fi + \fi\fi + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@cross\else + \ifPOE@variable + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% we set the style this way to be able to access the arrow and line parameters +% already before the psline command +% \begin{macrocode} + \psset{style=VariableCoupler} + \use@par + \pst@expandafter\POE@get@yarrowscale{\psk@arrowscale}\@nil + \def\@arrowshift{% + \psk@arrowlength\space\psk@arrowsize\space + \pst@number\pslinewidth\space mul add mul + \POE@tempA mul + 1.6 0.8 atan 2 copy cos mul 3 1 roll sin mul + \tx@UserCoor abs exch abs exch\space + }% + \psline(!\POE@dict{@@x -0.4 mul @@y0 @@x sub})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x 0.4 mul @@x 0.7 mul @@y0 add + \@arrowshift VecAdd}) + \endgroup + \fi + \fi +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{wdmcoupler} +% \begin{macro}{\wdmcoupler@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmcoupler@nodes{% + \edef\@sep{\POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \edef\@sep{0 }% + \fi + \fi + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep sub} + {@@x 0}}% + \pnode(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wdmcoupler@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmcoupler@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{1}{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \psline[style=Fiber]% + (!/N@\oenodeOut{} \POE@dict{@GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space sub)(\oenode{2}{}) + \else + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{2}{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \psline[style=Fiber]% + (!/N@\oenodeOut{} \POE@dict{@GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space add)(\oenode{1}{}) + \fi + \fi + \fi + \POE@coupler@comp +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{wdmsplitter} +% \begin{macro}{\wdmsplitter@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmsplitter@nodes{% + \edef\@sep{\POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \edef\@sep{0 }% + \fi + \fi + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x neg 0} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep sub}} + \pnode(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wdmsplitter@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\wdmsplitter@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenodeIn{})(\oenode{2}{}) + \psline[style=Fiber](! \POE@dict{/N@\oenodeIn{} @GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space sub)(\oenode{N}{}) + \else + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenodeIn{})(\oenode{N}{}) + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \psline[style=Fiber](! \POE@dict{/N@\oenodeIn{} @GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space sub)(\oenode{2}{}) + \fi + \fi + \fi + \POE@coupler@comp +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{optcirculator} +% +% \begin{macro}{optcirculator@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcirculator@ref{% + \POE@setref{\POE@key@optcircsize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@x ED /@@y ED }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\optcirculator@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcirculator@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {0 @@y neg} {@@x 0}}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\optcirculator@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\optcirculator@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@optcircsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \pscircle(0,0){! \@sz} + \psarc[style=OptCircArrow](0,0)% + {! \POE@key@optcircsize\space 0.5 mul}% + {\POE@key@optcircangleA}% + {\POE@key@optcircangleB} +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{fibercollimator} +% +% \begin{macro}{fibercollimator@ref} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fibercollimator@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@fibercolwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@fibercolheight\space 0.5 mul def}% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\fibercollimator@nodes} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fibercollimator@nodes{% + \pnode(!\POE@dict{@@x neg} 0){\oenodeIn{}} + \newOptexpComp{{@@x neg 0} {0 1} @@y neg @@y trans {PlainIfc} + {@@x 0} {0 1} 0 0 trans {PlainIfc} 1 }% +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\fibercollimator@comp} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\fibercollimator@comp{% + \def\@wd{\POE@key@fibercolwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \def\@ht{\POE@key@fibercolheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(!\@wd neg \getCLWH add \@ht neg)% + (!\@wd 0)(!\@wd neg \getCLWH add \@ht) +}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +%</stylefile> +% +% \chapter{The Postscript header file} +% \makeatletter +%^^A Copied this definition from doc.sty and changed it not to add a +%^^A backslash to the Postscript procedure name in the index. +% \def\SpecialIndex@#1#2{% +% \@SpecialIndexHelper@#1\@nil +% \def\@tempb{ }% +% \ifcat \@tempb\@gtempa +% \special@index{\quotechar\space\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar +% \quotechar\space\verbatimchar#2}% +% \else +% \def\@tempb##1##2\relax{\ifx\relax##2\relax +% \def\@tempc{\special@index{\quotechar##1\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar +% \quotechar##1\verbatimchar#2}}% +% \else +% \def\@tempc{\special@index{##1##2\actualchar +% \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar##1##2\verbatimchar#2}}% +% \fi}% +% \expandafter\@tempb\@gtempa\relax +% \@tempc +% \fi} +% \makeatother +% +%<*prolog> +% +% This is the dictionary where all components are stored in. +% \begin{macrocode} +/tx@OptexpDict 200 dict def +tx@OptexpDict begin +/DebugOE false def +/DebugDepth 0 def +/DebugBegin { + DebugOE { + /DebugProcName ED + DebugDepth 2 mul string + 0 1 DebugDepth 2 mul 1 sub { + dup 2 mod 0 eq { (|) }{( )} ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 2 roll + putinterval + } for + DebugProcName strcat == + /DebugDepth DebugDepth 1 add def + }{ + pop + } ifelse +} bind def +/DebugEnd { + DebugOE { + /DebugDepth DebugDepth 1 sub def + DebugDepth 2 mul 2 add string + 0 1 DebugDepth 2 mul 1 sub { + dup 2 mod 0 eq { (|) }{ ( ) } ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 2 roll + putinterval + } for + dup DebugDepth 2 mul (+-) putinterval + ( done) strcat == + } if +} bind def +/DebugMsg { + DebugOE { + DebugDepth 1 add 2 mul string + 0 1 DebugDepth 2 mul 1 add { + dup 2 mod 0 eq { (|) }{( )} ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 2 roll + putinterval + } for + exch strcat == + }{ + pop + } ifelse +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{strcat} +% Concatenate two strings and leave the result on the stack +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{str1} \PSstring{str2} \PSop{strcat} \PSstring{str1str2} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/strcat { + exch 2 copy + length exch length add + string dup dup 5 2 roll + copy length exch + putinterval +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{nametostr} +% Convert a literal name to string. This is required, because some PSTricks +% parameter like \opt{angleA} do not allow round braces in the argument, so +% some string must be passed as name and then converted to a string. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSname{name} \PSop{nametostr} \PSstring{name} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/nametostr { + dup length string cvs +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{PrintWarning} +% Print a warning about the raytracing. This is enabled or disabled via option +% \opt{pswarning}. +% \begin{macrocode} +/PrintWarning { + (Warning: ) exch strcat == +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{inttostr} +% Convert an integer to a string. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{int} \PSop{inttostr} \PSstring{int} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/inttostr { + dup type /integertype eq { + dup log 1 add floor cvi string cvs + } if +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{IfcCopy} +% Copy an interface \PSvar{from} to an interface \PSvar{to}, must be called +% within the respective component dictionary. This involves also copying the +% node associated with the interface. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{from} \PSvar{to} \PSop{CopyIfc} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/IfcCopy { + 2 copy IfcName exch IfcName load dup + length dict copy def + name exch NodeName name 3 -1 roll NodeName + tx@NodeDict begin + load dup length dict copy def + end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{calcNodes} +% Calculate the reference node coordinates for reflective components and +% stores them as \PSvar{X@A}, \PSvar{Y@A}, \PSvar{X@B} and \PSvar{Y@B}. Some +% other values (\PSvar{modA}, \PSvar{modB}, and \PSvar{OEangle}) are also +% stored for some special components +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{XB} \PSvar{YB} \PSvar{XA} \PSvar{YA} \PSvar{XG} \PSvar{YG} \PSop{calcNodes} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/calcNodes { + (calcNode) DebugBegin + /YG exch def /XG exch def + /ay YG 3 -1 roll sub def + /ax XG 3 -1 roll sub def + /by exch YG sub def + /bx exch XG sub def + /a ax ay Pyth def +% \end{macrocode} +% Used by \cs{rightangleprism}. +% \begin{macrocode} + /modA a def + /b bx by Pyth def + /modB b def + /cx ax a div bx b div add def + /cy ay a div by b div add def + /c@tmp cx cy Pyth def + /c ax bx add ay by add Pyth def +% \end{macrocode} +% Used by \cs{rightangleprism} and \cs{optprism}. +% \begin{macrocode} + /OEangle c dup mul a dup mul sub b dup mul sub + -2 a b mul mul div Acos def +% \end{macrocode} +% If $c=0$, then set the coordinates of the vector manually depending whether +% \PSvar{a} and \PSvar{b} are parallel or antiparallel. +% \begin{macrocode} + c 0 eq { + ax ay bx by DotProd 0 gt { +% \end{macrocode} +% $\text{dotprod} > 0$, i.e. \PSvar{a} and \PSvar{b} are parallel. +% \begin{macrocode} + /cx ax def + /cy ay def + }{ + /cx ay def + /cy ax neg def + } ifelse + /c@tmp a def + } if + /X@A XG cx c@tmp div add def + /Y@A YG cy c@tmp div add def + /X@B XG cx c@tmp div sub def + /Y@B YG cy c@tmp div sub def +% \end{macrocode} +% Test the chirality (the order) of the input points. Input angles $> 90$\textdegree +% don't make sense, in this case we exhange the calculated reference nodes. +% \begin{macrocode} + ax by mul ay bx mul sub 0 le { + Y@A X@A + /X@A X@B def + /Y@A Y@B def + /X@B exch def + /Y@B exch def + modA modB /modA exch def /modB exch def + } if + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{capHeight} +% Calculate the height \PSvar{a} of a pole cap, used for curved interfaces. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{R} \PSvar{h} \PSop{capHeight} \PSvar{a} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{R} is the circle radius and \PSvar{h} the width of the pole cap. +% \begin{macrocode} +/capHeight { + dup mul neg exch abs dup 3 1 roll dup mul add sqrt sub +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{leftCurvedIfc} +% Calculate some parameters for the «left» interface of a lens. Defines and +% \PSname{ArcL} which is used later in the code to actually draw the interface +% curve. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{h R1} \PSop{leftCurvedIfc} \PSvar{y |R1| alpha\textunderscore b +% alpha\textunderscore t R1} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/leftCurvedIfc { + /R1 exch def /h exch def + 0 R1 abs dup R1 h capHeight exch sub R1 sign mul dup + h exch atan exch + h neg exch atan + R1 0 lt { + /ArcL /arcn load def + } { + /ArcL /arc load def + } ifelse + R1 +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{rightCurvedIfc} +% Analogous to \PSname{leftCurvedIfc} for «right» interfaces, defines +% \PSname{ArcR} for later use. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{h R2} \PSop{leftCurvedIfc} \PSvar{y |R2| alpha\textunderscore b +% alpha\textunderscore t R2} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/rightCurvedIfc { + /R2 exch def /h exch def + 0 R2 abs dup R2 h capHeight sub R2 sign mul dup + h neg exch atan exch + h exch atan + R2 0 lt { + /ArcR /arcn load def + } { + /ArcR /arc load def + } ifelse + R2 +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{SlopeAngle} +% Calculate slope angle of a line from \PSname{nodeA} to \PSname{nodeB}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSname{nodeB} \PSname{nodeA} \PSop{SlopeAngle} \PSvar{angle} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/SlopeAngle { + (SlopeAngle) DebugBegin + @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter @ABVect exch atan + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{DefineExtNode} +% Constructs the coordinates of an external node based on values that have +% been set beforehand. \PSvar{xref} and \PSvar{yref} are the values which are +% defined by \opt{extnode} parameter. \PSvar{RefFac} is defined by parameter +% \opt{extnodealign}, which determines it the reference of the external node +% position should be the global coordinate system, or the line between the +% reference nodes. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{xref yref} \PSop{DefineExtNode} \PSvar{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/DefineExtNode {% + (DefineExtNode) DebugBegin + @@y mul RefFac mul @@y0 add + exch @@x mul RefFac mul @@x0 add exch + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetInternalNodeNames} +% Push all internal node names of \PSstring{basicname} on the +% stack. If \PSvar{reverse} is \PSvar{true}, the names are pushed in +% reverse order. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{basicname} \PSvar{reverse} \PSop{GetInternalNodeNames} +% \PSname{N@basicnameN} \ldots{} \PSname{N@basicname1} (if +% \PSvar{reverse = false}) +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetInternalNodeNames { + (GetInternalNodeNames) DebugBegin + /reverse ED + dup cvn load /N get dup + reverse { -1 1 } { 1 1 3 -1 roll } ifelse + { 2 copy eq { pop (N) } { inttostr } ifelse + 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll exch NodeName 3 1 roll + } for + pop pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetInternalBeamNodes} +% This is like \PSvar{GetInternalNodeNames}, but leaves the node +% coordinates on the stack +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{basicnodename} \PSvar{reverse} \PSop{GetInternalBeamNodes} +% \PSvar{XN YN \ldots\ X1 Y1} (if \PSvar{reverse = false}) +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetInternalBeamNodes { + (GetInternalBeamNodes) DebugBegin + [ 3 1 roll GetInternalNodeNames ] + { @GetCenter } forall + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetInternalBeamNodesCompat} +% Equivalent to \PSvar{GetInternalBeamNodes} only that it checks if the +% component is ambiguous (i.e. it is a beamsplitter), in which case it returns +% only the center node. Used only for the deprecated \opt{conn} parameter. +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetInternalBeamNodesCompat { + exch dup 3 1 roll (C) NodeName dup tx@NodeDict exch known { + @GetCenter ToVec + 3 1 roll pop pop + } { + pop GetInternalBeamNodes + } ifelse +} bind def +/GetInternalBeamNodeCompat { + exch dup 3 1 roll (C) NodeName dup tx@NodeDict exch known { + @GetCenter ToVec + 3 1 roll pop pop + } { + pop NodeName @GetCenter ToVec + } ifelse +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{InitOptexpComp} +% Initialize some global variables for positioning of external +% nodes. This is called at the beginning of every component. +% \begin{macrocode} +/InitOptexpComp {% + /@@x 0 def + /@@y 0 def + /@@x0 0 def + /@@y0 0 def + /@xref 0 def + /@yref 0 def + /RefFac 1 def +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NewTempNodeComp} +% If \cs{draw*beam} is invoked with a node as parameter, a +% temporary \cs{optplane} is defined. The plane vector of this temporary plane +% is set such that it is perpendicular to the connection between the node and the following +% interface node. +% +% This is the only procedure which sets the \PSname{adjustRel} flag +% which indicates adjustment of the plane vector rotation depending on +% the incoming or outgoing connection direction. +% +% For an explanation of all other dictionary members, please see +% \PSvar{NewOptexpComp}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{x y} \PSproc{dx dy} \PSstring{name} \PSproc{scaling} +% \PSop{NewTempNodeComp} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NewTempNodeComp { + (NewTempNodeComp) DebugBegin + /sc ED + dup cvn + 6 dict dup 3 1 roll def begin + /ambiguous false def + /allowbeaminside false def + /name ED + /correct false def +% \end{macrocode} +% This definition does not work like for \PSvar{NewOptexpComp}, because +% a current point may not be available. Therefore, we translate to the +% $(X, Y)$ node and define $X = Y = 0$. +% \begin{macrocode} + {0 0} exch 3 -1 roll exec + gsave + translate + /CompMtrx CM def + grestore + /N 1 def + /n bgRefIndex def + 5 dict dup dup /P@1 ED /P@N ED + begin + /mode trans def + {} 0 0 PlainIfc + end + /adjustRel true def + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{CurvedIfc} +% Defines a curved interface. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{X Y} \PSproc{DX DY} \PSproc{scl} \PSvar{NAlow NAup} \PSop{CurvedIfc} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/CurvedIfc { + 5 2 roll + 2 copy 5 3 roll exec 3 -1 roll exec VecAdd + 5 -1 roll exec /Y ED /X ED + exch exec 3 -1 roll 3 copy exec /RY ED /RX ED + 3 1 roll NormalizeVec 3 -1 roll exec + tx@Dict begin Pyth end dup + 3 1 roll mul 1.00001 mul /NAup ED + mul 1.00001 mul /NAlow ED +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{PlainIfc} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{X Y} \PSproc{DX DY} \PSproc{scl} \PSvar{NAlow NAup} \PSop{PlainIfc} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/PlainIfc { + 5 2 roll + dup 3 -1 roll exec NormalizeVec 3 -1 roll exec 2 copy /DY ED /DX ED + tx@Dict begin Pyth end dup 4 2 roll + exch exec 3 -1 roll exec /Y ED /X ED + 3 1 roll mul 1.00001 mul /NAup ED + mul 1.00001 mul /NAlow ED +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NewCompIfc} +% Defines a new interface of a component, must be called within \PSvar{NewOptexpComp}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{x y} \PSproc{dx dy|rx ry} \PSvar{NAlow NAup mode} +% \PSstring{CompName} \PSstring{Name} \PSproc{New\ldots Ifc} \PSproc{scaling} +% \PSop{NewCompIfc} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{psarglist} +% \psargitem{\PSproc{x y}} The coordinates of the interface node which lies on the optical axis.?? +% \psargitem{\PSproc{dx dy | rx ry}} For a plane interface, this is the vector that describes the plane, for a curved interface this is the +% \psargitem{\PSvar{NAlow NAup}} +% \psargitem{\PSvar{mode}} An integer which characterizes if an interface is +% reflective or transmittive. You should use the predefined variable +% \PSname{refl} and \PSname{trans} for this. +% \psargitem{\PSstring{CompName}} The name of the component we are in. +% \psargitem{\PSstring{Name}} The name of the new interface. It is prefixed by «P@». +% \psargitem{\PSproc{\ldots Ifc}} Contain the actual procedure to define the +% concrete interface type, can be \PSproc{PlainIfc} or +% \PSproc{CurvedIfc}. +% \end{psarglist} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NewCompIfc { + /scl ED + /next ED + dup (P@) exch strcat cvn + 6 dict dup + 3 1 roll def + begin + 3 -1 roll + /mode ED + 6 -1 roll dup 7 -1 roll + {scl} 8 -2 roll next + end +% \end{macrocode} +% store a new node \PSname{N@NameX}, with X=1..N this node always +% represents the intersection of an untilted and unshifted incoming beam +% on the optical axis with the respective interface +% \begin{macrocode} + exec scl ToVec 3 1 roll NodeName @NewNode +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Define some constants. +% \begin{macrocode} +/relative 0 def /absolute 1 def /center 2 def +/refl 0 def /trans 1 def /absorb 2 def +/desc 0 def /asc 1 def /amb 2 def +/ok 0 def /tir 1 def /missed 2 def +/bgRefIndex 0 def +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{NewOptexpComp} +% \PSvar{NewOptexpComp} creates a new dictionary that contains everything needed +% for an optical component. It contains the following variables: +% \begin{psarglist} +% \psargitem{\PSvar{n}} The basic refractive index which was set for the +% component. This may be overwritten with the \opt{n} option of the +% \nxLcs{drawbeam} macros. +% +% \psargitem{\PSvar{CompMtrx}} The transformation matrix at time of +% the component definition. The method is the same as for the +% \nxLPack{pst-node} nodes. +% +% \psargitem{\PSvar{name}} The name of the component. This is build of +% several components which are put together in the \TeX\ code. +% +% \psargitem{\PSvar{N}} The number of interfaces of the component. +% +% \psargitem{\PSvar{P@1\ldots P@N}} The actual +% interfaces. \PSvar{P@1} and \PSvar{P@N} are always defined, even if +% \PSvar{N = 1}. In that case the two names link to the same +% dictionary, so that changes in one of them are automatically present +% also in the second one. +% +% \psargitem{\PSproc{sc}} The scaling procedure for the coordinates to convert +% from \TeX{} to Postscript scaling. In should always be defined as +% \PSproc{\textbackslash psxunit, \textbackslash psyunit}. +% +% \psargitem{\PSvar{ambiguous}} There is a class of components (at the +% moment only \nxLcs{beamsplitter}), which have a central interface +% \PSvar{P@C} which can be either transmittive or reflective, +% depending on the previous and following component positions. The +% mode of the \PSvar{P@C} is determined at the time of the beam +% drawing and requires special attention. +% +% \psargitem{\PSvar{correct}} If \opt{true}, the input vectors after +% the transmittive interfaces are corrected when using +% \opt{connectifc}. +% \end{psarglist} +% +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{[} \PSproc{x y} \PSproc{dx dy | rx ry} \PSvar{NAlow NAup} \PSvar{type} +% \PSproc{\ldots Ifc} \PSvar{\ldots{} [n] correct? amb? allowbeaminside?} +% \PSstring{CompName} \PSproc{scaling} \PSop{NewOptexpComp} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NewOptexpComp { + (NewOptexpComp) DebugBegin + /sc ED dup cvn + gsave + 12 dict dup 3 1 roll def begin + /name ED + /allowbeaminside ED + /ambiguous ED + dup type /booleantype eq not { false } if /correct ED + tx@Dict begin + STV {CP T} stopped pop + end + /CompMtrx CM def + grestore + counttomark dup 6 idiv dup /N ED 6 mul eq { 1 } if + cvx 1 EvalRefIndex /n ED +% \end{macrocode} +% This defines for ambiguous components, which interface coincides with the +% ambiguous interface. 0 indicates that there is no ambiguous interface. +% \begin{macrocode} + ambiguous { + /ambIfc ED + }{ + /ambIfc 0 def + } ifelse + 1 N eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% only a single plane is specified, create the aliases. +% \begin{macrocode} + name (1) 3 -1 roll {sc} NewCompIfc + (1) (N) IfcCopy + }{ + N -1 1 { % + dup N eq { pop (N) }{inttostr} ifelse + exch name 3 1 roll {sc} NewCompIfc + } for + } ifelse + ambiguous ambIfc 0 gt and { + ambIfc N eq { (N) }{ ambIfc inttostr } ifelse (C) IfcCopy + } if + end + pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NewOptexpFiberComp} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{[} \PSvar{x y} \ldots +% \PSstring{CompName} \PSproc{scaling} \PSop{NewOptexpFiberComp} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NewOptexpFiberComp { + (NewOptexpFiberComp) DebugBegin + /sc ED dup cvn + gsave + 12 dict dup 3 1 roll def begin + /name ED + tx@Dict begin + STV {CP T} stopped pop + end + /CompMtrx CM def + grestore + counttomark /N ED + 1 N eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% only a single plane is specified, create the aliases. +% \begin{macrocode} + {0 1} 0 0 trans name (1) {PlainIfc} {sc} NewCompIfc + (1) (N) IfcCopy + }{ + N -1 1 { + dup N eq { pop (N) }{inttostr} ifelse + {0 1} 0 0 absorb name 6 -1 roll {PlainIfc} {sc} NewCompIfc + } for + } ifelse + end + pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{IfcAlias} +% Create an alias of an interface. This involves creating also an +% alias for the associated node. Must be called withing +% \PSvar{NewOptexpComp}. +% +% \PSstring{OrigPN} \PSstring{AliasPN} \PSop{IfcAlias} +% \begin{macrocode} +/IfcAlias { + 2 copy IfcName exch IfcName load def + tx@NodeDict begin + name exch NodeName name 3 -1 roll NodeName load def + end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetPlaneVec} +% Push the coordinates of the plane vector on the stack, for curved interfaces +% this is the tangent at the interface node. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{CompName} \PSop{GetPlaneVec} \PSvar{dX dY} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetPlaneVec { + (GetPlaneVec) DebugBegin + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /RX known { + RX RY CompMtrx dtransform CM idtransform + neg exch + } { + DX DY CompMtrx dtransform CM idtransform + } ifelse + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetIfcCenter} +% Get the center node of a interface, either by specifying the name of the component and the interface number +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{CompName} \PSop{GetIfcCenter} \PSvar{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% or by passing an interface procedure generated by \PSvar{PushAllPlanesOnStack}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{Ifc} \PSop{GetIfcCenter} \PSvar{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetIfcCenter { + (GetIfcCenter) DebugBegin + dup type /stringtype eq not { + dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% ambiguous +% \begin{macrocode} + 0 get (C) exch + } { + exec pop pop pop + } ifelse + } if + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /RX known { + X RX sub Y RY sub + } { + X Y + } ifelse + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{GetIfcCenter} +% Get the center node of a interface, either by specifying the name of the component and the interface number +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{CompName} \PSop{GetIfcCenter} \PSvar{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% or by passing an interface procedure generated by \PSvar{PushAllPlanesOnStack}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{Ifc} \PSop{GetIfcCenter} \PSvar{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetIfcCenter { + (GetIfcCenter) DebugBegin + dup type /stringtype eq not { + dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% ambiguous +% \begin{macrocode} + 0 get (C) exch + } { + exec pop pop pop + } ifelse + } if + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /RX known { + X RX sub Y RY sub + } { + X Y + } ifelse + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetIfcCenterCorr} +% Get the center node of a interface, either by specifying the name of the component and the interface number +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{CompName} \PSop{GetIfcCenterCorr} \PSvar{X|XCorr Y|YCorr} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetIfcCenterCorr { + (GetIfcCenterCorr) DebugBegin + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + currentdict /XCorr known { + XCorr YCorr + }{ + X Y + } ifelse + currentdict /RX known { + RX neg RY neg VecAdd + } if + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{TransformInVec} +% Transform the input vector as specified with \opt{beamangle} and +% \opt{beamdiv} from coordinates relative to the connection between first and +% second components to absolute coordinates. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{Ifc2} \PSproc{Ifc1} \PSproc{InVec} \PSop{TransformInVec} \PSproc{InVec'} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/TransformInVec { + (TransformInVec) DebugBegin + 3 1 roll + GetIfcCenter 4 2 roll + GetIfcCenter 5 -2 roll + @ABVect + 3 -1 roll exec 2 copy 6 2 roll + 0 eq exch 0 eq and not { +% \end{macrocode} +% invec != (0,0) +% \begin{macrocode} + exch atan matrix rotate dtransform + } { + 4 2 roll pop pop + } ifelse + ToVec + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{TransformStartPos} +% Startpos is relative to the connection between first and second components +% transform to absolute coordinates and shift by first plane center +% Plane2 Plane1 \PSproc{StartPos} -> \PSproc{StartPos'+Plane1Center} +% \begin{macrocode} +/TransformStartPos { + (TransformStartPos) DebugBegin + exec 2 copy 6 2 roll 0 eq exch 0 eq and not + 3 1 roll GetIfcCenter 4 2 roll + GetIfcCenter 5 2 roll { + 2 copy 8 2 roll + @ABVect exch atan matrix rotate dtransform + VecAdd + } { + 6 2 roll pop pop pop pop + } ifelse + ToVec + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetNearestPlane} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{X Y} \PSstring{CompName} \PSop{GetNearestPlane} \PSvar{PlaneNumber} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetNearestPlane { + (GetNearestPlane) DebugBegin + 3 copy 1 exch GetIfcCenter @ABDist /dist ED /nearestPlane 1 def + dup cvn load /N get 2 1 3 -1 roll { +% \end{macrocode} +% iterate through plane 2 to plane N of CompName +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 copy exch GetIfcCenter @ABDist dup dist lt { + /dist ED /nearestPlane ED + } { + pop pop + } ifelse + } for + pop pop pop nearestPlane + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack} +% Components which do not have an unambiguous behaviour (beamslitter, can +% transmit and reflect) like lenses (transmission only) or mirrors (reflection +% only), must be evaluated to see which mode should be used. Argument is +% [(name) draw], draw is a boolean which is true if the inner beams should be +% drawn. +% \begin{macrocode} +/PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack { + (PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack) DebugBegin + currentdict /outToPlane undef + PN IfcCnt eq not { +% \end{macrocode} +% not the last component, there should be another one on the stack +% \begin{macrocode} + exch dup 3 1 roll % nextifc ambcomp nextifc + dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% the next component is also ambiguos, use its center point as reference. +% \begin{macrocode} + 0 get (C) exch + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% otherwise use the interface on the stack +% \begin{macrocode} + exec pop pop pop + } ifelse + [ 3 1 roll ] cvx /outToPlane ED +% \end{macrocode} +% outToPlane is \PSproc{(PN) (compName)} +% \begin{macrocode} + } if +% \end{macrocode} +% the old plane number, without counting the additional planes of the current ambcomp +% \begin{macrocode} + /IfcCntTmp IfcCnt def +% \end{macrocode} +% Load some parameters from \opt{ambcomp} +% \begin{macrocode} + aload pop /draw ED /name ED + name cvn load /N get /N ED + currentdict /Curr known { + /CurrTmp /Curr load def + /CurrVecTmp /CurrVec load def + } { + /CurrTmp /CurrLow load def + /CurrVecTmp /CurrVecLow load def + } ifelse +% \end{macrocode} +% \PSvar{CurrTmp} is the current point of the beam on the interface prior to the +% ambiguos component, \PSvar{CurrVecTmp} its outgoing vector. For wide beams, +% the lower ray is used. +% \begin{macrocode} + PN 1 eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% If it is the first interface, the starting point is always the (C) plane +% \begin{macrocode} + [ (C) name name GetRefIndex trans draw] cvx +% \end{macrocode} +% Now check which is the outgoing plane +% \begin{macrocode} + name /outToPlane load GetNextPlane + dup 0 eq not { +% \end{macrocode} +% If there is one, i.e. if \PSvar{GetNextPlane} leaves something not equal to \PSvar{0} on the stack, this is the plane. +% \begin{macrocode} + [ exch name bgRefIndex trans draw ] cvx exch + /IfcCntTmp IfcCntTmp 1 add def + } { + pop + } ifelse + }{ + CurrTmp name GetNearestPlane dup /firstPlane ED + name isAmbiguousIfc not { +% \end{macrocode} +% The first interface is not the ambiguous one. +% +% check if mode is trans or refl +% \begin{macrocode} + CurrVecTmp firstPlane name GetPlaneVec NormalVec + (C) name GetIfcCenter firstPlane name GetIfcCenter + @ABVect 2 copy 6 2 roll DotProd + 0 lt { trans }{ refl } ifelse + 3 1 roll ToVec /CurrVecTmp ED + [ firstPlane name + connectifc { + bgRefIndex + }{ + name GetRefIndex + } ifelse +% \end{macrocode} +% always draw to first interface +% \begin{macrocode} + 5 -1 roll true ] cvx + /IfcCntTmp IfcCntTmp 1 add def + } if + PN IfcCnt eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% its the last comp, just put the center plane on the stack +% \begin{macrocode} + [ (C) name + name GetRefIndex + trans draw ] cvx + IfcCntTmp IfcCnt gt { exch } if + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% check the mode of the ambiguous interface +% \begin{macrocode} + [ (C) name + name GetRefIndex + CurrVecTmp (C) name GetPlaneVec NormalVec outToPlane + GetIfcCenter (C) name GetIfcCenter @ABVect DotProd + 0 lt { trans } { refl } ifelse % mode + draw ] cvx +% \end{macrocode} +% now check which is the outgoing plane +% \begin{macrocode} + name /outToPlane load GetNextPlane + dup dup name isAmbiguousIfc exch 0 eq or not { + [ exch name bgRefIndex trans draw ] cvx exch + firstPlane name isAmbiguousIfc not { 3 -1 roll } if + /IfcCntTmp IfcCntTmp 1 add def + } { + pop +% \end{macrocode} +% The ambiguous interface is the last one, correct it to have the bgRefIndex. +% \begin{macrocode} + exec 3 -1 roll pop bgRefIndex 3 1 roll [ 6 1 roll ] cvx + firstPlane name isAmbiguousIfc not { exch } if + } ifelse + } ifelse + } ifelse + /IfcCnt IfcCntTmp def + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetNextPlane} +% \PSstring{comp} \PSproc{outToPlane} \PSop{GetNextPlane} \PSvar{PlaneNumber} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetNextPlane { + (GetNextPlane) DebugBegin + 2 copy (C) 3 -1 roll + GetIfcCenter 3 -1 roll exec GetIfcCenter + 4 2 roll 4 copy @ABVect /VecY ED /VecX ED + @ABDist /centerDist ED + /sprod 1 def + /nextPlane 0 def + exch dup 3 1 roll + cvn load dup /ambIfc get /ambIfc ED /N get 1 1 3 -1 roll { +% \end{macrocode} +% iterate through all interfaces of CompName which do not coincide with the ambiguous interface +% \begin{macrocode} + dup ambIfc eq not { + 3 copy 3 -1 roll 2 copy + GetPlaneVec VecX VecY 4 2 roll NormalVec + VecX VecY DotProd dup sprod lt 5 2 roll + GetIfcCenter 3 -1 roll exec GetIfcCenter @ABDist + centerDist lt and + { /sprod ED /nextPlane ED } { pop pop } ifelse + } { + pop + } ifelse + } for + pop pop nextPlane + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{TraceBeam} +% [ CompN ... Comp1 \PSproc{options} \PSproc{start point} \PSvar{beamangle} +% -> Yn Xn drawToN? ... Y1 X1 drawTo1? Y0 X0 +% \begin{macrocode} +/TraceBeam { + (Tracebeam) DebugBegin + AngToVec /InVec ED /StartPoint ED + /oldbeaminsidelast currentdict /beaminsidelast known { + beaminsidelast + } { + false + } ifelse def +% \end{macrocode} +% execute options +% \begin{macrocode} + exec + connectifc { + /nbeam bgRefIndex def + } if + /startinside startinside beaminsidefirst or def + /stopinside stopinside beaminsidelast or def + /PrevCorrect false def + PrearrangePlanes + PushAllPlanesOnStack + currentdict /lastVecTmp known { + lastVecTmp beamangle matrix rotate dtransform ToVec + } { + beamalign relative eq counttomark 2 ge and { + 2 copy /InVec load TransformInVec + } { + /InVec load + } ifelse + } ifelse + /CurrVec ED + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmp known { + /lastBeamPointTmp load /Curr ED + }{ + counttomark 2 ge { + 2 copy /StartPoint load TransformStartPos + } { + /StartPoint load + } ifelse + /Curr ED + } ifelse + counttomark /IfcCnt ED +% \end{macrocode} +% Init the refractive index +% \begin{macrocode} + /n1 bgRefIndex def + /PN 1 def + (start looping) DebugMsg + { + PN IfcCnt gt { + exit + } if + (checked) DebugMsg +% \end{macrocode} +% iterate over all planes +% \begin{macrocode} + dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% array, not executable +% \begin{macrocode} + PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack + } if + exec + /draw ED /Mode ED /n2 ED 2 copy /CompName ED /IfcNum ED + GetIfcCenter ToVec /CurrCenter ED + Curr CurrVec + connectifc PrevCorrect PN 2 gt and PN 2 eq or and { + CurrVec CurrCenter PrevCenter PrevMode + currentdict /relAngle known + { relAngle } { 0 } ifelse connectInterfaces + /relAngle ED + } if + IfcNum CompName Mode n2 8 4 roll HandleInterface + missed eq { + counttomark PN 1 sub 3 mul sub {pop} repeat + (The beam missed an interface) Warning exit + exit + } if + PN 1 eq { + pop pop + /draw beaminsidefirst oldbeaminsidelast xor def + } { + ToVec /CurrVec ED + } ifelse + 2 copy + ToVec /Curr ED + draw PN skipconn 1 add gt and + counttomark 3 roll + /PrevCenter /CurrCenter load def + /lastBeamPointTmp /Curr load def + /lastVecTmp /CurrVec load def + /PrevMode Mode def + CompName cvn load /correct get /PrevCorrect ED + PN IfcCnt eq { + exit + } { + CurrVec 0 eq exch 0 eq and { + IfcCnt PN sub {pop} repeat + (Total internal reflection occured, this is not supported) + Warning + exit + } if + /PN PN 1 add def + } ifelse + } loop + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{sign} +% \begin{macrocode} +/sign { + 0 ge { 1 } { -1 } ifelse +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{TraceAndFillWideBeam} +% Fill a wide beam. This has an own procedure, because each segment +% of the beam must be filled separately. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{[} \PSstring{CompN} \PSvar{\ldots{}} \PSstring{Comp1} +% \PSproc{options} \PSproc{start point up} \PSvar{beamangle\_up} +% \PSproc{start point low} \PSvar{beamangle\_low} \PSop{FillWideBeam} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/TraceAndFillWideBeam { + (TraceAndFillWideBeam) DebugBegin + AngToVec /InvecLow ED /StartLow ED + AngToVec /InvecUp ED /StartUp ED +% \end{macrocode} +% execute user options +% \begin{macrocode} + exec + connectifc { + /nbeam bgRefIndex def + } if + /startinside startinside beaminsidefirst or def + /stopinside stopinside beaminsidelast or def +% \end{macrocode} +% Number of segments already drawn +% \begin{macrocode} + /DrawnSegm 0 def +% \end{macrocode} +% whether the previous plane required correction of the input vector (used only with \opt{connectifc}) +% \begin{macrocode} + /PrevCorrect false def + PrearrangePlanes + PushAllPlanesOnStack + currentdict /lastVecTmpUp known + currentdict /lastVecTmpLow known and { + /CurrVecLow lastVecTmpLow beamangle matrix rotate dtransform ToVec def + /CurrVecUp lastVecTmpUp beamangle matrix rotate dtransform ToVec def + }{ +% \end{macrocode} +% If the \opt{beamangle} is not absolute, use the connection between the first +% two planes as reference and transform the input vectors accordingly. +% \begin{macrocode} + beamalign relative eq counttomark 2 ge and { + 2 copy /InvecLow load TransformInVec /CurrVecLow ED + 2 copy /InvecUp load TransformInVec /CurrVecUp ED + } { + /CurrVecLow /InvecLow load def + /CurrVecUp /InvecUp load def + } ifelse + } ifelse +% \end{macrocode} +% If \opt{loadbeampoints} is set, the nodes \PSname{lastBeamPointTmpLow} and +% \PSname{lastBeamPointTmpUp} are defined and used as starting points. +% \begin{macrocode} + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpLow known + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpUp known and { + /lastBeamPointTmpLow load /CurrLow ED + /lastBeamPointTmpUp load /CurrUp ED + } { + counttomark 2 ge { + 2 copy /StartLow load TransformStartPos /CurrLow ED + 2 copy /StartUp load TransformStartPos /CurrUp ED + } { + /StartLow load /CurrLow ED + /StartUp load /CurrUp ED + } ifelse + } ifelse +% \end{macrocode} +% \PSvar{IfcCnt} is the number of interfaces pushed on the stack by +% \PSvar{PushAllPlanesOnStack}. This number may be corrected later if an +% ambiguous components is among them. +% \begin{macrocode} + counttomark /IfcCnt ED + /n1 bgRefIndex def + /CurrR false def + /ret missed def + /PN 1 def + { + PN IfcCnt gt { + exit + } if + dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% Found an array (not executable) instead of a procedure. This is an ambiguous +% component, resolve the interfaces depending on the input vector and +% surrounding interfaces. This can change \PSvar{IfcCnt}. +% \begin{macrocode} + PushAmbCompPlanesOnStack + } if +% \end{macrocode} +% push the interface on the stack +% \begin{macrocode} + exec +% \end{macrocode} +% \PSvar{draw} indicates if the beam to the current interface should be drawn. +% \begin{macrocode} + PN skipconn 1 add gt and /draw ED +% \end{macrocode} +% \PSvar{Mode} stores the mode (transmittive or reflective) of the current interface. +% \begin{macrocode} + /Mode ED /n2 ED 2 copy /CompName ED /IfcNum ED +% \end{macrocode} +% \PSvar{CurrPCenter} holds the coordinates of the current interface center. +% \begin{macrocode} + GetIfcCenter ToVec /CurrPCenter ED + /oldn1 n1 def +% \end{macrocode} +% Calculate new upper vector and intersection point +% \begin{macrocode} + CurrUp CurrVecUp + connectifc PrevCorrect PN 2 gt and PN 2 eq or and { + CurrVecUp CurrPCenter PrevPCenter PrevMode + currentdict /relAngleUp known { relAngleUp } { 0 } ifelse + connectInterfaces /relAngleUp ED + } if + /CurrVecUp load /PrevVecUp ED + /CurrUp load /PrevUp ED + IfcNum CompName Mode n2 8 4 roll HandleInterface + dup /ret ED + missed eq { + counttomark {pop} repeat + (The upper beam missed an interface) Warning exit + } if + ToVec /CurrVecUp ED + ToVec /CurrUp ED + /n1 oldn1 def +% \end{macrocode} +% Calculate new lower vector and intersection point +% \begin{macrocode} + /CurrVecLow load /PrevVecLow ED + /CurrLow load /PrevLow ED + CurrLow CurrVecLow + connectifc PrevCorrect PN 2 gt and PN 2 eq or and { + CurrVecLow CurrPCenter PrevPCenter PrevMode + currentdict /relAngleLow known { relAngleLow } { 0 } ifelse + connectInterfaces /relAngleLow ED + } if + IfcNum CompName Mode n2 8 4 roll HandleInterface + dup missed eq { + /ret ED + (The lower beam missed an interface) Warning + counttomark {pop} repeat exit + } if + tir eq ret tir eq or { + /ret tir def + } { + /ret ok def + } ifelse + ToVec /CurrVecLow ED + ToVec /CurrLow ED +% \end{macrocode} +% lower done +% \begin{macrocode} + /PrevR CurrR def + PrevR type /realtype eq { + /CurrCenter load /PrevCenter ED + } if + IfcNum CompName isCurved { + IfcNum CompName LoadIfc + tx@Dict begin Pyth end /CurrR ED + ToVec /CurrCenter ED + } { + /CurrR false def + /CurrCenter false def + } ifelse + PN 1 gt currentdict /fillBeam known and { + draw { + /DrawnSegm DrawnSegm 1 add def + PrevUp moveto CurrUp lineto + IfcNum CompName isCurved { + CurrCenter CurrUp CurrLow + 4 copy 3 -1 roll eq 3 1 roll eq and { + 6 {pop} repeat + } { + TangentCrosspoint + CurrLow CurrR arct + } ifelse + } { + CurrLow lineto + } ifelse + PrevLow lineto + PrevR type /booleantype eq not { +% \end{macrocode} +% previous interface was also curved +% \begin{macrocode} + PrevCenter PrevLow PrevUp + 4 copy 3 -1 roll eq 3 1 roll eq and { + 6 {pop} repeat + } { + TangentCrosspoint + PrevUp PrevR arct + } ifelse + } { + PrevUp lineto + } ifelse + } if + Mode refl eq draw and + draw not DrawnSegm 0 gt and or { + fillBeam newpath + /DrawnSegm 0 def + } if + } if + PN 1 eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% PN == 1 +% \begin{macrocode} + /CurrVecUp /PrevVecUp load def + /CurrVecLow /PrevVecLow load def + } if +% \end{macrocode} +% If the beam should also be stroked, push the coordinates and the 'draw' information on the stack +% \begin{macrocode} + strokeBeam { + CurrUp draw CurrLow draw counttomark 1 add 6 roll + } if + PN IfcCnt eq ret tir eq or { + DrawnSegm 0 gt currentdict /fillBeam known and { + fillBeam newpath + /DrawnSegm 0 def + } if + ret tir eq { + IfcCnt PN sub {pop} repeat + (Total internal reflection occured, this is not supported) + Warning + } if + exit + } if + /PN PN 1 add def + /PrevPCenter /CurrPCenter load def + /PrevMode Mode def + CompName cvn load /correct get /PrevCorrect ED + } loop + DrawnSegm 0 gt currentdict /fillBeam known and { + fillBeam newpath + /DrawnSegm 0 def + } if + ret missed eq not { + CurrUp CurrLow @ABVect + CurrVecUp CurrVecLow 3 -1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch + 4 -1 roll mul 3 1 roll mul sub 0 gt { +% \end{macrocode} +% swap upper and lower beam points for next beam +% \begin{macrocode} + /lastBeamPointTmpUp /CurrLow load def + /lastBeamPointTmpLow /CurrUp load def + /lastVecTmpUp /CurrVecLow load def + /lastVecTmpLow /CurrVecUp load def + } { + /lastBeamPointTmpLow /CurrLow load def + /lastBeamPointTmpUp /CurrUp load def + /lastVecTmpUp /CurrVecUp load def + /lastVecTmpLow /CurrVecLow load def + } ifelse + } if + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{isAmbiguous} +% Check if \PSvar{compname} is ambiguous, i.e. if it can have alternating beam +% paths depending on the input and output plane (e.g. beamsplitter can either +% transmit or reflect a beam). +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{compname} \PSop{isAmbiguous} \PSvar{boolean} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/isAmbiguous { + cvn load dup /ambiguous known { + /ambiguous get + } { + pop false + } ifelse +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{isAmbiguousIfc} +% Check if interface \PSvar{IfcNum} is the ambiguous interface of \PSvar{compname}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{compname} \PSop{isAmbiguousIfc} \PSvar{boolean} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/isAmbiguousIfc { + cvn load dup /ambiguous known { + /ambIfc get eq + } { + pop pop false + } ifelse +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{isCurved} +% Check if interface \PSvar{IfcNum} of componente \PSvar{compname} is curved. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{compname} \PSop{isCurved} \PSvar{bool} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/isCurved { + cvn load begin + IfcName load /RX known + end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{HandleInterface} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{CompName} \PSvar{mode n2 X0 Y0 Xin Yin} +% \PSop{HandleInterface} +% \PSvar{X0' Y0' Xout Yout status} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/HandleInterface { + (HandleInterface) DebugBegin + /Yin ED /Xin ED /Y0 ED /X0 ED /n2 ED /mode ED + 2 copy 2 copy LoadIfc + 6 -2 roll isCurved { CurvedInterface }{ PlainInterface } ifelse +% \end{macrocode} +% IfcNum CompName X0' Y0' Xout Yout status +% +% Check if X0' Y0' are within the numerical aperture of the interface +% \begin{macrocode} + dup missed eq not useNA connectifc not and and { + 7 3 roll 2 copy 9 2 roll + 4 2 roll 2 copy + %% X0' Y0' Xout Yout status X0' Y0' IfcNum CompName IfcNum CompName + cvn load begin IfcName load dup /NAlow get exch /NAup get end + 2 copy lt { + 4 2 roll 2 copy LoadIfc NormalizeVec + 6 -2 roll isCurved { + neg exch + } if + %% ... X0' Y0' NAlow NAup X Y dXp dYp + 8 -2 roll 6 -2 roll + %% ... NAlow NAup dXp dYp X0' Y0' X Y + @ABVect DotProd + dup 4 -1 roll ge 3 1 roll ge and not + { + pop missed + } if + }{ + 6 {pop} repeat + } ifelse + } { + 7 -2 roll pop pop + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{LoadIfc} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{IfcNum} \PSstring{CompName} \PSop{LoadIfc} \PSvar{X Y} \PSvar{dX|RY dY|RY} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/LoadIfc { + (LoadIfc) DebugBegin + cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + X Y + CompMtrx transform CM itransform + currentdict /RX known { RX RY }{ DX DY } ifelse + CompMtrx dtransform CM idtransform + end + end + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{isFreeray} +% Check if \PSvar{compname} is a free-ray componente by checking if there is a +% refractive index associated with it. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{compname} \PSop{isFreeray} \PSvar{boolean} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/isFreeray { + cvn load /n known + dup not { + (Encountered fiber component in beam path) Warning + } if +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{PrearrangePlanes} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{[} \PSstring{CompN} \PSvar{\ldots} \PSvar{Comp1} \PSop{PrearrangePlanes}\\ +% \PSvar{[} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSstring{CompN} \PSvar{\ldots} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSstring{Comp1} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/PrearrangePlanes { + (PrearrangePlanes) DebugBegin + counttomark /N ED + /CompA ED dup /CompB ED + CompA isFreeray { + CompA isAmbiguous { + amb dup CompA + } { + CompB isAmbiguous { + 1 CompA GetIfcCenter (C) CompB GetIfcCenter @ABDist + (N) CompA GetIfcCenter (C) CompB GetIfcCenter @ABDist + } { + 1 CompA GetIfcCenter + 1 CompB GetIfcCenter + (N) CompB GetIfcCenter + true OrderNodes exch pop + (N) CompA GetIfcCenter + 1 CompB GetIfcCenter + (N) CompB GetIfcCenter + true OrderNodes exch pop + } ifelse + le { desc } { asc } ifelse dup CompA + } ifelse + counttomark 2 roll + } { + counttomark 1 sub { pop } repeat + /N 0 def + } ifelse + 2 1 N { + /i ED exch /CompB ED + CompB isFreeray not { + counttomark i 1 sub 2 mul 1 add sub { pop } repeat + exit + } if + CompB isAmbiguous not { + dup desc eq { 1 } { dup amb eq { (C) }{ (N) } ifelse } ifelse + CompA GetIfcCenter + 1 CompB GetIfcCenter + (N) CompB GetIfcCenter false OrderNodes dup dup +% \end{macrocode} +% check if we have a NodeIfc +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 -1 roll CompA exch 5 -1 roll CompB exch + i 2 eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% check also the first plane +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 copy 4 2 roll AdjustRelRot + } if + AdjustRelRot + } { + pop amb dup + } ifelse + CompB /CompA CompB def + counttomark 2 roll + } for pop + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{AdjustRelRot} +% Adjusts the relative orientation of \PSstring{CompB} based on the +% relative connection between \PSstring{CompA} and \PSstring{CompB}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{CompA} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSstring{CompB} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSop{AdjustRelRot} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/AdjustRelRot { + (AdjustRelRot) DebugBegin + exch dup cvn load /adjustRel known { + dup dup 4 2 roll isAmbiguous { + exch pop (C) + }{ + desc eq { (N) }{ 1 } ifelse + } ifelse + exch GetIfcCenter 5 3 roll + exch dup 3 1 roll isAmbiguous { + pop (C) + }{ + desc eq { 1 }{ (N) } ifelse + } ifelse + exch GetIfcCenter + @ABVect exch atan exch + cvn load begin + adjustRel { + matrix rotate CompMtrx matrix concatmatrix /CompMtrx ED + /adjustRel false def + } { + pop + } ifelse + end + } { + pop pop pop pop + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{PushAllPlanesOnStack} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{[} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSstring{CompN} \PSvar{\ldots} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSstring{Comp1} \PSop{PushAllPlanesOnStack} +% \PSvar{[} \PSproc{PN \PSstring{CompName} n mode draw?} \PSvar{\ldots{}} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{psarglist} +% \psargitem{PN} The number of the plane of the component \PSstring{CompNameN}, can be an integer or a string. +% \psargitem{CompName} The name of the component which the interface \PSvar{PN} belongs to. +% \psargitem{n} The refractive index after the respective interface. +% \psargitem{mode} Specifies if the interface is transmittive (\PSvar{trans}) or reflective (\PSvar{refl}). +% \psargitem{draw?} Specifies if the connection to this interface should be drawn or if the current point is only moved. +% \end{psarglist} +% \begin{macrocode} +/PushAllPlanesOnStack { + (PushAllPlanesOnStack) DebugBegin + counttomark 2 div cvi /@N ED + 1 1 @N { +% \end{macrocode} +% iterate over all components +% \begin{macrocode} + /last false def + /first false def + dup 1 eq { + /first true def pop beaminsidefirst + } { + @N eq { + beaminsidelast + /last true def + } { + beaminside + } ifelse + } ifelse + exch load dup dup /allowbeaminside get 4 -1 roll and + /drawinside ED + /ambiguous get { + /name get drawinside [ 3 1 roll ] + counttomark 1 roll pop + } { + begin +% \end{macrocode} +% Start of the component dict. +% \begin{macrocode} + desc eq { + N N -1 1 1 + } { + 1 1 1 N N + } ifelse + first startinside not and { +% \end{macrocode} +% first comp and we do not start inside +% \begin{macrocode} + 5 -2 roll + pop pop + 2 copy 5 2 roll + } if + 5 1 roll + { +% \end{macrocode} +% iterate over all planes +% \begin{macrocode} + 3 1 roll 2 copy 5 -1 roll + dup 3 1 roll + eq first not and { +% \end{macrocode} +% always draw the line to the first plane of a component +% \begin{macrocode} + true + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% the other beams depend on some options +% \begin{macrocode} + drawinside + } ifelse + exch dup 4 -1 roll eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% after the last component plane we have always air +% \begin{macrocode} + bgRefIndex + }{ +% \end{macrocode} +% otherwise the respective refractive index of the component +% \begin{macrocode} + name GetRefIndex + } ifelse + exch dup N eq { + pop (N) + } { + inttostr + } ifelse exch + 3 1 roll name + 4 1 roll + dup IfcName load /mode get + 3 1 roll 5 1 roll + [ 6 1 roll ] cvx counttomark 1 roll + last { + savebeampoints 1 ge stopinside not and + savebeampoints 1 lt beaminsidelast not and or { + exit + } if + } if + } for pop pop + end + } ifelse + } for + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{IfcName} +% Construct the interface name from \PSvar{num}. This must be called within a dict of a +% optexpcomp, because the last node ends with (N) instead of the number and we must +% know the number of component interfaces. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{num} \PSop{IfcName} \PSname{P@num} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/IfcName { + dup dup 1 eq not exch N eq and { + pop (N) + } { + inttostr + } ifelse + (P@) exch strcat cvn +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NodeName} +% Construct the plane name from IfcNum. This must be called within a dict of a +% optexpcomp, because the last node ends with (N) instead of the number and we must +% know the plane count of the component. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{name} \PSvar{num} \PSop{NodeName} \PSname{N@namenum} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NodeName { + dup /stringtype eq not { inttostr } if + strcat (N@) exch strcat cvn +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{OrderNodes} +% Check if node (\PSvar{XB1}, \PSvar{YB1}) or (\PSvar{XBN}, \PSvar{YBN}) is nearer to node (\PSvar{XA}, \PSvar{YA}). If it +% \PSvar{B1} is nearer, push \PSvar{asc} on the stack, otherwise +% \PSvar{desc}. If \PSvar{calcDist} is \opt{true} it leaves also the actual +% smallest distance on the stack. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{XA YA XB1 YB1 XBN YBN calcDist} \PSop{OrderNodes} \PSvar{desc|asc} \PSvar{distance} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/OrderNodes { + 7 1 roll 6 -2 roll 2 copy 8 2 roll + @ABDist 5 1 roll @ABDist 2 copy gt { + pop asc exch + } { + exch pop desc exch + } ifelse + 3 -1 roll not { + pop + } if +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NormalVec} +% Construct a normal vector $\vec{n}$ to the plane such that its +% scalar product with the incomping wave vector $\vec{v}_\text{in}$ is +% negative: $\vec{n}\cdot (-\vec{v}_\text{in}) > 0$. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xin Yin Xplane Yplane} \PSop{NormalVec} \PSvar{Xnorm Ynorm} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NormalVec { + neg exch 2 copy 6 2 roll DotProd 0 gt { + -1 mul exch -1 mul exch + } if + NormalizeVec +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{DotProd} +% Scalar product between two vectors. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya Xb Yb} \PSop{DotProd} \PSvar{val} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/DotProd { + 3 -1 roll mul 3 1 roll mul add +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{VecAngle} +% Angle between two vectors $\cos(\alpha) = \frac{ab}{|a||b|}$ +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya Xb Yb} \PSop{VecAngle} \PSvar{angle} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/VecAngle { + 4 copy 4 copy DotProd 5 1 roll + tx@Dict begin + Pyth 3 1 roll Pyth + end mul + div Acos + 5 2 roll mul 4 1 roll 3 -1 roll mul 3 -1 roll sub + 0 le { -1 }{ 1 } ifelse mul +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{VecAdd} +% Addition of two vectors. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya Xb Yb} \PSop{VecAdd} \PSvar{Xa+Xb Ya+Yb} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/VecAdd { + 3 -1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{VecScale} +% Scale a vector by a factor \PSvar{fac}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya fac} \PSop{VecScale} \PSvar{fac}$\cdot$\PSvar{Xa} \PSvar{fac}$\cdot$\PSvar{Ya} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/VecScale { + dup 4 -1 roll mul 3 1 roll mul +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{ToVec} +% Convert two numbers to a procedure holding the two values. This +% representation is used to save coordinate values of nodes and vectors. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{X Y} \PSop{ToVec} \PSproc{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/ToVec { + [ 3 1 roll ] cvx +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{AngToVec} +% Convert an angle to the related vector representation (normalized). The +% angle is with respect to the positive $x$-axis. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{angle} \PSop{AngToVec} \PSproc{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/AngToVec { + dup cos exch sin ToVec +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NormalizeVec} +% Normalize a vector ($X'^2 + Y'^2 = 1$) +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{X Y} \PSop{NormalizeVec} \PSvar{X' Y'} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/NormalizeVec { + 2 copy + tx@Dict begin + Pyth + end + dup 3 1 roll div 3 1 roll div exch +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{@ABVect} +% Shorthand definition for \PSvar{ABVect} procedure of the \nxLPack{pst-eucl} package. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya Xb Yb} \PSop{@ABVect} \PSvar{dX dY} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/@ABVect { + tx@EcldDict begin ABVect end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{@ABDist} +% Shorthand definition for \PSvar{ABDist} procedure of the \nxLPack{pst-eucl} package. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya Xb Yb} \PSop{@ABDist} \PSvar{dist} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/@ABDist { + tx@EcldDict begin ABDist end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{@InterLines} +% Shorthand definition for \PSvar{InterLines} procedure of the +% \nxLPack{pst-eucl} package. Takes care of a bug in the +% \nxLPack{pst-eucl} package, that too many items are popped off the +% stack if no intersection point exists. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{X1 Y1 X2 Y2 X3 Y3 X4 Y4} \PSop{@InterLines} \PSvar{X Y ret} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/@InterLines { + tx@EcldDict begin + EqDr /D1c exch def /D1b exch def /D1a exch def + EqDr /D2c exch def /D2b exch def /D2a exch def + D1a D2b mul D1b D2a mul sub dup + ZeroEq { % parallel lines + pop 0 0 missed + }{ + /Det exch def + D1b D2c mul D1c D2b mul sub Det div + D1a D2c mul D2a D1c mul sub Det div + ok + } ifelse + end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{@GetCenter} +% Shorthand definition for the \PSvar{GetCenter} procedure of the +% \nxLPack{pst-node} package. Takes either a string or a literal name +% for the node name \PSvar{name}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSname{name} \PSop{@GetCenter} \PSvar{X Y} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/@GetCenter { + tx@NodeDict begin load GetCenter end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{@NewNode} +% Shorthand definition for creating a new pnode. +% \begin{macrocode} +/@NewNode { + tx@NodeDict begin + false exch 10 {InitPnode } NewNode + end +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{RefractVec} +% Calculate the refracted vector, the normal plane vector must be +% constructed with \PSvar{NormVec}, see +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Snell%27s_law#Vector_form} for the +% formulas. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xin Yin Xnorm Ynorm n1 n2} \PSop{RefractVec} \PSvar{Xout Yout} +% \end{pssyntax} +% If it would be total internal reflection, the output vector is (0, 0). +% \begin{macrocode} +/RefractVec { + (RefractVec) DebugBegin + TransformRefIndex exch TransformRefIndex exch div /n ED + /Ynorm ED /Xnorm ED + NormalizeVec /Yin ED /Xin ED + n abs 1 eq { + Xin Yin + }{ + /costheta1 Xnorm Ynorm Xin neg Yin neg DotProd def + 1 n dup mul 1 costheta1 dup mul sub mul sub + dup 0 lt { +% \end{macrocode} +% would be total internal reflection, stop +% \begin{macrocode} + pop 0 0 + } { + sqrt /costheta2 ED + n Xin mul n Yin mul + n costheta1 mul costheta2 sub dup + Xnorm mul exch Ynorm mul VecAdd + } ifelse + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{ReflectVec} +% Calculate the reflected vector, the normal plane vector must be +% constructed with \PSvar{NormVec}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xin Yin Xnorm Ynorm} \PSop{ReflectVec} \PSvar{Xout Yout} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/ReflectVec { + (ReflectVec) DebugBegin + /Ynorm ED /Xnorm ED NormalizeVec /Yin ED /Xin ED + /costheta1 Xnorm Ynorm Xin neg Yin neg DotProd def + Xin Yin 2 costheta1 mul dup Xnorm mul exch Ynorm mul VecAdd + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{CurvedInterface} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xp Yp Xr Yr} \PSop{CurvedInterface} \PSvar{X0' Y0' Xout Yout status} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/CurvedInterface { + (CurvedInterface) DebugBegin + 2 copy /Yr ED /Xr ED + tx@Dict begin Pyth end /radius ED /Yp ED /Xp ED + /X0n X0 Xp sub def /Y0n Y0 Yp sub def + tx@EcldDict begin + X0n Y0n 2 copy 2 copy Xin 3 -1 roll add Yin 3 -1 roll add + 2 copy 6 2 roll EqDr radius InterLineCircle + end + 4 copy + 0 eq 3 {exch 0 eq and} repeat { +% \end{macrocode} +% if all coordinates are zero we missed the circle, stop +% \begin{macrocode} + missed + } { + 4 copy +% \end{macrocode} +% Chose which of the two intersection points to take. +% \begin{macrocode} + Xr neg Yr neg 2 copy + 8 -2 roll @ABDist + 5 1 roll @ABDist + gt { +% \end{macrocode} +% «dist from first point» $>$ «dist from second point», take second point. +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 2 roll + } if pop pop + Xp Yp VecAdd + 2 copy Xp Yp 4 2 roll @ABVect exch neg Xin Yin 4 2 roll NormalVec + Xin Yin 4 2 roll +% \end{macrocode} +% on stack: crossing point, in vector, and normal vector +% \begin{macrocode} + mode trans eq { + n1 n2 RefractVec + 2 copy 0 eq exch 0 eq and { tir } { ok } ifelse + } { + ReflectVec ok + } ifelse /n1 n2 def + 5 -2 roll 2 copy 7 2 roll X0 Y0 @ABVect Xin Yin DotProd 0 lt + PN 1 gt and { + pop missed + } if + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{PlainInterface} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xp Yp dXp dYp} \PSop{PlainInterface} \PSvar{X0' Y0' Xout Yout status} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/PlainInterface {% + (PlainInterface) DebugBegin + /dYp ED /dXp ED /Yp ED /Xp ED + Xp Yp Xp dXp add Yp dYp add X0 Y0 X0 Xin add Y0 Yin add + @InterLines missed eq { + 0 0 missed + } { + Xin Yin Xin Yin dXp dYp NormalVec + mode trans eq { + n1 n2 RefractVec + 2 copy 0 eq exch 0 eq and { tir } { ok } ifelse + } { + ReflectVec ok + } ifelse /n1 n2 def + 5 -2 roll 2 copy 7 2 roll X0 Y0 @ABVect Xin Yin DotProd 0 lt + PN 1 gt and { + pop missed + } if + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \begin{macro}{TransformRefIndex} +% If the refractive index on the stack is for the background (has value +% \opt{bgRefIndex}, which is \opt{0}), we replace it here with its actual +% value (\opt{1}). This is necessary to distinguish between background index +% and components having an index of \opt{1}, which can be changed with option +% \opt{n}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{n} \PSop{TransformRefIndex} \PSvar{n|1} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/TransformRefIndex { + dup bgRefIndex eq { pop 1 } if +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetRefIndex} +% Evaluate the refractive index of component \opt{name}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{name} \PSop{GetRefIndex} \PSvar{neval} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetRefIndex { + cvn load /n get /nbeam load exch + EvalRefIndex +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{EvalRefIndex} +% Evaluate the expression in \opt{nbeam} after setting refractive index to +% \opt{n}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{nbeam} \PSvar{n} \PSop{GetRefIndex} \PSvar{neval} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/EvalRefIndex { + dup bgRefIndex eq not { + 1 dict begin +% \end{macrocode} +% Store \opt{n} locally for evaluation of the mathematical expression in +% \opt{nbeam}. +% \begin{macrocode} + /n ED + exec + end + } if +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{Sellmaier} +% Calculate the refractive index for BK7 glass with the Sellmaier +% equation. The wavelength must be given in nanometre. The coefficients are +% taken from \href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sellmeier_equation}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{lambda} \PSop{Sellmaier} \PSvar{n} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/Sellmaier { + dup mul + dup dup 1.03961212 mul exch 6000.69867 sub div + exch dup dup 0.231792344 mul exch 20017.9144 sub div + exch dup 1.01046945 mul exch 103.560653e6 sub div + add add 1 add sqrt +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{TangentCrosspoint} +% Xp Yp Xt1 Yt1 Xt2 Yt2 +% \begin{macrocode} +/TangentCrosspoint { + 4 copy 4 copy 14 -2 roll 2 copy + 6 2 roll @ABVect neg exch + 6 2 roll @ABVect neg exch + 8 -2 roll VecAdd 10 2 roll VecAdd + @InterLines pop +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NearestNodeTmp} +% {NodeB} CompA -> shortest distance, planenum +% \begin{macrocode} +/NearestNodeTmp { + exch /NodeB ED + /dist -1 def + dup cvn load /N get dup 1 eq { + [ exch (N) ] + } { + [ exch 1 1 3 -1 roll { } for ] + } ifelse + { + 2 copy pop + GetIfcCenterCorr 2 copy + NodeB @ABDist + dist 0 lt { + /dist ED + ToVec /node ED + } { + dup dist lt { + /dist ED + ToVec /node ED + } { + pop pop pop + } ifelse + } ifelse + } forall + pop dist /node load +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{NearestNode} +% CompA/NodeA CombB/NodeB -> Coordinates of nodeA or the node of CompA which is nearest to nodeB +% \begin{macrocode} +/NearestNode { + (NearestNode) DebugBegin + dup xcheck not { nametostr } if /CompB ED + dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% CompA is a component +% \begin{macrocode} + nametostr /CompA ED + /CompB load dup xcheck not { +% \end{macrocode} +% CompB is a component +% \begin{macrocode} + /mindist -1 def + [ exch false GetInternalNodeNames ] + { @GetCenter ToVec + CompA NearestNodeTmp + exch dup mindist ge mindist 0 ge and { + pop pop + }{ + /mindist ED /minnodeA ED + } ifelse + } forall + minnodeA + } { + CompA NearestNodeTmp exch pop exec + } ifelse + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% else, it is a node and we already have the appropriate coordinates on the +% stack +% \begin{macrocode} + exec + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{RelFiberAngle} +% Calculate start angle of \cs{nccurve} from CompA to CompB +% +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xb Yb Xa Ya A B} \PSvar{fiberalign} \PSop{RelFiberAngle} \PSvar{angle} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/RelFiberAngle { + (RelFiberAngle) DebugBegin + /fiberalign ED + dup xcheck not { nametostr } if /CompB ED + dup xcheck not { nametostr } if /CompA ED + /CompA load xcheck { + /CompB load xcheck { +% \end{macrocode} +% both parameters are nodes, so the angle is that of the direct connection line. +% \begin{macrocode} + @ABVect exch atan + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% B is a component, and A is a node: the angle at node A is calculated through component B +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 copy @ABVect 6 2 roll pop pop 2 copy +% \end{macrocode} +% on stack: Xb-Xa Yb-Ya Xb Yb Xb Yb +% \begin{macrocode} + CompB (Center) NodeName @GetCenter +% \end{macrocode} +% on stack: Xb-Xa Yb-Ya Xb Yb Xb Yb Xbc Ybc +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 2 roll @ABVect 4 2 roll + CompB + fiberalign center eq { + RelFiberAngle@center + }{ + RelFiberAngle@ref + } ifelse + 2 copy exch atan + 7 3 roll 2 copy 9 -2 roll + DotProd 0 gt 5 1 roll DotProd 0 gt xor { 180 add } if + } ifelse + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% A is a component, B is insignificant +% +% discard coordinates of B +% \begin{macrocode} + 4 2 roll pop pop 2 copy + CompA (Center) NodeName @GetCenter + 4 2 roll @ABVect 4 2 roll +% \end{macrocode} +% on stack: Xac-Xa Yac-Xa Xa Ya +% \begin{macrocode} + CompA fiberalign center eq { + RelFiberAngle@center + }{ + RelFiberAngle@tref + } ifelse + 2 copy exch atan +% \end{macrocode} +% Xac-Xa Yac-Ya XaB-XaA YaB-YaA angleTrefline +% \begin{macrocode} + 5 1 roll DotProd 0 gt { 180 add } if + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{/RelFiberAngle@ref} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya CompA} \PSop{RelFiberAngle@ref} \PSvar{dX dY} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/RelFiberAngle@ref { + 3 1 roll pop pop + dup (A) NodeName exch (B) NodeName + @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter @ABVect +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{/RelFiberAngle@tref} +% Same as \PSname{RelFiberAngle@ref} but uses the transformed reference nodes. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{Xa Ya CompA} \PSop{RelFiberAngle@ref} \PSvar{dX dY} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/RelFiberAngle@tref { + 3 1 roll pop pop + dup (TrefA) NodeName exch (TrefB) NodeName + @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter @ABVect +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{/RelFiberAngle@center} +% \begin{macrocode} +/RelFiberAngle@center { + (Center) NodeName @GetCenter 4 2 roll @ABVect +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{getsubnode} +% subname node/name -> coordinates +% \begin{macrocode} +/getsubnode { + dup xcheck { + exch pop exec + } { + nametostr exch nametostr exch GetIfcCenter + } ifelse +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{connectInterfaces} +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSproc{vec} +% \end{pssyntax} +% InVec Center CenterTmp PrevMode relangle +% \begin{macrocode} +/connectInterfaces { + /relAngleTmp ED + PN 2 eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% initialize relAngle, the angle between plane connection and input vector +% \begin{macrocode} + pop @ABVect NormalizeVec 4 2 roll VecAngle /relAngleTmp ED + } if + PN 3 ge { + trans eq { +% \end{macrocode} +% previous plane was transmittive, recalculate the input vector +% \begin{macrocode} + @ABVect NormalizeVec 4 2 roll pop pop % remove Vec from stack + relAngleTmp matrix rotate dtransform + 4 2 roll pop pop + } { +% \end{macrocode} +% else, the previous plane was reflective, recalculate relAngle +% \begin{macrocode} + @ABVect NormalizeVec 4 2 roll VecAngle /relAngleTmp ED + } ifelse + } if + relAngleTmp +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{GetCompRange} +% \PSstring{basename} \PSvar{start stop} +% \PSop{GetCompRange} \PSstring{basenamestart} \ldots\ \PSstring{basenamestop} +% \begin{macrocode} +/GetCompRange { + 2 copy gt { 1 }{ -1 } ifelse 3 -1 roll + { exch dup 3 -1 roll inttostr strcat exch} for + pop +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{CorrectDipoleIfc} +% For a dipole which has two interface nodes (1) and (N) which are very close +% together ($\text{dist} < 10^{-7}$) or which coincide, the automatic angle +% estimation of the fiber connections does not work properly. So these +% interfaces are separated as less as possible so that the NearestNode +% procedure estimates two different distances. The changed nodes are saved +% only in the interface dictionaly as XCorr and YCorr. You must use these for +% the fiber connections. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{node1} \PSstring{node2} \PSstring{basename} \PSop{CorrectDipoleIfc} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/CorrectDipoleIfc { + (CorrectDipoleIfc) DebugBegin + dup dup 3 copy + 8 -1 roll dup 9 1 roll NodeName exch 7 -1 roll dup 7 1 roll NodeName + gsave + tx@Dict begin + STV CP T + exch @GetCenter 3 -1 roll @GetCenter + end + grestore + 4 copy @ABDist 1e-7 lt { +% \end{macrocode} +% The two nodes are closer together than $10^{-7}$, correct that to avoid +% problems with the angle direction when drawing fibers. +% \begin{macrocode} + 6 -1 roll + gsave + tx@Dict begin + STV CP T + (TrefA) NodeName @GetCenter 7 -1 roll + (TrefB) NodeName @GetCenter + end + grestore + @ABVect NormalizeVec 2 copy +% \end{macrocode} +% The floating-point precision of the Postscript interpreter is +% approximately 8 digits, so in order to have an effect, the nodes must +% be separated by $10^{-7}$ times the maximum coordinate value. +% \begin{macrocode} + 8 -2 roll abs exch abs max -1e-6 mul VecScale + 8 -2 roll cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + X Y VecAdd /YCorr exch def /XCorr exch def + end + end + 4 2 roll abs exch abs max 1e-6 mul VecScale + 4 2 roll cvn load begin + IfcName load begin + X Y VecAdd /YCorr exch def /XCorr exch def + end + end + } { + 10 { pop } repeat + } ifelse + DebugEnd +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{debug} +% Print out the last \opt{N} elements from the stack, checks for +% stackunderflow. I \opt{N} is negative, the complete stack is +% printed. Compared to the \PSvar{stack} operand, it prints the content of +% procedures and array, which we use a lot. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSvar{N} \PSop{debug} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/debug { + /@N ED count dup @N gt @N 0 ge and { pop @N } if + copy @N { == } repeat +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{debugComp} +% Print out all parameters and planes of the component \opt{compname}. +% \begin{pssyntax} +% \PSstring{compname} \PSop{debugComp} +% \end{pssyntax} +% \begin{macrocode} +/debugComp { + dup (debug comp ") exch strcat ("===============) strcat == + cvn load { + dup type /dicttype eq { + (plane----------------) == + { == == } forall + (-----------done) == + } { == } ifelse + == + } forall + (================== done) == +} bind def +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +end % tx@OptexpDict +% \end{macrocode} +%</prolog> +% \Finale +% \endinput +% +%<*indexstyle> +headings_flag 1 +heading_prefix "\\textbf{" +heading_suffix "}\n" +quote '"' +level '!' +actual '=' +preamble + "\\begin{theindex}\n" +item_1 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[15pt][l]{ -- }" +item_01 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[15pt][l]{ -- }" +item_x1 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent10pt\\makebox[15pt][l]{ -- }" +item_2 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[30pt][l]{ -- -- }" +item_12 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[30pt][l]{ -- -- }" +item_x2 + "\\par\\leavevmode\\hangindent20pt\\makebox[30pt][l]{ -- -- }" +%</indexstyle> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b1de09b794 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.ins @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2007-2012 by Christoph Bersch <usenet@bersch.net> +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2008/05/04 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% +%% The current maintainer of this work is Christoph Bersch. +%% +%% This work consists of the files pst-optexp.dtx and pst-optexp.ins +%% and the derived files +%% pst-optexp.sty, pst-optexp.tex, pst-optexp.pro. +%% +%% Distribution: +%% CTAN:graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.ins +%% CTAN:graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.dtx +%% CTAN:graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pdf +%% CTAN:graphics/pstricks/contrib/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-DE.pdf +%% +%% Unpacking: +%% tex pst-optexp.ins +%% +%% Documentation: +%% make doc +%% make doc-DE +%% make quickref +%% +%% Installation: +%% TDS:tex/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.sty +%% TDS:dvips/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pro +%% TDS:doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.pdf +%% TDS:doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-DE.pdf +%% TDS:doc/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp-quickref.pdf +%% TDS:source/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.ins +%% TDS:source/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.dtx +%% +\input docstrip.tex +\keepsilent + +\preamble + +This is a generated file. + +Project: pst-optexp +Version: 3.0 (2012/07/09) + +Copyright (C) 2007-2012 by Christoph Bersch <usenet@bersch.net> + +This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c +of this license or (at your option) any later version. +The latest version of this license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +version 2008/05/04 or later. + +This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". + +The current maintainer of this work is Christoph Bersch. + +This work consists of the files pst-optexp.dtx and pst-optexp.ins +and the derived files + pst-optexp.sty, pst-optexp.pro. + +\endpreamble + +\askforoverwritefalse + +\generate{\file{pst-optexp.sty}{\from{pst-optexp.dtx}{stylefile}} + \file{pst-optexp.ist}{\from{pst-optexp.dtx}{indexstyle}} + \usepostamble\empty% + \file{pst-optexp.pro}{\from{pst-optexp.dtx}{prolog}}} + +\obeyspaces +\Msg{*************************************************************} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *} +\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX: *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* pst-optexp.sty *} +\Msg{* pst-optexp.pro *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file pst-optexp.dtx *} +\Msg{* through LaTeX, preferably using the Makefile. *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *} +\Msg{* *} +\Msg{*************************************************************} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 03b23973d64..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/generic/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2455 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `pst-optexp.tex', -%% -%% IMPORTANT NOTICE: -%% -%% Package `pst-optexp.tex' -%% -%% Christoph Bersch <usenet _at_ bersch.net> -%% -%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms -%% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives -%% in directory CTAN:/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. -%% -%% DESCRIPTION: -%% `pst-optexp' is a PSTricks package to draw optical experimental setups -%% -%% HISTORY -> see file Changes -%% -%% Naming conventions: -%% macros starting with -%% \POS are _P_STricks _O_ptexp _S_trings -%% \POK are _P_STricks _O_ptexp _K_eys -%% \ifPOE are _P_STricks _O_pt_e_xp ifs -%% -\csname PSToptexpLoaded\endcsname -\let\PSToptexpLoaded\endinput -% -% -\def\fileversion{2.1} -\def\filedate{2009/11/05} -\message{`pst-optexp' v\fileversion, \filedate\space (CB)} -% -\edef\PstAtCode{\the\catcode`\@} \catcode`\@=11\relax -\pst@addfams{optexp} -\pstheader{pst-optexp.pro} -\def\pst@optexpdict{tx@OptexpDict begin } -\SpecialCoor -% -% -% IF's -% -\newif\ifPOE@variable -\newif\ifPOE@crystal@voltage -\newif\ifPOE@crystal@caxisinv -\newif\ifPOE@reverse -\newif\ifPOE@crystal@lamp -\newif\ifPOE@component@optional -\newif\ifPOE@debug@showoptdots -\newif\ifPOE@endbox -\newif\ifPOE@thicklens -\newif\ifPOE@usefiberstyle -\newif\ifPOE@connjoin -\newif\ifPOE@fiber@ -% -\newdimen\optboxwidth -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Strings -% -\def\POS@pol@polperp{perp} -\def\POS@pol@polparallel{parallel} -\def\POS@pol@polmisc{misc} -\def\POS@pol@polrcirc{rcirc} -\def\POS@pol@pollcirc{lcirc} -\def\POS@mirror@type@piezo{piezo} -\def\POS@mirror@type@plain{plain} -\def\POS@mirror@type@extended{extended} -\def\POS@optgrid@type@blazed{blazed} -\def\POS@optgrid@type@binary{binary} -% -\def\POS@lens@type@plainconvex{plainconvex} -\def\POS@lens@type@convexplain{convexplain} -\def\POS@lens@type@biconvex{biconvex} -\def\POS@lens@type@plainconcave{plainconcave} -\def\POS@lens@type@concaveplain{concaveplain} -\def\POS@lens@type@biconcave{biconcave} -% -\def\POS@labelref@relative{relative} -\def\POS@labelref@relgrav{relgrav} -\def\POS@labelref@global{global} -% -\edef\POS@filter@type@bandpass{bandpass} -\edef\POS@filter@type@bandstop{bandstop} -% -\edef\POS@coupler@type@none{none} -\edef\POS@coupler@type@elliptic{elliptic} -% -\edef\POS@optexp@top{top} -\edef\POS@optexp@bottom{bottom} -\edef\POS@optexp@center{center} -\edef\POS@optexp@closed{closed} -\edef\POS@optexp@opened{opened} -\edef\POS@optexp@basicname@default{tempNode@} -\edef\POS@optexp@basicname@postfix{Intern} -\edef\POS@optexp@extnode@postfix{ExtNode} -\edef\POS@detector@round{round} -\edef\POS@detector@diode{diode} -\edef\POS@bs@cube{cube} -\edef\POS@bs@plate{plate} -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% psstyles -% -\newpsstyle{OptionalStyle}{linestyle=dashed,dash=1.5pt 1pt}% -\newpsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{linestyle=none,% - hatchwidth=0.5\POK@mirror@linewidth, - hatchsep=1.4\POK@mirror@linewidth,% - fillstyle=hlines}% -\newpsstyle{PiezoMirror}{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!30}% -\newpsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=green!90!black,linewidth=\pslinewidth}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newBeam}{\newpsstyle{Beam}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoBeam}{\addtopsstyle{Beam}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{Fiber}{}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiber}{\newpsstyle{Fiber}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiber}{\addtopsstyle{Fiber}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{FiberIn}{style=Fiber}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn}{\newpsstyle{FiberIn}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn}{\addtopsstyle{FiberIn}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{FiberOut}{style=Fiber}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut}{\newpsstyle{FiberOut}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut}{\addtopsstyle{FiberOut}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{FiberIn1}{style=FiberIn}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn1}{\newpsstyle{FiberIn1}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn1}{\addtopsstyle{FiberIn1}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{FiberIn2}{style=FiberIn}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn2}{\newpsstyle{FiberIn2}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn2}{\addtopsstyle{FiberIn2}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{FiberOut1}{style=FiberOut}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut1}{\newpsstyle{FiberOut1}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut1}{\addtopsstyle{FiberOut1}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{style=FiberOut}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut2}{\newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut2}{\addtopsstyle{FiberOut2}{#1}} -% -\newpsstyle{OptComp}{}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newOptComp}{\newpsstyle{OptComp}{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoOptComp}{\addtopsstyle{OptComp}{#1}} -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Parameterdefinitions -% -% General -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@component@]{optional}[true]{} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{position}{\edef\POK@position{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{abspos}{\edef\POK@abspos{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{angle}{\edef\POK@angle{#1}} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{usefiberstyle}[true]{} -% -% Label -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelangle}{\edef\POK@label@angle{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labeloffset}{\edef\POK@label@offset{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelstyle}{\def\POK@label@style{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelalign}{\def\POK@label@align{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelref}{\edef\POK@label@ref{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{label}{% - \pst@expandafter\psset@@label{#1} {} {} {} {} {}\@nil -}% -% offset angle align ref -\def\psset@@label#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{% - \edef\@empty@dot{.}% - \edef\pst@temp{#4}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty@dot\else - \psset{labelref=#4} - \fi - \fi - \edef\pst@temp{#3} - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty@dot\else - \psset{labelalign=#3} - \fi - \fi - \edef\pst@temp{#2}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty@dot\else - \psset{labelangle=#2}% - \fi - \fi - \edef\pst@temp{#1}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty@dot\else - \psset{labeloffset=#1} - \fi - \fi -}% -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@label@]{innerlabel}[true]{} -% for internal use only -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ref@angle}{\edef\POK@label@refangle{#1}} -% labelrelative is obsolete -\define@choicekey[psset]{optexp}{labelrelative}[\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% - \ifcase\nr\relax - \psset{labelref=relative} - \or - \psset{labelref=global} - \fi - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{labelrelative is obsolete, please use labelref=relative instead} -} -% -% Debug -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@debug@]{showoptdots}[true]{} -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Parameters for free-ray components -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Lens -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensheight}{\edef\POK@lens@height{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lenswidth}{\edef\POK@lens@width{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradiusleft}{\edef\POK@lens@radiusLeft{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradiusright}{\edef\POK@lens@radiusRight{#1}} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{thicklens}[true]{} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradius}{% - \psset{lensradiusleft=#1,% - lensradiusright=#1}% - \edef\POK@lens@radius{#1}% -}% -% Lens Type (only for backward compatibility) -% 0 -> plainconvex -% 1 -> convexplain -% 2 -> biconvex -% 3 -> plainconcave -% 4 -> concaveplain -% 5 -> biconcave -% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lenstype}{% - \def\pst@tempA{#1} - \edef\POK@lens@type{% - \ifx\POS@lens@type@plainconvex\pst@tempA 0\else - \ifx\POS@lens@type@convexplain\pst@tempA 1\else - \ifx\POS@lens@type@biconvex\pst@tempA 2\else - \ifx\POS@lens@type@plainconcave\pst@tempA 3\else - \ifx\POS@lens@type@concaveplain\pst@tempA 4\else - \ifx\POS@lens@type@biconcave\pst@tempA 5% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi% -}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lens}{% - \pst@expandafter\psset@@lens{#1} {} {} {} {} {}\@nil -}% -\def\psset@@lens#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{% - \edef\pst@temp{#4}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \psset{lenswidth=#4}% - \fi - \edef\pst@temp{#3}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \psset{lensheight=#3} - \fi - \edef\pst@temp{#2}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty - \psset{lensradiusright=#1}% - \else - \psset{lensradiusright=#2}% - \fi - \psset{lensradiusleft=#1}% -}% -% -% Pinhole -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{innerheight}{\edef\POK@pinhole@iheight{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{iwidth}{% - \edef\POK@pinhole@iheight{#1}% - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{iwidth is obsolete, use innerheight instead} -} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{outerheight}{\edef\POK@pinhole@oheight{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{owidth}{% - \edef\POK@pinhole@oheight{#1}% - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{owidth is obsolete, use outerheight instead} -} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{phlinewidth}{\edef\POK@pinhole@linewidth{#1}} -% -% Beamsplitter -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bssize}{\edef\POK@bssize{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bsstyle}{\edef\POK@bsstyle{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bswidth}{% - \edef\POK@bssize{#1}% - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{bswidth is obsolete, use bssize instead}% -} -% -% Crystal -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalwidth}{\edef\POK@crystal@width{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalheight}{\edef\POK@crystal@height{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{caxislength}{\edef\POK@crystal@caxislength{#1}} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@crystal@]{voltage}[true]{} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@crystal@]{caxisinv}[true]{} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@crystal@]{lamp}[true]{} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lampscale}{\def\POK@lamp@scale{#1}} -% -% Mirror -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorwidth}{\edef\POK@mirror@width{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorlinewidth}{\edef\POK@mirror@linewidth{#1}} -%\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrortype}{\edef\POK@mirror@type{#1}}% piezo, extended, plain -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{mirrortype}[\val\nr]{piezo,extended,plain}% - {\edef\POK@mirror@type{#1}}% - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for mirrortype}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrordepth}{\edef\POK@mirror@depth{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorradius}{\edef\POK@mirror@radius{#1}} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{variable}[true]{} -% -% Grid -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridcount}{\edef\POK@optgrid@count{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridwidth}{\edef\POK@optgrid@width{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridheight}{\edef\POK@optgrid@height{#1}} -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{optgridtype}[\val\nr]{binary,blazed}% - {\edef\POK@optgrid@type{#1}} - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for optgridtype}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgriddepth}{\edef\POK@optgrid@depth{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridlinewidth}{\edef\POK@optgrid@linewidth{#1}} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{reverse}[true]{} -% -% Box -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxwidth}{% - \pssetlength\optboxwidth{#1}% - \edef\POK@optbox@width{#1}% -} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxheight}{\edef\POK@optbox@height{#1}} -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{endbox}[true]{} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{refractiveindex}{\edef\POK@optbox@n{#1}} -% -% Plate -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platelinewidth}{\edef\POK@plate@linewidth{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{plateheight}{\edef\POK@plate@height{#1}} -% -% Optical Retardation Plate -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platewidth}{\edef\POK@plate@width{#1}} -% -% Detector -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{detsize}{\edef\POK@detector@size{#1}} -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{dettype}[\val\nr]{round,diode}% - {\edef\POK@detector@type{\val}} - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for key dettype}} -% -% Polarization -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polwidth}{% - \edef\POK@polarization@size{#1}% - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{polwidth is obsolete, use polsize instead}% -} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polsize}{\edef\POK@polarization@size{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pollinewidth}{\edef\POK@polarization@linewidth{#1}} -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{poltype}[\val\nr]{parallel,misc,perp,rcirc,lcirc}% - {\edef\POK@pol@type{#1}} - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for key poltype}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pol}{% - \edef\POK@poltype{#1}% - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{pol is obsolete, use poltype instead}% -} -% -% Optical Diode -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optdiodesize}{\edef\POK@diode@size{#1}} -% -% Penta Prism -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pentaprismsize}{\edef\POK@pentaprism@size{#1}} -% -% Right-Angle Prism -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{raprismsize}{\edef\POK@raprism@size{#1}} -% -% Prism -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{prismsize}{\edef\POK@prism@size{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{prismangle}{\edef\POK@prism@angle{#1}} -% -% Dove Prism -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{doveprismsize}{\edef\POK@doveprism@size{#1}} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Parameters for fiber-optical components -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Fiber -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloops}{\edef\POK@fiber@count{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloopradius}{\edef\POK@fiber@radius{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloopsep}{\edef\POK@fiber@sep{#1}} -% -% Filter -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{filtersize}{\edef\POK@filter@size{#1}} -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{filtertype}[\val\nr]{bandstop,bandpass}% - {\edef\POK@filter@type{#1}}% - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for key filtertype}} -% -% Polarization controller -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polcontrolsize}{\edef\POK@polcontrol@size{#1}} -% -% Optical amplifier -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optampsize}{\edef\POK@optamp@size{#1}} -% -% Mach-Zehnder-Modulator -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optmzmsize}{\edef\POK@optmzm@size{#1}} -% -% Isolator -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{isolatorsize}{\edef\POK@isolator@size{#1}} -% -% Fiber polarizer -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberpolsize}{\edef\POK@fiberpol@size{#1}} -% -% Optical switch -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{switchsize}{\edef\POK@switch@size{#1}} -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{switchstyle}[\val\nr]{opened,closed}% - {\edef\POK@switch@style{#1}}% - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for key switchstyle}} -% -% Fiber delay line -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fdlsize}{\edef\POK@fdl@size{#1}} -% -% Fiber collimator -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fibercolsize}{\edef\POK@fibercol@size{#1}} -% -% Coupler -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{couplersize}{\edef\POK@coupler@size{#1}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{couplersep}{\edef\POK@coupler@sep{#1}} -\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{couplertype}[\val\nr]{none,elliptic}% - {\edef\POK@coupler@type{#1}}% - {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for key couplertype}} -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{align}{\edef\POK@align{#1}} -% -% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{compshift}{\edef\POK@comp@shift{#1}} -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Code for the extnode parameter (additional input node) -% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{extnoden@me}{\edef\POK@extnode@name{#1}} -% -% (this part was copied and adapted from \psset@@ref from pstricks.tex) -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{extnode}{% - \edef\POK@extnode{#1}% - \ifx\@empty\POK@extnode\else - \pst@expandafter\psset@@extnode{#1}\@empty,,\@nil - \fi -}% -\def\POK@xref{0}% -\def\POK@yref{0}% -\def\psset@@extnode#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% - \def\POK@xref{0}% - \def\POK@yref{0}% - \ifx\@empty#3\@empty - \@nameuse{getref@optexp@#1}% - \@nameuse{getref@optexp@#2}% - \else - \pst@checknum{#1#2}\POK@xref% - \pst@checknum{#3}\POK@yref% - \fi}% -\def\getref@optexp@c{}% -\def\getref@optexp@t{\def\POK@yref{1}}% -\def\getref@optexp@b{\def\POK@yref{-1}}% -\def\getref@optexp@l{\def\POK@xref{-1}}% -\def\getref@optexp@r{\def\POK@xref{1}}% -% -% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{rotateref}{% - \def\pst@temp{#1}% - \ifx\@empty\pst@temp\else - \pst@expandafter\psset@@rotateref{#1}\@empty,,\@nil - \fi -}% -\def\POK@rotate@xref{0}% -\def\POK@rotate@yref{0}% -\def\psset@@rotateref#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% - \def\POK@rotate@xref{0}% - \def\POK@rotate@yref{0}% - \ifx\@empty#3\@empty - \@nameuse{getref@optexp@rotate@#1}% - \@nameuse{getref@optexp@rotate@#2}% - \else - \pst@checknum{#1#2}\POK@rotate@xref% - \pst@checknum{#3}\POK@rotate@yref% - \fi}% -\def\getref@optexp@rotate@c{}% -\def\getref@optexp@rotate@t{\def\POK@rotate@yref{1}}% -\def\getref@optexp@rotate@b{\def\POK@rotate@yref{-1}}% -\def\getref@optexp@rotate@l{\def\POK@rotate@xref{-1}}% -\def\getref@optexp@rotate@r{\def\POK@rotate@xref{1}}% -% -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% THIS IS THE COMPLETE AND NEW CODE FOR ALL CONNECTIONS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{b@sicname}{% - \edef\pst@temp{#1}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty% - \edef\POK@basicname{\POS@optexp@basicname@default}% - \else% - \edef\POK@basicname{#1\POS@optexp@basicname@postfix}% - \fi% -}% -\def\POE@complist{}% -\g@addto@macro{\endpspicture}{\gdef\POE@complist{}}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{@compname}{% - \edef\POK@compname{#1}% - \psset{b@sicname=#1}% - \psset{extnoden@me=#1\POS@optexp@extnode@postfix}% - % check if compname was already defined - \ifx\POK@compname\@empty\else - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#1,}{,\POE@complist,}% - \ifin@ - \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}% - {^^Jcompname '#1' already used. Previously defined nodes will be overwritten!^^J}% - \else - % Use definition of \XKV@addtolist@x with an \xdef instead of \edef in order - % to keep the bookkeeping global - \xdef\POE@complist{\POE@complist\ifx\POE@complist\@empty\else,\fi#1}% - \fi - \fi -}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{connjoin}{% - \edef\pst@temp{#1}% - \ifnum\pst@temp<0 - \POE@connjoinfalse - \else\ifnum\pst@temp>2 - \POE@connjoinfalse - \else - \POE@connjointrue - \edef\POK@connjoin{\pst@temp} - \fi\fi -}% -\define@key[psset]{optexp}{conn}{% - \edef\pst@tempg{#1}% - \expandafter\psset@@conn\pst@tempg\@empty-\@empty\@nil - \if@pst\else - \pstrickserr{Bad connection specification: #1}\@ehpa - \fi -}% -\def\psset@@conn#1-#2\@empty#3\@nil{% - \@psttrue - \def\next##1,#1-##2,##3\@nil{\def\pst@tempg{##2}}% - \expandafter\next\pst@optexp@conntable,#1-#1,\@nil - \@ifundefined{psoe@cs@in@\pst@tempg}% - {\@pstfalse\def\psk@connIn{}}% - {\edef\psk@connIn{psoe@cs@in@\pst@tempg}}% - \@ifundefined{psoe@cs@out@#2}% - {\@pstfalse\def\psk@connOut{}}% - {\def\psk@connOut{psoe@cs@out@#2}}% -}% -\def\psk@connIn{}% -\def\psk@connOut{}% -% this is the conntable for the direct drawing of the connections -\def\pst@optexp@conntable{,o-o,i-i,f-f}% -% -\def\psoe@cs@out@{}% -\def\psoe@cs@in@{}% -\def\psoe@cs@in@o{\psline[style=Beam](\POS@optexp@basicname@default A)(\optexp@nodeA)}% -\def\psoe@cs@out@o{\psline[style=Beam](\optexp@nodeB)(\POS@optexp@basicname@default B)}% -\def\psoe@cs@in@f{% - \pccurve[angleA=!\pst@optexpdict FiberAngleA end, - angleB=!\pst@optexpdict FiberAngleB end, - style=FiberIn](\POS@optexp@basicname@default A)(\optexp@nodeA)% -}% -\def\psoe@cs@out@f{% - \pccurve[angleA=!\pst@optexpdict FiberAngleA end, - angleB=!\pst@optexpdict FiberAngleB end, - style=FiberOut](\optexp@nodeB)(\POS@optexp@basicname@default B)% -}% -\def\psoe@cs@in@i{% - \def\pst@par{style=Beam} - \begin@OpenObj - \addto@pscode{% - [ - \pst@optexpdict - (\POK@basicname) false GetInternalBeamNodes - /N@\POS@optexp@basicname@default A tx@NodeDict begin load GetCenter end - end - }% - \psline@ii -}% -\def\psoe@cs@out@i{% - \def\pst@par{style=Beam} - \begin@OpenObj - \addto@pscode{% - [ - \pst@optexpdict - /N@\POS@optexp@basicname@default B tx@NodeDict begin load GetCenter end - (\POK@basicname) false GetInternalBeamNodes - end - }% - \psline@ii -}% -% -% -\def\drawbeam{% - \def\conntable{,a-a,b-b,A-A,B-B}% - \begingroup - \psset{style=Beam}% - \pst@object{drawbeam} -}% -\def\drawbeam@i#1#2{% - \def\pst@tempA{\pst@optexp@getfirstchar#1\@nil}% - \def\pst@tempB{\pst@optexp@getfirstchar#2\@nil}% - \ifPOE@connjoin - \psset{linejoin=\POK@connjoin}% - \fi - \begin@OpenObj% - \if(\pst@tempB - % second parameter is a node - \pst@optexp@@getcoor#2 - \def\psk@connOut{pst@coor}% - \else - \pst@optexp@check@compname{#2}% - \edef\POK@basicnameB{#2\POS@optexp@basicname@postfix}% - \fi - \if(\pst@tempA - % % first parameter is a node - \pst@optexp@@getcoor#1% - \def\psk@connIn{pst@coor}% - \else - \pst@optexp@check@compname{#1}% - \edef\POK@basicnameA{#1\POS@optexp@basicname@postfix}% - \fi - \let\POK@basicname\POK@basicnameB - \addto@pscode{[ \@nameuse{\psk@connOut}}% - \let\POK@basicname\POK@basicnameA - \addto@pscode{\@nameuse{\psk@connIn}}% - \psline@ii - \endgroup -\ignorespaces}% -% -\def\pst@optexp@check@compname#1{% - % check if 'compname' is defined - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#1,}{,\POE@complist,}% - \ifin@\else - \PackageError{pst-optexp}{^^Jcompname '#1' undefined!^^J} - \fi -}% -\def\pst@optexp@getfirstchar#1#2\@nil{#1}% -\def\pst@optexp@@getcoor(#1){% - \pst@@getcoor{#1}% -\ignorespaces}% -% -% IN -\def\psoe@cs@in@a{tx@NodeDict begin /N@\POK@basicname 1 load GetCenter end }% -\def\psoe@cs@in@A{\pst@optexpdict (\POK@basicname) true GetInternalBeamNodes end }% -\def\psoe@cs@in@b{tx@NodeDict begin /N@\POK@basicname N load GetCenter end }% -\def\psoe@cs@in@B{\pst@optexpdict (\POK@basicname) false GetInternalBeamNodes end }% -% -% OUT -% -\def\psoe@cs@out@a{tx@NodeDict begin N@\POK@basicname 1 GetCenter end }% -\def\psoe@cs@out@A{\pst@optexpdict (\POK@basicname) false GetInternalBeamNodes end }% -\def\psoe@cs@out@b{tx@NodeDict begin N@\POK@basicname N GetCenter end }% -\def\psoe@cs@out@B{\pst@optexpdict (\POK@basicname) true GetInternalBeamNodes end }% -% -% -\define@choicekey[psset]{optexp}{beam}[\val\nr]{}[]{% - \psset{conn=i-o}% -} -\define@choicekey[psset]{optexp}{fiber}[\val\nr]{}[]{% - \psset{conn=f-f, fiber@=true}% -} -% -% The fiber@ parameter is for internal use only to allow using \pscustom and connjoin -% when drawing internal beams. -\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiber@}[true]{} -\def\optexp@nodeA{\POK@basicname 1}% -\def\optexp@nodeB{\POK@basicname N}% -\def\optexp@node#1{\POK@basicname #1}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% END %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% BASIC MACROS -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -\def\pst@OptexpVerb#1{\pst@Verb{\pst@optexpdict #1 end }}% -\def\begin@OptexpObj{% - \define@key[psset]{optexp}{compname}{\psset{@compname=##1}} - \pst@killglue - \begingroup - \pst@OptexpVerb{InitOptexpComp}% - \use@par - % Usually the shift refers to the y-direction, shifting in x-direction - % is done by 'abspos' or 'position' - \let\POK@comp@Yshift\POK@comp@shift% - \def\POK@comp@Xshift{0}% -}% -\def\begin@OptexpMultipole{% - \begin@OptexpObj - % for multipoles the default shifting is in x-direction - \let\POK@comp@Xshift\POK@comp@shift% - \def\POK@comp@Yshift{0}% -}% -\def\end@OptexpObj{% - \pst@OptexpVerb{(\POS@optexp@basicname@default) (\POK@basicname) CloseOptexpComp}% - \endgroup - \ignorespaces% -}% -\let\end@OptexpDipole\end@OptexpObj -\let\end@OptexpMultipole\end@OptexpObj -% -% Command analog to addbefore@par which is defined in pstricks.tex -% addafter@par inserts new options at the _end_ of the current token register. -% This can be useful to preset options that are not allowed to be changed by the -% user. -% -\def\addafter@par#1{% - \ifx\pst@par\@empty - \def\pst@par{#1}% - \else - \toks@{#1}% - \pst@toks\expandafter{\pst@par}% - \edef\pst@par{\the\pst@toks,\the\toks@}% - \fi% -}% -\def\getCLWH{CLW \pst@number\psxunit 2 mul div\space}% -\def\getCLW{CLW \pst@number\psxunit div\space}% -% Define new node '#3' which is shifted by (#1) relative to an existing -% node '#2' -\def\defShiftedNode(#1)(#2)#3{% - \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempOrig% - \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempDiff% - \pnode(!% - \pst@tempDiff \pst@tempOrig - 3 -1 roll add \pst@number\psyunit div - 3 1 roll add \pst@number\psxunit div exch){#3}% -}% -% -% New high-level macros -% 1) Allow a compressed notation of all provided elements, as most of the organizing code -% is mostly equal. -% -% 2) Provide a rather easy-to-use interface for the user to allow new user-defined elements -% -\def\newOptexpDipole{\@ifnextchar[{\new@optexpdipole}{\new@optexpdipole[]}} -\def\newOptexpDipoleNolabel{\@ifnextchar[{\new@optexpdipolenolabel}{\new@optexpdipolenolabel[]}} -\def\newOptexpTripole{\@ifnextchar[{\new@optexptripole}{\new@optexptripole[]}} -\def\newOptexpFiberDipole{\@ifnextchar[{\new@optexpfiberdipole}{\new@optexpfiberdipole[]}} -\def\newOptexpFiberQuadrupole{\@ifnextchar[{\new@optexpfiberquadrupole}{\new@optexpfiberquadrupole[]}} -\def\new@optexpfiberdipole[#1]#2#3{% - \new@optexpdipole[fiber,#1]{#2}{#3}% -}% -% -\def\draw@InternalConnections{% - \ifPOE@endbox - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn} - \else - \ifPOE@fiber@ - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn} - \@nameuse{\psk@connOut} - \else - \ifPOE@connjoin - \def\tmp@A{psoe@cs@in@i}% - \ifx\tmp@A\psk@connIn - \def\tmp@B{psoe@cs@out@o} - \ifx\tmp@B\psk@connOut - \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POK@connjoin]{\@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}}% - \else\ifx\@empty\psk@connOut - \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POK@connjoin]{\@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}}% - \else - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}% - \fi\fi - \else - \def\tmp@A{psoe@cs@out@i}% - \ifx\tmp@A\psk@connOut - \def\tmp@B{psoe@cs@in@o} - \ifx\tmp@B\psk@connIn - \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POK@connjoin]{\@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}}% - \else\ifx\@empty\psk@connIn - \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POK@connjoin]{\@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}}% - \else - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}% - \fi\fi - \else - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}% - \fi - \fi - \else - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}\@nameuse{\psk@connOut}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -}% -% -% Creates new macros ...@i and ...@ii which provide most code for the arrangement -% of the objects. A tempNode@Label is predefined as well as two internal nodes if compname is -% defined. -% ...@iii must be defined manually and should contain all the stroking code -\def\new@optexpdipole[#1]#2#3{% - \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% - \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% - \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2)##3{% - \addbefore@par{#3}% - \addafter@par{#1}% - \pst@regNodes{##1}{##2} - \begin@OptexpObj - \pst@adjustTempNodes - \pst@draw@component{##3}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} - % connect - \draw@InternalConnections - \end@OptexpObj - }% - \@namedef{#2@ii}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% - \@nameuse{#2@iii}% - }% - }{% - \@pstrickserr{OptExp dipole object `#2' already defined}\@eha}% -\ignorespaces}% -% -% Equivalent to new@optexdipole, only that objects without labels are created. -\def\new@optexpdipolenolabel[#1]#2#3{% - \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% - \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% - \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2){% - \addbefore@par{#3}% - \addafter@par{#1}% - \pst@regNodes{##1}{##2} - \begin@OptexpObj - \pst@adjustTempNodes - \pst@draw@component{}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} - % connect - \draw@InternalConnections - \end@OptexpObj - }% - \@namedef{#2@ii}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% - \@nameuse{#2@iii}% - }% - }{% - \@pstrickserr{OptExp dipole object `#2' already defined}\@eha}% -\ignorespaces}% -% -% Equivalent to new@optexpdipole for tripole objects. -\def\new@optexptripole[#1]#2#3{% - \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% - \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% - \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2)(##3)##4{% - \addbefore@par{#3}% - \addafter@par{ref@angle=180,#1}% - \pst@calcNodes{##1}{##2}{##3} - \begin@OptexpMultipole - \pst@draw@component{##4}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} - % adjust tempNode@A and tempNode@B for the connections - % \pnode(##1){tempNode@A} - % \pnode(##3){tempNode@B} - % check if node must be switched, therefore we implement this - % directly as PS code - \pst@getcoor{##1}\pst@tempA% - \pst@getcoor{##3}\pst@tempB% - \pst@Verb{% - \pst@optexpdict - tx@NodeDict begin - {\pst@tempA } false chirality 0 le { /N@tempNode@B }{ /N@tempNode@A } ifelse - 10 {InitPnode } NewNode - {\pst@tempB } false chirality 0 le { /N@tempNode@A }{ /N@tempNode@B } ifelse - 10 {InitPnode } NewNode - end end - }% - \draw@InternalConnections - \end@OptexpMultipole - }% - \@namedef{#2@ii}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% - \@nameuse{#2@iii}% - }% - }{% - \@pstrickserr{OptExp tripole object `#2' already defined}\@eha}% -\ignorespaces}% -% -% -\def\new@optexpfiberquadrupole[#1]#2#3{% - \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% - \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% - \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2)(##3)(##4)##5{% - \addbefore@par{#3}% - \addafter@par{#1}% - % - \begin@OptexpObj - % - \ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@top - \pnode(##1){tempNode@A} - \pnode(##3){tempNode@B} - \else\ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@bottom - \pnode(##2){tempNode@A} - \pnode(##4){tempNode@B} - \else - \pst@getcoor{##1}\pst@tempA% - \pst@getcoor{##2}\pst@tempB% - \pnode(!\pst@tempA\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@tempB\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@optexpdict mwNode end){tempNode@A} - \pst@getcoor{##3}\pst@tempA% - \pst@getcoor{##4}\pst@tempB% - \pnode(!\pst@tempA\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@tempB\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@optexpdict mwNode end){tempNode@B} - \fi\fi - % - \pst@draw@component{##5}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} - % - % connect the fibers - \psset{angleA=! \pst@optexpdict FiberAngleA end, - angleB=! \pst@optexpdict FiberAngleB end} - \pccurve[style=FiberIn1](##1)(tempNode@A@1) - \pccurve[style=FiberIn2](##2)(tempNode@A@2) - \pccurve[style=FiberOut1](tempNode@B@1)(##3) - \pccurve[style=FiberOut2](tempNode@B@2)(##4) - \end@OptexpObj - }% - \@namedef{#2@ii}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \@nameuse{#2@iii}% - }% - }{% - \@pstrickserr{OptExp fiber quadrupole object `#2' already defined}\@eha}% -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% Fiber tripole macros -% -\def\wdmsplitter{\pst@object{wdmsplitter}}% -\def\wdmsplitter@i(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% - \begin@OptexpObj - \pnode(#1){tempNode@A} - \ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@top - \pnode(#2){tempNode@B} - \else\ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@bottom - \pnode(#3){tempNode@B} - \else - \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempA% - \pst@getcoor{#3}\pst@tempB% - \pnode(!\pst@tempA\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@tempB\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@optexpdict mwNode end){tempNode@B} - \fi\fi - % - \pst@draw@component{#4}\wdmsplitter@ii - % - % default connection angles - \psset{angleA=! \pst@optexpdict FiberAngleA end, - angleB=! \pst@optexpdict FiberAngleB end} - % - % connect the fibers - \pccurve[style=FiberIn](#1)(tempNode@A@) - \pccurve[style=FiberOut1](tempNode@B@1)(#2) - \pccurve[style=FiberOut2](tempNode@B@2)(#3) - \end@OptexpObj -}% -% -% -\def\wdmcoupler{\pst@object{wdmcoupler}}% -\def\wdmcoupler@i(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% - \begin@OptexpObj - \pnode(#3){tempNode@B} - \ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@top - \pnode(#1){tempNode@A} - \else\ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@bottom - \pnode(#2){tempNode@A} - \else - \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempA% - \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempB% - \pnode(!\pst@tempA\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@tempB\pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@optexpdict mwNode end){tempNode@A} - \fi\fi - % - \pst@draw@component{#4}\wdmcoupler@ii - % - % default connection angles - \psset{angleA=! \pst@optexpdict FiberAngleA end, - angleB=! \pst@optexpdict FiberAngleB end} - % - % connect the fibers - \pccurve[style=FiberOut](tempNode@B@)(#3) - \pccurve[style=FiberIn1](#1)(tempNode@A@1) - \pccurve[style=FiberIn2](#2)(tempNode@A@2) - \end@OptexpObj -}% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Some of the components need three points to be positioned. -% These are: -% -% 1. starting point of the beam (in the PS-Code: (XA,YA)) -% 2. reflection point on the surface (XG, YG) -% 3. end point (XB,YB) -% -% With these three points \pst@calcNodes calculates two new points 'tempNode@A' -% and 'tempNode@B', between which the component is placed by the macro -% \pst@draw@component in the way, that 'angle of incidence' == 'angle of deflection' -% regarding the reflection surface (mirror, diagonal of the beamsplitter, -% grid etc.) -% -\def\pst@calcNodes#1#2#3{{% - \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempa% - \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempb% - \pst@getcoor{#3}\pst@tempc% - \pnode(!% - \pst@optexpdict - \pst@tempa \pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@tempc \pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - \pst@tempb \pst@number\psyunit div exch \pst@number\psxunit div exch - calcNodes - /ExchCoorSwitch - Y@A X@A neg Y@B X@B neg ExchCoor def - X@A Y@A end){tempNode@A}% - \pnode(! \pst@optexpdict X@B Y@B end){tempNode@B}% -}\ignorespaces}% -% -% -% If a macro needs only two points, they are equivalent to -% 'tempNode@A' and 'tempNode@B'. But for easier implementation of other -% macros the given points are assigned to the temporary nodes. -% -\def\pst@regNodes#1#2{% - \pnode(#1){tempNode@A} - \pnode(#2){tempNode@B} -\ignorespaces}% -\def\pst@adjustTempNodes{% - \pst@Verb{tx@NodeDict begin N@tempNode@A GetCenter N@tempNode@B GetCenter end - \pst@optexpdict ExchCoor dup end - {/@xref \POK@xref\space neg def /@yref \POK@yref\space neg def} - {/@xref \POK@xref\space def /@yref \POK@yref\space def} ifelse - \pst@optexpdict /ExchCoorSwitch ED end - tx@OptexpDict /chirality known not {\pst@optexpdict /chirality 1 def - end } if - }% -\ignorespaces}% -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Some other usefuls macros -% -% Define a new node #3 shifted by (#1) relative to existing node #2. -% Aditionally rotate the new node by #4 degree around existing node as origin. -% -\def\pst@defShiftedRotLabelNode(#1)#2#3#4{% - \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempDiff% - \pnode(!% - \pst@tempDiff /YDiff ED /XDiff ED % - /N@#2 load GetCenter /YShifted ED /XShifted ED - /rot@angle #4 \POK@label@refangle\space add def - /XDiff@Rot rot@angle cos XDiff mul rot@angle sin YDiff mul add def - /YDiff@Rot rot@angle cos YDiff mul rot@angle sin XDiff mul sub def - XShifted XDiff@Rot add \pst@number\psxunit div - YShifted YDiff@Rot add \pst@number\psyunit div neg - ){#3}% - % reset reference label to 0 - \psset{ref@angle=0} -}% -% -% Define a new node #3 that is shifted by (#1) -% with respect to the existing node #2 -\def\pst@defShiftedLabelNode(#1)#2#3{% - \pst@defShiftedRotLabelNode(#1){#2}{#3}{0}% -}% -% -% Used to put the label for labelref=relative -% -\def\put@RelLabel#1{% - \nput[labelsep=0]{\POK@label@angle}% - {tempNode@LabelShifted}% - {\rput[\POK@label@align](0,0){\POK@label@style #1}}% -}% -% -% Place the component in argument #1 and define a new node 'tempNode@LabelShifted' -% for positioning of the label -\def\put@Comp#1{% - \rput(\POK@comp@Xshift,\POK@comp@Yshift){% - #1% - \pst@defShiftedRotLabelNode(0,\POK@label@offset)% - {tempNode@Label}% - {tempNode@LabelShifted}% - {\POK@label@angle}% - }% -}% -% -% Positioning of the label depending on the reference coordinates. -% Needs possibly a previously defined node tempNode@LabelShifted which -% marks exactly the position of the label relative to the component. -% This is defined by calling \put@Comp. -% -% Parameter 'labelref' which sets the reference coordinates can have -% the values -% global => labelangle rotates the label origin in global coordinate -% system, text is not rotated -% relgrav => labelangle rotates the label origin relativ to the local -% coordinate system of the component, text is not rotated -% relative => as relgrav but text is rotated together with object. -% -\def\put@Label#1{% - \def\pst@temp{#1}% - \ifx\pst@temp\@empty\else - \ifx\POK@label@ref\POS@labelref@global - % - % global - \nput[labelsep=\POK@label@offset]% - {\POK@label@angle}% - {tempNode@Label}% - {\rput[\POK@label@align](0,0){\POK@label@style #1}}% - % - \else\ifx\POK@label@ref\POS@labelref@relgrav - % - % relgrav - \rput[\POK@label@align](tempNode@LabelShifted){\POK@label@style #1}% - % - \else\ifx\POK@label@ref\POS@labelref@relative - % - % relative - \begingroup - % - % Redefine InitNC only for positioning of the label with - % labelref=relative - % - \pst@def{InitNC}< % kindly contributed by Herbert Voss - /b ED /a ED % second and first node - /NodeSepTypeB ED /NodeSepTypeA ED - /NodeSepB ED /NodeSepA ED - /OffsetB ED /OffsetA ED - tx@NodeDict a known tx@NodeDict b known and dup { - /NodeA a load def /NodeB b load def - NodeA GetCenter NodeB GetCenter % xA yA xB yB - 4 copy exch 4 -1 roll 2 copy gt % yA yB xB xA -% 4 copy pop exch pop le % xA xB - { pop pop pop pop /yB ED /xB ED /yA ED /xA ED } - { eq 3 1 roll lt and - { /yB ED /xB ED /yA ED /xA ED} - { /yA ED /xA ED /yB ED /xB ED} ifelse - } ifelse - } if >% - % - \ncline[linestyle=none,fillstyle=none,npos=]{tempNode@A}{tempNode@B}% - % - % - \ifx\POK@position\@empty - \ifx\POK@abspos\@empty - \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=]{\put@RelLabel{#1}} - \else - \nlput[nrot=:U](tempNode@A)(tempNode@B){\POK@abspos}{\put@RelLabel{#1}} - \fi - \else - \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=\POK@position]{\put@RelLabel{#1}} - \fi - % - \endgroup - \fi\fi\fi - \fi -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FREE-RAY COMPONENTS -% -% DIPOLES -% -\newOptexpDipole{lens}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{pinhole}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{crystal}{}% -\newOptexpDipoleNolabel{polarization}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{optbox}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{optplate}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{optretplate}{}% -\newOptexpDipole[endbox]{optdetector}{}% -\@ifundefined{PSTcircLoaded}{\newpsobject{detector}{optdetector}}{}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{optdiode}{}% -\newOptexpDipole{doveprism}{}% -% -% TRIPOLES -% -\newOptexpTripole{mirror}{}% -\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{beamsplitter}{}% -\newOptexpTripole{optgrid}{}% -\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{pentaprism}{}% -\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{rightangleprism}{}% -\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{optprism}{}% -% -% SPECIAL OBJECTS -% -\def\optdipole{\pst@object{optdipole}} -\def\optdipole@i(#1)(#2)#3#4{% - \pst@regNodes{#1}{#2} - \begin@OptexpObj - \pst@adjustTempNodes - \pst@draw@component{#4}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% - #3 - }% - \draw@InternalConnections - \end@OptexpObj -}% -\def\opttripole{\pst@object{opttripole}} -\def\opttripole@i(#1)(#2)(#3)#4#5{% - \pst@calcNodes{#1}{#2}{#3} - \begin@OptexpMultipole - \pst@draw@component{#5}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% - #4 - }% - % adjust tempNode@A and tempNode@B for the connections - % \pnode(##1){tempNode@A} - % \pnode(##3){tempNode@B} - % check if node must be switched, therefore we implement this - % directly as PS code - \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempA% - \pst@getcoor{#3}\pst@tempB% - \pst@Verb{% - \pst@optexpdict - tx@NodeDict begin - {\pst@tempA } false chirality 0 le { /N@tempNode@B }{ /N@tempNode@A } ifelse - 10 {InitPnode } NewNode - {\pst@tempB } false chirality 0 le { /N@tempNode@A }{ /N@tempNode@B } ifelse - 10 {InitPnode } NewNode - end end - }% - \draw@InternalConnections - \end@OptexpMultipole -}% -\def\fibercollimator{\pst@object{fibercollimator}} -\def\fibercollimator@i(#1)(#2){% - \addbefore@par{conn=o-f} - \def\pst@tempA{#1}% - \def\pst@tempB{#2}% - \def\pst@tempC{}% - \def\pst@tempD{}% - \pst@regNodes{\pst@tempA}{\pst@tempB} - \pst@adjustTempNodes - \@ifnextchar({\fibercollimator@ii}{\fibercollimator@iv}% -}% -% -\def\fibercollimator@ii(#1){% - \def\pst@tempC{#1}% - \@ifnextchar({\fibercollimator@iii}{\fibercollimator@iv}% -}% -% -\def\fibercollimator@iii(#1)#2{% - \def\pst@tempD{#1}% - \fibercollimator@iv{#2}% -} -\def\fibercollimator@iv#1{% - \begin@OptexpObj - \pst@draw@component{#1}{% - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% - \fibercollimator@v% - }% - \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}% - \ifx\@empty\pst@tempC - \@nameuse{\psk@connOut}% - \else\ifx\@empty\pst@tempD - \psbezier[style=FiberOut](\pst@tempC)(\pst@tempB)(\pst@tempB)(\optexp@nodeB)% - \else - \psbezier[style=FiberOut](\pst@tempD)(\pst@tempC)(\pst@tempB)(\optexp@nodeB)% - \fi\fi - \end@OptexpObj -}% -% \def\fibercollimator@i(#1)(#2){% -% \addbefore@par{conn=o-f} -% \def\pst@tempA{#1}% -% \def\pst@tempB{#2}% -% \@ifnextchar({\fibercollimator@ii}{\fibercollimator@iii}% -% }% -% % -% \def\fibercollimator@ii(#1)#2{% -% \pst@regNodes{\pst@tempA}{\pst@tempB} -% \pst@adjustTempNodes -% \begin@OptexpObj -% \pst@draw@component{#2}{% -% \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% -% \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% -% \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% -% \fibercollimator@iv% -% }% -% \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}% -% \psbezier[style=FiberOut](#1)(\pst@tempB)(\pst@tempB)(\optexp@nodeB)% -% \end@OptexpObj -% }% -% % -% \def\fibercollimator@iii#1{% -% \pst@regNodes{\pst@tempA}{\pst@tempB} -% \begin@OptexpObj -% \pst@adjustTempNodes -% \pst@draw@component{#1}{% -% \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label}% -% \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeA}% -% \pnode(0,0){\optexp@nodeB}% -% \fibercollimator@iv% -% }% -% \@nameuse{\psk@connIn}% -% \@nameuse{\psk@connOut}% -% \end@OptexpObj -% }% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FIBER COMPONENTS -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfiber}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optamp}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optmzm}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfilter}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{polcontrol}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optisolator}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfiberpolarizer}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{optswitch}{} -\newOptexpFiberDipole{fiberdelayline}{} -\newOptexpFiberQuadrupole{optcoupler}{} -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% default settings -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\psset{% -% general - position=\@empty - ,abspos=\@empty - ,angle=0 - ,rotateref=c -% lens - ,lenswidth=0.2 - ,lensheight=1 - ,lenstype=\@empty - ,lensradius=\@empty - ,lensradiusleft=1 - ,lensradiusright=1 - ,thicklens=false -% pinhole - ,phlinewidth=2\pslinewidth - ,outerheight=1 - ,innerheight=0.1 -% beamsplitter - ,bssize=0.8 -% ,bsstyle=cube -% crystal - ,crystalwidth=1.4 - ,crystalheight=0.6 - ,caxislength=0.6 - ,lampscale=0.3 -% mirror - ,mirrorwidth=1 - ,mirrordepth=0.1 - ,mirrorradius=0 - % can't use the \POS@mirror@type@plain macro as \define@choicekey - % does not expand the list containing the alternatives - ,mirrortype=plain - ,mirrorlinewidth=2\pslinewidth - ,variable=false -% optgrid - ,optgridcount=10 - ,optgridwidth=1 - ,optgridheight=0.15 - ,optgriddepth=0.075 - ,optgridtype=blazed - ,optgridlinewidth=0.7\pslinewidth - ,reverse=false -% optbox - ,optboxwidth=1.4 - ,optboxheight=0.8 - ,refractiveindex=\@empty -% optplate - ,plateheight=1 - ,platelinewidth=2\pslinewidth -% optretplate - ,platewidth=0.1 -% detector - ,detsize=0.8 - ,dettype=round -% polarization - ,poltype=parallel - ,polsize=0.6 - ,pollinewidth=0.7\pslinewidth -% optdiode - ,optdiodesize=0.8 -% pentaprism - ,pentaprismsize=0.7 -% rightangleprism - ,raprismsize=1.5 -% optprism - ,prismsize=1 - ,prismangle=60 -% doveprism - ,doveprismsize=0.6 -% label - ,labeloffset=0.8 - ,labelangle=0 - ,labelstyle=\small - ,labelalign=c - ,labelref=relgrav - ,ref@angle=0 -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% fiber optics - ,@compname=\@empty - ,extnode=\@empty - ,fiberloops=3 - ,fiberloopradius=0.4 - ,fiberloopsep=0.3 - ,optmzmsize=0.8 - ,optampsize=0.8 - ,filtersize=0.8 - ,filtertype=bandpass - ,polcontrolsize=0.15 - ,isolatorsize=0.6 - ,fiberpolsize=0.6 - ,couplersize=0.2 - ,couplersep=0.05 - ,couplertype=elliptic - ,switchsize=0.8 - ,switchstyle=opened - ,fdlsize=0.6 - ,fibercolsize=0.3 - ,conn=- - ,usefiberstyle=false - ,bsstyle=cube - ,compshift=0 - ,connjoin=1 -}% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% DRAW COMPONENTS -% -% This macro is called by every unit -% -\def\pst@draw@component#1#2{% - % - \def\@@comp{% - #2 - \ifx\POK@extnode\@empty\else - \pnode(! \pst@optexpdict ExtNode end){\POK@extnode@name} - \fi - }% - \ifPOE@endbox% - \ifx\POK@label@offset\@empty - \psset{labeloffset=0} - \fi - \psset{position=1}% - \fi% - % - \ncline[linestyle=none,fillstyle=none,npos=]{tempNode@A}{tempNode@B}% - % - %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - % - % Positioning of the component - % - \begingroup - % - \psset{style=OptComp} - % - % linestyle to use, if component should be marked as optional - \ifPOE@component@optional - \psset{style=OptionalStyle}% - \fi - % if parameter 'position' is given, use it for 'npos' - \ifx\POK@position\@empty - % - % then check if absolute positioning is wanted - \ifx\POK@abspos\@empty - \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=]{\put@Comp{\@@comp}} - \else - \nlput[nrot=:U](tempNode@A)(tempNode@B){\POK@abspos}{\put@Comp{\@@comp}} - \fi - \else - \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=\POK@position]{\put@Comp{\@@comp}} - \fi - \endgroup - % - % Now put the label - \ifPOE@label@innerlabel - \ifdim\optboxwidth>0pt - \psset{labeloffset=0, labelref=relative} - \put@Label{\parbox{\optboxwidth}{#1}}% - \else - \put@Label{#1}% - \fi - \else - \put@Label{#1}% - \fi - % - % Show some special dots for debugging - \ifPOE@debug@showoptdots - \psdot[linecolor=red](tempNode@Label) - \psdot[linecolor=red](tempNode@LabelShifted) - \psdot[linecolor=black](tempNode@A) - \psdot[linecolor=black](tempNode@B) - \fi - % -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% IMPLEMENTATIONS OF ALL ...@iii MACROS -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% MIRROR -% -\def\mirror@iii{% - \edef\@mirror@ht{\POK@mirror@width\space\pst@number\psyunit mul 2 div }% - \edef\@mirror@dp{\POK@mirror@depth\space\pst@number\psxunit mul }% - \edef\@mirror@r{\POK@mirror@radius\space\pst@number\psxunit mul }% - \edef\@mirror@postcode{neg 5 -1 roll exch 5 2 roll 90 add exch 90 add exch ArcR }% - \edef\@mirror@extpostcode{neg \@mirror@dp add 5 -1 roll exch 5 2 roll 90 add exch 90 add }% - % - % - % concave mirrors - % - \ifdim\POK@mirror@radius pt<0pt - % always draw the input plane - \begin@OpenObj - \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict \@mirror@ht \@mirror@r rightConcave \@mirror@postcode end}% - \end@OpenObj - \ifx\POK@mirror@type\POS@mirror@type@extended - % - % extended concave mirror - \psset{style=ExtendedMirror} - \begin@ClosedObj - \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict \@mirror@ht \@mirror@r rightConcave \@mirror@postcode - \@mirror@ht \@mirror@r rightConcave \@mirror@extpostcode arc - closepath end}% - \end@ClosedObj - \fi - % - % - % convex mirrors - % - \else\ifdim\POK@mirror@radius pt>0pt - % always draw the input plane - \begin@OpenObj - \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict \@mirror@ht \@mirror@r rightConvex \@mirror@postcode end}% - \end@OpenObj - \ifx\POK@mirror@type\POS@mirror@type@extended - % - % extended convex mirror - \psset{style=ExtendedMirror} - \begin@ClosedObj - \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict \@mirror@ht \@mirror@r rightConvex \@mirror@postcode - \@mirror@ht \@mirror@r rightConvex \@mirror@extpostcode arcn - closepath end}% - \end@ClosedObj - \fi - \else - % - % plain mirror - % - \edef\@m@wd{\POK@mirror@width\space 2 div } - \ifPOE@variable - \psarc[linewidth=0.8\pslinewidth,arrowinset=0,arrowscale=0.8]{<->} - (! \@m@wd 0.4 sub 0){0.6}{-20}{20} - \psarc[linewidth=0.8\pslinewidth,arrowinset=0,arrowscale=0.8]{<->} - (! \@m@wd 0.4 sub neg 0){0.6}{160}{200} - \fi - \psline[linewidth=\POK@mirror@linewidth](! \@m@wd neg \getCLWH)(! \@m@wd \getCLWH) - % - % mirrortype - \ifx\POK@mirror@type\POS@mirror@type@piezo% - % - % piezo - \psframe[style=PiezoMirror,dimen=outer](! \@m@wd 4 div 0)(! \@m@wd -4 div \@m@wd 2.5 div) - \ifx\POK@extnode\@empty - \psbezier(! 0 \@m@wd 2.5 div)% - (! 0 \@m@wd 1.5 div)% - (! \@m@wd 2 div \@m@wd 2 div)% - (! \@m@wd 4 div \@m@wd)% - \else - \pst@Verb{/@@y0 \@m@wd 2.5 div def }% - \fi - \else\ifx\POK@mirror@type\POS@mirror@type@extended% - % - % extended - \psframe[style=ExtendedMirror]% - (! \@m@wd neg \POK@mirror@depth\space )% - (! \@m@wd 0)% - \fi\fi - \fi\fi -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% LENS -% -\def\lens@iii{% - % - % use old lens code to maintain backward compatibility - \ifx\POK@lens@type\@empty - % NEW CODE! - \begin@ClosedObj - \edef\@lens@newwd{0\space}% - \edef\@lens@wd{\POK@lens@width\space\pst@number\psxunit mul 2 div }% - \edef\@lens@th{0}% - \addto@pscode{% - \pst@optexpdict - /@wd \POK@lens@width\space\pst@number\psxunit mul 2 div def - /@ht \POK@lens@height\space\pst@number\psyunit mul 2 div def - /@rL \POK@lens@radiusLeft\space\pst@number\psxunit mul def - /@rR \POK@lens@radiusRight\space\pst@number\psxunit mul def - /@th 0 def - }% - % - % distinguish between all the different lens-combination possibilities - % - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusLeft pt=0pt\else - % this takes the /a1 definition from the leftC* procedures - % the macro is necessary for the outer nodes - \edef\@lens@newwd{% - \POK@lens@radiusLeft\space\POK@lens@height\space 2 div segLen - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusLeft pt<0pt - 0.5 mul - \fi\space - }% - % - \edef\@lens@th{\ifPOE@thicklens \POK@lens@width\space 2 div \else \POK@lens@radiusLeft\space\POK@lens@height\space 2 div segLen \fi}% - \addto@pscode{% - /@th \ifPOE@thicklens @wd \else @rL @ht segLen \fi def - @ht @rL - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusLeft pt<0pt - leftConcave - \else - leftConvex - \fi - }% - \fi - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusRight pt=0pt\else - % this takes the /a1 definition from the rightC* procedures - % the macro is necessary for the outer nodes - \edef\@lens@th{\@lens@th\space\ifPOE@thicklens \POK@lens@width\space 2 div\else \POK@lens@radiusRight\space\POK@lens@height\space 2 div segLen \fi\space add}% - \addto@pscode{% - /@th @th \ifPOE@thicklens @wd \else @rR @ht segLen \fi add def - @ht @rR - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusRight pt<0pt - rightConcave - \else - rightConvex - \fi - }% - \fi - % - % check some special cases - % - % 1) Left is plain - right concave - % \- right convex - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusLeft pt=0pt - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusRight pt=0pt\else - \addto@pscode{% - @th 2 div sub neg 5 1 roll - @th 2 div neg @ht neg moveto ArcR - @th 2 div neg @ht lineto - }% - \fi - \fi - % - % - % 2) Right is plain - left concave - % \- left convex - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusRight pt=0pt - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusLeft pt=0pt\else - \addto@pscode{% - @th 2 div sub 5 1 roll - @th 2 div @ht moveto ArcL - @th 2 div @ht neg lineto - }% - \fi - \fi - % - % 3) right and left are both curved - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusRight pt=0pt\else - \ifdim\POK@lens@radiusLeft pt=0pt\else - \addto@pscode{% - @th 2 div dup - 7 1 roll sub neg 5 1 roll - ArcR sub 5 1 roll ArcL - }% - \fi - \fi - % - % now complete the object - \addto@pscode{closepath 1 setlinejoin end }% - \pnode(! \pst@optexpdict\space\@lens@th\space -2 div 0 end){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! \pst@optexpdict\space\@lens@th\space 2 div 0 end){\optexp@nodeB} - \end@ClosedObj - % - % OLD CODE (compatibility) - \else - \pst@draw@lens - \fi -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% LENS (old) maintained for backward compatibility -% used only if lensheight and lenswidth must be used to draw the lens -% (i.e. when lensradius is not defined) -% -\def\pst@draw@lens{% -% - \edef\@l@h{\POK@lens@height\space 2 div\space}% - \edef\@l@a{\POK@lens@width\space 2 div\space}% - % - \ifnum\POK@lens@type<3 - % CONVEX - \ifx\POK@lens@radius\@empty - \edef\@l@r{\@l@a 2 div \@l@h dup mul 2 \@l@a mul div add\space}% - \else - \edef\@l@r{\POK@lens@radius\space}% - \edef\@l@a{\@l@r dup dup mul \@l@h dup mul sub sqrt sub\space}% - \fi - % - % define some parameters only for convex lenses - \edef\@l@d{\@l@r \@l@a sub\space}% - \edef\@l@alpha{\@l@h \@l@d atan\space}% - \edef\@l@y{\@l@d\space}% - \else - % CONCAVE - \ifx\POK@lens@radius\@empty - \edef\@l@r{\@l@h 1.5 mul\space}% - \else - \edef\@l@r{\POK@lens@radius\space}% - \fi% - % - % define some parameters only for concave lenses - \edef\@l@d{\@l@r dup mul \@l@h dup mul sub sqrt\space}% - \edef\@l@alpha{\@l@h \@l@d atan\space}% - \edef\@l@y{\@l@r \@l@a add\space}% - \fi% - % - % - \def\temp@LeftPlot{% - \parametricplot[liftpen=1]{-1}{1}{% - \@l@r \@l@alpha t mul 180 add cos mul \@l@y add \@l@r \@l@alpha t mul 180 add sin mul}% - }% - \def\temp@RightPlot{% - \parametricplot[liftpen=1]{-1}{1}{% - \@l@r \@l@alpha t mul cos mul \@l@y sub \@l@r \@l@alpha t mul sin mul}% - }% - % - % - \pscustom{% - \ifcase\POK@lens@type - % plainconvex - \temp@RightPlot% - \closepath% - \or - % convexplain - \temp@LeftPlot% - \closepath% - \or - % biconvex - \temp@LeftPlot% - \temp@RightPlot% - \closepath - \or - % plainconcave - \temp@LeftPlot% - \psline[liftpen=1](! 0 \@l@h neg)% - (! 0 \@l@h)% - (! \@l@r \@l@d sub \@l@a add \@l@h)% - \closepath - \or% - % concaveplain - \temp@RightPlot% - \psline[liftpen=1](! 0 \@l@h)% - (! 0 \@l@h neg)% - (! \@l@r \@l@d sub \@l@a add neg \@l@h neg)% - \closepath - \or - % biconcave - \temp@RightPlot% - \temp@LeftPlot% - \closepath - \fi - }% -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% PINHOLE -% -\def\pinhole@iii{% - \psline[linewidth=\POK@pinhole@linewidth]% - (! 0 \POK@pinhole@oheight\space 2 div)% - (! 0 \POK@pinhole@iheight\space 2 div)% - \psline[linewidth=\POK@pinhole@linewidth]% - (! 0 \POK@pinhole@oheight\space -2 div)% - (! 0 \POK@pinhole@iheight\space -2 div)% -\ignorespaces} -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% BEAMSPLITTER -% -\def\beamsplitter@iii{% - \edef\@bs@wd{\POK@bssize\space 2.0 div\space}% - \ifx\POK@bsstyle\POS@bs@cube - \psline{cc-cc}(! \@bs@wd neg 2 sqrt mul 0)(! \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul 0) - \rput[c]{45}(0,0){\psframe(! \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd neg)(! \@bs@wd \@bs@wd)} - \else\ifx\POK@bsstyle\POS@bs@plate - \psline(! \@bs@wd neg 2 sqrt mul 0)(! \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul 0) - \fi\fi -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CRYSTAL -% -\def\crystal@iii{% - \pst@Verb{% - /@@x \POK@crystal@width\space 0.5 mul def - /@@y \POK@crystal@height\space 0.5 mul def - }% - \psrotate(! @@x \POK@rotate@xref\space mul @@y \POK@rotate@yref\space mul) - {\POK@angle}{% - \psframe(! @@x neg @@y neg)(! @@x @@y) - \ifPOE@crystal@voltage% - \psline(! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg @@y)% - (! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg @@y 0.2 add) - \pscircle[fillstyle=solid,% - fillcolor=white](! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg @@y 0.2 add){0.04} - \psline(! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg @@y neg)% - (! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg @@y neg 0.2 sub)% - \psline(! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg 0.15 sub @@y neg 0.2 sub)% - (! @@x 4 div 3 mul neg 0.15 add @@y neg 0.2 sub)% - \fi - % - \ifPOE@crystal@lamp - \rput{180}(! @@x @@y 1.4 \POK@lamp@scale\space mul add){\crystal@lamp}% - \fi - % plot c-axis only, if caxislength > 0 - \ifdim\POK@crystal@caxislength pt>0pt - \edef\@c@caxisL{\POK@crystal@caxislength\space 2 div\space}% - \ifPOE@crystal@caxisinv - % - % invert the c-axis - \psline[linestyle=dashed,% - dash=2pt 2pt,% - linewidth=0.7\pslinewidth,% - arrowinset=0]{->}% - (! 0 @@y neg)(! 0 @@y \@c@caxisL add)% - \else - \psline[linestyle=dashed,% - dash=2pt 2pt,% - linewidth=0.7\pslinewidth,% - arrowinset=0]{->}% - (! 0 @@y)(! 0 @@y neg \@c@caxisL sub)% - \fi - \fi - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label} - \pnode(! @@x neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! @@x - \ifx\POK@optbox@n\@empty 0 \else - \POK@angle\space sin neg dup dup mul neg \POK@optbox@n\space dup mul add sqrt div 2 @@x mul mul - \fi - ){\optexp@nodeB} - %\pnode(! \@c@wd neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - %\pnode(! \@c@wd 0){\optexp@nodeB} - }% -\ignorespaces}% -% -% LAMP FOR THE CRYSTAL -% -\def\crystal@lamp{% - \psset{linewidth=0.6\pslinewidth} - \edef\@l@s{\POK@lamp@scale\space}% - % - \pscurve[fillstyle=none](! -0.05 \@l@s mul 0)% - (! -0.1 \@l@s mul 0.15 \@l@s mul)% - (! -0.2 \@l@s mul 0.25 \@l@s mul)% - (! -0.25 \@l@s mul 0.5 \@l@s mul)% - (! 0 0.7 \@l@s mul)% - (! 0.25 \@l@s mul 0.5 \@l@s mul)% - (! 0.2 \@l@s mul 0.25 \@l@s mul)% - (! 0.1 \@l@s mul 0.15 \@l@s mul)% - (! 0.05 \@l@s mul 0) - \multido{\i=-210+40}{7}{% - \rput{\i}(! 0 0.45 \@l@s mul){\psline(! -0.35 \@l@s mul 0)(! -0.6 \@l@s mul 0)} - } -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% POLARIZATION -% -\def\polarization@iii{% -% - \edef\@pol@size{\POK@polarization@size\space 2 div\space}% - \ifx\POK@pol@type\POS@pol@polparallel - \psline[linestyle=solid,linewidth=\POK@polarization@linewidth,arrowscale=0.8]{<->}% - (! 0 \@pol@size neg)(! 0 \@pol@size)% - \fi - \ifx\POK@pol@type\POS@pol@polperp - \psdot[dotsize=0.05](0,0)% - \pscircle[fillstyle=none,linestyle=solid,linewidth=\POK@polarization@linewidth](0,0){0.12}% - \fi - \ifx\POK@pol@type\POS@pol@polmisc - \psline[linestyle=solid,linewidth=\POK@polarization@linewidth,arrowscale=0.8]{<->}% - (! 0 \@pol@size neg)(! 0 \@pol@size)% - \psdot[dotsize=0.05](0,0)% - \pscircle[fillstyle=none,linestyle=solid,linewidth=0.7\pslinewidth](0,0){0.12}% - \fi - \ifx\POK@pol@type\POS@pol@polrcirc - \psellipticarc[linewidth=\POK@polarization@linewidth]{->}% - (0,0)(! \@pol@size 2 div \@pol@size){20}{-20}% - \fi - \ifx\POK@pol@type\POS@pol@pollcirc - \psellipticarc[linewidth=\POK@polarization@linewidth]{<-}% - (0,0)(! \@pol@size 2 div \@pol@size){20}{-20} - \fi -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTICAL GRID -% -\def\optgrid@iii{% - \edef\@g@cnt{\POK@optgrid@count\space}% - \edef\@g@wd{\POK@optgrid@width\space 2 div\space}% - \edef\@g@ht{\POK@optgrid@height\space}% - \edef\@g@dp{\POK@optgrid@depth\space}% - \edef\@g@step{\POK@optgrid@width\space\@g@cnt div\space}% - \ifx\POK@optgrid@type\POS@optgrid@type@blazed - \ifPOE@reverse% - \pscustom[linewidth=\POK@optgrid@linewidth, linejoin=1]{% - \psline[liftpen=1](! \@g@wd \@g@dp)(! \@g@wd \@g@ht)% - (! \@g@wd neg \@g@ht)(! \@g@wd neg \@g@dp) - \multido{\i=0+1}{\POK@optgrid@count}{% - \psline[liftpen=1](! \@g@wd neg \i\space \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space \@g@step mul add 0)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - }% - \closepath - }% - \else% - \pscustom[linewidth=\POK@optgrid@linewidth, linejoin=1]{% - \psline[liftpen=1](! \@g@wd \@g@dp)(! \@g@wd \@g@ht)% - (! \@g@wd neg \@g@ht)(! \@g@wd neg \@g@dp) - \multido{\i=0+1}{\POK@optgrid@count}{% - \psline[liftpen=1](! \@g@wd neg \i\space \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@g@step mul add 0)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - }% - \closepath - }% - \fi% - \else\ifx\POK@optgrid@type\POS@optgrid@type@binary - \pscustom[linewidth=\POK@optgrid@linewidth]{% - \psline[liftpen=1](! \@g@wd \@g@dp)(! \@g@wd \@g@ht)% - (! \@g@wd neg \@g@ht)(! \@g@wd neg \@g@dp) - \multido{\i=0+1}{\POK@optgrid@count}{% - \psline[liftpen=1](! \@g@wd neg \i\space \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space \@g@step mul add 0)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space 0.5 add \@g@step mul add 0)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space 0.5 add \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - (! \@g@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@g@step mul add \@g@dp)% - }% - }% - \fi\fi -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTBOX -% -\def\optbox@iii{% - \pst@Verb{% - /@@x \POK@optbox@width\space 0.5 mul def - /@@y \POK@optbox@height\space 0.5 mul def - }% - \ifPOE@endbox - \pst@Verb{/@@x0 @@x def}% - \psrotate(! @@x0 @@x \POK@rotate@xref\space mul add - @@y0 @@y \POK@rotate@yref\space mul add){\POK@angle}{% - \pnode(! @@x 0){tempNode@Label}% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! 0 @@y neg)(! @@x 2 mul @@y) - \pnode(tempNode@B){\optexp@nodeA} - }% - \else - \psrotate(! @@x0 @@x \POK@rotate@xref\space mul add - @@y0 @@y \POK@rotate@yref\space mul add){\POK@angle}{% - \pnode(! @@x neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! @@x - \ifx\POK@optbox@n\@empty 0 \else - \POK@angle\space sin neg dup dup mul neg \POK@optbox@n\space dup mul add sqrt div 2 @@x mul mul - \fi - ){\optexp@nodeB} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label} - \psframe[dimen=outer](! @@x neg @@y neg)(! @@x @@y) - }% - \fi -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTPLATE -% -\def\optplate@iii{% - \psline[linewidth=\POK@plate@linewidth]% - (! \POK@plate@height\space 2 div \POK@angle\space 2 copy sin mul 3 1 roll cos mul neg)% - (! \POK@plate@height\space 2 div \POK@angle\space 2 copy sin mul neg 3 1 roll cos mul )% -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% DETECTOR -% -\def\optdetector@iii{% - \pnode(tempNode@B){\optexp@nodeA} - \ifx\POK@detector@type\POS@detector@round - \pnode(! \POK@detector@size\space .2 mul 0){tempNode@Label}% - \begin@ClosedObj - % I could have use pswedge but then a correction of the component size - % depending on the current linewidth is not possible - \addto@pscode{CLW 0.5 mul 0 \POK@detector@size\space\pst@number\psrunit mul 0.5 mul - CLW sub -90 90 arc closepath }% - \end@ClosedObj - \pst@Verb{/@@x0 \POK@detector@size\space 0.5 mul def}% - \else\ifx\POK@detector@type\POS@detector@diode - \edef\@sz{\POK@detector@size\space 0.5 mul\space}% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! 0 \@sz neg)(!\@sz 2 mul \@sz) - \pspolygon(! \@sz 0.8 mul \@sz -0.4 mul)% - (! \@sz 1.6 mul \@sz -0.4 mul)% - (! \@sz 1.2 mul \@sz 0.4 mul)% - \psline(! \@sz 0.8 mul \@sz 0.4 mul \getCLWH add)(! \@sz 1.6 mul \@sz 0.4 mul \getCLWH add) - \psset{arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=0.8} - \psline(! \@sz 0.2 mul \@sz 0.6 mul)(! \@sz 0.7 mul \@sz 0.3 mul) - \psline(! \@sz 0.2 mul \@sz 0.3 mul)(! \@sz 0.7 mul 0) - \psline(! \@sz 0.2 mul 0)(! \@sz 0.7 mul \@sz -0.3 mul) - \pst@Verb{/@@x0 \@sz def /@@x \@sz def /@@y \@sz def}% - \pnode(! \@sz 0){tempNode@Label} - \fi\fi -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTRETPLATE -% -\def\optretplate@iii{% - \edef\@p@ht{\POK@plate@height\space 2 div\space}% - \edef\@p@wd{\POK@plate@width\space 2 div\space}% - \psframe(! \@p@wd neg \@p@ht neg)(! \@p@wd \@p@ht) - \psline{cc-cc}(! \@p@wd neg \@p@ht)(! \@p@wd \@p@ht neg) -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTDIODE -% -\def\optdiode@iii{% - \edef\@sz{\POK@diode@size\space}% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@sz -0.5 mul dup)(!\@sz 0.5 mul dup) - \pspolygon(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz -0.2 mul) - (! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz 0.2 mul) - (! \@sz 0.2 mul 0) - \psline(! \@sz 0.2 mul \getCLWH add \@sz 0.2 mul)(! \@sz 0.2 mul \getCLWH add \@sz -0.2 mul) - \pnode(! \@sz -0.5 mul 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! \@sz 0.5 mul 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% DOVE PRISM -% -\def\doveprism@iii{% - \edef\@ht{\POK@doveprism@size\space 0.5 mul\space}% - \edef\@wd{\POK@doveprism@size\space 1.5 mul\space}% - \pspolygon(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)% - (! \@wd \@ht neg)% - (! \@ht dup)% - (! \@ht neg \@ht)% - \pnode(!\@wd \@ht add -0.5 mul 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! 0 \@ht neg){\optexp@node{2}} - \pnode(!\@wd \@ht add 0.5 mul 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% PENTA PRISM -% -\def\pentaprism@iii{% - \edef\@pp@size{\POK@pentaprism@size\space}% - \pscustom{% - \psline(! \@pp@size 2 sqrt div 0)% - (! \@pp@size 2 sqrt div 67.5 cos \@pp@size mul 67.5 sin div sub \@pp@size)% - (! 67.5 cos \@pp@size mul 67.5 sin div \@pp@size 2 sqrt div sub \@pp@size)% - (! \@pp@size 2 sqrt div neg 0)% - (! 0 \@pp@size 2 sqrt div neg)% - \closepath - }% - \pnode(! \@pp@size 2 sqrt div 67.5 cos \@pp@size mul 67.5 sin 2 mul div sub \@pp@size 2 div){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(! 67.5 cos \@pp@size mul 67.5 sin 2 mul div \@pp@size 2 sqrt div sub \@pp@size 2 div){\optexp@nodeB}% -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% PRISM -% -\def\optprism@iii{% - % -% \pst@Verb{% -% /@sz \POK@prism@size\space def -% /@alpha \POK@prism@angle\space 0.5 mul def -% /@hshift @sz 0.5 mul @alpha tan mul \pst@optexpdict OEangle end 0.5 mul tan div def -% }% -% \pspolygon(! @sz neg @alpha tan mul @sz -0.5 mul @hshift sub) -% (! @sz @alpha tan mul @sz -0.5 mul @hshift sub) -% (! 0 @sz 0.5 mul @hshift sub) -% \pnode(! @sz -0.5 mul @alpha tan mul @hshift neg){\optexp@nodeA} -% \pnode(! @sz 0.5 mul @alpha tan mul @hshift neg){\optexp@nodeB} - \pst@Verb{% - /@sz \POK@prism@size\space def - /@alpha \POK@prism@angle\space 0.5 mul def - /@hshift @sz 0.6 mul @alpha tan mul \pst@optexpdict OEangle end 0.5 mul tan div def - }% - \pspolygon(! @sz neg @alpha tan mul @sz -0.4 mul @hshift sub) - (! @sz @alpha tan mul @sz -0.4 mul @hshift sub) - (! 0 @sz 0.6 mul @hshift sub) - \pnode(! @sz -0.6 mul @alpha tan mul @hshift neg){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! @sz 0.6 mul @alpha tan mul @hshift neg){\optexp@nodeB} -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% RIGHT-ANGLE PRISM -% -\def\rightangleprism@iii{% - % - \pst@Verb{% - /prism@size \POK@raprism@size\space 0.5 mul def - /h \pst@optexpdict OEangle 0.5 mul sin modA mul end def - }% - \pspolygon(! prism@size neg h \getCLW add prism@size sub) - (! prism@size h \getCLW add prism@size sub) - (! 0 h \getCLW 2 sqrt mul add)% - \pnode(! h neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! h 0){\optexp@nodeB} -}% -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FIBER OPTICS -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FIBER -% -\def\optfiber@iii{% - \edef\@f@cnt{\POK@fiber@count\space}% - \edef\@f@r{\POK@fiber@radius\space}% - \edef\@f@sep{\POK@fiber@sep\space}% - \parametricplot[plotpoints=200,style=Fiber]{0}{1}{% - t 360 mul \@f@cnt mul sin \@f@r mul \@f@sep \@f@cnt 1 sub mul t 0.5 sub mul add - 1 t 360 mul \@f@cnt mul cos sub \@f@r mul - }% - \pnode(!\@f@sep \@f@cnt 1 sub mul \@f@r mul 0.5 mul neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(!\@f@sep \@f@cnt 1 sub mul \@f@r mul 0.5 mul 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTMZM -% -\def\optmzm@iii{% - \pst@Verb{% - /@@x \POK@optmzm@size\space 0.8 mul def - /@@y \POK@optmzm@size\space 0.5 mul def - }% - \bgroup - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \psline(! @@x neg 0)(! @@x -0.7 mul 0)(! @@x -0.4 mul @@y 0.6 mul)% - (! @@x 0.4 mul @@y 0.6 mul)(! @@x 0.7 mul 0)(! @@x 0)% - (! @@x 0.7 mul 0)(! @@x 0.4 mul @@y -0.6 mul)% - (! @@x -0.4 mul @@y -0.6 mul)(! @@x -0.7 mul 0)% - \egroup - \psframe[dimen=outer](! @@x neg @@y neg)(! @@x @@y) - % - \pnode(! @@x neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! @@x 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTICAL FILTER -% -\def\optfilter@iii{% - \pst@Verb{% - /@@x \POK@filter@size\space 0.5 mul def - /@@y @@x def - }% - \def\filter@curve{% - \parametricplot[plotstyle=curve,arrows=c-c]{-1}{1}{% - t @@x mul 0.7 mul t Pi mul RadtoDeg 90 add cos 0.2 @@x mul mul}% - }% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! @@x neg dup)(! @@x dup) - \multips(! 0 -0.5 @@y mul)(! 0 0.5 @@y mul){3}{\filter@curve} - \ifx\POK@filter@type\POS@filter@type@bandpass - \psline(! -0.3 @@x mul -0.65 @@y mul)% - (! 0.3 @@x mul -0.35 @@y mul)% - \psline(! -0.3 @@x mul 0.35 @@y mul)% - (! 0.3 @@x mul 0.65 @@y mul)% - \rput(! 0 -0.5 @@y mul){\filter@curve} - \rput(0, 0){% - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \filter@curve} - \rput(! 0 0.5 @@y mul){\filter@curve} - \else\ifx\POK@filter@type\POS@filter@type@bandstop - \psline(! -0.3 @@x mul -0.15 @@y mul)% - (! 0.3 @@x mul 0.15 @@y mul)% - \rput(! 0 -0.5 @@y mul){% - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \filter@curve} - \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} - \rput(! 0 0.5 @@y mul){% - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \filter@curve} - \fi\fi - % - \pnode(! @@x neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! @@x 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% OPTICAL AMPLIFIER -% -\def\optamp@iii{% - \edef\@sz{\POK@optamp@size\space 0.5 mul\space}% - \edef\@xl{0.75 sqrt \@sz mul\space}% - \pspolygon(! \@xl 0)(! \getCLWH \@xl sub \@sz)(! \getCLWH \@xl sub \@sz neg) - \pnode(!\@xl neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(!\@xl 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% POLARIZATION CONTROLLER -% -\def\polcontrol@iii{% - \edef\@sz{\POK@polcontrol@size\space}% - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \multips(! -2.5 \@sz mul \@sz)(! 2.5 \@sz mul 0){3}{\pscircle(0,0){\POK@polcontrol@size}} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% ISOLATOR -% -\def\optisolator@iii{% - \edef\@ht{\POK@isolator@size\space 2 div\space}% - \edef\@wd{\POK@isolator@size\space 0.8 mul\space}% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) - \psline[linewidth=2\pslinewidth,arrowinset=0]{->}(! \@wd neg 0.6 mul 0)(!\@wd 0.6 mul 0) - \pnode(! \@wd neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! \@wd 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FIBER POLARIZER -% -\def\optfiberpolarizer@iii{% - \edef\@ht{\POK@fiberpol@size\space 2 div\space}% - \edef\@wd{\POK@fiberpol@size\space 0.8 mul\space}% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) - \psline(! \@wd neg 0.2 mul \@ht neg)(!\@wd 0.2 mul \@ht) - \pnode(! \@wd neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! \@wd 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% SWITCH -% -\def\optswitch@iii{% - \pst@Verb{% - /@@x \POK@switch@size\space 0.5 mul def - /@@y @@x def - }% - \pnode(! @@x neg 0){\optexp@nodeA}% - \pnode(! @@x 0){\optexp@nodeB}% - % storing the linewidth of the object allows for some aesthetic fine tuning - \pstVerb{tx@Dict begin /@lw \getCLW def end}% - % the fiber parts - \bgroup - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \psline[arrows=-](! @@x neg 0)(! @@x -0.6 mul @lw sub 0)% - \psline[arrows=-](! @@x 0.6 mul 0)(! @@x 0)% - \egroup - % different styles - \ifx\POK@switch@style\POS@optexp@closed% - % - \bgroup - \ifPOE@usefiberstyle - \psset{style=Fiber} - \fi - \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! @@x 0.6 mul 0)% - \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! @@x -0.6 mul 0)% - \psline[arrows=-, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth](! @@x -0.6 mul @lw)(! @@x 0.6 mul @lw)% - \egroup - \else - \psline[arrows=-, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth](! @@x -0.6 mul @lw add @lw)(! @@x 0.6 mul dup)% - \pscircle(! @@x -0.6 mul 0){\pslinewidth}% - \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! @@x 0.6 mul 0)% - \fi - \psframe[dimen=outer](! @@x neg dup)(! @@x dup)% -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FIBER DELAY LINE -% -\def\fiberdelayline@iii{% - \pst@Verb{% - /@@x \POK@fdl@size\space 0.8 mul def - /@@y \POK@fdl@size\space 0.5 mul def - }% - \psframe[dimen=outer](! @@x neg @@y neg)(! @@x @@y) - \psline{->}(! @@x -0.3 mul @@y -1.5 mul)(! @@x 0.3 mul @@y 1.7 mul) - \pnode(! @@x neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(! @@x 0){\optexp@nodeB} -\ignorespaces}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% COUPLER -% -\def\optcoupler@iii{% - \edef\@sz{\POK@coupler@size\space}% - \edef\@sep{\POK@coupler@sep\space 0.5 mul\space}% - \ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@top - \pst@Verb{/@yshift \@sep neg def}% - \else\ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@bottom - \pst@Verb{/@yshift \@sep def}% - \else - \pst@Verb{/@yshift 0 def}% - \fi\fi - \ifx\POK@coupler@type\POS@coupler@type@elliptic - \psellipse[dimen=outer](!0 @yshift)(! \@sz \@sz 0.4 mul) - \ifPOE@variable - \psline[arrowinset=0]{->}(!\@sz -0.5 mul \@sz neg @yshift add)(!\@sz 0.5 mul \@sz @yshift add) - \fi - \pnode(! \@sz neg \getCLW 0.3 mul add @yshift \@sep add){tempNode@A@1} - \pnode(! \@sz neg \getCLW 0.3 mul add @yshift \@sep sub){tempNode@A@2} - \pnode(! \@sz \getCLW 0.3 mul sub @yshift \@sep add){tempNode@B@1} - \pnode(! \@sz \getCLW 0.3 mul sub @yshift \@sep sub){tempNode@B@2} - \pnode(! 0 @yshift){tempNode@Label} - \else\ifx\POK@coupler@type\POS@coupler@type@none - \pnode(! \@sz -0.5 mul @yshift \@sep add){tempNode@A@1} - \pnode(! \@sz -0.5 mul @yshift \@sep sub){tempNode@A@2} - \pnode(! \@sz 0.5 mul @yshift \@sep add){tempNode@B@1} - \pnode(! \@sz 0.5 mul @yshift \@sep sub){tempNode@B@2} - \psline[style=Fiber](tempNode@A@1)(tempNode@B@1) - \psline[style=Fiber](tempNode@A@2)(tempNode@B@2) - \fi\fi -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% WDM COUPLER -% -\def\wdmcoupler@ii{% - \edef\@sz{\POK@coupler@size\space}% - \edef\@sep{\POK@coupler@sep\space 0.5 mul\space}% - \ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@top - \pst@Verb{/@yshift \@sep neg def}% - \else\ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@bottom - \pst@Verb{/@yshift \@sep def}% - \else - \pst@Verb{/@yshift 0 def}% - \fi\fi - \ifx\POK@coupler@type\POS@coupler@type@elliptic - \psellipse[dimen=outer](!0 @yshift)(! \@sz \@sz 0.4 mul) - \pnode(! \@sz neg \getCLW 0.3 mul add @yshift \@sep add){tempNode@A@1} - \pnode(! \@sz neg \getCLW 0.3 mul add @yshift \@sep sub){tempNode@A@2} - \pnode(!0 @yshift){tempNode@Label} - \pnode(! \@sz \getCLW 0.3 mul sub 0){tempNode@B@} - \else\ifx\POK@coupler@type\POS@coupler@type@none - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@A@1} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@A@2} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@B@} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label} - \fi\fi -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% WDM SPLITTER -% -\def\wdmsplitter@ii{% - \edef\@sz{\POK@coupler@size\space}% - \edef\@sep{\POK@coupler@sep\space 0.5 mul\space}% - % - \ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@top - \pst@Verb{/@yshift \@sep neg def}% - \else\ifx\POK@align\POS@optexp@bottom - \pst@Verb{/@yshift \@sep def}% - \else - \pst@Verb{/@yshift 0 def}% - \fi\fi - \ifx\POK@coupler@type\POS@coupler@type@elliptic - \psellipse[dimen=outer](! 0 @yshift)(! \@sz \@sz 0.4 mul) - \pnode(! \@sz neg \getCLW 0.3 mul add 0){tempNode@A@} - \pnode(! \@sz \getCLW 0.3 mul sub @yshift \@sep add){tempNode@B@1} - \pnode(! \@sz \getCLW 0.3 mul sub @yshift \@sep sub){tempNode@B@2} - \pnode(! 0 @yshift){tempNode@Label} - \else\ifx\POK@coupler@type\POS@coupler@type@none - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@A@} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@B@1} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@B@2} - \pnode(0,0){tempNode@Label} - \fi\fi -}% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FIBER COLLIMATOR -% -\def\fibercollimator@v{% - \def\@sz{\POK@fibercol@size\space 0.5 mul\space}% - \pspolygon(! \@sz neg \getCLWH add \@sz neg)(!\@sz 0)(!\@sz neg \getCLWH add \@sz) - \pnode(!\@sz neg 0){\optexp@nodeA} - \pnode(!\@sz 0){\optexp@nodeB} -}% -% -% -\endinput -% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.sty index b4662177d39..015c381ec49 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/pst-optexp/pst-optexp.sty @@ -1,15 +1,4113 @@ -\ProvidesPackage{pst-optexp}[2009/11/05 package wrapper for -pst-optexp.tex] +%% +%% This is file `pst-optexp.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% pst-optexp.dtx (with options: `stylefile') +%% +%% This is a generated file. +%% +%% Project: pst-optexp +%% Version: 3.0 (2012/07/09) +%% +%% Copyright (C) 2007-2012 by Christoph Bersch <usenet@bersch.net> +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2008/05/04 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +%% +%% The current maintainer of this work is Christoph Bersch. +%% +%% This work consists of the files pst-optexp.dtx and pst-optexp.ins +%% and the derived files +%% pst-optexp.sty, pst-optexp.pro. +%% +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{pst-optexp} + [2012/07/09 v3.0 Optical experimental setups with PSTricks] \RequirePackage{pstricks} \RequirePackage{pst-xkey} \RequirePackage{pst-node} \RequirePackage{pst-plot} \RequirePackage{multido} +\RequirePackage{pst-eucl} \RequirePackage{pstricks-add} -% -% -\input{pst-optexp.tex} -\ProvidesFile{pst-optexp.tex} - [\filedate\space v\fileversion\space `PST-optexp' (cb)] -\IfFileExists{pst-optexp.pro}{\@addtofilelist{pst-optexp.pro}}{}% +\RequirePackage{environ} +\@addtofilelist{pst-optexp.pro}{}% +\pst@addfams{optexp} +\pstheader{pst-optexp.pro} +\gdef\POE@complist{}% +\gdef\POE@beamlist{1}% +\g@addto@macro{\endpspicture}{% + \expandafter\XKV@for@n\expandafter{\POE@beamlist}\POE@temp{% + \POE@Verb{% + /lastBeamPointUp\POE@temp\space + /lastBeamPointLow\POE@temp\space + /lastBeamPoint\POE@temp\space + 3 { currentdict exch undef } repeat + /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@temp} + /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@temp} + /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@temp} + 3 { tx@NodeDict exch undef } repeat + }% + }% + \gdef\POE@complist{}\gdef\POE@beamlist{1}\global\POE@cnt=0\relax +}% +\def\pst@optexpdict{tx@OptexpDict begin } +\def\POE@dict#1{\pst@optexpdict #1 end} +\SpecialCoor +\newif\ifPOE@connjoin +\newif\ifPOE@backlayer +\newif\ifPOE@frontlayer +\newif\ifPOE@optexpenv +\newif\ifPOE@variable +\newif\ifPOE@voltage +\newif\ifPOE@caxisinv +\newif\ifPOE@reverse +\newif\ifPOE@lamp +\newif\ifPOE@component@optional +\newif\ifPOE@debug@showoptdots +\newif\ifPOE@debug@showifcnodes +\newif\ifPOE@endbox +\newif\ifPOE@startbox +\newif\ifPOE@thicklens +\newif\ifPOE@usefiberstyle +\newif\ifPOE@fiber@ +\newif\ifPOE@nofiber@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberin@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberin@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberin@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@fiberout@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberout@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberout@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpreset@ +\newif\ifPOE@nofiberpreset@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetin@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top +\newif\ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom +\newif\ifPOE@beam +\newif\ifPOE@startinside +\newif\ifPOE@stopinside +\newif\ifPOE@beaminsidefirst +\newif\ifPOE@beaminsidelast +\newif\ifPOE@savebeam +\newif\ifPOE@loadbeam +\newif\ifPOE@beaminside +\newif\ifPOE@raytrace +\newif\ifPOE@pswarning +\newif\ifPOE@useNA +\newif\ifPOE@insideobj\POE@insideobjfalse +\newcount\POE@cnt +\newcount\POE@oldcnt +\newcount\POE@nodecnt +\newdimen\POE@dim +\def\POE@str@pol@polperp{perp} +\def\POE@str@pol@polparallel{parallel} +\def\POE@str@pol@polmisc{misc} +\def\POE@str@pol@polrcirc{rcirc} +\def\POE@str@pol@pollcirc{lcirc} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@piezo{piezo} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@plain{plain} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@extended{extended} +\def\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans{semitrans} +\def\POE@str@gratingtype@blazed{blazed} +\def\POE@str@gratingtype@binary{binary} +\def\POE@str@relative{relative} +\def\POE@str@absolute{absolute} +\def\POE@str@labelref@relgrav{relgrav} +\def\POE@str@labelref@global{global} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@bandpass{bandpass} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@bandstop{bandstop} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@lowpass{lowpass} +\def\POE@str@filtertype@highpass{highpass} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@none{none} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@ellipse{ellipse} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@elliptic{elliptic} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@rectangle{rectangle} +\def\POE@str@couplertype@cross{cross} +\def\POE@str@polcontroltype@linear{linear} +\def\POE@str@polcontroltype@triangle{triangle} +\def\POE@str@top{top} +\def\POE@str@bottom{bottom} +\def\POE@str@center{center} +\def\POE@str@closed{closed} +\def\POE@str@opened{opened} +\def\POE@str@dettype@round{round} +\def\POE@str@dettype@diode{diode} +\def\POE@str@bsstyle@cube{cube} +\def\POE@str@bsstyle@plate{plate} +\def\POE@str@auto{auto} +\def\POE@str@center{center} +\def\POE@str@verbose{verbose} +\def\POE@str@quiet{quiet} +\def\POE@Verb#1{\pst@Verb{\pst@optexpdict #1 end }}% +\newpsstyle{OptComp}{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newOptComp}{% + \newpsstyle{OptComp}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoOptComp}{% + \addtopsstyle{OptComp}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{OptionalStyle}{linestyle=dashed,dash=1.5pt 1pt}% +\newpsstyle{IfcNodeStyle}{dotstyle=x, dotscale=1.5, linecolor=blue}% +\newpsstyle{Beam}{linecolor=green!90!black, linejoin=1}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newBeam}{% + \newpsstyle{Beam}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoBeam}{% + \addtopsstyle{Beam}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{Fiber}{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiber}{% + \newpsstyle{Fiber}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiber}{% + \addtopsstyle{Fiber}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberIn}{style=Fiber}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberIn}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberIn}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberOut}{style=Fiber}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberOut}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberIn1}{style=FiberIn}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn1}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberIn1}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn1}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberIn1}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberIn2}{style=FiberIn}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberIn2}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberIn2}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberIn2}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberIn2}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberOut1}{style=FiberOut}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut1}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberOut1}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut1}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut1}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{style=FiberOut}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{newFiberOut2}{% + \newpsstyle{FiberOut2}{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{addtoFiberOut2}{% + \addtopsstyle{FiberOut2}{#1}% +} +\newpsstyle{ExtendedMirror}{% + linestyle=none, hatchwidth=0.5\pslinewidth, + hatchsep=1.4\pslinewidth, fillstyle=hlines +}% +\newpsstyle{VariableStyle}{% + linewidth=0.8\pslinewidth, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=0.8, arrows=<-> +} +\newpsstyle{SemitransMirror}{linestyle=none, fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!30}% +\newpsstyle{PiezoMirror}{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!30}% +\newpsstyle{IsolatorArrow}{linewidth=2\pslinewidth, arrowinset=0} +\newpsstyle{CrystalCaxis}{% + linestyle=dashed, dash=2pt 2pt, linewidth=0.7\pslinewidth, + arrowinset=0, arrows=-> +} +\newpsstyle{CrystalLamp}{linewidth=0.6\pslinewidth} +\newpsstyle{FdlArrow}{arrowinset=0, arrows=->} +\newpsstyle{VariableCoupler}{arrowinset=0, arrows=->} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@component@]{optional}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{usefiberstyle}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@debug@]{showoptdots}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@debug@]{showifcnodes}[true]{} +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{position}[\val\nr]{start,end}{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \psset[optexp]{startbox, endbox=false}% + \or + \psset[optexp]{startbox=false, endbox=true}% + \fi +}{\edef\POE@key@position{#1}}% +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{abspos}[\val\nr]{start,end}{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \psset[optexp]{startbox, endbox=false}% + \or + \psset[optexp]{startbox=false, endbox=true}% + \fi +}{\edef\POE@key@abspos{#1}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{compshift}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@compshift +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{angle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@angle +} +\psset[optexp]{% + position={}, + abspos={}, + compshift=0, + angle=0 +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{backlayer}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{frontlayer}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{optexpenv}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{backlayer, frontlayer}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelangle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@labelangle +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labeloffset}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@labeloffset +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelstyle}{% + \def\POE@key@labelstyle{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelalign}{% + \def\POE@key@labelalign{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{labelref}{% + \edef\POE@key@labelref{#1}% +} +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{innerlabel}% + [\val\nr]{true}[true]% + {\ifcase\nr\relax + \psset[optexp]{labeloffset=0, labelref=relative}% + \fi} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for innerlabel}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{label}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@label{#1} {} {} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@label#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#4}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labelref=#4}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#3} + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labelalign=#3}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#2}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labelangle=#2}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{labeloffset=#1}% + \fi + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ref@angle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@labelrefangle +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + labeloffset=0.8, + labelangle=0, + labelstyle=, + labelalign=c, + labelref=relgrav, + ref@angle=0 +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{extnodealign}% + [\val\nr]{rel,abs,relative,absolute}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@extnodealign\POE@str@relative + \or + \let\POE@key@extnodealign\POE@str@absolute + \else + \def\POE@key@extnodealign{#1}% + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for extnodealign.}} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{extnode}{% + \edef\POE@key@extnode{#1}% + \ifx\@empty\POE@key@extnode\else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@extnode{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@key@extnode@xref{0}% +\def\POE@key@extnode@yref{0}% +\def\POE@psset@@extnode#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \def\POE@key@extnode@xref{0}% + \def\POE@key@extnode@yref{0}% + \ifx\@empty#3\@empty + \@nameuse{POE@getref@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getref@#2}% + \else + \pst@checknum{#1#2}\POE@key@extnode@xref% + \pst@checknum{#3}\POE@key@extnode@yref% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getref@c{}% +\def\POE@getref@t{\def\POE@key@extnode@yref{1}}% +\def\POE@getref@b{\def\POE@key@extnode@yref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@l{\def\POE@key@extnode@xref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@r{\def\POE@key@extnode@xref{1}}% +\psset[optexp]{% + extnode=\@empty, + extnodealign=abs +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{rotateref}{% + \def\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\@empty\POE@temp\else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@rotateref{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@key@rotate@xref{0}% +\def\POE@key@rotate@yref{0}% +\def\POE@psset@@rotateref#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \def\POE@key@rotate@xref{0}% + \def\POE@key@rotate@yref{0}% + \ifx\@empty#3\@empty + \@nameuse{POE@getref@rotate@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getref@rotate@#2}% + \else + \pst@checknum{#1#2}\POE@key@rotate@xref% + \pst@checknum{#3}\POE@key@rotate@yref% + \fi}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@c{}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@t{\def\POE@key@rotate@yref{1}}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@b{\def\POE@key@rotate@yref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@l{\def\POE@key@rotate@xref{-1}}% +\def\POE@getref@rotate@r{\def\POE@key@rotate@xref{1}}% +\psset[optexp]{rotateref=c}% +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{namingscheme}% + [\val\nr]{old,new}[new]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \edef\POE@str@basicname@default{tempNode} + \edef\POE@str@basicname@prefix{} + \gdef\POE@str@basicname@sep{Intern} + \edef\POE@str@extnode@postfix{ExtNode} + \or + \edef\POE@str@basicname@default{@} + \edef\POE@str@basicname@prefix{OE@} + \gdef\POE@str@basicname@sep{} + \edef\POE@str@extnode@postfix{Ext} + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{namingscheme=new}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{b@sicname}{% + \edef\POE@key@b@sicname{\POE@str@basicname@prefix#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{compname}{% + \ifPOE@insideobj\else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{compname allowed only inside an object} + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \edef\POE@key@compname{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \edef\POE@key@compname{#1}% + \fi + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\POE@key@compname,}{,\POE@complist,}% + \ifin@ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + ^^Jcompname '\POE@key@compname' already used,\MessageBreak + previous nodes will be overwritten!^^J + }% + \else + \xdef\POE@complist{% + \POE@key@compname\ifx\POE@complist\@empty\else,\fi\POE@complist + }% + \fi +}% +\POE@insideobjtrue +\psset[optexp]{compname=\@empty} +\POE@insideobjfalse +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{pswarning}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{pswarning=false}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lensheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lenswidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lenswidth + \ifdim\POE@key@lenswidth pt > 0pt + \psset[optexp]{thicklens=true} + \fi +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradiusleft}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lensradiusleft +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradiusright}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lensradiusright +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{thicklens}[true]{} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lensradius}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@lensradius{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@lensradius#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusleft=#1}% + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#2}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#1}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#2}% + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lens}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@lens{#1} {} {} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@lens#1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#4}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lenswidth=#4}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#3}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lensheight=#3} + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#2}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#1}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusright=#2}% + \fi + \fi + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \expandafter\ifx\POE@temp.\else + \psset[optexp]{lensradiusleft=#1}% + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + lenswidth=0, + lensheight=1, + lensradiusleft=1, + lensradiusright=1 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{innerheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@innerheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{outerheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@outerheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{phlinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@phlinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{phwidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@phwidth{#1}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + phlinewidth=2\pslinewidth, + phwidth=0, + outerheight=1, + innerheight=0.1 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@crystalwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@crystalheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{crystalsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@crystalsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@crystalsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'crystalsize' requires two numbers}% + \fi + \psset[optexp]{crystalwidth=#1}% + \psset[optexp]{crystalheight=#2}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{caxislength}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@caxislength +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{voltage}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{caxisinv}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{lamp}[true]{} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{lampscale}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@lampscale + \pst@divide{\POE@key@lampscale pt}{0.3pt}{\POE@key@lampscale} + \addtopsstyle{CrystalLamp}{unit=\POE@key@lampscale} + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'lampscale' is deprecated, \MessageBreak + use style 'CrystalLamp' instead.}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + crystalwidth=1.4, + crystalheight=0.6, + caxislength=0.3 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optboxwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optboxheight +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optboxsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optboxsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optboxsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optboxsize' requires two numbers}% + \fi + \psset[optexp]{optboxwidth=#1, optboxheight=#2}% +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{endbox}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{startbox}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{% + optboxwidth=1.4, + optboxheight=0.8 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platelinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@platelinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{plateheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@plateheight +} +\psset[optexp]{% + plateheight=1, + platelinewidth=2\pslinewidth +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platewidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@platewidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{platesize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@platesize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@platesize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'platesize' requires two numbers}% + \fi + \psset[optexp]{platewidth=#1, plateheight=#2}% +}% +\psset[optexp]{platewidth=0.1}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{detsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@detsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@detsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@detsize + \else + \let\POE@key@detsize\@empty + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@detwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@detheight + \fi +}% +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{dettype}[\val\nr]{round,diode}% + {\edef\POE@key@dettype{\val}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for dettype.}} +\newpsstyle{DetectorStyle}{} +\psset[optexp]{% + detsize=0.8, + dettype=round +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@polsize +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pollinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@pollinewidth{#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'pollinewidth' is deprecated, \MessageBreak + use style 'Polarization'.}% +}% +\def\POE@key@pollinewidth{0.7\pslinewidth}% +\newpsstyle{Polarization}{% + linewidth=\POE@key@pollinewidth, + arrowscale=0.8, dotsize=3\pslinewidth} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{poltype}% + [\val\nr]{parallel,misc,perp,rcirc,lcirc}% + {\edef\POE@key@poltype{#1}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for poltype.}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + poltype=parallel, + polsize=0.6 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optdiodesize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optdiodesize +} +\psset[optexp]{optdiodesize=0.8}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{doveprismsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@doveprismsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@doveprismsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@doveprismheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@doveprismwidth{3}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@doveprismwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@doveprismheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{doveprismsize=0.6}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bssize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@bssize +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{bsstyle}{% + \edef\POE@key@bsstyle{#1}% +} +\psset[optexp]{% + bssize=0.8, + bsstyle=cube +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@mirrorwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorlinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{mirrortype}% + [\val\nr]{piezo,extended,plain,semitrans}{% + \edef\POE@key@mirrortype{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrordepth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@mirrordepth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{mirrorradius}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@mirrorradius +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{variable}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{% + mirrorwidth=1, + mirrordepth=0.15, + mirrorradius=0, + mirrortype=plain, + mirrorlinewidth=2\pslinewidth +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridcount}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingcount + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridcount' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingcount' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingwidth + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridwidth' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingwidth' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingheight + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridheight' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingheight' instead.}% +}% +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{optgridtype}% + [\val\nr]{binary,blazed}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratingtype{#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridtype' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingtype' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgriddepth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingdepth + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgriddepth' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratingdepth' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optgridlinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratinglinewidth{#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'optgridlinewidth' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'gratinglinewidth' instead.}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingcount}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingcount +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingwidth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingwidth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingheight}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingheight +} +\define@choicekey*[psset]{optexp}{gratingtype}% + [\val\nr]{binary,blazed}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratingtype{#1}% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratingdepth}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@gratingdepth +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{gratinglinewidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@gratinglinewidth{#1}% +} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{reverse}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{% + gratingcount=10, + gratingwidth=1, + gratingheight=0.15, + gratingdepth=0.075, + gratingtype=blazed, + gratinglinewidth=0.7\pslinewidth, +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{pentaprismsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@pentaprismsize +} +\psset[optexp]{pentaprismsize=0.7} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{raprismsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@raprismsize +} +\psset[optexp]{raprismsize=1.5} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{prismsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@prismsize +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{prismangle}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@prismangle +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{prismalign}[\val\nr]% + {auto,center}% + {\def\POE@key@prismalign{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for prismalign.}}% +\psset[optexp]{% + prismsize=1, + prismangle=60, + prismalign=auto +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloops}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberloops +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloopradius}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberloopradius +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberloopsep}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberloopsep +} +\psset[optexp]{% + fiberloops=3, + fiberloopradius=0.4, + fiberloopsep=0.3 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{filtersize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@filtersize +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{filtertype}[\val\nr]% + {bandstop,bandpass,lowpass,highpass}% + {\def\POE@key@filtertype{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for filtertype}} +\newpsstyle{FilterStyle}{} +\psset[optexp]{% + filtersize=0.8, + filtertype=bandpass +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{polcontrolsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@polcontrolsize +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{polcontroltype}[\val\nr]% + {linear,triangle}% + {\def\POE@key@polcontroltype{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown polcontroltype '\val'}} +\psset[optexp]{% + polcontrolsize=0.15, + polcontroltype=linear +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optampsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optampsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optampsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optampheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@optampwidth{0.866}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optampwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@optampheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{optampsize=0.8} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optmzmsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optmzmsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optmzmsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optmzmheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@optmzmwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optmzmwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@optmzmheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{optmzmsize=0.8} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{isolatorsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@isolatorsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@isolatorsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@isolatorheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@isolatorwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@isolatorwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@isolatorheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{isolatorsize=0.6}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberpolsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fiberpolsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fiberpolsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberpolheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@fiberpolwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberpolwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@fiberpolheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{fiberpolsize=0.6}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{switchsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@switchsize +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{switchstyle}% + [\val\nr]{opened,closed}% + {\edef\POE@key@switchstyle{#1}}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for switchstyle.}} +\psset[optexp]{% + switchsize=0.8, + switchstyle=opened +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fdlsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fdlsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fdlsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fdlheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@fdlwidth{1.6}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fdlwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@fdlheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{fdlsize=0.6}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fibercolsize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fibercolsize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fibercolsize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fibercolheight + \pstFPmul\POE@key@fibercolwidth{0.866}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fibercolwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@fibercolheight + \fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{fibercolsize=0.3}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircsize}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optcircsize +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircangleA}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optcircangleA +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircangleB}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@optcircangleB +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{optcircangle}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@optcircangle{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@optcircangle#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \edef\POE@tempA{#1}% + \edef\POE@tempB{#2}% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{optcircangle requires two numbers}% + \else\ifx\\#1\\ + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{optcircangle requires two numbers}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{optcircangleA=#1, optcircangleB=#2}% + \fi\fi +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + optcircsize=0.8, + optcircangle=-160 -20 +}% +\newpsstyle{OptCircArrow}{unit=0.7, arrows=->, arrowinset=0} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{couplersize}{% + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@couplersize{#1} {} {} {}\@nil +}% +\def\POE@psset@@couplersize#1 #2 #3\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\ + \pstFPmul\POE@key@couplerheight{0.8}{#1} + \pstFPmul\POE@key@couplerwidth{2}{#1} + \else + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@couplerwidth + \pst@checknum{#2}\POE@key@couplerheight + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{couplersep}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@couplersep +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{couplertype}% + [\val\nr]{none,elliptic,ellipse,cross,rectangle}% + {% + \edef\POE@key@couplertype{#1} + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@elliptic + \let\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@ellipse + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for couplertype.}} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{align}{% + \psset[optexp]{coupleralign=#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Parameter 'align' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'coupleralign' instead.}% +} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{coupleralign}% + [\val\nr]{t,b,c,top,bottom,center}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \or + \let\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \or + \let\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \else + \def\POE@key@coupleralign{#1}% + \fi}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for coupleralign.}} +\psset[optexp]{% + couplersize=0.2, + couplersep=0.05, + coupleralign=center, + couplertype=elliptic +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beam}[true]{} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{refractiveindex}{% + \psset[optexp]{n=#1}% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Option 'refractiveindex' is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use 'n' instead}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{n}{% + \POE@parsealg{n}#1\@nil +} +\def\POE@parsealg#1#2#3\@nil{% + \ifx#2*\relax + \POE@@parsealg#3\@nil + \expandafter\let\csname POE@key@#1\endcsname\POE@tempA + \else + \@namedef{POE@key@#1}{[#2#3] }% + \fi +} +\def\POE@@parsealg#1#2\@nil{% + \edef\POE@tempA{tx@Dict begin (#1#2) AlgParser end }% +} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beamangle}{% + \edef\POE@key@beamangle{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beampos}{% + \edef\POE@key@beampos{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beamdiv}{% + \edef\POE@key@beamdiv{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{beamwidth}{% + \edef\POE@key@beamwidth{#1}% +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{startinside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{stopinside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beaminsidefirst}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beaminsidelast}[true]{}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{savebeampoints}% + [\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \def\POE@key@savebeampoints{1} + \or + \def\POE@key@savebeampoints{0} + \fi + }{% + \ifnum9<1#1 + \def\POE@key@savebeampoints{#1} + \else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}% + {savebeampoints must be a positive integer or 0.}% + \fi + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\POE@key@savebeampoints,}{,\POE@beamlist,}% + \ifin@\else + \xdef\POE@beamlist{% + \POE@key@savebeampoints + \ifx\POE@beamlist\@empty\else,\fi\POE@beamlist + }% + \fi +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{loadbeampoints}% + [\val\nr]{true,false}[true]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \def\POE@key@loadbeampoints{1} + \or + \def\POE@key@loadbeampoints{0} + \fi + }{% + \ifnum9<1#1 + \def\POE@key@loadbeampoints{#1}% + \else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}% + {loadbeampoints must be a positive integer or 0.}% + \fi + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\POE@key@loadbeampoints,}{,\POE@beamlist,}% + \ifin@\else + \xdef\POE@beamlist{% + \POE@key@loadbeampoints + \ifx\POE@beamlist\@empty\else,\fi\POE@beamlist + }% + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{loadbeam}[true]{% + \setkeys+[psset]{optexp}{loadbeampoints=#1}% + \ifdim\POE@key@loadbeampoints pt>0pt + \POE@loadbeamtrue + \else + \POE@loadbeamfalse + \fi +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{savebeam}[true]{% + \setkeys+[psset]{optexp}{savebeampoints=#1}% + \ifdim\POE@key@savebeampoints pt>0pt + \POE@savebeamtrue + \else + \POE@savebeamfalse + \fi +}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{beaminside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{allowbeaminside}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{raytrace}[true]{}% +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{useNA}[true]{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{skipconn}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@skipconn +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{beamalign}% + [\val\nr]{rel,abs,relative,absolute}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@beamalign\POE@str@relative + \or + \let\POE@key@beamalign\POE@str@absolute + \else + \def\POE@key@beamalign{#1}% + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for beamalign.}} +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ArrowInsideMinLength}{% + \def\POE@key@ArrowInsideMinLength{#1}% +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{ArrowInsideMaxLength}{% + \def\POE@key@ArrowInsideMaxLength{#1}% +}% +\psset[optexp]{% + raytrace=true + ,useNA=true + ,startinside=false + ,stopinside=false + ,allowbeaminside=true + ,beaminside=true + ,beaminsidefirst=false + ,beaminsidelast=false + ,loadbeam=false + ,savebeam=false + ,loadbeampoints=false + ,savebeampoints=true + ,beamangle=0 + ,beampos=\@empty + ,beamalign=relative + ,beamwidth=0 + ,beamdiv=0 + ,n=1.5 + ,skipconn=0 + ,ArrowInsideMinLength=0.2 + ,ArrowInsideMaxLength=-1 +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiber}[all]{% + \POE@psset@fibercheck#1\@nil +} +\def\POE@psset@fibercheck#1#2\@nil{% + \ifx#1*\relax + \ifx\\#2\\ + \psset[optexp]{fiber@preset=all}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{fiber@preset=#2}% + \fi + \else\ifx#1+\relax + \ifx\\#2\\ + \psset[optexp]{fiber@all=all}% + \else + \psset[optexp]{fiber@all=#2}% + \fi + \else + \psset[optexp]{fiber@all=#1#2}% + \psset[optexp]{fiber@preset=#1#2}% + \fi\fi +}% +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{fiber@preset}% + [\val\nr]{false,none,true,all}[all]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \POE@getfiberpreset@none + \or + \POE@getfiberpreset@none + \or + \POE@getfiberpreset@all + \or + \POE@getfiberpreset@all + \fi +}{% + \ifx\@empty\val + \POE@getfiberpreset@none + \else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fiberpreset{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fiberpreset#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \POE@getfiberpreset@all + \ifx\\#3\\ + \@nameuse{POE@getfiberpreset@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getfiberpreset@#2}% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@none{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberpreset@=false}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@all{% + \psset[optexp]{% + fiberpreset@, fiberpresetin@, fiberpresetout@, + fiberpresetin@top, fiberpresetin@bottom, + fiberpresetout@top, fiberpresetout@bottom}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@t{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberpresetin@bottom=false, fiberpresetout@bottom=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@b{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberpresetin@top=false, fiberpresetout@top=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@l{\psset[optexp]{fiberpresetout@=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiberpreset@r{\psset[optexp]{fiberpresetin@=false}}% +\let\POE@getfiberpreset@i\POE@getfiberpreset@l +\let\POE@getfiberpreset@o\POE@getfiberpreset@r +\define@choicekey*+[psset]{optexp}{fiber@all}% + [\val\nr]{false,none,true,all}[all]{% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \POE@getfiber@none + \or + \POE@getfiber@none + \or + \POE@getfiber@all + \or + \POE@getfiber@all + \fi +}{% + \ifx\@empty\val + \POE@getfiber@none + \else + \pst@expandafter\POE@psset@@fiber{#1}\@empty,,\@nil + \fi +}% +\def\POE@psset@@fiber#1#2,#3,#4\@nil{% + \POE@getfiber@all + \ifx\@empty#3\@empty + \@nameuse{POE@getfiber@#1}% + \@nameuse{POE@getfiber@#2}% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getfiber@none{% + \psset[optexp]{fiber@=false}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiber@all{% + \psset[optexp]{% + fiber@, fiberin@, fiberout@, + fiberin@top, fiberin@bottom, + fiberout@top, fiberout@bottom}% +}% +\def\POE@getfiber@t{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberin@bottom=false, fiberout@bottom=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiber@b{% + \psset[optexp]{fiberin@top=false, fiberout@top=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiber@l{\psset[optexp]{fiberout@=false}}% +\def\POE@getfiber@r{\psset[optexp]{fiberin@=false}}% +\let\POE@getfiber@i\POE@getfiber@l +\let\POE@getfiber@o\POE@getfiber@r +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiber@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{nofiber@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberin@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberin@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberin@bottom}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberout@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberout@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberout@bottom}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpreset@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{nofiberpreset@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetin@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetin@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetin@bottom}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetout@}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetout@top}[true]{} +\define@boolkey[psset]{optexp}[POE@]{fiberpresetout@bottom}[true]{} +\psset[optexp]{fiber=*all}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberangleA}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberangleA +}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberangleB}{% + \pst@checknum{#1}\POE@key@fiberangleB +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{fiberalign}% + [\val\nr]{rel,abs,relative,center,absolute}% + {% + \ifcase\nr\relax + \let\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@relative + \or + \let\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@absolute + \else + \def\POE@key@fiberalign{#1}% + \fi + }% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '\val' for fiberalign.}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{fiberstyle}{% + \@ifundefined{nc#1}% + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown value '#1' for fiberstyle.}}% + {\def\POE@key@fiberstyle{#1}}} +\psset[optexp]{% + fiberangleA=0, + fiberangleB=0, + fiberalign=relative, + fiberstyle=curve +}% +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{startnode}% + [\val\nr]{auto,1,2,3,4,N}% + {\edef\POE@key@startnode{\val}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown startnode number '\val'}} +\define@choicekey+[psset]{optexp}{stopnode}[\val\nr]{auto,1,2,3,4,N}% + {\edef\POE@key@stopnode{\val}} + {\PackageError{pst-optexp}{Unknown stopnode number '\val'}} +\psset[optexp]{% + startnode=auto, + stopnode=auto +}% +\newenvironment{optexp}{\Collect@Body\POE@collect}{} +\long\def\POE@collect#1{% + \psset[optexp]{optexpenv} + \global\POE@oldcnt=\POE@cnt + \bgroup + \psset[optexp]{backlayer=true, frontlayer=false}#1% + \egroup + \gdef\POE@complist{}\global\POE@cnt=\POE@oldcnt\relax + \psset[optexp]{backlayer=false, frontlayer=true}% + #1}% +\def\backlayer#1{\ifPOE@backlayer #1\fi\ignorespaces} +\def\frontlayer#1{\ifPOE@frontlayer #1\fi\ignorespaces} +\def\POE@getnode#1#2\@nil{% + \ifx(#1\relax%) + \POE@getcoor#1#2 + \edef\POE@temp{{\pst@coor}}% + \else + \edef\POE@temp{/\oenode{}{#1#2}\space}% + \fi% +}% +\def\POE@getcoor(#1){\pst@@getcoor{#1}}% +\def\drawfiber{\drawfiber@{Fiber}}% +\def\drawfiber@#1{% + \ifPst@custom\else + \def\pst@par{style=#1}% + \fi + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\drawfiber@i}{\drawfiber@i[]}% +}% +\def\drawfiber@i[#1]#2{% + \addafter@par{#1}% + \def\POE@tempe{#2}% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\drawfiber@ii}{}% +}% +\def\drawfiber@ii#1{% + \expandafter\drawfiber@iii\expandafter{\POE@tempe}{#1}% + \def\POE@tempe{#1}% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\drawfiber@ii}{}% +}% +\def\drawfiber@iii#1#2{% + \begingroup + \let\psk@angleA\relax + \let\psk@angleB\relax + \use@par + \def\POE@tempa{#1} + \ifx\POE@tempa\@empty + \edef\POE@comps{/\oenode{}{}\space} + \else + \expandafter\POE@getnode#1\@nil + \edef\POE@comps{\POE@temp} + \fi + \def\POE@tempb{#2} + \ifx\POE@tempb\@empty + \edef\POE@comps{/\oenode{}{}\space \POE@comps} + \else + \expandafter\POE@getnode#2\@nil + \edef\POE@comps{\POE@temp\space \POE@comps} + \fi + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifx\POE@key@startnode\POE@str@auto\else + \POE@pnode{/\POE@key@startnode\space \POE@comps exch pop + \POE@dict{getsubnode} \tx@UserCoor}{@@A} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@stopnode\POE@str@auto\else + \POE@pnode{/\POE@key@stopnode\space \POE@comps pop + \POE@dict{getsubnode} \tx@UserCoor}{@@B} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@startnode\POE@str@auto + \ifx\POE@key@stopnode\POE@str@auto + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps exch \POE@dict{NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@A} + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps pop + \POE@dict{/N@@@A @GetCenter ToVec NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@B} + \else + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps exch pop /N@@@B + \POE@dict{@GetCenter ToVec NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@A} + \fi + \else\ifx\POE@key@stopnode\POE@str@auto + \POE@pnode{\POE@comps pop /N@@@A + \POE@dict{@GetCenter ToVec NearestNode} + \tx@UserCoor}{@@B} + \fi\fi + \pst@getcoor{@@A}\POE@tempa + \pst@getcoor{@@B}\POE@tempb + \ifx\psk@angleA\relax + \ifx\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@absolute + \psset{angleA=\POE@key@fiberangleA}% + \else + \psset{angleA=! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempb \POE@tempa \POE@comps exch + \POE@key@fiberalign\space RelFiberAngle + \POE@key@fiberangleA\space add } + }% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\psk@angleB\relax + \ifx\POE@key@fiberalign\POE@str@absolute + \psset{angleB=\POE@key@fiberangleB}% + \else + \psset{angleB=! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempa \POE@tempb \POE@comps + \POE@key@fiberalign\space RelFiberAngle + \POE@key@fiberangleB\space add} + }% + \fi + \fi + \@nameuse{nc\POE@key@fiberstyle}{@@A}{@@B} + \fi + \endgroup +}% +\def\POE@pnode#1#2{% + \ifPst@custom + \code{% + gsave + /currentpoint load stopped { 0 0 moveto } if + 1 8.3021995 div dup neg scale + tx@NodeDict begin + {#1 \tx@ScreenCoor } false /N@#2 10 {InitPnode} + /NodeScale {} def NewNode + end + grestore + }% + \else + \pnode(!#1){#2} + \fi +}% +\def\begin@BeamObj{% + \addbefore@par{n=n}% + \begin@SpecialObj% + \addto@pscode{% + \pst@optexpdict + /loadbeampoints \POE@key@loadbeampoints\space def + /loadbeam \ifPOE@loadbeam true \else false \fi def + /beamangle \POE@key@beamangle\space def + /savebeampoints \POE@key@savebeampoints\space def + /savebeam \ifPOE@savebeam true \else false \fi def + /beaminsidefirst \ifPOE@beaminsidefirst true \else false \fi def + /beaminsidelast \ifPOE@beaminsidelast true \else false \fi def + /beaminside \ifPOE@beaminside true \else false \fi def + /startinside \ifPOE@startinside true \else false \fi def + /stopinside \ifPOE@stopinside true \else false \fi def + /connectifc \ifPOE@raytrace false \else true \fi def + /beamalign + \ifx\POE@key@beamalign\POE@str@absolute\space + absolute + \else + relative + \fi def + /skipconn \POE@key@skipconn\space def + /useNA \ifPOE@useNA true \else false \fi def + }% +}% +\def\begin@WideBeamObj{% + \addbefore@par{style=Beam}% + \begin@BeamObj + \let\pst@linetype\pst@arrowtype + \pst@addarrowdef% +}% +\let\begin@SingleBeamObj\begin@WideBeamObj +\def\drawbeam{\pst@object{drawbeam}}% +\def\drawbeam@i{% + \def\POE@conntable{,a-a,b-b,A-A,B-B}% + \begin@SingleBeamObj + \POE@getcomps[\drawbeam@ii% +}% +\def\drawwidebeam{\pst@object{drawwidebeam}}% +\def\drawwidebeam@i{% + \begin@WideBeamObj + \POE@getcomps[\drawwidebeam@ii% +}% +\def\POE@beam@use@pscode{% + \pstverb{% + \pst@dict + \tx@STP + \pst@newpath + \psk@origin + \psk@swapaxes + \pst@code + end + count /ocount exch def + }% + \gdef\pst@code{}% +}% +\def\end@BeamObj{% + \addto@pscode{ end }% + \let\psk@fillstyle\relax + \ifPOE@optexpenv + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \def\pst@code{ false false }% + \fi + \fi + \let\use@pscode\POE@beam@use@pscode + \end@SpecialObj% +}% +\def\drawbeam@ii{% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \drawbeam@iii + \else + \drawbeam@compat + \fi +} +\def\drawbeam@iii{% + \ifx\pslinestyle\@none + \addto@pscode{ false false }% + \else + \addto@pscode{% + {/nbeam {\POE@key@n cvx exec} bind def + \ifPOE@pswarning + /Warning /PrintWarning load def + \else + /Warning /pop load def + \fi}% + [ \POE@key@beampos\space counttomark dup + 0 eq { + pop 0 0 + } { + 1 eq { + 0 exch + } if + } ifelse \tx@ScreenCoor] cvx + \POE@key@beamangle\space + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmp undef + currentdict /lastVecTmp undef + loadbeampoints 1 ge + tx@NodeDict /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} known and { + /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} @GetCenter ToVec + /lastBeamPointTmp ED + } if + currentdict /lastVec\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space known + loadbeam and { + /lastVecTmp /lastVec\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space load def + } if + TraceBeam + \POE@strokesinglebeam + savebeampoints 1 ge + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmp known and dup { + lastBeamPointTmp + /N@\oenodeBeam{\POE@key@savebeampoints}\space 4 -1 roll + } if + savebeam currentdict /lastVecTmp known and dup { + /lastVec\POE@key@savebeampoints\space lastVecTmp 4 -1 roll + } if + }% + \fi + \end@BeamObj + \POE@Verb{% + { tx@OptexpDict begin ToVec def end } if + { \tx@NodeScale @NewNode } if + }% +}% +\def\tx@NodeScale{% + \pst@nodedict + /NodeScale {\ifx\pstnodescale\@undefined\else\pstnodescale\fi} def + end } +\def\POE@strokesinglebeam{% + gsave + /Lineto /lineto load def + \tx@Drawbeam + \tx@setlinejoin + \pst@number\pslinewidth SLW + \pst@usecolor\pslinecolor + \tx@setStrokeTransparency + \@nameuse{psls@\pslinestyle} + grestore +}% +\def\drawwidebeam@ii{% + \def\pst@fill##1{ gsave ##1 grestore }% + \addto@pscode{% + {/nbeam {\POE@key@n cvx exec} bind def + \ifPOE@pswarning + /Warning /PrintWarning load def + \else + /Warning /pop load def + \fi}% + }% + \addto@pscode{% + \POE@key@beamangle\space dup + \POE@key@beamdiv\space 0.5 mul dup 4 -1 roll add 3 1 roll sub + }% + \addto@pscode{% + [ \POE@key@beampos\space counttomark dup + 0 eq { + pop 0 0 + } { + 1 eq { + 0 exch + } if + } ifelse + mark \POE@key@beamwidth\space counttomark 0 eq { + 0 + } { + 0.5 mul + } ifelse + exch pop + 3 copy add \tx@ScreenCoor\space ToVec + 5 1 roll sub \tx@ScreenCoor + ] cvx + }% + \addto@pscode{ exch 4 -1 roll 4 2 roll exch }% + \addto@pscode{% + counttomark mark exch 2 add 1 roll + gsave + \ifx\psk@fillstyle\relax + currentdict /fillBeam undef + \else + /fillBeam {\psk@fillstyle} def + \fi + /strokeBeam \ifx\pslinestyle\@none false \else true \fi def + [/lastBeamPointTmpLow /lastBeamPointTmpUp + /lastVecTmpLow /lastVecTmpUp] + {currentdict exch undef} forall + tx@NodeDict /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} known + tx@NodeDict /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} known + loadbeampoints 1 ge and and { + /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} @GetCenter ToVec + /lastBeamPointTmpLow ED + /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@key@loadbeampoints} @GetCenter ToVec + /lastBeamPointTmpUp ED + } if + loadbeam + currentdict /lastVecLow\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space known and + currentdict /lastVecUp\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space known and { + /lastVecTmpLow /lastVecLow\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space load def + /lastVecTmpUp /lastVecUp\POE@key@loadbeampoints\space load def + } if + TraceAndFillWideBeam + grestore pop % pop off the mark + counttomark 0 gt strokeBeam and { + counttomark dup /cnta ED /cntb ED + cnta 6 idiv { + cnta 3 roll /cnta cnta 3 sub def + /cntb cntb 3 sub def + cntb 3 roll /cntb cntb 3 sub def + } repeat + counttomark 2 idiv 1 add mark exch 1 roll + \POE@strokesinglebeam + \POE@strokesinglebeam + } { + pop % pop off the mark + } ifelse + currentdict /fillBeam known strokeBeam or + savebeampoints 1 ge and + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpLow known and + currentdict /lastBeamPointTmpUp known and dup { + lastBeamPointTmpLow /N@\oenodeBeamLow{\POE@key@savebeampoints} + lastBeamPointTmpUp /N@\oenodeBeamUp{\POE@key@savebeampoints} + 7 -1 roll + } if + currentdict /fillBeam known strokeBeam or + savebeam and + currentdict /lastVecTmpLow known and + currentdict /lastVecTmpUp known and dup { + /lastVecLow\POE@key@savebeampoints\space lastVecTmpLow + /lastVecUp\POE@key@savebeampoints\space lastVecTmpUp + 7 -1 roll + } if + }% + \end@BeamObj + \POE@Verb{% + { tx@OptexpDict begin ToVec def ToVec def end } if + { \tx@NodeScale @NewNode @NewNode } if + }% +}% +\pst@def{Drawbeam}< + { counttomark 6 le { + exit + } if + 3 index not { + pop pop pop + }{ + exit + } ifelse + } loop + { counttomark 3 le { + exit + } if + counttomark 3 sub index not { + counttomark -3 roll pop pop pop + }{ + exit + } ifelse + } loop + counttomark 3 le { + cleartomark + }{ + counttomark 3 div cvi /N ED + (\psk@ArrowInside) length 0 gt { + \ifx\psk@arrowA\arrowType@H % do we have a Hook arrow at the beginning? + \pst@number\pshooklength % yes + \else + \psk@arrowsize\space CLW mul add dup \psk@arrowlength\space mul exch \psk@arrowinset mul neg add + \fi + /arrowlength exch def + 6 copy pop % copy all four values for the arrow line + /y1 ED /x1 ED pop /y2 ED /x2 ED % save them + /Alpha y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub Atan def % the gradient of the line + pop 3 -1 roll 5 1 roll + ArrowA + x1 Alpha cos arrowlength mul add % dx add + y1 Alpha sin arrowlength mul add % dy add, to get the current point at the end of the arrow tip + 5 -1 roll 3 1 roll true + /N N 1 sub def + N { + 6 copy pop + /y1 ED /x1 ED pop /y2 ED /x2 ED /draw ED + x1 y1 x2 y2 @ABDist dup + \POE@key@ArrowInsideMinLength\space\pst@number\psunit mul ge + exch \POE@key@ArrowInsideMaxLength\space\pst@number\psunit mul dup 0 lt + 3 1 roll le or and { + x1 y1 + \psk@ArrowInsidePos\space 1 gt { + /Alpha y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub Atan def + /ArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsideOffset\space def + /dArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsidePos\space abs def + \psk@ArrowInsideNo\space cvi { + /ArrowPos ArrowPos dArrowPos add def + x1 Alpha cos ArrowPos mul add + y1 Alpha sin ArrowPos mul add + 6 index { ArrowInside } if + pop pop + } repeat + }{ + /ArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsideOffset\space def + /dArrowPos \psk@ArrowInsideNo 1 gt {% + 1.0 \psk@ArrowInsideNo 1.0 add div + }{\psk@ArrowInsidePos } ifelse def + \psk@ArrowInsideNo\space cvi { + /ArrowPos ArrowPos dArrowPos add def + x2 x1 sub ArrowPos mul x1 add + y2 y1 sub ArrowPos mul y1 add + 6 index { ArrowInside } if + pop pop + } repeat + } ifelse + pop pop + } if + draw {Lineto}{moveto} ifelse + } repeat + }{ + pop 5 copy 3 -1 roll pop + ArrowA pop pop pop pop + counttomark 3 idiv -1 2 { + pop { + lineto + }{ + moveto + } ifelse + } for + } ifelse + {CP 4 2 roll ArrowB lineto pop pop } {moveto} ifelse + pop + } ifelse +> +\def\POE@getcomprange#1-#2\@nil{% + \ifx\\#2\\% + \ifx\\#1\\% + % empty option + \edef\POE@firstcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \edef\POE@firstcomp{#1}% + \edef\POE@lastcomp{#1}% + \fi + \else + \ifx\\#1\\% + \edef\POE@firstcomp{1}% + \else + \edef\POE@firstcomp{#1}% + \fi + \POE@getlastcomp#2% + \fi + \ifnum\POE@firstcomp<1 + \def\POE@firstcomp{1}% + \else\ifnum\POE@firstcomp>\the\POE@cnt + \edef\POE@firstcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \fi\fi + \ifnum\POE@lastcomp>\the\POE@cnt + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else\ifnum\POE@lastcomp<1 + \def\POE@lastcomp{1}% + \fi\fi +} +\def\POE@getlastcomp#1-{% + \ifx.#1.% + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \ifx\@empty#1\relax + \edef\POE@lastcomp{\the\POE@cnt}% + \else + \edef\POE@lastcomp{#1}% + \fi + \fi +} +\def\POE@getcomps#1#2{% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \def\POE@aftercomps{\addto@pscode{#1 \POE@comps }#2}% + \else + \def\POE@aftercomps{#2}% + \fi + \def\POE@comps{}% + \POE@@getcomps% +}% +\def\POE@@getcomps{% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\POE@@@getcomps}{\POE@aftercomps}% +}% +\def\POE@@@getcomps#1{% + \def\POE@temp{#1\@empty}% + \expandafter\POE@@@@getcomps\POE@temp\@nil +}% +\def\POE@@@@getcomps#1#2\@nil{% + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty + \POE@getcomp{(\oenode{}{})}% + \else\ifx(#1\relax%) + \POE@getplanenode#1#2% + \else\ifnum9<1#1\relax + \POE@getcomprange#1#2-\@nil + \POE@getcomp{% + (\POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default) + \POE@firstcomp\space\POE@lastcomp\space GetCompRange % + }% + \else\ifx-#1\relax + \POE@getcomprange#1#2-\@nil + \POE@getcomp{% + (\POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default) + \POE@firstcomp\space\POE@lastcomp\space GetCompRange % + }% + \else + \POE@getcomp{(\oenode{}{#1#2})}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi% + \POE@@getcomps% +}% +\def\POE@getplanenode(#1){% + \pst@@getcoor{#1}% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \advance\POE@nodecnt by 1 + \POE@getcomp{% + {\pst@coor} {0 1} + (\POE@str@basicname@default N@\the\POE@nodecnt) + {\tx@UserCoor} NewTempNodeComp + (\POE@str@basicname@default N@\the\POE@nodecnt) + }% + \else + \POE@getcomp{{\pst@coor} }% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getcomp#1{% + \ifx\POE@comps\@empty + \edef\POE@tempc{#1}% + \else + \edef\POE@tempd{#1}% + \fi + \edef\POE@comps{#1 \POE@comps}% +}% +\def\POE@drawInternalConnections{% + \ifx\POE@key@conn\@empty + \POE@drawInternalConnectionsNew + \else + \POE@drawInternalConnectionsOld + \fi +}% +\def\POE@drawPresetFibers{% + \ifPOE@endbox + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \else + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \fi\fi +}% +\def\POE@drawInternalConnectionsNew{% + \ifPOE@beam + \ifPOE@endbox + \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \else + \drawbeam[raytrace=false]{(\oenodeRefA{})}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi\fi + \else\ifPOE@fiber@ + \ifPOE@endbox + \ifPOE@fiberin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \ifPOE@fiberout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \else + \ifPOE@fiberin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}{(\oenodeRefA{})}{} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}{}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \fi + \fi\fi + \fi\fi +}% +\def\POE@drawInternalConnectionsOld{% + \ifPOE@endbox + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn} + \else + \ifPOE@fiber@ + \ifPOE@fiberin@ + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberout@ + \@nameuse{\POE@connOut} + \fi + \else + \ifPOE@connjoin + \def\POE@tempa{POE@conn@in@i}% + \ifx\POE@tempa\POE@connIn + \def\POE@tempb{POE@conn@out@o} + \ifx\POE@tempb\POE@connOut + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \else\ifx\@empty\POE@connOut + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \else + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \fi\fi + \else + \def\POE@tempa{POE@conn@in@o}% + \ifx\POE@tempa\POE@connIn + \def\POE@tempb{POE@conn@out@o} + \ifx\POE@tempb\POE@connOut + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \else\ifx\@empty\POE@connOut + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \else + \pscustom[style=Beam, linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin]{% + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}}% + \fi\fi + \else + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \fi + \fi + \else + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}\@nameuse{\POE@connOut}% + \fi + \fi + \fi +}% +\def\optexp@nodeA{\oenodeIn{}}% +\def\optexp@nodeB{\oenodeOut{}}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{connjoin}{% + \edef\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifnum\POE@temp<0 + \POE@connjoinfalse + \else\ifnum\POE@temp>2 + \POE@connjoinfalse + \else + \POE@connjointrue + \edef\POE@key@connjoin{\POE@temp} + \fi\fi +}% +\def\POE@key@conn{}% +\define@key[psset]{optexp}{conn}{% + \edef\POE@key@conn{#1}% + \expandafter\POE@psset@@conn\POE@key@conn\@empty-\@empty\@nil + \if@pst\else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{Bad connection specification: #1}% + \fi +}% +\def\POE@psset@@conn#1-#2\@empty#3\@nil{% + \@psttrue + \def\POE@next##1,#1-##2,##3\@nil{\def\POE@temp{##2}}% + \expandafter\POE@next\POE@conntable,#1-#1,\@nil + \@ifundefined{POE@conn@in@\POE@temp}% + {\@pstfalse\def\POE@connIn{}}% + {\edef\POE@connIn{POE@conn@in@\POE@temp}}% + \@ifundefined{POE@conn@out@#2}% + {\@pstfalse\def\POE@connOut{}}% + {\def\POE@connOut{POE@conn@out@#2}}% +}% +\def\POE@connIn{}% +\def\POE@connOut{}% +\def\POE@conntable{,o-o,i-i,f-f}% +\def\POE@conn@out@{\ifPOE@insideobj\else\POE@conn@out@a\fi}% +\def\POE@conn@in@{\ifPOE@insideobj\else\POE@conn@in@a\fi}% +\def\POE@conn@in@o{% + \psline[style=Beam](\oenodeRefA{})(\optexp@nodeA)% +}% +\def\POE@conn@out@o{% + \psline[style=Beam](\optexp@nodeB)(\oenodeRefB{})% +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@f{% + \pccurve[% + angleA=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefA{} /N@\oenodeRefB{} SlopeAngle}, + angleB=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefB{} /N@\oenodeRefA{} SlopeAngle}, + style=FiberIn](\oenodeRefA{})(\optexp@nodeA)% +}% +\def\POE@conn@out@f{% + \pccurve[% + angleA=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefA{} /N@\oenodeRefB{} SlopeAngle}, + angleB=!\POE@dict{/N@\oenodeRefB{} /N@\oenodeRefA{} SlopeAngle}, + style=FiberOut](\optexp@nodeB)(\oenodeRefB{})% +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@i{% + \def\pst@par{style=Beam} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{% + [%] + \pst@optexpdict + (\oenode{}{}) true GetInternalBeamNodesCompat + /N@\oenodeRefA{} @GetCenter + end + }% + \psline@ii +}% +\def\POE@conn@out@i{% + \def\pst@par{style=Beam} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{% + [%] + \pst@optexpdict + /N@\oenodeRefB{} @GetCenter + (\oenode{}{}) true GetInternalBeamNodesCompat + end + }% + \psline@ii +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@a{% + dup xcheck not { + \POE@dict{1 GetInternalBeamNodeCompat} + } if + exec +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@A{% + dup xcheck not { + false \POE@dict{GetInternalBeamNodesCompat} % + } if + exec +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@b{% + dup xcheck not { + \POE@dict{(N) GetInternalBeamNodeCompat} + } if + exec +}% +\def\POE@conn@in@B{% + dup xcheck not { + true \POE@dict{GetInternalBeamNodesCompat} % + } if + exec +}% +\let\POE@conn@out@a\POE@conn@in@a +\let\POE@conn@out@A\POE@conn@in@B +\let\POE@conn@out@b\POE@conn@in@b +\let\POE@conn@out@B\POE@conn@in@A +\def\drawbeam@compat{% + \ifPOE@connjoin + \setkeys+[psset]{optexp}{linejoin=\POE@key@connjoin}% + \fi + \addto@pscode{[% ] + \POE@tempd\space + \@nameuse{\POE@connOut} + \POE@tempc\space + \@nameuse{\POE@connIn}}% + \psline@ii +\ignorespaces}% +\def\defShiftedNode(#1)(#2)#3{% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\defShiftedNode\space is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use \string\nodexn\space(pst-node) instead.}% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempb% + \pnode(! \pst@tempb \pst@tempa \POE@dict{VecAdd} \tx@UserCoor){#3}% +}% +\def\POE@checkcompname#1{% + \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#1,}{,\POE@complist,}% + \ifin@\else + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{^^Jcompname '#1' undefined!^^J} + \fi +}% +\def\POE@getlastcompname{% + \expandafter\POE@getlastcompname@i \POE@complist,\relax,\@nil +}% +\def\POE@getlastcompname@i#1,#2,#3\@nil{#1}% +\def\oenode#1#2{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix% + \ifx\\#2\\% + \ifnum9<1\POE@getlastcompname% + \POE@str@basicname@default% + \POE@getlastcompname% + \else% + \POE@getlastcompname% + \POE@str@basicname@sep% + \fi% + \else% + \ifnum9<1#2% + \POE@str@basicname@default% + #2% + \else% + #2\POE@str@basicname@sep% + \fi% + \fi% + #1% +}% +\def\oenodeExt#1{\oenode{\POE@str@extnode@postfix}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeIn#1{\oenode{1}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeOut#1{\oenode{N}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeCenter#1{\oenode{Center}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeLabel#1{\oenode{Label}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeRefA#1{\oenode{A}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeRefB#1{\oenode{B}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeRotref#1{\oenode{Rotref}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeTrefA#1{\oenode{TrefA}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeTrefB#1{\oenode{TrefB}{#1}}% +\def\oenode@RefA#1{\oenode{@A}{#1}}% +\def\oenode@RefB#1{\oenode{@B}{#1}}% +\def\oenode@TrefA#1{\oenode{@TrefA}{#1}}% +\def\oenode@TrefB#1{\oenode{@TrefB}{#1}}% +\def\oenodeIfc#1#2{% + \ifnum9<1#1 % + \oenode{#1}{#2}% + \else\ifx#1N % + \oenode{#1}{#2}% + \else\ifx#1C % + \oenode{#1}{#2}% + \else + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\oenodeIfc\space node argument must be\MessageBreak + integer, 'N', or 'C'} + \fi\fi\fi +}% +\def\oenodeBeam#1{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default Beam% + \ifx\\#1\\1\else#1\fi +}% +\def\oenodeBeamUp#1{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default BeamUp% + \ifx\\#1\\1\else#1\fi +}% +\def\oenodeBeamLow#1{% + \POE@str@basicname@prefix\POE@str@basicname@default BeamLow% + \ifx\\#1\\1\else#1\fi +}% +\def\newOptexpComp@#1#2{% + \POE@Verb{% + \tx@NodeScale + [ #1 #2 \ifPOE@allowbeaminside true \else false \fi + (\oenode{}{}) {\tx@ScreenCoor} + NewOptexpComp + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\newOptexpComp#1{% + \newOptexpComp@{#1}{false}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\newOptexpCompAmb#1{% + \newOptexpComp@{#1}{true}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\newOptexpFiberComp#1{% + \POE@Verb{% + \tx@NodeScale + [ #1 (\oenode{}{}) {\tx@ScreenCoor} + NewOptexpFiberComp + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@compalias#1#2{% + \POE@Verb{% + /\oenode{}{#1} dup currentdict exch known { + load /#2 ED + } { + pop + } ifelse + (#2) (\oenode{}{#1}) + tx@NodeDict begin + 1 { + 3 copy inttostr dup + 3 1 roll 2 copy NodeName + currentdict exch known { + NodeName load 3 1 roll NodeName ED + 1 add + } { + pop (N) NodeName load 3 1 roll + pop (N) NodeName ED + pop exit + } ifelse + } loop + [ (A) (B) (@A) (@B) (Center) (Label) (Rotref) + (TrefA) (TrefB) (@TrefA) (@TrefB) (Ext) + counttomark { + counttomark 3 add -2 roll 2 copy counttomark 1 add 2 roll + 3 -1 roll dup 4 1 roll NodeName dup + currentdict exch known { + load 3 1 roll exch NodeName ED + } { + pop pop pop + } ifelse + } repeat pop pop pop + end + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optplane{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\optplane@i}{\optplane@i[]}% +}% +\def\optplane@i[#1](#2){% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempa + \optplate[#1, plateheight=0, linestyle=none]% + (! \POE@tempa exch 1 sub exch \tx@UserCoor)% + (! \POE@tempa exch 1 add exch \tx@UserCoor)% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\begin@OptexpObj{% + \global\advance\POE@cnt by 1 + \addbefore@par{compname={}}% + \pst@killglue + \begingroup + \POE@insideobjtrue + \POE@Verb{InitOptexpComp }% + \use@par + \let\POE@key@comp@Yshift\POE@key@compshift% + \def\POE@key@comp@Xshift{0}% + \edef\POE@refnodeA{\oenodeRefA{}}% + \edef\POE@refnodeB{\oenodeRefB{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeA{\oenodeTrefA{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeB{\oenodeTrefB{}}% + \def\POE@transformnodes{% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefA{}}{\oenodeTrefA{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefB{}}{\oenodeTrefB{}}% + }% +}% +\let\begin@OptexpFiberObj\begin@OptexpObj +\let\POE@disablepos\relax +\def\begin@OptexpTripole{% + \begin@OptexpObj + \def\POE@key@comp@Xshift{\POE@key@compshift\space neg }% + \def\POE@key@comp@Yshift{0}% + \def\POE@disablepos{% + \let\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \let\POE@key@position\@empty + }% + \POE@positionrefnodes +}% +\def\POE@positionrefnodes{% + \edef\POE@refnodeA{\oenode@RefA{}}% + \edef\POE@refnodeB{\oenode@RefB{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeA{\oenode@TrefA{}}% + \edef\POE@trefnodeB{\oenode@TrefB{}}% + \def\POE@transformnodes{% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefA{}}{\oenodeTrefA{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenodeRefB{}}{\oenodeTrefB{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenode@RefA{}}{\oenode@TrefA{}}% + \POE@transformnode{\oenode@RefB{}}{\oenode@TrefB{}}% + }% +}% +\def\end@OptexpObj{% + \ifnum9<1\POE@key@compname\else + \POE@compalias{\POE@key@compname}{\oenode{}{\the\POE@cnt}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \ignorespaces% +}% +\let\end@OptexpDipole\end@OptexpObj +\let\end@OptexpTripole\end@OptexpObj +\def\addafter@par#1{% + \ifx\pst@par\@empty + \def\pst@par{#1}% + \else + \toks@{#1}% + \pst@toks\expandafter{\pst@par}% + \edef\pst@par{\the\pst@toks,\the\toks@}% + \fi% +}% +\def\getCLWH{CLW \pst@number\psxunit 2 mul div }% +\def\getCLW{CLW \pst@number\psxunit div }% +\let\POE@restorerefnodes\relax +\def\newOptexpDipole{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@newdipole}{\POE@newdipole[]}% +}% +\def\newOptexpDipoleNolabel{% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\newOptexpDipoleNolabel\space is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use \string\newOptexpDipole\space instead.}% + \newOptexpDipole +}% +\def\newOptexpTripole{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@newtripole}{\POE@newtripole[]}% +}% +\def\newOptexpFiberDipole{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@newfiberdipole}{\POE@newfiberdipole[]}% +}% +\def\POE@newdipole[#1]#2#3{% + \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% + \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)}% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2){}}% + }% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i@\endcsname(##1)(##2)##3{% + \addbefore@par{#3}% + \addafter@par{#1}% + \begin@OptexpObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{##1}{##2} + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[#2]{##3}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{ (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc }% + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \fi + \end@OptexpDipole + }% + \dipole@iimacro{#2}% + }{% + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{% + dipole component `#2' already defined + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@newfiberdipole[#1]#2#3{% + \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% + \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)}% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2){}}% + }% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i@\endcsname(##1)(##2)##3{% + \addbefore@par{#3}% + \addafter@par{#1}% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{##1}{##2} + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[#2]{##3}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{ (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \POE@drawPresetFibers + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpDipole + }% + \fiberdipole@iimacro{#2}% + }{% + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{% + fiber dipole object `#2' already defined + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@newtripole[#1]#2#3{% + \@ifundefined{#2@i}{% + \@namedef{#2}{\pst@object{#2}}% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i\endcsname(##1)(##2)(##3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)(##3)}% + {\@nameuse{#2@i@}(##1)(##2)(##3){}}% + }% + \expandafter\def\csname #2@i@\endcsname(##1)(##2)(##3)##4{% + \addbefore@par{#3}% + \addafter@par{ref@angle=180,#1}% + \begin@OptexpTripole + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@calcNodes{##1}{##2}{##3}% + \POE@regNodes{##1}{##3}% + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[#2]{##4}{\@nameuse{#2@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \fi + \end@OptexpTripole + }% + \tripole@iimacro{#2}% + }{% + \PackageError{pst-optexp}{% + tripole object `#2' already defined + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\dipole@iimacro#1{% + \POE@iimacro{#1}{\dipole@nodes}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\fiberdipole@iimacro#1{% + \POE@iimacro{#1}{\fiberdipole@nodes}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\tripole@iimacro#1{% + \POE@iimacro{#1}{\tripole@nodes}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@iimacro#1#2{% + \@namedef{#1@ii}{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{#1@iii}{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \@ifundefined{#1@nodes}{#2}{\@nameuse{#1@nodes}}% + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \@nameuse{#1@comp}% + \fi + }{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Using #1@iii, please switch to the new\MessageBreak + interface system.}% + \@nameuse{#1@iii}% + \fi + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optcoupler{\pst@object{optcoupler}}% +\def\optcoupler@i(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\@nameuse{optcoupler@i@}(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4)}% + {\@nameuse{optcoupler@i@}(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4){}}% +}% +\def\optcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)(#4)#5{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pnode(#3){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pnode(#4){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#4}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefB{}} + \fi\fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[optcoupler]{#5}{\@nameuse{optcoupler@ii}} + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{% + (1) (3) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + (2) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top + \drawfiber@{FiberIn1}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}% + {\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberIn2}[stopnode=2]{(#2)}% + {\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}[startnode=3]{\POE@key@compname}% + {(#3)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberOut2}[startnode=N]{\POE@key@compname}% + {(#4)} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{optcoupler}% +\def\wdmsplitter{\pst@object{wdmsplitter}}% +\def\wdmsplitter@i(#1)(#2)(#3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\wdmsplitter@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)}% + {\wdmsplitter@i@(#1)(#2)(#3){}}% +}% +\def\wdmsplitter@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \pnode(#3){\oenodeRefB{}} + \else + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefB{}} + \fi\fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[wdmsplitter]{#4}\wdmsplitter@ii + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{% + (1) (2) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top + \drawfiber@{FiberOut1}[startnode=2]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#2)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberOut2}[startnode=N]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#3)} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{wdmsplitter}% +\def\wdmcoupler{\pst@object{wdmcoupler}}% +\def\wdmcoupler@i(#1)(#2)(#3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\wdmcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)}% + {\wdmcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3){}}% +}% +\def\wdmcoupler@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(#3){\oenodeRefB{}} + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefA{}} + \else + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(!\POE@tempa \POE@tempb + \POE@dict{VecAdd 0.5 VecScale} + \tx@UserCoor){\oenodeRefA{}} + \fi\fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[wdmcoupler]{#4}\wdmcoupler@ii + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@Verb{% + (1) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + (2) (N) (\oenode{}{}) CorrectDipoleIfc + }% + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \drawfiber@{FiberOut}[startnode=N]{\POE@key@compname}{(#3)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top + \drawfiber@{FiberIn1}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberIn2}[stopnode=2]{(#2)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{wdmcoupler}% +\def\optcirculator{\pst@object{optcirculator}}% +\def\optcirculator@i(#1)(#2)(#3){% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup% + {\optcirculator@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)}% + {\optcirculator@i@(#1)(#2)(#3){}}% +}% +\def\optcirculator@i@(#1)(#2)(#3)#4{% + \addafter@par{ref@angle=180}% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{#1}{#2} + \ifx\POE@key@position\@empty + \ifx\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \POE@positionrefnodes + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempc% + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempb% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempa \tx@UserCoor 2 copy 2 copy + \POE@tempc \tx@UserCoor 4 2 roll @ABVect + 2 copy 2 copy 10 4 roll + \POE@tempb \tx@UserCoor 6 -2 roll @ABVect + 4 2 roll tx@EcldDict begin Project end VecAdd + 2 copy 6 -2 roll -0.5 VecScale VecAdd + }){\oenode@RefA{}}% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{4 2 roll 0.5 VecScale VecAdd})% + {\oenode@RefB{}}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[optcirculator]{#4}\optcirculator@ii + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetin@top + \drawfiber@{FiberIn}[stopnode=1]{(#1)}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@top + \drawfiber@{FiberOut1}[startnode=N]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#2)} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@bottom + \drawfiber@{FiberOut2}[startnode=2, fiberalign=center]% + {\POE@key@compname}{(#3)} + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\fiberdipole@iimacro{optcirculator}% +\def\POE@calcNodes#1#2#3{{% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@tempa% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\POE@tempb% + \pst@getcoor{#3}\POE@tempc% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{% + \POE@tempa \tx@UserCoor + \POE@tempc \tx@UserCoor + \POE@tempb \tx@UserCoor + calcNodes + X@A Y@A}){\oenode@RefA{}}% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{X@B Y@B}){\oenode@RefB{}}% +}\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@regNodes#1#2{% + \pnode(#1){\oenodeRefA{}} + \pnode(#2){\oenodeRefB{}} + \POE@Verb{% + /@xref \POE@key@extnode@xref\space def + /@yref \POE@key@extnode@yref\space def + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@extnodealign{% + \ifx\POE@key@extnodealign\POE@str@absolute + \POE@Verb{% + /N@\oenodeRefA{} @GetCenter /N@\oenodeRefB{} @GetCenter + @ABVect exch + dup 0 gt 3 1 roll 0 eq exch 0 lt and or + { /RefFac -1 def } if + }% + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\POE@pnode@shiftedrot(#1)#2#3#4{% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\POE@temp% + \pnode(!% + \POE@temp /YDiff ED /XDiff ED % + /N@#2 load GetCenter /YShifted ED /XShifted ED + /rot@angle #4 \POE@key@labelrefangle\space add def + /XDiff@Rot rot@angle cos XDiff mul rot@angle sin YDiff mul add def + /YDiff@Rot rot@angle cos YDiff mul rot@angle sin XDiff mul sub def + XShifted XDiff@Rot add YShifted YDiff@Rot add neg \tx@UserCoor + ){#3}% + \psset[optexp]{ref@angle=0} +}% +\def\POE@nlput{\pst@object{POE@nlput}} +\def\POE@nlput@i(#1)(#2)#3#4{% + \begin@SpecialObj + \POE@LDNode(#1)(#2){#3} + \pcline[linestyle=none](temp@nlputA)(temp@nlputB)% + \ncput[npos=0.5]{#4}% + \end@SpecialObj} +\def\POE@LDNode(#1)(#2)#3{% + \pst@getcoor{#1}\pst@tempA% + \pst@getcoor{#2}\pst@tempB% + \pnode(! + \pst@tempA \tx@UserCoor /YA ED /XA ED + \pst@tempB \tx@UserCoor /YB ED /XB ED + /dx XB XA sub def + /dy YB YA sub def + /angle dy dx Atan def + XA #3 1 sub angle cos mul add + YA #3 1 sub angle sin mul add ){temp@nlputA}% + \pnode(! + \pst@tempA \tx@UserCoor /YA ED /XA ED + \pst@tempB \tx@UserCoor /YB ED /XB ED + /dx XB XA sub def + /dy YB YA sub def + /angle dy dx Atan def + XA #3 1 add angle cos mul add + YA #3 1 add angle sin mul add ){temp@nlputB}% +} +\def\POE@putlabelrelative#1{% + \nput[labelsep=0]{\POE@key@labelangle}% + {\oenodeLabel{}}% + {\rput[\POE@key@labelalign](0,0){\POE@key@labelstyle #1}}% +}% +\def\POE@putcomp#1{% + \rput(! \POE@key@comp@Xshift\space\POE@key@comp@Yshift){% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{ + \POE@key@rotate@xref\space + \POE@key@rotate@yref\space + DefineExtNode}){\oenodeRotref{}}% + \ifdim\POE@key@angle pt=0pt + #1% + \POE@pnode@shiftedrot(0,\POE@key@labeloffset)% + {\oenodeCenter{}}% + {\oenodeLabel{}}% + {\POE@key@labelangle}% + \else + \psrotate(\oenodeRotref{}){\POE@key@angle}{% + #1% + \POE@pnode@shiftedrot(0,\POE@key@labeloffset)% + {\oenodeCenter{}}% + {\oenodeLabel{}}% + {\POE@key@labelangle}% + }% + \fi% + }% +}% +\def\POE@putlabel#1{% + \def\POE@temp{#1}% + \ifx\POE@temp\@empty\else + \ifx\POE@key@labelref\POE@str@labelref@global + \nput[labelsep=\POE@key@labeloffset]% + {\POE@key@labelangle}% + {\oenodeCenter{}}% + {\pnode(0,0){\oenodeLabel{}}% + \rput[\POE@key@labelalign](0,0){\POE@key@labelstyle #1}}% + \else\ifx\POE@key@labelref\POE@str@labelref@relgrav + \rput[\POE@key@labelalign](\oenodeLabel{}){% + \POE@key@labelstyle #1}% + \else\ifx\POE@key@labelref\POE@str@relative + \begingroup + \pst@def{InitNC}< % kindly contributed by Herbert Voss + /b ED /a ED + /NodeSepTypeB ED /NodeSepTypeA ED + /NodeSepB ED /NodeSepA ED + /OffsetB ED /OffsetA ED + tx@NodeDict a known tx@NodeDict b known and dup { + /NodeA a load def /NodeB b load def + NodeA GetCenter NodeB GetCenter + 4 copy exch 4 -1 roll 2 copy gt + { pop pop pop pop /yB ED /xB ED /yA ED /xA ED } + { eq 3 1 roll lt and + { /yB ED /xB ED /yA ED /xA ED} + { /yA ED /xA ED /yB ED /xB ED} ifelse + } ifelse + } if >% + \ncline[linestyle=none,fillstyle=none, npos=]% + {\POE@trefnodeA}{\POE@trefnodeB}% + \ifx\POE@key@position\@empty + \ifx\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=]{\POE@putlabelrelative{#1}}% + \else + \POE@nlput[nrot=:U](\POE@trefnodeA)(\POE@trefnodeB)% + {\POE@key@abspos}{\POE@putlabelrelative{#1}}% + \fi + \else + \ncput[nrot=:U, npos=\POE@key@position]% + {\POE@putlabelrelative{#1}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \fi\fi\fi + \fi +}% +\newOptexpDipole{lens}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{pinhole}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{crystal}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{polarization}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optbox}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optplate}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optretplate}{}% +\newOptexpDipole[endbox]{optdetector}{}% +\newOptexpDipole{optdiode}{allowbeaminside=false}% +\newOptexpDipole{doveprism}{}% +\newOptexpTripole{mirror}{}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{beamsplitter}{}% +\newOptexpTripole{optgrating}{}% +\def\optgrid{% + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + \string\optgrid\space is deprecated,\MessageBreak + use \string\optgrating\space instead.}% + \optgrating% +}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{pentaprism}{}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{rightangleprism}{}% +\newOptexpTripole[ref@angle=-135]{optprism}{}% +\def\optdipole{\pst@object{optdipole}} +\def\optdipole@i(#1)(#2)#3#4{% + \begin@OptexpObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{#1}{#2} + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent{#4}{% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \newOptexpComp{{0 0} {0 1} 0 0 trans {PlainIfc} 1 }% + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + #3 + \fi + }% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\def\opttripole{\pst@object{opttripole}} +\def\opttripole@i(#1)(#2)(#3)#4#5{% + \begin@OptexpTripole + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{#1}{#3}% + \POE@calcNodes{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent{#5}{% + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \newOptexpComp{{0 0} {1 0} 0 0 refl {PlainIfc} 1 }% + #4 + }% + \POE@drawInternalConnections + \end@OptexpTripole +}% +\def\fibercollimator{\pst@object{fibercollimator}} +\def\fibercollimator@i(#1)(#2){% + \def\POE@tempa{#1}% + \def\POE@tempb{#2}% + \def\POE@tempc{}% + \def\POE@tempd{}% + \@ifnextchar(%) + {\fibercollimator@ii}{\fibercollimator@iv}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@ii(#1){% + \def\POE@tempc{#1}% + \@ifnextchar(%) + {\fibercollimator@iii}{\fibercollimator@iv}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@iii(#1){% + \def\POE@tempd{#1}% + \fibercollimator@iv +}% +\def\fibercollimator@iv{% + \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\fibercollimator@v}{\fibercollimator@v{}}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@v#1{% + \begin@OptexpFiberObj + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@regNodes{\POE@tempa}{\POE@tempb}% + \POE@extnodealign + \fi + \POE@drawcomponent[fibercollimator]{#1}{% + \pnode(0,0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \fibercollimator@nodes + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \fibercollimator@comp + \fi + }% + \ifPOE@backlayer + \ifPOE@beam + \drawbeam{(\oenodeRefA{})}{\POE@key@compname} + \fi + \ifPOE@fiberpreset@ + \ifPOE@fiberpresetout@ + \ifx\@empty\POE@tempc + \drawfiber{\POE@key@compname}{(\oenodeRefB{})} + \else\ifx\@empty\POE@tempd + \psbezier[style=FiberOut](\oenodeOut{})(\POE@tempb)% + (\POE@tempb)(\POE@tempc)% + \else + \psbezier[style=FiberOut](\oenodeOut{})(\POE@tempb)% + (\POE@tempc)(\POE@tempd)% + \fi\fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \end@OptexpObj +}% +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfiber}{newOptComp={}} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optamp}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optmzm}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfilter}{allowbeaminside=false} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{polcontrol}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optisolator}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optfiberpolarizer}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{optswitch}{} +\newOptexpFiberDipole{fiberdelayline}{} +\def\POE@drawcomponent{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\POE@drawcomponent@i}{\POE@drawcomponent@i[]}% +}% +\def\POE@drawcomponent@i[#1]#2#3{% + \def\@@comp{% + #3% + \ifx\POE@key@extnode\@empty\else + \ifPOE@backlayer + \pnode(! \POE@dict{ + \POE@key@extnode@xref\space + \POE@key@extnode@yref\space + DefineExtNode}){\oenodeExt{}}% + \POE@Verb{% + tx@NodeDict begin /N@\oenodeExt{} load + \ifnum9<1\POE@key@compname + /N@ExtNode + \else + /N@\POE@key@compname ExtNode + \fi + ED end + }% + \fi + \fi + }% + \@ifundefined{#1@ref}{}{\@nameuse{#1@ref}}% + \ifPOE@endbox + \psset[optexp]{abspos={% + \POE@dict{% + /N@\POE@refnodeA\space @GetCenter \tx@UserCoor + /N@\POE@refnodeB\space @GetCenter \tx@UserCoor + @ABDist @@x0 @@x add add + }% + }}% + \else\ifPOE@startbox + \psset[optexp]{abspos={\POE@dict{ @@x0 neg @@x sub }}}% + \fi\fi + \POE@disablepos + \ncline[linestyle=none,fillstyle=none,npos=]% + {\POE@refnodeA}{\POE@refnodeB}% + \begingroup + \psset{style=OptComp}% + \ifPOE@component@optional + \psset{style=OptionalStyle}% + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@abspos\@empty + \ifx\POE@key@position\@empty + \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=]{\POE@putcomp{\@@comp}}% + \else + \ncput[nrot=:U,npos=\POE@key@position]{\POE@putcomp{\@@comp}}% + \fi + \else + \POE@nlput[nrot=:U](\POE@refnodeA)(\POE@refnodeB)% + {\POE@key@abspos}{\POE@putcomp{\@@comp}}% + \fi + \endgroup + \ifPOE@backlayer + \POE@transformnodes + \fi + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \POE@putlabel{#2}% + \fi + \ifPOE@debug@showoptdots + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \psdot[linecolor=red](\oenodeCenter{}) + \psdot[linecolor=red, dotstyle=x, dotscale=1.5](\oenodeLabel{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black](\oenodeRefA{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black](\oenodeRefB{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black, dotstyle=x, + dotscale=1.5](\oenodeTrefA{}) + \psdot[linecolor=black, dotstyle=x, + dotscale=1.5](\oenodeTrefB{}) + \fi + \fi + \ifPOE@debug@showifcnodes + \ifPOE@frontlayer + \POE@ifcnodes[style=IfcNodeStyle] + \fi + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\let\POE@setref\POE@Verb +\def\POE@transformnode#1#2{% + \pnode(! + \POE@dict{% + /N@\oenodeRotref{} @GetCenter 2 copy + /N@#1 @GetCenter + \POE@key@comp@Xshift\space\POE@key@comp@Yshift\space + \tx@ScreenCoor VecAdd 4 2 roll @ABVect + \POE@key@angle\space matrix rotate dtransform VecAdd + \tx@UserCoor + }){#2}% +}% +\def\POE@ifcnodes{\pst@object{POE@ifcnodes}} +\def\POE@ifcnodes@i{% + \begin@SpecialObj% + \solid@star% + \addto@pscode{ + \psk@dotsize + \@nameuse{psds@\psk@dotstyle} + \POE@dict{[ (\oenode{}{}) false GetInternalBeamNodes %] + counttomark 2 idiv { Dot } repeat + pop} + }% + \end@SpecialObj +}% +\def\POE@extnodes{\pst@object{POE@extnodes}} +\def\POE@extnodes@i#1{% + \begin@SpecialObj + \let\POE@setref\addto@pscode + \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict InitOptexpComp } + \@ifundefined{#1@ref}{}{\@nameuse{#1@ref}}% + \solid@star% + \addto@pscode{ + \psk@dotsize + \@nameuse{psds@\psk@dotstyle} + @@x 0 eq { [0] }{ [ @@x neg 0 @@x ] } ifelse + { + @@y 0 eq { [0] }{ [@@y neg 0 @@y ] } ifelse + { + exch dup 3 1 roll + @@x0 add exch @@y0 add \tx@ScreenCoor + /\oenode{}{} load begin CompMtrx end transform CM itransform + Dot + } forall + pop + } forall + end + }% + \end@SpecialObj +}% +\def\tripole@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{{0 0} {1 0} @@x neg @@x refl {PlainIfc} 1}% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@y0 @@x0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +\ignorespaces}% +\def\dipole@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + {@@x0 @@x sub 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + @@x 0 eq not { + {@@x0 @@x add 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + } if \POE@key@n }% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@x0 @@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +\ignorespaces}% +\def\fiberdipole@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x0 @@x sub 0} + @@x 0 eq not { + {@@x0 @@x add 0} + } if }% + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@x0 @@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +\ignorespaces}% +\def\mirror@ref{% + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@piezo + \POE@setref{/@@y0 \pst@number\psyunit def}% + \bgroup + \psset{style=PiezoMirror} + \POE@setref{% + \pst@number\psyunit @@y0 div + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul mul 2.5 div /@@y0 ED + }% + \egroup + \else + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul def}% + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@plain\else + \POE@setref{\POE@key@mirrordepth\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y0 ED /@@y ED} + \fi + \fi + \fi +}% +\def\mirror@nodes{% + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \newOptexpCompAmb{% + {0 0} {1 0} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + refl {PlainIfc} + {0 \POE@key@mirrordepth} {1 0} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@mirrordepth\space -1e-5 lt { + 12 6 roll 2 + } { + \POE@key@mirrordepth\space 1e-5 lt { + 6 {pop} repeat + } if + 1 + } ifelse + \POE@key@n }% + \else + \newOptexpComp{% + {0 0} {1 0} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + refl {PlainIfc} 1 }% + \fi + \else + \newOptexpComp{% + {0 0} {0 \POE@key@mirrorradius\space neg} + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space -0.5 mul dup neg + refl {CurvedIfc} 1 }% + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \PackageWarning{pst-optexp}{% + Mirrortype 'semitrans' does not support curved\MessageBreak + mirror, falling back to 'plain' type.}% + \fi + \fi +}% +\def\mirror@comp{% + \edef\@ht{% + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space\pst@number\psyunit mul 0.5 mul % + }% + \edef\@dp{\POE@key@mirrordepth\space\pst@number\psxunit mul }% + \edef\@r{\POE@key@mirrorradius\space\pst@number\psxunit mul }% + \edef\@postcode{% + neg 5 -1 roll exch 5 2 roll 90 add exch 90 add exch ArcR % + }% + \edef\@extpostcode{% + neg \@dp add 5 -1 roll exch 5 2 roll 90 add exch 90 add % + }% + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt<0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@extended + \bgroup + \psset{style=ExtendedMirror} + \begin@ClosedObj + \addto@pscode{% + \pst@optexpdict \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode + \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@extpostcode arc + closepath end}% + \end@ClosedObj + \egroup + \fi + \bgroup + \psset{linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{\POE@dict{ \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode }}% + \end@OpenObj + \egroup + \else\ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt>0pt + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@extended + \bgroup + \psset{style=ExtendedMirror} + \begin@ClosedObj + \addto@pscode{% + \pst@optexpdict \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode + \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@extpostcode arcn + closepath end}% + \end@ClosedObj + \egroup + \fi + \bgroup + \psset{linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth} + \begin@OpenObj + \addto@pscode{\POE@dict{ \@ht \@r rightCurvedIfc \@postcode }}% + \end@OpenObj + \egroup + \else + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@piezo + \psframe[style=PiezoMirror, + dimen=outer](! \@ht 4 div 0)% + (! \@ht -4 div \@ht 2.5 div) + \ifx\POE@key@extnode\@empty + \psbezier(! 0 \@ht 2.5 div)% + (! 0 \@ht 1.5 div)% + (! \@ht 2 div \@ht 2 div)% + (! \@ht 4 div \@ht) + \fi + \else\ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@extended + \psframe[style=ExtendedMirror]% + (! \@ht neg \POE@key@mirrordepth\space )% + (! \@ht 0) + \else\ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \psframe[style=SemitransMirror]% + (! \@ht neg \POE@key@mirrordepth\space )% + (! \@ht 0) + \fi\fi\fi + \ifx\POE@key@mirrortype\POE@str@mirrortype@semitrans + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth]% + (! \@ht neg 0)(! \@ht 0) + \else + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@mirrorlinewidth]% + (! \@ht neg \getCLWH)(! \@ht \getCLWH) + \fi + \fi\fi + \ifPOE@variable + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul 0.4 sub + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + 0 + \else + \POE@key@mirrorradius\space dup \POE@dict{sign} neg exch + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul \POE@dict{capHeight} mul + \fi){0.6}{-20}{20} + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! 0.4 \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul sub + \ifdim\POE@key@mirrorradius pt=0pt + 0 + \else + \POE@key@mirrorradius\space dup \POE@dict{sign} neg exch + \POE@key@mirrorwidth\space 0.5 mul \POE@dict{capHeight} mul + \fi){0.6}{160}{200} + \fi +}% +\def\lens@ref{% + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt + \edef\@th{0 }% + \else + \edef\@th{% + \ifPOE@thicklens + \POE@key@lenswidth\space 0.5 mul + \else + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt<0pt + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.075 mul + \else + \POE@key@lensradiusleft + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.5 mul capHeight + \fi + \fi + \space}% + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \edef\@th{% + \@th\space + \ifPOE@thicklens + \POE@key@lenswidth\space 0.5 mul + \else + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt<0pt + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.075 mul + \else + \POE@key@lensradiusright + \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.5 mul capHeight + \fi + \fi + \space add + \space}% + \fi + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@lensheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \@th 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\lens@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + {@@x neg 0} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt + {0 1} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + \else + {\POE@key@lensradiusleft\space 0} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {CurvedIfc} + \fi + {@@x 0} + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt + {0 1} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + \else + {\POE@key@lensradiusright\space neg 0} + \POE@key@lensheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {CurvedIfc} + \fi + \POE@key@n + }% +}% +\def\lens@comp{% + \addbefore@par{linejoin=1}% + \begin@ClosedObj + \addto@pscode{\pst@optexpdict }% + \def\@th{0}% + \def\@wd{\POE@key@lenswidth\space\pst@number\psxunit mul 2 div }% + \def\@ht{\POE@key@lensheight\space\pst@number\psyunit mul 2 div }% + \def\@rL{\POE@key@lensradiusleft\space\pst@number\psrunit mul }% + \def\@rR{\POE@key@lensradiusright\space\pst@number\psrunit mul }% + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{ \@ht \@rL leftCurvedIfc }% + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{ \@ht \@rR rightCurvedIfc }% + \fi + \def\@@x{@@x \pst@number\psxunit mul }% + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{% + \@@x sub neg 5 1 roll + \@@x neg \@ht neg moveto ArcR + \@@x neg \@ht lineto + }% + \fi + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{% + \@@x sub 5 1 roll + \@@x \@ht moveto ArcL + \@@x \@ht neg lineto + }% + \fi + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusright pt=0pt\else + \ifdim\POE@key@lensradiusleft pt=0pt\else + \addto@pscode{% + \@@x dup + 7 1 roll sub neg 5 1 roll + ArcR sub 5 1 roll ArcL + }% + \fi + \fi + \addto@pscode{closepath 1 setlinejoin end }% + \end@ClosedObj +\ignorespaces}% +\def\pinhole@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@y \POE@key@outerheight\space 0.5 mul def}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\pinhole@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + {-1e-4 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + {0 0} {0 1} \POE@key@innerheight\space -0.5 mul dup neg + trans {PlainIfc} + {1e-4 0} {0 1} @@y0 @@y sub @@y0 @@y add trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\pinhole@comp{% + \ifdim\POE@key@phwidth pt=0pt + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@phlinewidth]% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space 2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space 2 div)% + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@phlinewidth]% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space -2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space -2 div)% + \else + \pspolygon*[linestyle=none]% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space 2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space 2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@outerheight\space 2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@innerheight\space dup neg + \POE@key@outerheight\space add 2 div add 2 div)% + \pspolygon*[linestyle=none]% + (! 0 \POE@key@innerheight\space -2 div)% + (! 0 \POE@key@outerheight\space -2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@outerheight\space -2 div)% + (! \POE@key@phwidth\space\POE@key@innerheight\space dup neg + \POE@key@outerheight\space add 2 div add -2 div)% + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\beamsplitter@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@bssize\space 0.5 sqrt mul def }% +}% +\def\beamsplitter@nodes{% + \edef\@bs@wd{\POE@key@bssize\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@cube + \newOptexpCompAmb{% + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div neg dup} {-1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div dup neg} {1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + {0 0} {1 0} \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul dup neg exch + trans {PlainIfc} + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div dup} {-1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + {\@bs@wd 2 sqrt div neg dup neg} {1 1} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd + trans {PlainIfc} + 3 \POE@key@n + }% + \else\ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@plate + \newOptexpCompAmb{% + {0 0} {1 0} \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd trans {PlainIfc} 1 1 }% + \fi\fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\beamsplitter@comp{% + \edef\@bs@wd{\POE@key@bssize\space 2.0 div }% + \ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@cube + \psline[arrows=cc-cc](! \@bs@wd neg 2 sqrt mul 0) + (! \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul 0) + \rput[c]{45}(0,0){% + \psframe(! \@bs@wd neg \@bs@wd neg)(! \@bs@wd \@bs@wd) + } + \else\ifx\POE@key@bsstyle\POE@str@bsstyle@plate + \psline(! \@bs@wd neg 2 sqrt mul 0)(! \@bs@wd 2 sqrt mul 0) + \fi\fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\crystal@ref{% + \let\POE@key@optboxwidth\POE@key@crystalwidth + \let\POE@key@optboxheight\POE@key@crystalheight + \optbox@ref +}% +\def\crystal@comp{% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@crystalwidth\space 0.5 mul } + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@crystalheight\space 0.5 mul } + \psframe(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \ifPOE@voltage% + \psline(!\@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht)% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht 0.2 add) + \pscircle[fillstyle=solid, fillcolor=white]% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht 0.2 add){0.04} + \psline(! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht neg)% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg \@ht neg 0.2 sub)% + \psline(! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg 0.15 sub \@ht neg 0.2 sub)% + (! \@wd 4 div 3 mul neg 0.15 add \@ht neg 0.2 sub)% + \fi + \ifPOE@lamp + \rput(! \@wd \@ht){% + \psset{style=CrystalLamp}% + \rput(0, 0.4){\crystal@lamp}% + }% + \fi + \ifdim\POE@key@caxislength pt=0pt\else + \def\@cl{% + \POE@key@caxislength\space + \ifPOE@caxisinv -1 mul\space\fi + }% + \psline[style=CrystalCaxis](! 0 \@cl \POE@dict{sign} \@ht mul)% + (! 0 \@cl \POE@dict{sign} neg \@ht mul \@cl sub)% + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\crystal@lamp{% + \pscurve[fillstyle=none](-0.015, 0)(-0.03, -0.045)(-0.06, -0.075)% + (-0.075, -0.15)(0, -0.21)(0.075, -0.15)(0.06, -0.075)% + (0.03, -0.045)(0.015, 0) + \multido{\i=-30+40}{7}{% + \rput{\i}(0, -0.135){% + \psline(-0.105, 0)(-0.18, 0) + }% + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\polarization@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@polsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \psset{style=Polarization}% + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polparallel + \psline[arrows=<->](! 0 \@sz neg)(! 0 \@sz) + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polperp + \psdot(0,0) + \pscircle[fillstyle=none](0,0){0.12} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polmisc + \psline[arrows=<->](! 0 \@sz neg)(! 0 \@sz) + \psdot(0,0) + \pscircle[fillstyle=none](0,0){0.12} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@polrcirc + \psellipticarc[arrows=->]% + (0,0)(! \@sz 2 div \@sz){20}{-20} + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@poltype\POE@str@pol@pollcirc + \psellipticarc[arrows=<-]% + (0,0)(! \@sz 2 div \@sz){20}{-20} + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optgrating@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul def}% +}% +\def\optgrating@comp{% + \edef\@cnt{\POE@key@gratingcount\space}% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifdim\POE@key@gratingheight pt<\POE@key@gratingdepth pt + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@gratingdepth\space}% + \else + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@gratingheight\space}% + \fi + \edef\@dp{\POE@key@gratingdepth\space}% + \edef\@step{\POE@key@gratingwidth\space\@cnt div }% + \ifx\POE@key@gratingtype\POE@str@gratingtype@blazed + \pscustom[linewidth=\POE@key@gratinglinewidth, linejoin=1]{% + \psline[liftpen=1](! \@wd \@dp)(! \@wd \@ht)% + (! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd neg \@dp)% + \multido{\i=0+1}{\POE@key@gratingcount}{% + \psline[liftpen=1]% + (! \@wd neg \i\space \@step mul add \@dp)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space + \ifPOE@reverse\else 1 add \fi \@step mul add 0)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@step mul add \@dp)% + }% + \closepath + }% + \else\ifx\POE@key@gratingtype\POE@str@gratingtype@binary + \pscustom[linewidth=\POE@key@gratinglinewidth]{% + \psline[liftpen=1](! \@wd \@dp)(! \@wd \@ht)% + (! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd neg \@dp)% + \multido{\i=0+1}{\POE@key@gratingcount}{% + \psline[liftpen=1]% + (! \@wd neg \i\space \@step mul add \@dp)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space \@step mul add 0)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 0.5 add \@step mul add 0)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 0.5 add \@step mul add \@dp)% + (! \@wd neg \i\space 1 add \@step mul add \@dp)% + }% + }% + \fi\fi + \ifPOE@variable + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! \POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul 0.4 sub + \POE@key@gratingheight\space 0.5 mul){0.6}{-20}{20} + \psarc[style=VariableStyle]% + (! 0.4 \POE@key@gratingwidth\space 0.5 mul sub + \POE@key@gratingheight\space 0.5 mul){0.6}{160}{200} + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optbox@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@optboxwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@optboxheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\optbox@comp{% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@optboxwidth\space 0.5 mul } + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@optboxheight\space 0.5 mul } + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optplate@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@y \POE@key@plateheight\space 0.5 mul def }% +}% +\def\optplate@comp{% + \psline[linewidth=\POE@key@platelinewidth]% + (! \POE@dict{0 @@y neg})(! \POE@dict{0 @@y}) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optdetector@ref{% + \ifx\POE@key@detsize\@empty + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@detheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@detwidth\space 0.5 mul def + }% + \else + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@detsize\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@detsize\space 0.5 mul + \ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@round 0.5 mul\fi + \space def + }% + \fi +}% +\def\optdetector@nodes{% + \dipole@nodes + \ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@round + \pnode(! \POE@dict{@@x0 @@x -0.2 mul add} 0){\oenodeCenter{}}% + \fi +}% +\def\optdetector@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@round + \psellipticwedge(!\POE@dict{@@x0 @@x sub @@y0})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x 2 mul @@y}){-90}{90}% + \else\ifx\POE@key@dettype\POE@str@dettype@diode + \ifx\POE@key@detsize\@empty + \ifdim\POE@key@detwidth pt<\POE@key@detheight pt + \def\@sz{\POE@key@detwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \else + \def\@sz{\POE@key@detheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \fi + \else + \def\@sz{\POE@key@detsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \fi + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x @@y})% + \bgroup + \psset{style=DetectorStyle} + \pspolygon(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz -0.4 mul)% + (! \@sz 0.6 mul \@sz -0.4 mul)% + (! \@sz 0.2 mul \@sz 0.4 mul)% + \psline(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz 0.4 mul \getCLWH add)% + (! \@sz 0.6 mul \@sz 0.4 mul \getCLWH add) + \psset{arrows=->, arrowinset=0, arrowscale=0.8}% + \psline(! \@sz -0.8 mul \@sz 0.3 mul)% + (! \@sz -0.3 mul \@sz 0.15 mul)% + \psline(! \@sz -0.8 mul 0)(! \@sz -0.3 mul \@sz -0.15 mul)% + \egroup + \fi\fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optretplate@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@plateheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@platewidth\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\optretplate@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@plateheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@platewidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \psframe(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \psline{cc-cc}(! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd \@ht neg) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optdiode@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + \POE@key@optdiodesize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y ED /@@x ED + }% +}% +\def\optdiode@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@optdiodesize\space}% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@sz -0.5 mul dup)(!\@sz 0.5 mul dup) + \pspolygon(! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz -0.2 mul) + (! \@sz -0.2 mul \@sz 0.2 mul) + (! \@sz 0.2 mul 0) + \psline(! \@sz 0.2 mul \getCLWH add \@sz 0.2 mul)% + (! \@sz 0.2 mul \getCLWH add \@sz -0.2 mul) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\doveprism@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@doveprismwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@doveprismheight\space 0.5 mul def}% +}% +\def\doveprism@nodes{% + \newOptexpComp{% + /@htsq @@y 2 sqrt mul def + {@@x neg @@y add 0} {1 1} + @htsq neg @htsq trans {PlainIfc} + {0 @@y neg} {1 0} + @@x neg dup neg + refl {PlainIfc} + {@@x @@y sub 0} {-1 1} + @htsq neg @htsq trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n true + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\doveprism@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@doveprismheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@doveprismwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(! \@wd neg \@ht neg)% + (! \@wd \@ht neg)% + (! \@wd \@ht 2 mul sub \@ht)% + (! \@ht 2 mul \@wd sub \@ht)% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\pentaprism@nodes{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@pentaprismsize\space}% + \newOptexpComp{% + {\@sz 2 sqrt -2 mul div dup } {-1 1} + \@sz -0.5 mul dup neg trans {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 2 sqrt div 67.5 cos \@sz mul + 67.5 sin 2 mul div sub \@sz 2 div} + {67.5 cos \@sz mul 67.5 sin div neg \@sz} + \@sz 22.5 cos div -0.5 mul dup neg refl {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 2 sqrt div neg 67.5 cos \@sz mul + 67.5 sin 2 mul div add \@sz 2 div} + {67.5 cos \@sz mul 67.5 sin div \@sz} + \@sz 22.5 cos div -0.5 mul dup neg refl {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 2 sqrt 2 mul div dup neg} {1 1} + \@sz -0.5 mul dup neg trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n + }% +}% +\def\pentaprism@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@pentaprismsize\space}% + \pscustom{% + \psline(! \@sz 2 sqrt div 0)% + (! \@sz 2 sqrt div 67.5 cos \@sz mul + 67.5 sin div sub \@sz)% + (! 67.5 cos \@sz mul 67.5 sin div \@sz + 2 sqrt div sub \@sz)% + (! \@sz 2 sqrt div neg 0)% + (! 0 \@sz 2 sqrt div neg)% + \closepath + }% +}% +\def\optprism@nodes{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@prismsize\space}% + \edef\@ang{\POE@key@prismangle\space 0.5 mul\space}% + \edef\@hshift{% + \ifx\POE@key@prismalign\POE@str@auto + \@sz 0.6 mul \@ang tan mul \POE@dict{OEangle} 0.5 mul tan div + \else + 0 + \fi + }% + \newOptexpComp{% + {\@sz -0.6 mul \@ang tan mul \@hshift neg} + {90 \@ang sub dup cos exch sin} + \@sz \@ang cos div dup -0.4 mul exch 0.6 mul trans {PlainIfc} + {\@sz 0.6 mul \@ang tan mul \@hshift neg} + {90 \@ang add dup cos exch sin} + \@sz \@ang cos div dup -0.4 mul exch 0.6 mul trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n true }% + \pnode(! 0 \@hshift neg){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +\def\optprism@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@prismsize\space}% + \edef\@altan{\POE@key@prismangle\space 0.5 mul tan }% + \edef\@hshift{% + \ifx\POE@key@prismalign\POE@str@auto + \@sz 0.6 mul \@altan mul \POE@dict{OEangle} 0.5 mul tan div + \else + 0 + \fi + }% + \pspolygon(! \@sz neg \@altan mul \@sz -0.4 mul \@hshift sub) + (! \@sz \@altan mul \@sz -0.4 mul \@hshift sub) + (! 0 \@sz 0.6 mul \@hshift sub) +}% +\def\rightangleprism@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + tx@EcldDict begin + OEangle 0.5 mul + { x sin modA mul } + { OEangle x sub sin modB mul } + NewtonSolving pop + end + /@htA exch def + OEangle 0.5 mul exch sub /dOEangle exch def + /@OEtrafo {dOEangle matrix rotate dtransform } bind def + }% +}% +\def\rightangleprism@nodes{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@raprismsize\space}% + \edef\@ht{\POE@dict{OEangle 0.5 mul sin modA mul} }% + \newOptexpComp{% + {@htA neg @htA \@sz 0.5 mul sub @OEtrafo} {1 0 @OEtrafo} + @htA \@sz 0.5 mul sub @htA trans {PlainIfc} + {@htA neg 0 @OEtrafo} {1 1 @OEtrafo} + @htA 2 sqrt mul dup \@sz 2 sqrt div sub exch refl {PlainIfc} + {@htA 0 @OEtrafo} {-1 1 @OEtrafo} + @htA 2 sqrt mul dup \@sz 2 sqrt div sub exch refl {PlainIfc} + {@htA dup \@sz 0.5 mul sub @OEtrafo} {1 0 @OEtrafo} + @htA neg \@sz 0.5 mul @htA sub trans {PlainIfc} + \POE@key@n + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\rightangleprism@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@raprismsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(!\POE@dict{\@sz neg @htA \@sz sub @OEtrafo}) + (!\POE@dict{\@sz @htA \@sz sub @OEtrafo}) + (! 0 \POE@dict{@htA @OEtrafo})% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optfiber@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@fiberloopsep\space\POE@key@fiberloops\space + 1 sub mul 0.5 mul def }% +}% +\def\optfiber@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {@@x 0}}% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optfiber@comp{% + \edef\@f@cnt{\POE@key@fiberloops\space}% + \edef\@f@r{\POE@key@fiberloopradius\space}% + \edef\@f@sep{\POE@key@fiberloopsep\space}% + \parametricplot[plotpoints=200, style=Fiber]{0}{1}{% + t 360 mul \@f@cnt mul sin \@f@r mul \@f@sep + \@f@cnt 1 sub mul t 0.5 sub mul add + 1 t 360 mul \@f@cnt mul cos sub \@f@r mul + }% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optmzm@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@optmzmwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@optmzmheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\optmzm@comp{% + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-} + \fi + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x} neg 0)(! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.7 mul 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.4 mul \POE@dict{@@y} 0.6 mul)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.4 mul @@y 0.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.7 mul 0)(! \POE@dict{@@x} 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.7 mul 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.4 mul @@y -0.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x -0.4 mul @@y -0.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.7 mul 0)% + \egroup + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x @@y}) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optfilter@ref{% + \POE@setref{\POE@key@filtersize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y ED /@@x ED }% +}% +\let\optfilter@nodes\dipole@nodes +\def\optfilter@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@filtersize\space 0.5 mul }% + \def\filter@curve{% + \parametricplot[plotstyle=curve,arrows=-]{-1}{1}{% + t \@sz mul 0.7 mul t Pi mul RadtoDeg + 90 add cos 0.2 \@sz mul mul}% + }% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@sz neg dup)(! \@sz dup) + \bgroup + \psset{style=FilterStyle}% + \ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@bandpass + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.65 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul -0.35 \@sz mul)% + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul 0.35 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.65 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \else\ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@bandstop + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.15 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.15 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \else\ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@lowpass + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.15 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.15 \@sz mul)% + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul 0.35 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.65 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \else\ifx\POE@key@filtertype\POE@str@filtertype@highpass + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.15 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul 0.15 \@sz mul)% + \psline(! -0.3 \@sz mul -0.65 \@sz mul)% + (! 0.3 \@sz mul -0.35 \@sz mul)% + \rput(! 0 0.5 \@sz mul){% + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \filter@curve} + \rput(0, 0){\filter@curve} + \rput(! 0 -0.5 \@sz mul){\filter@curve} + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \egroup +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optamp@ref{% + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@optampwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@optampheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\optamp@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {@@x 0}}% +}% +\def\optamp@comp{% + \def\@wd{\POE@key@optampwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \def\@ht{\POE@key@optampheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(! \@wd 0)(! \@wd neg \@ht)(! \@wd neg \@ht neg) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\polcontrol@ref{% + \ifx\POE@key@polcontroltype\POE@str@polcontroltype@linear + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@polcontrolsize\space 2 mul def}% + \else + \POE@setref{/@@x \POE@key@polcontrolsize\space 1.5 mul def}% + \fi +}% +\def\polcontrol@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {@@x 0}}% +}% +\def\polcontrol@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@polcontrolsize\space}% + \ifPOE@optexpenv + \psline[style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-](\oenodeIn{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \fi + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-}% + \fi + \ifx\POE@key@polcontroltype\POE@str@polcontroltype@linear + \multips(! -2 \@sz mul \@sz)(! 2 \@sz mul 0){3}{% + \pscircle(0,0){\POE@key@polcontrolsize}% + }% + \else + \pscircle(! -1.5 \@sz mul \@sz neg){\POE@key@polcontrolsize} + \pscircle(! 0 \@sz){\POE@key@polcontrolsize}% + \pscircle(! 1.5 \@sz mul \@sz neg){\POE@key@polcontrolsize} + \fi + \egroup + \ifPOE@optexpenv\else + \psline[style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-](\oenodeIn{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \fi +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optisolator@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@isolatorwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@isolatorheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\optisolator@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@isolatorheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@isolatorwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \psline[style=IsolatorArrow, + arrows=->](! \@wd neg 0.6 mul 0)(!\@wd 0.6 mul 0) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optfiberpolarizer@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@fiberpolwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@fiberpolheight\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\optfiberpolarizer@comp{% + \edef\@ht{\POE@key@fiberpolheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \edef\@wd{\POE@key@fiberpolwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \@wd neg \@ht neg)(! \@wd \@ht) + \psline(! \@wd neg 0.2 mul \@ht neg)(!\@wd 0.2 mul \@ht) +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optswitch@ref{% + \POE@setref{\POE@key@switchsize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@y ED /@@x ED }% +}% +\def\optswitch@comp{% + \pstVerb{tx@Dict begin /@lw \getCLW def end}% + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber, arrows=-, ArrowInside=-} + \fi + \psline[arrows=-](! \POE@dict{@@x} neg 0)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul @lw sub 0)% + \psline[arrows=-](! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul 0)(! \POE@dict{@@x} 0)% + \egroup + \ifx\POE@key@switchstyle\POE@str@closed% + \bgroup + \ifPOE@usefiberstyle + \psset{style=Fiber} + \fi + \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul 0)% + \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul 0)% + \psline[arrows=-, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth]% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul @lw)(! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul @lw)% + \egroup + \else + \psline[arrows=-, linewidth=1.5\pslinewidth]% + (! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul @lw add @lw)% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.6 mul @@y 0.6 mul})% + \pscircle(! \POE@dict{@@x} -0.6 mul 0){\pslinewidth}% + \psdot[dotsize=3\pslinewidth](! \POE@dict{@@x} 0.6 mul 0)% + \fi + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x @@y})% +\ignorespaces}% +\def\fiberdelayline@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@y \POE@key@fdlheight\space 0.5 mul def + /@@x \POE@key@fdlwidth\space 0.5 mul def + }% +}% +\def\POE@get@yarrowscale#1 #2 #3 #4\@nil{% + \def\POE@tempA{#3\space}% +}% +\def\fiberdelayline@comp{% + \psframe[dimen=outer](! \POE@dict{@@x neg @@y neg})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x @@y}) + \begingroup + \psset{style=FdlArrow} + \use@par + \pst@expandafter\POE@get@yarrowscale{\psk@arrowscale}\@nil + \def\@arrowshift{% + \psk@arrowlength\space \psk@arrowsize\space + \pst@number\pslinewidth\space mul add mul + \POE@tempA mul + @@y 2.9 mul @@x 0.6 mul atan 2 copy cos mul 3 1 roll sin mul + \tx@UserCoor abs exch abs exch\space + }% + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x -0.4 mul @@y -1.6 mul})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.2 mul @@y 1.3 mul \@arrowshift VecAdd}) + \endgroup +\ignorespaces}% +\def\optcoupler@nodes{% + \edef\@sep{\POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul }% + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep sub} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep sub} }% + \pnode(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +\def\POE@coupler@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@y0 + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \POE@key@couplersep\space -0.5 mul + \else\ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul + \else + 0 + \fi\fi + def + /@@x \POE@key@couplerwidth\space 0.5 mul def + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \POE@key@couplersep + \else + \POE@key@couplerheight\space 0.5 mul + \fi + \space /@@y ED + }% +}% +\let\optcoupler@ref\POE@coupler@ref +\def\wdmcoupler@ref{% + \POE@coupler@ref + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \POE@setref{/@@y 0 def }% + \fi + \fi +}% +\let\wdmsplitter@ref\wdmcoupler@ref +\def\optcoupler@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{1}{})(\oenode{3}{}) + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{2}{})(\oenode{N}{}) + \fi + \POE@coupler@comp +}% +\def\POE@coupler@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \else\ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@ellipse + \psellipse(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0})(! \POE@dict{@@x @@y}) + \else + \psframe[dimen=outer](!\POE@dict{@@x neg @@y0 @@y sub})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x @@y0 @@y add})% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@cross + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x -0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul sub})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul add})% + \psline(! \POE@dict{@@x -0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul add})% + (! \POE@dict{@@x 0.5 mul @@y0 @@y 0.5 mul sub})% + \fi + \fi\fi + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@cross\else + \ifPOE@variable + \begingroup + \psset{style=VariableCoupler} + \use@par + \pst@expandafter\POE@get@yarrowscale{\psk@arrowscale}\@nil + \def\@arrowshift{% + \psk@arrowlength\space\psk@arrowsize\space + \pst@number\pslinewidth\space mul add mul + \POE@tempA mul + 1.6 0.8 atan 2 copy cos mul 3 1 roll sin mul + \tx@UserCoor abs exch abs exch\space + }% + \psline(!\POE@dict{@@x -0.4 mul @@y0 @@x sub})% + (!\POE@dict{@@x 0.4 mul @@x 0.7 mul @@y0 add + \@arrowshift VecAdd}) + \endgroup + \fi + \fi +}% +\def\wdmcoupler@nodes{% + \edef\@sep{\POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \edef\@sep{0 }% + \fi + \fi + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x neg @@y0 \@sep sub} + {@@x 0}}% + \pnode(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +\def\wdmcoupler@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{1}{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \psline[style=Fiber]% + (!/N@\oenodeOut{} \POE@dict{@GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space sub)(\oenode{2}{}) + \else + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenode{2}{})(\oenodeOut{}) + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \psline[style=Fiber]% + (!/N@\oenodeOut{} \POE@dict{@GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space add)(\oenode{1}{}) + \fi + \fi + \fi + \POE@coupler@comp +}% +\def\wdmsplitter@nodes{% + \edef\@sep{\POE@key@couplersep\space 0.5 mul }% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@center + \edef\@sep{0 }% + \fi + \fi + \newOptexpFiberComp{% + {@@x neg 0} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep add} + {@@x @@y0 \@sep sub}} + \pnode(! 0 \POE@dict{@@y0}){\oenodeCenter{}} +}% +\def\wdmsplitter@comp{% + \ifx\POE@key@couplertype\POE@str@couplertype@none + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@top + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenodeIn{})(\oenode{2}{}) + \psline[style=Fiber](! \POE@dict{/N@\oenodeIn{} @GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space sub)(\oenode{N}{}) + \else + \psline[style=Fiber](\oenodeIn{})(\oenode{N}{}) + \ifx\POE@key@coupleralign\POE@str@bottom + \psline[style=Fiber](! \POE@dict{/N@\oenodeIn{} @GetCenter} + \tx@UserCoor \POE@key@couplersep\space sub)(\oenode{2}{}) + \fi + \fi + \fi + \POE@coupler@comp +}% +\def\optcirculator@ref{% + \POE@setref{\POE@key@optcircsize\space 0.5 mul dup /@@x ED /@@y ED }% +}% +\def\optcirculator@nodes{% + \newOptexpFiberComp{{@@x neg 0} {0 @@y neg} {@@x 0}}% +}% +\def\optcirculator@comp{% + \edef\@sz{\POE@key@optcircsize\space 0.5 mul }% + \pscircle(0,0){! \@sz} + \psarc[style=OptCircArrow](0,0)% + {! \POE@key@optcircsize\space 0.5 mul}% + {\POE@key@optcircangleA}% + {\POE@key@optcircangleB} +}% +\def\fibercollimator@ref{% + \POE@setref{% + /@@x \POE@key@fibercolwidth\space 0.5 mul def + /@@y \POE@key@fibercolheight\space 0.5 mul def}% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@nodes{% + \pnode(!\POE@dict{@@x neg} 0){\oenodeIn{}} + \newOptexpComp{{@@x neg 0} {0 1} @@y neg @@y trans {PlainIfc} + {@@x 0} {0 1} 0 0 trans {PlainIfc} 1 }% +}% +\def\fibercollimator@comp{% + \def\@wd{\POE@key@fibercolwidth\space 0.5 mul }% + \def\@ht{\POE@key@fibercolheight\space 0.5 mul }% + \pspolygon(!\@wd neg \getCLWH add \@ht neg)% + (!\@wd 0)(!\@wd neg \getCLWH add \@ht) +}% \endinput +%% +%% End of file `pst-optexp.sty'. diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds index f479ab94158..e07fec69551 100755 --- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds +++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds @@ -765,7 +765,6 @@ chomp ($Build = `cd $Master/../Build/source && pwd`); 'pst-math', "&MAKEpst", 'pst-mirror', "&MAKEpst", 'pst-node', "&MAKEpst", - 'pst-optexp', "&MAKEpst", 'pst-ob3d', "&MAKEpst", 'pst-optic', "&MAKEpst", 'pst-osci', "&MAKEpst", |